UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
x
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015
OR
o
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                     to                     
Commission file number: 001-16751
ANTHEM, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
INDIANA
 
35-2145715
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
 
 
 
 
120 MONUMENT CIRCLE
INDIANAPOLIS, INDIANA
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
46204
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (317) 488-6000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, Par Value $0.01
 
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NONE
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes   x  No   ¨
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes   ¨  No  x
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  x  No   ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes   x  No   ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer   x      Accelerated filer ¨
Non-accelerated filer ¨ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company    Smaller reporting company ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes   ¨   No  x
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant (assuming solely for the purposes of this calculation that all Directors and executive officers of the registrant are “affiliates”) as of June 30, 2015 was approximately $ 42,815,533,599 .
As of February 4, 2016 , 261,351,781 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock were outstanding.
  DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K incorporates by reference information from the registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 19, 2016.



Anthem, Inc.
 
Annual Report on Form 10-K
For the Year Ended December 31, 2015
 
Table of Contents
 
 
ITEM 1.
ITEM 1A.
ITEM 1B.
ITEM 2.
ITEM 3.
ITEM 4.
 
 
 
ITEM 5.
ITEM 6.
ITEM 7.
ITEM 7A.
ITEM 8.
ITEM 9.
ITEM 9A.
ITEM 9B.
 
 
 
ITEM 10.
ITEM 11.
ITEM 12.
ITEM 13.
ITEM 14.
 
 
 
ITEM 15.
 
 
 
 

- 1 -


This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, contains forward-looking statements, within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, that reflect our views about future events and financial performance. When used in this report, the words “expect,” “feel,” “believe,” “will,” “may,” “should,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “estimate,” “project” “forecast,” “plan,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, which are generally not historical in nature. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, financial projections and estimates and their underlying assumptions; statements regarding plans, objectives and expectations with respect to future operations, products and services; and statements regarding future performance. Forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties, many of which are difficult to predict and generally beyond our control, that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied or projected by, the forward-looking information and statements. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements that speak only as of the date hereof. You are also urged to carefully review and consider the various disclosures made by us, which attempt to advise interested parties of the factors that affect our business, including “Risk Factors” set forth in Part I, Item 1A hereof and our reports filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, from time to time. Except to the extent otherwise required by federal securities laws, we do not undertake any obligation to republish revised forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.
  References in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the terms “we,” “our,” “us,” “Anthem” or the “Company” refer to Anthem, Inc., an Indiana corporation, and, unless the context otherwise requires, its direct and indirect subsidiaries.


- 2 -


PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS.
General
We are one of the largest health benefits companies in terms of medical membership in the United States, serving 38.6 million medical members through our affiliated health plans as of December 31, 2015 . We are an independent licensee of the Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association, or BCBSA, an association of independent health benefit plans. We serve our members as the Blue Cross licensee for California and as the Blue Cross and Blue Shield, or BCBS, licensee for Colorado, Connecticut, Georgia, Indiana, Kentucky, Maine, Missouri (excluding 30 counties in the Kansas City area), Nevada, New Hampshire, New York (as BCBS in 10 New York City metropolitan and surrounding counties, and as Blue Cross or BCBS in selected upstate counties only), Ohio, Virginia (excluding the Northern Virginia suburbs of Washington, D.C.) and Wisconsin. In a majority of these service areas we do business as Anthem Blue Cross, Anthem Blue Cross and Blue Shield, Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Georgia, and Empire Blue Cross Blue Shield, or Empire Blue Cross (in our New York service areas). We also conduct business through an arrangement with another BCBS licensee in South Carolina. We conduct business through our AMERIGROUP Corporation, or Amerigroup, subsidiary, in Florida, Georgia, Kansas, Louisiana, Maryland, Nevada, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Tennessee, Texas, Washington and effective January 1, 2016, in Iowa. In addition, we conduct business through our recently acquired Simply Healthcare Holdings, Inc., or Simply Healthcare, subsidiary in Florida. We also serve customers throughout the country as HealthLink, UniCare (including a non-risk arrangement with Massachusetts), and in certain Arizona, California, Nevada and Virginia markets through our CareMore Health Group, Inc., or CareMore, subsidiary. We are licensed to conduct insurance operations in all 50  states through our subsidiaries.
On July 24, 2015, we and Cigna Corporation, or Cigna, announced that we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, or Merger Agreement, dated as of July 23, 2015, by and among Anthem, Cigna and Anthem Merger Sub Corp., a Delaware corporation and our direct wholly-owned subsidiary, pursuant to which we will acquire all outstanding shares of Cigna, or the Acquisition. The Acquisition will further our goal of creating a premier health benefits company with critical diversification and scale to lead the transformation of health care delivery for consumers. Cigna is a global health services organization that delivers affordable and personalized products and services to customers through employer-based, government-sponsored and individual coverage arrangements. All of Cigna's products and services are provided exclusively by or through its operating subsidiaries, including Connecticut General Life Insurance Company, Cigna Health and Life Insurance Company, Life Insurance Company of North America and Cigna Life Insurance Company of New York. Such products and services include an integrated suite of health services, such as medical, dental, behavioral health, pharmacy, vision, supplemental benefits, and other related products including group life, accident and disability insurance. Cigna maintains sales capability in 30 countries and jurisdictions.
Under the terms of the Merger Agreement, Cigna’s shareholders will receive $103.40 in cash and 0.5152 shares of our common stock for each Cigna common share outstanding. The value of the transaction is estimated to be approximately $53.0 billion based on the closing price of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on July 23, 2015. The final purchase price will be determined based on our closing stock price on the date of closing of the Acquisition. The combined company will reflect a pro forma equity ownership comprised of approximately 67% Anthem shareholders and approximately 33% Cigna shareholders. On December 3, 2015, both our and Cigna's shareholders approved the proposals necessary to proceed with the Acquisition.
We expect to finance the cash portion of the Acquisition through available cash on hand and the issuance of new debt. The Acquisition is expected to close in the second half of 2016 and is subject to certain state regulatory approvals, other standard closing conditions and customary approvals required under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act. For additional information, see "Risk Factors" included in Part I, Item 1A; "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Overview" included in Part II, Item 7; and Note 3, “Business Acquisitions and Divestiture - Pending Acquisition of Cigna Corporation " included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
In February 2015, we reported that we were the target of a sophisticated external cyber attack. The attackers gained unauthorized access to certain of our information technology systems and obtained personal information related to many individuals and employees. We have continued to implement security enhancements since this incident and are supporting federal law enforcement efforts to identify the responsible parties. For additional information about the cyber attack, see Note

- 3 -


13, “Commitments and Contingencies - Cyber Attack Incident ,” to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
On February 17, 2015, we completed our acquisition of Simply Healthcare, a leading managed care company for people enrolled in Medicaid and Medicare programs in Florida. This acquisition aligns with our strategy for continued growth in our Government Business segment. As a result, we serve more than six hundred thousand members in Florida through our affiliated Amerigroup and Simply Healthcare Medicaid and Medicare plans. For additional information, see Note 3, “Business Acquisitions and Divestiture - Acquisition of Simply Healthcare " included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
We have a vision of becoming America's valued health partner. Together we are transforming health care with trusted and caring solutions and as a result, we focus on delivering quality products and services that give members access to the care they need. With an unyielding commitment to meeting the needs of our diverse customers, we are guided by the following values:
Accountable
Caring
Easy to do business with
Innovative
Trustworthy
We offer a broad spectrum of network-based managed care plans to large and small employer, individual, Medicaid and Medicare markets. Our managed care plans include: preferred provider organizations, or PPOs; health maintenance organizations, or HMOs; point-of-service, or POS, plans; traditional indemnity plans and other hybrid plans, including consumer-driven health plans, or CDHPs; and hospital only and limited benefit products. In addition, we provide a broad array of managed care services to self-funded customers, including claims processing, underwriting, stop loss insurance, actuarial services, provider network access, medical cost management, disease management, wellness programs and other administrative services. We provide an array of specialty and other insurance products and services such as dental, vision, life and disability insurance benefits, radiology benefit management and analytics-driven personal health care. We also provide services to the federal government in connection with the Federal Employee Program, or FEP.
The increased focus on health care costs by employers, the government and consumers has continued to drive the growth of alternatives to traditional indemnity health insurance. HMO, PPO and hybrid plans, such as POS plans and CDHPs, are among the various forms of managed care products that have been developed. Through these types of products, insurers attempt to contain the cost of health care by negotiating contracts with hospitals, physicians and other providers to deliver high quality health care to members at favorable rates. These products usually feature medical management and other quality and cost optimization measures such as pre-admission review and approval for certain non-emergency services, pre-authorization of outpatient surgical procedures, network credentialing to determine that network doctors and hospitals have the required certifications and expertise, and various levels of care management programs to help members better understand and navigate the health care system. In addition, providers may have incentives to achieve certain quality measures, may share medical cost risk or may have other incentives to deliver quality medical services in a cost-effective manner. Also, certain plans offer members incentives for healthy behaviors, such as smoking cessation and weight management. Members are charged periodic, prepaid premiums and generally pay co-payments, coinsurance and/or deductibles when they receive services. While the distinctions between the various types of plans have lessened over recent years, PPO, POS and CDHP products generally provide reduced benefits for out-of-network services, while traditional HMO products generally provide little to no reimbursement for non-emergency out-of-network utilization, but often offer more generous benefit coverage. An HMO plan may also require members to select one of the network primary care physicians, or PCPs, to coordinate their care and approve any specialist or other services.
Economic factors, greater consumer and employer sophistication, and accountability have resulted in an increased demand for choice in both product/benefit designs and provider network configurations. As a result we continue to offer our broad access PPO networks with multiple benefit designs, but are also focused on leveraging our emerging provider collaboration initiatives with our Accountable Care Organization, or ACO, partnerships to develop both narrow and tiered network offerings. This array of network and product configurations allows both the employer and the employee to design

- 4 -


and select the combination of benefit designs (e.g., traditional PPOs, high deductibles, HRAs, HSAs, PCP based products, tiered copays) and networks (e.g., broad, narrow, tiered, closed and open) that optimize choice, quality and price at the consumer, employer and market level. We believe we are well-positioned in each of our states to respond to these market preferences.
For our fully-insured products, we charge a premium and assume all of the health care risk. Under self-funded and partially-insured products, we charge a fee for services, and the employer or plan sponsor reimburses us for all or most of the health care costs. In addition, we charge a premium to provide administrative services to Large Group and National Account employers that maintain self-funded health plans and we underwrite stop loss insurance for self-funded plans.
Our medical membership includes seven different customer types: Local Group, Individual, National Accounts, BlueCard ® , Medicare, Medicaid and FEP.
BCBS-branded business generally refers to members in our service areas licensed by the BCBSA. Non-BCBS-branded business refers to members in our non-BCBS-branded Amerigroup, CareMore and Simply Healthcare plans, as well as HealthLink and UniCare members. In addition to the above medical membership, we also serve customers who purchase one or more of our other products or services that are often ancillary to our health business.
Our products are generally developed and marketed with an emphasis on the differing needs of our customers. In particular, our product development and marketing efforts take into account the differing characteristics between the various customers served by us, as well as the unique needs of educational and public entities, labor groups, federal employee health and benefit programs, national employers and state-run programs servicing low-income, high-risk and under-served markets. Each business unit is responsible for product design, pricing, enrolling, underwriting and servicing customers in specific customer types. Overall, we seek to establish pricing and product designs to provide value for our customers while achieving an appropriate level of profitability for each of our customer categories balanced with the competitive objective to grow market share. We believe that one of the keys to our success has been our focus on these distinct customer types, which better enables us to develop benefit plans and services that meet our customers’ unique needs.
We market our products through direct marketing activities and an extensive network of independent agents, brokers and retail partnerships for Individual and Medicare customers, and for certain Local Group customers with a smaller employee base. Products for National Accounts and Local Group customers with a larger employee base are generally sold through independent brokers or consultants retained by the customer and working with industry specialists from our in-house sales force. In the Individual and Small Group markets, we offer on-exchange products through state or federally facilitated marketplaces, referred to as public exchanges, and off-exchange products. Federal premium subsidies are available only for certain members who purchase certain public exchange products. 
Being a member of the BCBS companies, of which there were 36 independent primary licensees as of December 31, 2015 , creates significant market advantages, especially when competing for very large multi-state employer groups. For example, each BCBS member company is able to take advantage of other BCBS licensees’ substantial provider networks and discounts when any BCBS member works or travels outside of the state in which their policy is written. This program is referred to as BlueCard® and is a source of revenue when we provide member services in the states where we are the BCBS licensee to individuals who are customers of BCBS plans not affiliated with us. This program also provides a national provider network for our members when they travel to other states.
For additional information describing each of our customer types, detailed marketing efforts and changes in medical membership over the last three years, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in Part II, Item 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Our results of operations depend in large part on accurately predicting health care costs and our ability to manage future health care costs through adequate product pricing, medical management, product design and negotiation of favorable provider contracts.
Advances in medical technology, increases in specialty drug costs, the aging of the population and other demographic characteristics continue to contribute to rising health care costs. Our managed care plans and products are designed to encourage providers and members to participate in quality, cost-effective health benefit programs by using the full range of our innovative medical management services, quality initiatives and financial incentives. Our significant market share and

- 5 -


high business retention rates enable us to realize the long-term benefits of investing in preventive and early detection programs. Our ability to provide cost-effective health benefits products and services is enhanced through a disciplined approach to internal cost containment, prudent management of our risk exposure and successful integration of acquired businesses. In addition, our ability to manage selling, general and administrative costs continues to be a driver of our overall profitability.
Our future results of operations will also be impacted by certain external forces and resulting changes in our business model and strategy. In 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or ACA, as well as the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or collectively, Health Care Reform, became law, causing significant changes to the U.S. health care system. Since then, significant regulations have been enacted by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, the Department of Labor and the Department of the Treasury. The legislation and regulations are far-reaching and are intended to expand access to health insurance coverage over time by mandating that most individuals obtain health insurance coverage, increasing the eligibility thresholds for most state Medicaid programs and providing certain other individuals and small businesses with tax credits to subsidize a portion of the cost of health insurance coverage. As a result of the complexity of the law, its impact on health care in the United States and the continuing modification and interpretation of Health Care Reform rules, we continue to analyze and refine our estimates of the ultimate impact of Health Care Reform on our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations. Health Care Reform presents us with new growth opportunities, but also introduces new risks, regulatory challenges and uncertainties, and required changes in the way products are designed, underwritten, priced, distributed and administered. For additional discussion, see “Regulation,” herein and Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
In addition to the external forces discussed in the preceding paragraph, our results of operations are impacted by levels and mix of membership. In recent years, we have experienced membership growth due to the quality and pricing of our health benefits products and services, improved economic conditions, decreases in unemployment, acquisitions, entry into new markets and expansions in existing markets. In addition, we believe the self-insured portion of our group membership base will continue to increase as a percentage of total group membership. However, these membership trends could be negatively impacted by various factors that could have a material adverse effect on our future results of operations such as general economic downturns that result in business failures, failure to obtain new customers or retain existing customers, premium increases, benefit changes or our exit from a specific market. See Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors” and Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Private exchanges have gained visibility in the marketplace based on the promise of helping employers reduce costs, increase consumer engagement and manage the complexities created by the ACA and other market forces. While private exchanges have been a distribution channel in the Medicare and Individual markets for some time, the heightened level of activity and investment among the consulting and broker communities and other health insurance carriers has generated an increasing level of interest among employers in the Commercial market. To date, adoption levels have been lower than analyst predictions. While the ultimate volume, pace of growth and winning business models remain highly uncertain, we believe private exchanges will provide opportunities for growth.
Our approach to the private exchange market has been broad-based and we believe we are well-positioned to adapt with the market as it evolves. In 2011, we jointly acquired Bloom Health with Health Care Service Corporation and Blue Cross Blue Shield of Michigan, and today it offers an advanced consumer experience platform to employers as Anthem Health Marketplace. We also currently participate in four large national consultant-led exchanges, several regional broker-led exchanges and various individual, commercial and Medicare exchanges. We will continue to assess this highly dynamic market, build out internal capabilities and enhance partnerships to ensure we are best positioned to capitalize on future growth.
We continue to believe health care is local and that we have the strong local presence required to understand and meet local customer needs. We believe we are well-positioned to deliver what customers want: innovative, choice-based and affordable products; distinctive service; simplified transactions; and better access to information for quality care. Our local presence, combined with our national expertise, has created opportunities for collaborative programs that reward physicians and hospitals for clinical quality and excellence. We feel that our commitment to health improvement and care management provides added value to customers and health care professionals. We believe that an essential ingredient for practical and sustainable improvements in health care is raising health care quality while managing costs for total cost affordability. We

- 6 -


have identified initiatives that we believe will deliver better health care while reducing costs. These include driving innovation in paying and partnering with providers to compel improved cost, quality and health along with finding new, effective ways to manage risk and engage the member as a consumer. In addition, we seek to achieve efficiencies from our national scale while optimizing service performance for our customers. Finally, we seek to continue to rationalize our portfolio of businesses and products, and align our investments to capitalize on new opportunities to drive growth in both our existing and new markets in the future.
We continue to enhance interactions with customers, providers, brokers, agents, employees and other stakeholders through web-enabled technology and improving internal operations. Our approach includes not only sales and distribution of health benefits products on the Internet, but also implementation of advanced capabilities that improve services benefiting customers, agents, brokers, and providers while optimizing administrative costs. These enhancements can also help improve the quality, coordination and safety of health care through increased communications between patients and their physicians.
We intend to continue pursuing our vision of becoming America's valued health partner by transforming health care with trusted and caring solutions and by delivering quality products and services that give members access to the care they need. At the same time, we will focus on earnings per share, or EPS, growth through organic membership gains, improvements in our operating cost structure, strategic acquisitions and the efficient use of capital.
Significant Transactions
While Health Care Reform has caused significant changes to the U.S. health care system in recent years, the more significant transactions that have occurred over the last five years that have impacted or will impact our capital structure or that have or will influence how we conduct our business operations include:
Pending acquisition of Cigna expected to close in the second half of 2016;
Acquisition of Simply Healthcare (2015);
Use of Capital—Board of Directors declaration of dividends on common stock (2011 through February 2016) and an increase in the quarterly dividend to $0.6500 per share (February 2016); authorization for repurchases of our common stock (2015 and prior); and debt repurchases and new debt issuance (2015 and prior);
Acquisition of Amerigroup and the related debt issuance (2012);
Acquisition of 1-800 CONTACTS (2012) and subsequent divestiture (2014); and
Acquisition of CareMore (2011).
For additional information regarding certain of these transactions, see Note 3, “Business Acquisitions and Divestiture,” Note 12, “Debt,” and Note 14, “Capital Stock,” to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Competition
The managed care industry is highly competitive, both nationally and in our local markets. Competition continues to be intense due to aggressive marketing and pricing, business consolidations, a proliferation of new products, the impact of Health Care Reform, and increased quality awareness and price sensitivity among customers.
We believe that participants in the managed care industry compete for customers based on quality of service, price, access to provider networks, access to care management and wellness programs (including health information), innovation, breadth and flexibility of products and benefits, reputation (including National Committee on Quality Assurance, or NCQA, accreditation status), brand recognition and financial stability. Our ability to attract and retain customers is substantially tied to our ability to distinguish ourselves from our competitors in these areas.
Also, a health plan’s ability to interact with employers, members and other third parties (including health care professionals) via the Internet has become a more important competitive factor, and we have made significant investments in technology to enhance our electronic interaction with providers, employers, members and third parties.

- 7 -


We believe our exclusive right to market products under the most recognized brand in the industry, BCBS, in our most significant markets provides us with an advantage over our competition. Our provider networks in our markets enable us to achieve efficiencies and distinctive service levels enabling us to offer a broad range of health benefits to our customers on a more cost-effective basis than many of our competitors. We strive to distinguish our products through provider access, service, care management, product value and brand recognition.
Pricing in our Commercial and Specialty Business segment (defined below), including our Individual and Small Group lines of business, remains competitive and we strive to price our health care benefit products consistent with anticipated underlying medical trends. We believe our pricing strategy, based on predictive modeling, proprietary research and data-driven processes, as well as our overall investments for Health Care Reform, have positioned us to benefit from the potential growth opportunities available in fully-insured commercial products as a result of Health Care Reform. The public exchanges have increased the risk that our products will be selected by individuals who have a higher risk profile or utilization rate than the pool of participants we anticipated when we established the pricing for these public exchange products. We believe that our pricing strategy, brand name and network quality will provide a strong foundation for commercial risk membership growth opportunities in the future.
To build our provider networks, we compete with other health benefits plans for the best contracts with hospitals, physicians and other providers. We believe that physicians and other providers primarily consider member volume, reimbursement rates, timeliness of reimbursement and administrative service capabilities along with the reduction of non-value added administrative tasks when deciding whether to contract with a health benefits plan.
At the sales and distribution level, we compete for qualified agents and brokers to recommend and distribute our products. Strong competition exists among insurance companies and health benefits plans for agents and brokers with demonstrated ability to secure new business and maintain existing accounts. We believe that the quality and price of our products, support services, reputation and prior relationships, along with a reasonable commission structure are the factors agents and brokers consider in choosing whether to market our products. We believe that we have good relationships with our agents and brokers, and that our products, support services and commission structure compare favorably to those of our competitors in all of our markets. Typically, we are the largest competitor in each of our Blue-branded markets and, thus, are a closely watched target by other insurance competitors.
Reportable Segments
We manage our operations through three reportable segments: Commercial and Specialty Business, Government Business and Other. We regularly evaluate the appropriateness of our reportable segments, particularly in light of organizational changes, merger and acquisition activity and changing laws and regulations. Therefore, these reportable segments may change in the future.
Our Commercial and Specialty Business and Government Business segments both offer a diversified mix of managed care products, including PPOs, HMOs, traditional indemnity benefits and POS plans, as well as a variety of hybrid benefit plans including CDHPs, hospital only and limited benefit products.
Our Commercial and Specialty Business segment includes our Local Group, National Accounts, Individual and Specialty businesses. Business units in the Commercial and Specialty Business segment offer fully-insured health products; provide a broad array of managed care services to self-funded customers including claims processing, underwriting, stop loss insurance, actuarial services, provider network access, medical cost management, disease management, wellness programs and other administrative services; and provide an array of specialty and other insurance products and services such as dental, vision, life and disability insurance benefits, radiology benefit management and analytics-driven personal health care guidance.
Our Government Business segment includes Medicare and Medicaid businesses, National Government Services, or NGS, and services provided to the federal government in connection with FEP. Medicare business includes services such as Medicare Advantage, Medicare Part D, and Medicare Supplement. Medicaid business includes our managed care alternatives through publicly funded health care programs, including Medicaid ; Temporary Assistance for Needy Family programs, or TANF; programs for seniors and people with disabilities , or SPD; programs for long-term services and support , or LTSS; Children’s Health Insurance Programs , or CHIP; and ACA-related Medicaid expansion programs. NGS acts as a Medicare contractor for the federal government in several regions across the nation.

- 8 -


Our Other segment includes other businesses that do not meet the quantitative thresholds for an operating segment as defined by Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, guidance, as well as corporate expenses not allocated to the other reportable segments.
Through our participation in various federal government programs, we generated approximately 18.8% , 21.0% and 20.3% of our total consolidated revenues from agencies of the U.S. government for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively. These revenues are contained in the Government Business segment. An immaterial amount of our total consolidated revenues is derived from activities outside of the U.S.
 For additional information regarding the operating results of our segments, see Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Note 19, “Segment Information,” to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
  Products and Services
A general description of our products and services is provided below:
Preferred Provider Organization:     PPO products offer the member an option to select any health care provider, with benefits reimbursed by us at a higher level when care is received from a participating network provider. Coverage is subject to co-payments or deductibles and coinsurance, with member cost sharing usually limited by out-of-pocket maximums.
Consumer-Driven Health Plans:     CDHPs provide consumers with increased financial responsibility, choice and control regarding how their health care dollars are spent. Generally, CDHPs combine a high-deductible PPO plan with an employer-funded and/or employee-funded personal care account, which may result in tax benefits to the employee. Some or all of the dollars remaining in the personal care account at year-end can be rolled over to the next year for future health care needs.
Traditional Indemnity:     Indemnity products offer the member an option to select any health care provider for covered services. Coverage is subject to deductibles and coinsurance, with member cost sharing usually limited by out-of-pocket maximums.
Health Maintenance Organization:     HMO products include comprehensive managed care benefits, generally through a participating network of physicians, hospitals and other providers. A member in one of our HMOs must typically select a PCP from our network. PCPs generally are family practitioners, internists or pediatricians who provide necessary preventive and primary medical care, and are generally responsible for coordinating other necessary health care services. We offer HMO plans with varying levels of co-payments, which result in different levels of premium rates.
  Point-of-Service:     POS products blend the characteristics of HMO, PPO and indemnity plans. Members can have comprehensive HMO-style benefits through participating network providers with minimum out-of-pocket expenses (co-payments) and also can go directly, without a referral, to any provider they choose, subject to, among other things, certain deductibles and coinsurance. Member cost sharing is limited by out-of-pocket maximums.
ACA Public Exchange and Off-Exchange Products: The ACA required the modification of existing products and development of new products to meet the requirements of the legislation, subject to certain transitional relief. Individual and Small Group products cover essential health benefits as defined in the ACA along with many other requirements and cost sharing features. Individual and Small Group products offered on and off the public exchanges meet the definition of the “metal” product requirements (bronze, silver, gold and platinum) and each metal product must satisfy a specific actuarial value. Health insurers participating on the public exchanges must offer at least one silver and one gold product.
In our Individual markets we offer bronze, silver and gold products, both on and off the public exchanges, in California, Colorado, Connecticut, Georgia, Indiana, Kentucky, Maine, Missouri, Nevada, New Hampshire, New York, Ohio, Virginia and Wisconsin. Additionally, we offer platinum products, both on and off the public exchanges, in California and New York.
In our Small Group markets, we offer bronze, silver and gold products, off the public exchanges, in California, Colorado, Connecticut, Georgia, Indiana, Kentucky, Maine, Missouri, Nevada, New Hampshire, Ohio, Virginia and Wisconsin. We offer bronze, silver and gold products, on the public exchanges, in Colorado, Connecticut, Georgia, Indiana, Kentucky, Maine, Missouri, New Hampshire, Ohio and Virginia. Additionally, we offer platinum products, off the public exchanges, in California, Connecticut, Georgia, Kentucky, Maine, Nevada and Virginia.

- 9 -


Administrative Services:     In addition to fully-insured products, we provide administrative services to Large Group employers that maintain self-funded health plans. These administrative services include underwriting, actuarial services, medical cost management, disease management, wellness programs, claims processing and other administrative services for self-funded employers. Self-funded health plans are also able to use our provider networks and to realize savings through our negotiated provider arrangements, while allowing employers the ability to design certain health benefit plans in accordance with their own requirements and objectives. We also underwrite stop loss insurance for self-funded plans.
  BlueCard ® :     BlueCard ® is a national program that links participating health care providers and independent BCBS plans. BlueCard ® host members are generally members who reside in or travel to a state in which an Anthem subsidiary is the Blue Cross and/or Blue Shield licensee and who are covered under an employer sponsored health plan serviced by a non-Anthem controlled BCBS licensee, which is the “home” plan. We perform certain administrative functions for BlueCard ® host members, for which we receive administrative fees from the BlueCard ® members’ home plans. Other administrative functions, including maintenance of enrollment information and customer service, are performed by the home plan.
  Medicare Plans:     We offer a wide variety of plans, products and options to individuals age 65 and older such as Medicare supplement plans; Medicare Advantage, including special needs plans; Medicare Part D Prescription Drug Plans, or Medicare Part D; and Medicare-Medicaid Plans, or MMPs. Medicare supplement plans typically pay the difference between health care costs incurred by a beneficiary and amounts paid by Medicare. Medicare Advantage plans provide Medicare beneficiaries with a managed care alternative to traditional Medicare and often include a Medicare Part D benefit. In addition, our Medicare Advantage special needs plans provide tailored benefits to Medicare beneficiaries who have chronic diseases and also cover certain dual eligible customers, who are low-income seniors and persons under age 65 with disabilities. Medicare Part D offers a prescription drug plan to Medicare and MMP beneficiaries. MMP is a demonstration program focused on serving members who are dually eligible for Medicaid and Medicare, which was established as a result of the passage of the ACA. We offer these plans to customers through our health benefit subsidiaries throughout the country, including Amerigroup, CareMore and Simply Healthcare.
  Individual Plans:     We offer a full range of health insurance plans with a variety of options and deductibles for individuals under age 65 who are not covered by employer-sponsored coverage and are not otherwise eligible for government sponsored plans, such as Medicare and/or Medicaid. Some of our products target certain demographic populations such as uninsured younger individuals between the ages of 19 and 29, families, those transitioning between jobs or early retirees. Individual policies are generally sold through independent agents and brokers, retail partnerships, our in-house sales force or via the Internet. Individual business is sold on a fully-insured basis. We offer public exchange products and off-exchange products. Federal premium subsidies are available only for certain public exchange products. Individual customers are generally more sensitive to product pricing and, to a lesser extent, the configuration of the network, and the efficiency of administration.
  Medicaid Plans and Other State-Sponsored Programs:     We have contracts to serve members enrolled in publicly funded health care programs, including Medicaid, TANF, SPD, LTSS, CHIP, and ACA-related Medicaid expansion programs. The Medicaid program makes federal matching funds available to all states for the delivery of health care benefits for low income and/or high medical risk individuals. These programs are managed by the individual states based on broad federal guidelines. TANF is a state and federally funded program designed for the population consisting primarily of low-income children and their guardians. SPD is a federal income supplement program designed for Supplemental Security Income recipients, however, states can broaden eligibility criteria. This population consists of low-income seniors and people with disabilities. LTSS is a state and federally funded program that offers states a broad and flexible set of program design options and refers to the delivery of long-term services and support for our members who receive home and community- or institution-based services for long-term care. CHIP is a state and federally funded program that provides health care coverage to children not otherwise covered by Medicaid or other insurance programs. Our Medicaid plans also cover certain dual eligible customers, as previously described above, who also receive Medicare benefits. We provide Medicaid and other State-Sponsored services in California, Florida, Georgia, Indiana, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maryland, Massachusetts, Nevada, New Jersey, New York, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas, Virginia, Washington, West Virginia and Wisconsin.
  Pharmacy Products:     We market and sell an integrated prescription drug product to both fully-insured and self-funded customers through our health benefit subsidiaries throughout the country. This comprehensive product includes features such as drug formularies, a pharmacy network and maintenance of a prescription drug database and mail order capabilities. Since December 1, 2009, we have delegated certain functions and administrative services related to our integrated prescription drug

- 10 -


products to Express Scripts, Inc., or Express Scripts, under a ten year contract, excluding our CareMore and Simply Healthcare subsidiaries and certain self-insured members which have exclusive agreements with different pharmacy benefit management, or PBM, service providers. Express Scripts manages the network of pharmacy providers, operates mail order pharmacies and processes prescription drug claims on our behalf, while we sell and support the product for clients, make formulary decisions and set drug benefit design strategy and provide front line member support.
  Life Insurance:     We offer an array of competitive individual and group life insurance benefit products to both Large Group and Small Group customers in conjunction with our health plans. The life products include term life and accidental death and dismemberment.
  Disability:     We offer short-term and long-term disability products, usually in conjunction with our health plans.
  Radiology Benefit Management:     We offer outpatient diagnostic imaging management services to health plans. These services include utilization management for advanced diagnostic imaging procedures, network development and optimization, patient safety, claims adjudication and provider payment.
  Personal Health Care Guidance:     We offer leading evidence-based and analytics-driven personal health care guidance. These services help improve the quality, coordination and safety of health care, enhance communications between patients and their physicians, and reduce medical costs.
  Dental:     Our dental plans include networks in certain states in which we operate. Many of the dental benefits are provided to customers enrolled in our health plans and are offered on both a fully-insured and self-funded basis. Our members also have access to additional dental providers through our participation in the National Dental GRID, a national dental network developed by and for BCBS plans. The National Dental GRID includes dentists in all 50 states and provides multi-state customers with a national solution providing in-network discounts across the country. Additionally, we offer managed dental services to other health care plans to assist those plans in providing dental benefits to their customers.
  Vision Services and Products:     Our vision plans include networks within the states in which we operate. Many of the vision benefits are provided to customers enrolled in our health plans and are offered on both a fully-insured and self-funded basis.
  Medicare Administrative Operations:     Through our subsidiary, NGS, we serve as a fiscal intermediary, carrier and Medicare administrative contractor for the federal government providing administrative services for the Medicare program, which generally provides coverage for persons who are 65 or older and for persons who are disabled or with end-stage renal disease. Part A of the Medicare program provides coverage for services provided by hospitals, skilled nursing facilities and other health care facilities. Part B of the Medicare program provides coverage for services provided by physicians, physical and occupational therapists and other professional providers, as well as certain durable medical equipment and medical supplies.
  Networks and Provider Relations
Our relationships with physicians, hospitals and professionals that render health care services to our members are guided by local, regional and national standards for network development, reimbursement and contract methodologies. While following industry standards, we are simultaneously seeking to lead transformation efforts within our health care system, moving from our current fragmented model premised on episodic intervention to one based on proactive, coordinated care built around the needs of the patient. A key element of this transformation involves a transition from traditional fee-for-service payment models to models where providers are paid based on the value, both in quality and affordability, of the care they deliver.
  We establish “market-based” hospital reimbursement payments that we believe are fair, but aggressive, and among the most competitive in the market. We also seek to ensure that physicians in our network are paid in a timely manner at appropriate rates. In many instances, we deploy multi-year contracting strategies, including case rates or fixed rates, to limit our exposure to medical cost inflation and to increase cost predictability. We maintain both broad and narrow provider networks to ensure member choice, based on both price and access needs, while implementing programs designed to improve the quality of care our members receive. Increasingly, we are supplementing our broad based networks with smaller or more

- 11 -


cost-effective networks that are designed to be attractive to a more price-sensitive customer segment, such as public exchange customers.
  Our reimbursement strategies vary across markets and depend on the degree of consolidation and integration of physician groups and hospitals. Fee-for-service is currently our predominant reimbursement methodology for physicians, but as noted above, we are transitioning providers to value-based payment contracts. More traditional physician fee schedules are developed at the state level based on an assessment of several factors and conditions, including the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, resource-based relative value system, or RBRVS, medical practice cost inflation and physician supply. We utilize CMS RBRVS fee schedules as a reference point for fee schedule development and analysis. The RBRVS structure was developed, maintained, and updated by CMS and is used by the Medicare program and other major payers. In addition, we have implemented and continue to expand physician incentive contracting, or “pay for performance”, which ties physician payment levels to performance on clinical measures.
  While we generally do not delegate full financial responsibility to our physician providers in the form of capitation-based reimbursement, there are certain markets where the market dynamics result in this being a useful method to lower costs and reduce underwriting risk, thus we do utilize this payment method in those markets.
  Our hospital contracts provide for a variety of reimbursement arrangements depending on local market dynamics and current hospital utilization efficiency. Most hospitals are reimbursed a fixed amount per day or reimbursed a per-case amount, per admission, for inpatient covered services. A small percentage of hospitals, primarily rural, sole community hospitals, are reimbursed on a discount from approved charge basis for covered services. Our “per-case” reimbursement methods utilize many of the same attributes contained in Medicare’s Diagnosis Related Groups, or DRG, methodology. Hospital outpatient services are reimbursed by fixed case rates, fee schedules or percent of approved charges. Our hospital contracts recognize unique hospital attributes, such as academic medical centers or community hospitals, and the volume of care performed for our members. To improve predictability of expected costs, we frequently use a multi-year contracting approach with providers. In addition, the majority of our hospital contracts include a “pay for performance” component where reimbursement levels are linked to improved clinical performance, patient safety and medical error reduction.  
Although fee-for-service combined with pay for performance remains our predominant payment model today, our provider engagement and contracting strategies are moving away from “unit price” or volume-based payment models to payment models that align compensation with the value delivered as measured by health care, quality and cost. We launched the most significant of these efforts, our Enhanced Personal Health Care program, in the fourth quarter of 2012. This program augments traditional fee-for-service with shared savings opportunities for providers when actual health care costs are below projected costs, and providers meet specific quality measures. The quality measures are based on nationally accepted, credible standards (e.g. NCQA, the American Diabetes Association and the American Academy of Pediatrics) and span preventive, acute and chronic care. We understand, however, that payment incentives alone are insufficient to create the large-scale, system-wide transformation required to achieve meaningful impacts on cost, quality and member experience. Accordingly, we invested in care delivery transformation and population health management support structures to help providers succeed under value-based payment models. This support includes our web-based population health management technology and teams of dedicated expert consultants who work alongside providers, sharing best practices, and helping them leverage our data to the benefit of their patients. In some of these arrangements, participating physician practices receive a per-member, per-month clinical coordination fee to compensate them for important care management activities that occur outside of the patient visit (e.g. purchasing an electronic health record or hiring care management nurses), all of which have been shown to reduce healthcare costs and improve care outcomes. Since the launch of Enhanced Personal Health Care, we now have arrangements with provider organizations covering 48% of our PCPs and have rolled this program out in each of the fourteen states where we operate as a licensee of the BCBSA.
Medical Management Programs
Our medical management programs include a broad array of activities that facilitate improvements in the quality of care provided to our members and promote cost-effective medical care. These medical management activities and programs are administered and directed by physicians and nurses. The goals of our medical management strategies are to ensure that the care delivered to our members is supported by appropriate medical and scientific evidence, is received on a timely basis and occurs in the most appropriate location.

- 12 -


Precertification:     A traditional medical management program involves assessment of the appropriateness of certain hospitalizations and other medical services prior to the services being rendered. For example, precertification is used to determine whether a set of hospital and medical services is being appropriately applied to the member’s clinical condition, in accordance with criteria for medical necessity as that term is defined in the member’s benefits contract. All of our health plans have implemented precertification programs for common high-tech radiology studies, including cardiac diagnostic testing, addressing an area of historically significant cost trends. Through our AIM Specialty Health, or AIM, subsidiary we promote appropriate, safe and affordable member care in imaging as well as oncology, sleep management and specialty pharmacy benefits. These expanded specialty benefit management solutions leverage clinical expertise and technology to engage our provider communities and members in more effective and efficient use of outpatient services.
Care Coordination:     Another traditional medical management strategy we use is care coordination, which is based on nationally recognized criteria developed by third-party medical specialists. With inpatient care coordination, the requirements and intensity of services during a patient’s hospital stay are reviewed, at times by an onsite skilled nurse professional in collaboration with the hospital’s medical and nursing staff, in order to coordinate care and determine the most effective transition of care from the hospital setting. In addition, guidance for many continued stay cases is reviewed with physician medical directors to ensure appropriate utilization of medical services. We also coordinate care for outpatient services to help ensure that patients with chronic conditions who receive care from multiple physicians are able to manage the exchange of information between physicians and coordinate office visits to their physicians.
Case Management:     We have implemented a medical management strategy focused on identifying the small percentage of the membership that will require a high level of intervention to manage their health care needs. The registered nurses and medical directors focus on members likely to be readmitted to the hospital and help them coordinate their care through pharmacy compliance, post-hospital care, follow-up visits to see their physician and support in their home.
Formulary management:     We have developed formularies, which are selections of drugs based on clinical quality and effectiveness. A pharmacy and therapeutics committee of physicians uses scientific and clinical evidence to ensure that our members have access to the appropriate drug therapies.  
Medical policy:     A medical policy group, comprised of physician leaders from various areas of the country, working in cooperation with academic medical centers, practicing community physicians and medical specialty organizations such as the American College of Radiology and national organizations such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the American Cancer Society, determines our national policy for the application of new medical technologies and treatments.
Quality programs:     We are actively engaged with our hospital and physician networks to enable them to improve medical and surgical care and achieve better outcomes for our members. We endorse, encourage and incentivize hospitals and physicians to support national initiatives to improve the quality of clinical care and patient outcomes and to reduce medication errors and hospital infections. We have demonstrated our leadership in developing hospital quality programs.
External review procedures:     We work with outside experts through a process of external review to provide our members scientifically and clinically, evidence-based medical care. When we receive member concerns, we have formal appeals procedures that ultimately allow coverage disputes related to medical necessity decisions under the benefits contract to be settled by independent expert physicians.
Service management:     In HMO and POS networks, PCPs serve as the overall coordinators of members’ health care needs by providing an array of preventive health services and overseeing referrals to specialists for appropriate medical care. In PPO networks, patients have access to network physicians without a PCP serving as the coordinator of care.
Provider Cost Comparison Tools: Through Estimate Your Cost, Anthem Care Comparison and other tools, our members can compare cost estimates and quality data for common services at contracted providers, with cost estimates accounting for facility, professional and ancillary services. These cost estimates bundle related services typically performed at the time of the procedure, not just for the procedure itself. Users can review cost data for over 400 procedures in 49 states. Members can also estimate out-of-pocket costs based on a member’s own benefit coverage, deductible, and out of pocket maximum. We also offer information on overall facility ratings and patient experience using trusted third party data. We continue to work on enhancing and evolving our tools to assist members in making informed and value-based health care decisions. In addition, we collaborate with an external independent vendor to support employers wanting to purchase a transparency and consumer engagement web solution with certain additional functionality.

- 13 -


Personal Health Care Guidance:     These services help improve the quality, coordination and safety of health care, enhance communications between patients and their physicians, and reduce medical costs. Examples of services include member and physician messaging, providing access to evidence-based medical guidelines, physician quality profiling, and other consulting services.
Anthem Health Guide: Anthem Health Guide integrates customer service with clinical and wellness coaching to provide easier navigation of health care services for our members. Members are supported by a team of nurses, coaches, educators, and social workers using voice, click-to-chat, secure email and mobile technology. Our Smart Engagement Platform supports this integrated team using our smart engagement triggers for speech recognition, preventative and clinical gaps in care and highlighting when we have members who are identified for current health care support.
Care Management Programs
We continue to expand our 360º Health suite of integrated care management programs and tools. 360º Health offers the following programs, among others, that have been proven to increase quality and reduce medical costs for our members:
ConditionCare and FutureMoms are care management and maternity management programs that serve as adjuncts to physician care. Skilled nurse professionals with added support from our team of dietitians, social workers, pharmacists, health educators and other health professionals help participants understand their condition, their doctor’s orders and how to become a better self-manager of their condition. We also offer members infertility consultation through our SpecialOffers@Anthem program, a comprehensive and integrated assembly of discounted health and wellness products and services from a variety of the nation's leading retailers.
24/7 NurseLine offers access to qualified, registered nurses anytime. This allows our members to make informed decisions about the appropriate level of care and avoid unnecessary worry. This program also includes a referral process to the nearest urgent care facility, a robust audiotape library, accessible by phone, with more than 600 health and wellness topics, as well as on-line health education topics designed to educate members about symptoms and treatment of many common health concerns.
ComplexCare is an advanced care management program that reaches out to participants with multiple health care issues who are at risk for frequent and high levels of medical care in order to offer support and assistance in managing their health care needs. ComplexCare identifies candidates through claims analysis using predictive modeling techniques, the use of health risk assessment data, utilization management reports and referrals from a physician or one of our other programs, such as the 24/7 NurseLine .
MyHealth Advantage utilizes integrated information systems and sophisticated data analytics to help our members improve their compliance with evidence-based care guidelines, providing personal care notes that alert members to potential gaps in care, enable more prudent health care choices, and assist in the realization of member out-of-pocket cost savings. Key opportunities are also shared with physicians through Availity ® at the time of membership eligibility verification. Availity ® is an electronic data interchange system that allows for the exchange of health information among providers over a secure network.
MyHealth Coach provides our members with a professional guide who helps them navigate the health care system and make better decisions about their well-being. MyHealth Coach proactively reaches out to people who are at risk for serious health issues or have complex health care needs. Our health coaches help participants understand and manage chronic conditions, handle any health and wellness related services they need and make smart lifestyle choices.
HealthyLifestyles helps employees transform unhealthy habits into positive ones by focusing on behaviors that can have a positive effect on their health and their employer’s financial well-being. HealthyLifestyles programs include smoking cessation, weight management, stress management, physical activity, and diet and nutrition.
MyHealth@Anthem is our secure web-based solution, complementing other programs by reinforcing telephonic coaching and mail campaigns. The website engages participants in regularly assessing their health status, gives them feedback about their progress, and tracks important health measures such as blood pressure, weight and blood glucose levels.

- 14 -


Behavioral Health Case Management provides oversight of the delivery of mental health and substance abuse services as an integrated component of the health plan. The program assists providers and members with referrals, transitional care, episodic emergency care and other needs.
Autism Spectrum Disorder is a specialized case management program staffed by a dedicated team of clinicians who have been trained on the unique challenges and needs of families with a member who has a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder. These clinicians provide education, information on community resources to help with care and support, guidance on the appropriate usage of benefits, and assistance in exploring effective treatments, such as medical services, that may help the member and their families.
Employee Assistance Programs provide many resources that allow members to balance work and personal life by providing quick and easy access to confidential resources to help meet the challenges of daily life. Examples of services available in person as well as via telephone or internet are counseling for child care, health and wellness, financial issues, legal issues, adoption and daily living.
Health Care Quality Initiatives
Increasingly, the health care industry is able to define quality health care based on preventive health measurements, outcomes of care and optimal care management for chronic disease. A key to our success has been our ability to work with our network physicians and hospitals to improve the quality and outcomes of the health care services provided to our members. Our ability to promote quality medical care has been recognized by the NCQA, the largest and most respected national accreditation program for managed care health plans.
Several quality health care measures, including the Healthcare Effectiveness Data and Information Set, or HEDIS ® , have been incorporated into the NCQA’s accreditation processes. HEDIS ® measures range from preventive services, such as screening mammography and pediatric immunization, to elements of care, including decreasing the complications of diabetes and improving treatment for patients with heart disease. For health plans, NCQA’s highest accreditation status of Excellent is granted only to those plans that demonstrate levels of service and clinical quality that meet or exceed NCQA’s rigorous requirements for consumer protection and quality improvement. Plans earning this accreditation level must also achieve HEDIS ® results that are in the highest range of national or regional performance. Details for each of our plans’ accreditation levels can be found at www.ncqa.org.
We have created an innovative program called the State Health Index, or SHI, to quantify and track our success in improving the health of our communities. SHI presents a comprehensive picture of a community’s health in the 24 states served by our affiliated health plans. It is compiled from public data and includes 14 health indicators in four domains: Maternity Care, Preventive Care, Lifestyle, and Morbidity/Mortality. The metrics are utilized to identify opportunities for health improvement and leverage our strengths to build partnerships with community coalitions, patient advocacy organizations, and local and state public health departments. We analyze states' performance measures and prioritize measures for focused improvement. Together with Anthem Foundation, Inc. and state leadership, we create or enhance programs to improve the health of the entire population in these states - not just for our members.
Our wholly-owned health outcomes research subsidiary, HealthCore, Inc., or HealthCore, generates consistent and actionable evidence to support decision making while helping to guide fresh initiatives for a range of stakeholders in the healthcare industry. By leveraging a rich array of medical and pharmacy utilization data queried from administrative claims, patients surveys, medical charts and laboratory diagnostics, among other health records, HealthCore’s multi-disciplinary research teams uncover a broad spectrum of safety, effectiveness, pharmacoepidemiology, and health economics evidence. HealthCore’s real world evidence and comparative effectiveness research, among others, have played roles in the product planning and development campaigns of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, and today it lists most of the leading biologics and drug manufacturers as clients or alliance partners. Its health plan research has led to better insights into evidence-based treatment approaches, the development of value-based initiatives to drive access and adherence to treatment, and the crafting of incentives to modify patient and provider behavior. One of HealthCore’s predominant initiatives is its governmental and academic collaborations that include cooperation with some of the country’s top universities and federal agencies, including the Food and Drug Administration and the Centers of Disease Control of the National Institutes of Health, and it is an active contributor to the safety surveillance Sentinel program. As a notable contributor to the health outcomes

- 15 -


evidence base, HealthCore’s research findings are broadly disseminated during presentations at national and international medical meetings and are published in a variety of respected peer-reviewed medical and health services journals.
Our AIM subsidiary supports quality by implementing clinical appropriateness and patient safety solutions for advanced imaging procedures, cardiology, sleep medicine, specialty pharmaceuticals and oncology, including drugs covered under medical benefit and radiation therapy. These programs, based on widely accepted and evidence based clinical guidelines, promote the most appropriate use of diagnostic and therapeutic services to improve the quality of overall health care delivered to our members and members of other health plans that are covered under AIM’s programs. To provide additional impact to its clinical appropriateness program, AIM has also implemented a provider assessment program, OptiNet ® , which promotes more informed selection of diagnostic imaging and testing facilities by providing cost and facility information to physician offices at the point that a procedure is ordered. We have also leveraged AIM’s provider network assessment information to proactively engage and educate our members about imaging providers and sleep testing choices based on site capabilities and cost differences. This program is another example of how we facilitate improvements in the quality of care provided to our members and promote cost effective medical care.
Our wholly-owned analytics-driven subsidiary, Resolution Health, Inc., or RHI, delivers programs to improve the safety, quality and coordination of health care for our members. RHI uses evidence-based proprietary rules and algorithms based on established clinical guidelines and standards of independent accreditation organizations, medical specialty societies, and government agencies such as the National Quality Forum, or NQF, and NCQA. RHI analyzes claims and other data to identify actions that can improve health outcomes at the individual member level. When appropriate, RHI delivers personalized confidential messages, or Personalized Health Insights, to members, providers and care managers. RHI’s Personalized Health Insights support total population health management and the results of RHI analyses are used across our enterprise to support HEDIS and other clinical quality measures.
Pricing and Underwriting of Our Products
We price our products based on our assessment of current health care claim costs and emerging health care cost trends, combined with charges for administrative expenses, risk and profit, including charges for ACA taxes and fees. We continually review our product designs and pricing guidelines on a national and regional basis so that our products remain competitive and consistent with our profitability goals and strategies.
In applying our pricing to each employer group and customer, we maintain consistent, competitive, disciplined underwriting standards. We employ our proprietary accumulated actuarial data in determining underwriting and pricing parameters. Where allowed by law and regulation, we underwrite large groups based on each group’s aggregate claim experience. Also, we employ credit underwriting procedures with respect to our self-funded products.
In most circumstances, our pricing and underwriting decisions follow a prospective rating process in which a fixed premium is determined at the beginning of the contract period. For fully-insured business, any deviation, favorable or unfavorable, from the medical costs assumed in determining the premium is our responsibility. Some of our larger groups employ retrospective rating reviews, where positive experience is partially refunded to the group, and negative experience is charged against a rate stabilization fund established from the group’s favorable experience, or charged against future favorable experience.
BCBSA Licenses
We are a party to license agreements with the BCBSA that entitle us to the exclusive, and in certain areas, non-exclusive use of the Blue Cross and Blue Shield names and marks in assigned geographic territories. BCBSA is a national trade association of Blue Cross and Blue Shield licensees, the primary function of which is to promote and preserve the integrity of the BCBS names and marks, as well as provide certain coordination among the member companies. Each BCBSA licensee is an independent legal organization and is not responsible for obligations of other BCBSA member organizations. We have no right to market products and services using the BCBS names and marks outside of the states in which we are licensed to sell BCBS products. We are required to pay an annual license fee to the BCBSA based on enrollment and also to comply with various operational, governance and financial standards set forth in the licenses.
We believe that we and our licensed affiliates are currently in compliance with these standards. The standards under the license agreements may be modified in certain instances by the BCBSA. See Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors” in this Annual

- 16 -


Report on Form 10-K for additional details of our licensing requirements and the impact if we were not to comply with these license agreements.
Regulation  
General
Our operations are subject to comprehensive and detailed state, federal and international regulation throughout the jurisdictions in which we do business. As discussed below, the regulatory aspects of the U.S. health care system have been and will continue to be significantly affected by Health Care Reform. Supervisory agencies, including state health, insurance and corporation departments, have broad authority to:
grant, suspend and revoke licenses to transact business;
regulate our products and services in great detail;
regulate, limit, or suspend our ability to market products, including the exclusion of our plans from participating on public exchanges;
retroactively adjust premium rates for services;
monitor our solvency and reserve adequacy;
scrutinize our investment activities on the basis of quality, diversification and other quantitative criteria; and
impose monetary and criminal sanctions for non-compliance with regulatory requirements.
To carry out these tasks, these regulators periodically examine our operations and accounts.
Regulation of Insurance Company and HMO Business Activity
The governments of the states in which we conduct business, as well as the federal government, have adopted laws and regulations that govern our business activities in various ways. Further, Health Care Reform has resulted in increased federal regulation that significantly impacts our business. These laws and regulations, which vary significantly from state to state and on the federal level, restrict how we conduct our businesses and result in additional burdens and costs to us. These state and federal laws and regulations are subject to amendments and changing interpretations in each jurisdiction.
  States generally require health insurers and HMOs to obtain a certificate of authority prior to commencing operations. If we were to establish a health insurance company or an HMO in any jurisdiction where we do not presently operate, we generally would have to obtain such a certificate or authorization to expand the operations permitted under an existing certificate if we already operate in the state. The time necessary to obtain such a certificate varies from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Each health insurer and HMO must file periodic financial and operating reports with the states in which it does business. In addition, health insurers and HMOs are subject to state examination and periodic license renewal. The health benefits business also may be adversely impacted by court and regulatory decisions that expand the interpretations of existing statutes and regulations. It is uncertain whether we can recoup, through higher premiums or other measures, the increased costs of mandated benefits or other increased costs caused by potential legislation, regulation or court rulings. See Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act
The ACA has created significant changes and will continue to create significant changes for health insurance markets for the next several years. Specifically, many of the near-term changes were effective for certain groups and individuals in 2010, including a prohibition on lifetime limits, certain annual limits, member cost-sharing on specified preventive benefits, pre-existing condition exclusions for children, increased restrictions on rescinding coverage and extension of coverage of dependents to the age of 26. Certain requirements for insurers were also effective in 2011, including changes to Medicare Advantage payments and the minimum medical loss ratio, or MLR, provision that requires insurers to pay rebates to customers when insurers do not meet or exceed the specified MLR thresholds. Most of the provisions of the ACA with more significant effects on the health insurance marketplace, both state and federal, went into effect on January 1, 2014, including a requirement that insurers guarantee the issuance of coverage to all individuals regardless of health status, strict rules on how

- 17 -


health insurance is rated, the assessment of new taxes and fees (including annual fees on health insurance companies), the creation of public exchanges for Individuals and Small Groups, the availability of premium subsidies for certain Individual products, and substantial expansions in eligibility for Medicaid.
Despite significant preparation for the advent of the public exchanges, there have been many technical difficulties in their implementation, which entail uncertainties associated with mix and volume of business. In addition, CMS has issued transitional policies modifying or extending the deadlines for compliance with certain aspects of Health Care Reform. In March 2014, CMS issued transition relief providing that health insurance coverage in the Individual or Small Group markets that is renewed for a policy year beginning on or before October 1, 2016 that would otherwise have been deemed non-compliant with certain market reforms under Health Care Reform, will not be considered by CMS to be out of compliance with respect to such market reforms, provided certain conditions are met. Some states have adopted these transitional policies, some have not and others have not taken a position.
Due to the impact of the transitional policies, insurers in the ACA compliant Individual market, including Anthem, may be adversely selected by individuals who will have a higher acuity level than the anticipated pool of participants in the public exchange markets. In addition, the risk adjustment, reinsurance, and risk corridor premium stabilization programs of Health Care Reform, or Health Care Reform Premium Stabilization Programs, established to apportion risk amongst insurers, may not be effective in appropriately mitigating the financial risks related to our public exchange products. These factors, along with the limited information about the individuals who have access to these newly established public exchanges that was available when we established premiums, may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations if premiums are not adequate or do not appropriately reflect the acuity of these individuals. Any variation from our expectations regarding acuity, enrollment levels, adverse selection, or other assumptions utilized in setting adequate premium rates could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position, and cash flows.
In addition, there have been other material changes and delays in the implementation of the ACA that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position, and cash flows. These include:
Proposed network adequacy standards;
Reduction in the amount available for payments under the risk corridor program;
Change in Small Group size expansion;
Increasingly complex and detailed regulation; and
Other unanticipated regulatory changes and delays.
These delays and changes may have a material and significant impact on anticipated enrollment in public exchange and off-exchange products, thus affecting the risk pools and premium rates. Finally, implementation of the ACA brings with it significant oversight responsibilities by health insurers that may result in increased governmental audits, increased assertions of False Claims Act violations, and an increased risk of other litigation.
The ACA continues to require additional guidance and specificity to be provided by HHS, the Department of Labor, CMS and the Department of the Treasury. These regulatory agencies continue to consider recommendations from external groups, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners, or NAIC. Many provisions have final rules available for review while some proposed regulations have been released for comment or have yet to be released and others are in-process. We continue to carefully evaluate each rule as it is issued. Some of the more significant considerations of the ACA are described below:
MLR regulations were issued by HHS in December 2011. The minimum MLR thresholds by line of business, as defined by HHS, are as follows:
Line of Business
 
%
Large Group
 
85
Small Group
 
80
Individual
 
80

- 18 -


New York state regulations require us to meet a more restrictive MLR threshold of 82% for both Small Group and Individual lines of business. The minimum MLR thresholds disclosed above are based on definitions of an MLR calculation provided by HHS, or specific states, as applicable, and differ from our calculation of “benefit expense ratio” based on premium revenue and benefit expense as reported in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. Furthermore, the definitions of the lines of business differ under the various state and federal regulations and may not correspond to our lines of business. Definitions under the MLR regulation also impact insurers differently depending upon their organizational structure or tax status, which could result in a competitive advantage to some insurance providers that may not be available to us, resulting in an uneven playing field in the industry. Significant changes to the MLR requirements may occur through additional regulatory action by HHS.
  Health Care Reform also imposed a separate minimum MLR threshold of 85% for Medicare Advantage and Medicare Part D plans beginning in 2014. Medicare Advantage or Medicare Part D plans that do not meet this threshold will have to pay a minimum MLR rebate. If a plan’s MLR is below 85% for three consecutive years beginning with 2014, enrollment will be restricted. A Medicare Advantage or Medicare Part D plan contract will be terminated if the plan's MLR is below 85% for five consecutive years.
Approximately 86.8% and 36.0% of our premium revenue and medical membership, respectively, were subject to the minimum MLR regulations as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015 . Approximately 67.0% and 32.2% of our premium revenue and medical membership, respectively, were subject to the minimum MLR regulations as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014 .
The ACA required states to establish public exchanges by January 1, 2014 through which qualified individuals and qualified small employers may access coverage. If a state failed to establish a public exchange, the federal government established a public exchange in that state. To date sixteen states plus the District of Columbia have elected to operate state-based public exchanges. The remaining states have either a federal partnership public exchange (six states) or a federally operated public exchange (twenty-eight states). In the states in which we offer products on public exchanges, six states have passed legislation or executive orders establishing state-based public exchanges (California, Colorado, Connecticut, Kentucky, Nevada and New York).
The ACA required the modification of existing products and development of new products to meet the requirements of the legislation, subject to certain transitional relief. Individual and Small Group products must cover essential health benefits as defined in the ACA along with many other requirements and cost sharing features. Individual and Small Group products must meet the definition of the “metal” product requirements (bronze, silver, gold and platinum). Each metal product must satisfy a specific actuarial value. Health insurers participating on public exchanges must offer at least one silver and one gold product. Additionally, effective January 1, 2014, health insurers were required to cancel or discontinue the sale of existing non-ACA-compliant Individual and Small Group products, subject to the conditions of the CMS transitional policies discussed above.
Regulations became effective in September 2011 that require filings for premium rate increases to be reviewed for Small Group and Individual products above specified thresholds, generally 10%, as may be adjusted from time to time. The regulations provide for state insurance regulators to conduct the reviews, except for cases where a state does not have an “effective” rate review program or in federal enforcement states, in which cases HHS will conduct the reviews for any rate increase filed.
The Health Care Reform Premium Stabilization Programs introduce new requirements to the MLR calculation, beginning with the 2014 benefit year for the Individual and Small Group markets. The risk adjustment program is a permanent program that transfers dollars from insurers who enroll individuals with lower relative health risk to insurers who enroll individuals with higher relative health risk. Risk adjustment payments/receipts will be determined separately for each state and for Individual and Small Group. The second premium stabilization program is the transitional reinsurance program, a temporary program that runs from 2014 through 2016. The transitional reinsurance program is intended to help stabilize premiums by reimbursing issuers of ACA-compliant non-grandfathered Individual market plans for eligible claims between a defined attachment point and ceiling, at a coinsurance rate defined by HHS. The program will be funded through assessments per covered enrollee upon the commercial health insurance market and sponsors of self-funded health benefit plans of approximately $12.0 billion,

- 19 -


$8.0 billion and $5.0 billion in 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively. The final premium stabilization program is the temporary risk corridor program, also a three year program through 2016, that protects insurers from inaccurate pricing of Individual and Small Group qualified health plans and substantially similar off-exchange products. Beginning in 2014, MLR rebate calculations are adjusted to reflect the impact of the Health Care Reform Premium Stabilization Programs.
Through December 31, 2013, and depending on the laws in each state, health insurers were allowed to consider factors such as health status, gender and age in determining the appropriate premium for products in the Individual and Small Group markets. Some states have adopted rules that limit the variation between the highest and lowest premium for the identical insurance policy. The differential in pricing is commonly referred to as “rating bands”. The process of using these rating bands allowed health insurers to appropriately price for products and to spread the risk more broadly across all policyholders. Except for policies issued under the CMS transitional policies, beginning in 2014, the ACA precludes health insurers from using health status and gender in the determination of the appropriate insurance premium. In addition, rating bands for age cannot vary by more than 3 to 1 and the rating bands for tobacco use cannot vary by more than 1.5 to 1. The ongoing use of the 3 to 1 rating bands may have a significant impact on the majority of Individual and Small Group customers and could lead to adverse selection in the market as well as increased variability in projecting future premiums for those customer markets.
In 2014 significant new taxes and fees became effective for health insurers, some of which may or may not be passed through to customers. The most significant of the taxes and fees is the annual Health Insurance Provider Fee, or HIP Fee, on health insurers that write certain types of health insurance on U.S. risks. The annual HIP Fee is allocated to health insurers based on the ratio of the amount of an insurer's net premium revenues written during the preceding calendar year to an adjusted amount of health insurance for all U.S. health risk for those certain lines of business written during the preceding calendar year. The HIP Fee is non-deductible for federal income tax purposes. The total amount collected from allocations to health insurers in 2015 and 2014 was $11.3 billion and $8.0 billion, respectively. We record our estimated liability for the HIP Fee in full at the beginning of the year with a corresponding deferred asset that is amortized on a straight-line basis to general and administrative expense. The final calculation and payment of the annual HIP Fee occurs in the third quarter each year and our portion of the HIP Fee for 2015 and 2014 was $1.2 billion and $0.9 billion, respectively. The annual HIP Fee to be allocated to all health insurers remains at $11.3 billion for 2016, has been suspended for 2017 and will resume and be increased to $14.3 billion for 2018. For 2019 and beyond, the annual HIP Fee will equal the amount for the preceding year increased by the rate of premium growth for the preceding year less the rate of growth in the consumer price index for the preceding calendar year.
Medicare Advantage reimbursement rates will not increase as much as they would otherwise due to a new payment formula promulgated by the ACA that is expected to significantly reduce reimbursements in the future. We also expect further and ongoing regulatory guidance on a number of issues related to Medicare, evolving methodology for ratings and quality bonus payments, and potential action on an audit methodology to review data submitted under “risk adjuster” programs.
Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, includes a number of financial reforms and regulations that may affect our business and financial reporting, including margin requirements, reporting and clearing transactions for our investments in derivative instruments. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act creates a Federal Insurance Office, with limited powers that include information-gathering and subpoena authority. Although the Federal Insurance Office does not have authority over health insurance, it may have authority over other parts of our business, such as life insurance.
HIPAA and Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act
The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, imposes obligations for issuers of health insurance coverage and health benefit plan sponsors. This law requires guaranteed renewability of health care coverage for most group health plans and certain individuals. Also, the law limited exclusions based on preexisting medical conditions.

- 20 -


The administrative simplification provisions of HIPAA imposed a number of requirements on covered entities (including insurers, HMOs, group health plans, providers and clearinghouses). These requirements include uniform standards of common electronic health care transactions; privacy and security regulations; and unique identifier rules for employers, health plans and providers. Additional federal privacy and security requirements, including breach notification, improved enforcement and additional limitations on use and disclosure of protected health information were passed through the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health, or HITECH, Act provisions of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 and corresponding implementing regulations. CMS posted the Interim Final Rule with Comment, or IFC, adopting operating rules for two electronic transactions: eligibility for a health plan and health care claims status. Based on the comments received on the IFC, CMS has decided not to change any of the policies established in the rule. Thus, the interim final rule became the final rule. The rule had a January 1, 2013 compliance date and we believe we have effectively complied with the requirements of the rule.
The federal Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act generally places restrictions on the disclosure of non-public information to non-affiliated third parties, and requires financial institutions, including insurers, to provide customers with notice regarding how their non-public personal information is used, including an opportunity to “opt out” of certain disclosures. State departments of insurance and certain federal agencies adopted implementing regulations as required by federal law. In addition, a number of states have adopted data security laws and/or regulations, regulating data security and/or requiring security breach notification, which may apply to us in certain circumstances.
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974
The provision of services to certain employee welfare benefit plans is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or ERISA, a complex set of laws and regulations subject to interpretation and enforcement by the Internal Revenue Service and the Department of Labor. ERISA regulates certain aspects of the relationships between us, the employers that maintain employee welfare benefit plans subject to ERISA and participants in such plans. Some of our administrative services and other activities may also be subject to regulation under ERISA. In addition, certain states require licensure or registration of companies providing third party claims administration services for benefit plans. We provide a variety of products and services to employee welfare benefit plans that are covered by ERISA. Plans subject to ERISA can also be subject to state laws and the question of whether and to what extent ERISA preempts a state law has been, and will continue to be, interpreted by many courts.
HMO and Insurance Holding Company Laws, including Risk-Based Capital Requirements
We are regulated as an insurance holding company and are subject to the insurance holding company acts of the states in which our insurance company and HMO subsidiaries are domiciled. These acts contain certain reporting requirements as well as restrictions on transactions between an insurer or HMO and its affiliates. These holding company laws and regulations generally require insurance companies and HMOs within an insurance holding company system to register with the insurance department of each state where they are domiciled and to file with those states’ insurance departments certain reports describing capital structure, ownership, financial condition, certain intercompany transactions, an enterprise risk report and general business operations. In addition, various notice and reporting requirements generally apply to transactions between insurance companies and HMOs and their affiliates within an insurance holding company system, depending on the size and nature of the transactions. Some insurance holding company laws and regulations require prior regulatory approval or, in certain circumstances, prior notice of certain material intercompany transfers of assets as well as certain transactions between insurance companies, HMOs, their parent holding companies and affiliates. Among other provisions, state insurance and HMO laws may restrict the ability of our regulated subsidiaries to pay dividends.
Additionally, the holding company acts of the states in which our subsidiaries are domiciled restrict the ability of any person to obtain control of an insurance company or HMO without prior regulatory approval. Under those statutes, without such approval (or an exemption), no person may acquire any voting security of an insurance holding company, which controls an insurance company or HMO, or merge with such a holding company, if as a result of such transaction such person would “control” the insurance holding company. “Control” is generally defined as the direct or indirect power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person and is presumed to exist if a person directly or indirectly owns or controls 10% or more of the voting securities of another person. Dispositions of control generally are also regulated under the state holding company acts.

- 21 -


The states of domicile of our regulated subsidiaries have statutory risk-based capital, or RBC, requirements for health and other insurance companies and HMOs based on the RBC Model Act. These RBC requirements are intended to assess the capital adequacy of life and health insurers and HMOs, taking into account the risk characteristics of a company’s investments and products. In general, under these laws, an insurance company or HMO must submit a report of its RBC level to the insurance department or insurance commissioner of its state of domicile for each calendar year. The law requires increasing degrees of regulatory oversight and intervention as a company’s RBC declines. As of December 31, 2015 , the RBC levels of our insurance and HMO subsidiaries exceeded all RBC thresholds.
Guaranty Fund Assessments
Under insolvency or guaranty association laws in most states, insurance companies can be assessed for amounts paid by guaranty funds for policyholder losses incurred when an insurance company becomes insolvent. Most state insolvency or guaranty association laws currently provide for assessments based upon the amount of premiums received on insurance underwritten within such state (with a minimum amount payable even if no premium is received). Under many of these guaranty association laws, assessments against insurance companies that issue policies of accident or sickness insurance are made retrospectively. Some states permit insurers to recover assessments paid through full or partial premium tax offsets or through future policyholder assessments.
States’ adoption of the revised NAIC Model Guaranty Fund Act will tend to decrease our liability for insolvent insurers. The revised act reduces the premium base on which assessments are calculated, by omitting Medicare Parts C and D premium from the assessment base.
While the amount and timing of any future assessments cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe that future guaranty association assessments for insurer insolvencies will not have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and capital resources with the exception of potential exposure related to the Penn Treaty Network America Insurance Company and its subsidiary American Network Insurance Company insolvency as discussed in Note 13, “Commitments and Contingencies”, to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Employees
At December 31, 2015 , we had approximately 53,000 employees. Our employees are an important asset, and we seek to develop them to their full potential. We believe that our relationship with our employees is good.
Available Information
We are a large accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Exchange Act) and are required, pursuant to Item 101 of Regulation S-K, to provide certain information regarding our website and the availability of certain documents filed with or furnished to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. Our Internet website is www.antheminc.com . We have included our Internet website address throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K as textual reference only. The information contained on, or accessible through, our Internet website is not incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We make available, free of charge, by mail or through our Internet website, our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with or furnish it to the SEC. We also include on our Internet website our Corporate Governance Guidelines, our Standards of Ethical Business Conduct and the charter of each standing committee of our Board of Directors. In addition, we intend to disclose on our Internet website any amendments to, or waivers from, our Standards of Ethical Business Conduct that are required to be publicly disclosed pursuant to rules of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE. Anthem, Inc. is an Indiana corporation incorporated on July 17, 2001.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS.
The following is a description of significant factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in forward-looking statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and presented elsewhere by management from time to time. Such factors may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations and you should carefully consider them. It is not possible to predict or identify all such factors. Consequently, you

- 22 -


should not consider any such list to be a complete statement of all our potential risks or uncertainties. Because of these and other factors, past performance should not be considered an indication of future performance.
Federal Health Care Reform, together with the changes in federal and state regulations that have been, and continue to be, enacted to implement it, could adversely affect our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.
The passage of Health Care Reform during 2010 and subsequent regulations represent significant changes to the U.S. health care system. The legislation and regulations are far-reaching and are intended to expand access to health insurance coverage over time by mandating that most individuals obtain health insurance coverage, increasing the eligibility thresholds for most state Medicaid programs and providing certain other individuals and small businesses with tax credits to subsidize a portion of the cost of health insurance coverage. In addition, the new laws impose significant fees, assessments and taxes on us and other health insurers, health plans and other industry participants. Health Care Reform imposes an annual industry-wide HIP Fee. The total amount collected from allocations to health insurers in 2015 and 2014 was $11.3 billion and $8.0 billion, respectively and our portion of the HIP Fee for 2015 and 2014 was $1.2 billion and $0.9 billion, respectively. The annual HIP Fee remains at $11.3 billion for 2016, has been suspended for 2017 and will resume and be increased to $14.3 billion for 2018, with annual adjustments thereafter. The HIP Fee is not deductible for income tax purposes and is allocated pro rata among us and other industry participants based on net premiums written. Health Care Reform also imposes industry-wide reinsurance assessments under a temporary three year program which were $8.0 billion and $12.0 billion for 2015 and 2014, respectively, and decrease to $5.0 billion for 2016. The reinsurance assessments are based on an insurer’s total number of insured members. Insurance companies will pay the fees based upon insured members whereas self-insured entities will pay them directly to HHS. As we are one of the nation's largest health benefits companies, we expect our share of the Health Care Reform fees, assessments and taxes will continue to be significant. We may not be able to include or recoup all or a portion of these fees, assessments and taxes in our premium or public program rates.
Health Care Reform also imposes new regulations on the health insurance sector, including, but not limited to, guaranteed coverage and expanded benefit requirements; prohibitions on some annual and all lifetime limits on amounts paid on behalf of or to our members; increased restrictions on rescinding coverage; establishment of minimum MLR and customer rebate requirements; creation of a federal rate review process; a requirement to cover preventive services on a first dollar basis; the establishment of public exchanges and essential benefit packages and greater limitations on how we price certain of our products. In addition, the legislation reduces the reimbursement levels for our health plans participating in the Medicare Advantage program over time and limits the amount of executive compensation that is deductible for income tax purposes.
The legislation also contains risk adjustment provisions applicable to the Individual and Small Group markets that effectively transfer funds from health plans with relatively lower risk enrollees to plans with relatively higher risk enrollees to help protect against adverse selection. Effectively adapting to these risk adjustment provisions has required us to modify our operational and strategic initiatives to focus on and manage different populations of potential members than we have in the past. If we are not able to successfully design and implement operational and strategic initiatives to adapt to these changes in certain of our markets, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected. Further, the Health Care Reform Premium Stabilization programs may not make payments timely, or as expected, due to lower than anticipated collections. For example, in 2015, the risk corridor program fell short of expectations and, as a result, the payments from the program were approximately 12.6% of the amount that was requested by health insurance issuers.
Although the majority of Health Care Reform’s provisions have been implemented, as the remaining provisions are phased in, we could be impacted through potential disruption to the employer-based market, potential cost shifting in the health care delivery system to insurance companies and limitations on the ability to increase premiums to meet costs. We have dedicated material resources and incurred material expenses to implement and comply with Health Care Reform at both the state and federal levels, and we expect to dedicate material resources and incur material expenses going forward to implement and comply with future regulations that provide guidance and clarification on significant portions of the legislation. The Health Care Reform law and regulations are likely to have significant effects on our future operations, which, in turn, could impact the value of our business model and results of operations, including potential impairments of our goodwill and other intangible assets.

- 23 -


Finally, federal and state regulatory agencies may further restrict our ability to obtain new product approvals, implement changes in premium rates or impose additional restrictions, under new or existing laws that could adversely affect our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to significant government regulation, and changes in the regulation of our business by state and federal regulators may adversely affect our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.
Our business is subject to regulation at the state and federal level. In addition to Health Care Reform, we face regulation associated with many aspects of our business, including, but not limited to, licensing, premiums, marketing activities, provider contracting, access and payment standards, and corporate governance and financial reporting matters.
Our insurance, managed health care and HMO subsidiaries are subject to extensive regulation and supervision by regulatory authorities in each state in which they are licensed or authorized to do business, in addition to regulation by federal agencies. Future regulatory action by state or federal authorities could have a material adverse effect on the profitability or marketability of our health benefits or managed care products or on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, because of our participation in government-sponsored programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, a number of our subsidiaries are also subject to regulation by CMS and state Medicaid agencies, and to changes in government regulations or policy with respect to, among other things, reimbursement levels, eligibility requirements, benefit coverage requirements and additional governmental participation which could also adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, changes in tax laws and regulations, or changes in the interpretation of tax laws and regulations by federal and/or state authorities may have a material adverse effect on our business, operations or financial condition.
State legislatures will continue to focus on health care delivery and financing issues. Such issues are sometimes addressed directly by voters in ballot initiatives, such as the upcoming ballot initiative in Colorado that would replace health insurers in the state with a single government payer. Most states are very focused on how to manage and reduce their budgets and are exploring ways to mitigate cost increases. As such, some states have acted to reduce or limit increases to premium payments. Others have enacted, or are contemplating enacting, significant reform of their health insurance markets to include provisions affecting both public programs and privately-financed health insurance arrangements. If enacted into law, these state proposals could have a material adverse impact on our business, cash flows, operations or financial condition.
The existence of multiple public insurance exchange options has led to increased uncertainties and made our planning for the public exchanges more difficult as we are required to comply with the varying rules of multiple exchanges. In addition, a number of states in which we offer Medicaid products, including Florida, Georgia, Kansas, Louisiana, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas, Virginia and Wisconsin, have indicated their current decision to opt out of Medicaid expansion, at least for the present time. If states allow certain programs to expire or choose to opt out of Medicaid expansion, we could experience reduced Medicaid enrollment and reduced growth opportunities.
Additionally, from time to time, Congress has considered, and may consider in the future, various forms of managed care reform legislation which, if adopted, could fundamentally alter the treatment of coverage decisions under ERISA. There have been legislative attempts to limit ERISA’s preemptive effect on state laws and litigants’ ability to seek damages beyond the benefits offered under their plans. If adopted, such limitations could increase our liability exposure, could permit greater state regulation of our operations, and could expand the scope of damages, including punitive damages, litigants could be awarded. While we cannot predict if any of these initiatives will ultimately become effective or, if enacted, what their terms will be, their enactment could increase our costs, expose us to expanded liability or require us to revise the ways in which we conduct business.
Our inability to contain health care costs, implement increases in premium rates on a timely basis, maintain adequate reserves for policy benefits or maintain cost effective provider agreements may adversely affect our business and profitability.
Our profitability depends in large part on accurately predicting health care costs and on our ability to manage future health care costs through medical management, product design, negotiation of favorable provider contracts and underwriting criteria. Government-imposed limitations on Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement have also caused the private sector to bear a greater share of increasing health care costs. Changes in health care practices, demographic characteristics, inflation,

- 24 -


new technologies, the cost of prescription drugs, clusters of high cost cases, changes in the regulatory environment and numerous other factors affecting the cost of health care may adversely affect our ability to predict and manage health care costs, as well as our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Relatively small differences between predicted and actual health care costs as a percentage of premium revenues can result in significant changes in our results of operations, particularly with respect to our products sold through the public exchanges, as we and our competitors have limited experience with pricing such products or the utilization rates for medical or other covered services by members who purchase our products through such exchanges. The public exchanges may increase the risk that our products will be selected by individuals who have a higher risk profile or utilization rate than the pool of participants we anticipated when we established the pricing for these public exchange products. Health care benefit costs in excess of our cost projections reflected in our public exchange product pricing cannot be recovered in the current premium period through higher premiums. Although federal risk adjustment mechanisms, including risk adjustment payments, risk corridors and reinsurance, could help offset health care benefit costs in excess of our projections if our assumptions regarding cost trends, utilization, enrollment, adverse selection, acuity and other assumptions utilized in setting our premium rates are significantly different than actual results, our income statement and financial position could be adversely affected.
In addition to the challenge of managing health care costs, we face pressure to contain premium rates. Our customers may renegotiate their contracts to seek to contain their costs or may move to a competitor to obtain more favorable premiums. Further, federal and state regulatory agencies may restrict our ability to implement changes in premium rates. For example, the ACA includes an annual rate review requirement to prohibit unreasonable rate increases, and our plans may be excluded from participating in the public exchanges if they are deemed to have a history of “unreasonable” rate increases. Fiscal concerns regarding the continued viability of programs such as Medicare and Medicaid may cause decreasing reimbursement rates, delays in premium payments or a lack of sufficient increase in reimbursement rates for government-sponsored programs in which we participate. A limitation on our ability to increase or maintain our premium or reimbursement levels or a significant loss of membership resulting from our need to increase or maintain premium or reimbursement levels could adversely affect our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.
The reserves that we establish for health insurance policy benefits and other contractual rights and benefits are based upon assumptions concerning a number of factors, including trends in health care costs, expenses, general economic conditions and other factors. To the extent the actual claims experience is less favorable than estimated based on our underlying assumptions, our incurred losses would increase and future earnings could be adversely affected.
Our profitability is dependent in part upon our ability to contract on favorable terms with hospitals, physicians and other health care providers. The failure to maintain or to secure cost-effective health care provider contracts on competitive terms may result in a loss of membership or higher medical costs, which could adversely affect our business. In addition, ACO practice management companies, which aggregate physician practices for administrative efficiency and marketing leverage, and other organizational structures that physicians, hospitals and other care providers choose may change the way that these providers interact with us and may change the competitive landscape. Such organizations or groups of physicians may compete directly with us, which may impact our relationship with these providers or affect the way that we price our products and estimate our costs and may require us to incur costs to change our operations, and our results of operations, financial position and cash flow could be adversely affected. Further, our inability to contract with providers, or if providers attempt to use their market position to negotiate more favorable contracts or place us at a competitive disadvantage, or the inability of providers to provide adequate care, could adversely affect our business. In addition, we do not have contracts with all providers that render services to our members and, as a result, do not have a pre-established agreement about the amount of compensation those out-of-network providers will accept for the services they render, which can result in significant litigation or arbitration proceedings.
A significant reduction in the enrollment in our health benefits programs could have an adverse effect on our business and profitability.
A significant reduction in the number of enrollees in our health benefits programs could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Factors that could contribute to a reduction in enrollment include: reductions in workforce by existing customers; general economic downturn that results in business failures and high unemployment rates; employers no longer offering certain health care coverage as an employee benefit or electing to offer this coverage on a

- 25 -


voluntary, employee-funded basis; participation on public exchanges and related underwriting changes; state and federal regulatory changes; failure to obtain new customers or retain existing customers; premium increases and benefit changes; our exit from a specific market; negative publicity and news coverage; and failure to attain or maintain nationally recognized accreditations.
There are various risks associated with participating in Medicaid and Medicare programs, including dependence upon government funding and the timing of payments, compliance with government contracts and increased regulatory oversight.
We contract with various state and federal agencies, including CMS, to provide managed health care services, including Medicare Advantage plans, Medicare Supplement plans, Medicare approved prescription drug plans, Medicaid, TANF, SPD, LTSS, CHIP and ACA-related Medicaid expansion programs. We also provide various administrative services for several other entities offering medical and/or prescription drug plans to their Medicare eligible members through our affiliated companies and we offer employer group waiver plans which provide medical and/or prescription drug coverage to retirees. We are also participating in Medicare and Medicaid dual eligible programs in several states. These programs in our Government Business segment have been the subject of recent regulatory reform initiatives, including Health Care Reform, which are still in the process of being implemented. It is difficult to predict the future impact of Health Care Reform on our Government Business segment due to Health Care Reform’s complexity, gradual implementation, and possible amendment. Changes in Health Care Reform to date have required us to make investments in new products, services and technologies, which investments may not be realized if certain provisions are delayed or substantially modified. Health Care Reform, other regulatory reform initiatives or additional changes in existing laws or regulations, or their interpretations, could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flow, financial condition and results of operations.
Revenues from the Medicare and Medicaid programs are dependent, in whole or in part, upon annual funding from the federal government and/or applicable state governments. The base premium rate paid by each state or federal agency differs depending upon a combination of various factors such as defined upper payment limits, a member’s health status, age, gender, county or region, benefit mix, member eligibility category and risk scores. Future levels of Medicare and Medicaid rates may be affected by continued government efforts to contain costs and may be further affected by state and federal budgetary constraints. If the federal government or any state in which we operate were to decrease rates paid to us, pay us less than the amount necessary to keep pace with our cost trends or seek an adjustment to previously negotiated rates, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Further, certain of our contracts with the states are subject to cancellation in the event of the unavailability of state funds. In addition, the various states’ new Medicare and Medicaid dual eligible programs are still subject to uncertainty surrounding payment rates and other requirements, which could affect where we seek to participate in these new programs. An unexpected reduction, inadequate government funding or significantly delayed payments for these programs may adversely affect our revenues, cash flow and financial results.
A portion of our premium revenue comes from CMS through our Medicare Advantage and Medicare Part D contracts. As a consequence, our Medicare Advantage and Medicare Part D plans are dependent on federal government funding levels. The premium rates paid to Medicare plans are established based on benchmarks which are now tied to a percentage of Medicare fee for service, although the rates differ depending on a combination of factors, including upper payment limits established by CMS, a member’s health profile and status, age, gender, county or region, benefit mix, member eligibility categories and risk scores. Beginning in 2014, Medicare Advantage and Medicare Part D plans became subject to MLR rules. Continuing government efforts to contain health care related expenditures, including prescription drug cost, and other federal budgetary constraints that result in changes in the Medicare program, including changes with respect to funding, could lead to reductions in the amount of reimbursement, or other changes that could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flow, financial condition and results of operations. Risks associated with the Medicare Advantage and Medicare Part D plans include potential uncollectability of receivables resulting from processing and/or verifying enrollment, inadequacy of underwriting assumptions, inability to receive and process correct information (including inability due to systems issues by the federal government, the applicable state government or us), uncollectability of premiums from members, increased medical or pharmaceutical costs, overpayments identified as a result of ongoing auditing and monitoring activities, and the limited enrollment periods in this business. While we believe we have adequately reviewed our assumptions and estimates regarding these complex and wide-ranging programs under Medicare Parts C and D, including those related to collectability of receivables and establishment of liabilities, the actual results may be materially different than our assumptions and estimates and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. There is also

- 26 -


the possibility that Medicare Advantage Special Needs plans will not be re-authorized by Congress. Without Congressional action, these plans will expire on December 31, 2016. If the Special Needs plans are not re-authorized, there could be a loss of revenue and it would become more difficult to coordinate Medicare benefits with other coverage. The ACA also established recovery audit programs for Medicare Parts C and D. The Medicare Part D Recovery Audit Contractor, or RAC, has been auditing Medicare Part D claims since 2012, and a Medicare Part C RAC is expected to be named in 2016, which could increase the volume of audits and subsequent recoupments by the federal government.
The ACA authorized state Medicaid programs to implement RAC programs similar to Medicare RAC programs and a number of states have done so. State RAC programs could increase the amount of audits and any subsequent recoupment by the federal and state governments, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of our operations.
Our contracts with the various state governmental agencies and CMS contain certain provisions regarding data submission, provider network maintenance, quality measures, claims payment, continuity of care, call center performance and other requirements specific to state and federal program regulations. If we fail to comply with these requirements, we may be subject to fines, penalties, liquidated damages and retrospective adjustments in payments made to our health plans, that could impact our profitability. Additionally, we could be required to file a corrective plan of action with additional penalties for noncompliance, including a negative impact on future membership enrollment levels. Further, certain of our CMS and state Medicaid contracts are subject to a competitive procurement process, and if our existing contracts are not renewed or if we are not awarded new contracts as a result of this competitive procurement process, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.
In addition to the contractual requirements affecting our participation in Medicaid and Medicare programs, we are also subject to various state and federal health care laws and regulations, including those directed at preventing fraud and abuse in government funded programs. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could result in investigations or litigation, with the imposition of fines, restrictions or exclusions from program participation or the imposition of corporate integrity agreements or other agreements with a federal or state governmental agency that could adversely impact our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.
CMS has been conducting audits of our Medicare Advantage health plans to validate the diagnostic data and patient claims that are submitted to CMS and the Medicare Part D RAC has been conducting audits of our Medicare Part D plans. These audits may result in retrospective adjustments in payments made to our health plans. In addition, if we fail to report and correct errors discovered through our own auditing procedures or during a CMS or RAC audit, or otherwise fail to comply with the applicable laws and regulations, we could be subject to fines, civil penalties or other sanctions which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to participate in these programs, and on our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
In addition, there are an increasing number of investigations regarding compliance with various provisions of the ACA. These investigations are being conducted by both CMS and state regulators. As a result, we could be subject to multiple investigations of the same issue. These investigations, and any possible enforcement actions, could result in penalties and the imposition of corrective action plans and/or changes to industry practices, which could adversely affect our ability to market our products.
We may not complete the acquisition of Cigna within the time frame we anticipate or at all, which could have a negative effect on our business or our results of operations.
On July 23, 2015, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, or Merger Agreement, under which we will acquire all of the outstanding shares of Cigna. The acquisition is subject to a number of closing conditions, such as antitrust and other regulatory approvals, which may not be received or may take longer than expected. The acquisition is also subject to other risks and uncertainties, such as the possibility that Cigna could receive an unsolicited proposal from a third party or that either we or Cigna could exercise our respective termination rights. If the acquisition is not consummated within the expected time frame, or at all, it could have a negative effect on our ability to execute on our growth strategy or on our financial performance.

- 27 -


Failure to complete the acquisition could negatively impact our share price and future business, as well as our financial results.
If the acquisition is not completed, our ongoing business may be adversely affected and, without realizing any of the benefits of having completed the acquisition, we could be subject to a number of risks, including the following: we may be required to pay Cigna a termination fee of $1.85 billion or an expense fee of up to $600 million if the Merger Agreement is terminated under certain circumstances (as more fully described in the Merger Agreement); and we could be subject to litigation related to any failure to complete the acquisition or related to any enforcement proceeding commenced against us to perform our obligations under the Merger Agreement. If the acquisition is not completed, these risks may materialize and may adversely affect our business, cash flows and financial condition.
We may experience difficulties in integrating Cigna’s business and realizing the expected benefits of the proposed acquisition.
The success of the Cigna acquisition, if completed, will depend, in part, on our ability to realize the anticipated business opportunities and growth prospects from combining our businesses with those of Cigna. We may never realize these business opportunities and growth prospects. Integrating operations will be complex and will require significant efforts and expenditures on the part of both us and Cigna. Our management might have its attention diverted while trying to integrate operations and corporate and administrative infrastructures. We might experience increased competition that limits our ability to expand our business, and we might fail to capitalize on expected business opportunities, including retaining current customers.
The integration process could result in a disruption of each company’s ongoing businesses, tax costs or inefficiencies, or inconsistencies in standards, controls, information technology systems, procedures and policies, any of which could adversely affect our ability to maintain relationships with clients, employees or other third parties or our ability to achieve the anticipated benefits of the Cigna acquisition and could harm our financial performance.
If we are unable to successfully or timely integrate the operations of Cigna’s business into our business, we may be unable to realize the revenue growth, synergies and other anticipated benefits resulting from the proposed acquisition and our business and results of operations could be adversely affected. Even if we complete the Cigna acquisition, the acquired business may underperform relative to our expectations.
The health benefits industry is subject to negative publicity, which could adversely affect our business and profitability.
The health benefits industry is subject to negative publicity, which can arise from, among other things, the ongoing debate over Health Care Reform. Negative publicity may result in increased regulation and legislative review of industry practices, which may further increase our costs of doing business and adversely affect our profitability by: adversely affecting our ability to market our products and services; requiring us to change our products and services; or increasing the regulatory burdens under which we operate.
In addition, as long as we use the Blue Cross and Blue Shield names and marks in marketing our health benefits products and services, any negative publicity concerning the BCBSA or other BCBSA licensees may adversely affect us and the sale of our health benefits products and services. Any such negative publicity could adversely affect our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.
We face competition in many of our markets and customers and brokers have flexibility in moving between competitors.
As a health benefits company, we operate in a highly competitive environment and in an industry that is currently subject to significant changes from legislative reform, business consolidations, new strategic alliances, aggressive marketing practices by other health benefits organizations and market pressures brought about by an informed and organized customer base, particularly among large employers. For example, we began to compete for sales on public exchanges in 2014, which has required, and will continue to require, us to develop or acquire the tools (including social media tools) necessary to interact with the exchanges and with consumers using the exchanges, increase our focus on individual customers and improve

- 28 -


our consumer-focused sales and marketing, customer interfaces and product offerings. These factors have produced and will likely continue to produce significant pressures on our profitability.
We also will have to respond to pricing and other actions taken by existing competitors and potentially disruptive new entrants. Due to the price transparency provided by public exchanges, in the market for individual health insurance we face competitive pressures from new and existing competitors. These risks may be enhanced if employers shift to defined contribution health care benefits plans and make greater utilization of private insurance exchanges or encourage their employees to purchase health insurance on the public exchanges. We can provide no assurance that we will be able to compete successfully on these public exchanges or that we will be able to benefit from any opportunities presented by such exchanges. If we are not competitive on these public exchanges or are unsuccessful in reducing our cost structure, our future growth and profitability may be adversely impacted.
We are currently dependent on the non-exclusive services of independent agents and brokers in the marketing of our health care products, particularly with respect to individuals, seniors and small employer group customers. We face intense competition for the services and allegiance of these independent agents and brokers, who may also market the products of our competitors. Our relationship with our brokers and independent agents could be adversely impacted by changes in our business practices to address Health Care Reform legislation, including potential reductions in commissions and consulting fees paid to agents and brokers. We cannot ensure that we will be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors or that competitive pressures faced by us will not materially and adversely affect our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.
We face intense competition to attract and retain employees. Further, managing key executive succession and retention is critical to our success.
We are dependent on retaining existing employees, attracting additional qualified employees to meet current and future needs and achieving productivity gains from our investment in technology. We face intense competition for qualified employees, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to attract and retain such employees or that such competition among potential employers will not result in increasing salaries. An inability to retain existing employees or attract additional employees could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.
We would be adversely affected if we fail to adequately plan for succession of our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer and other senior management and retention of key executives. While we have succession plans in place for members of our senior management, and continue to review and update those plans, and we have employment arrangements with certain key executives, these plans and arrangements do not guarantee that the services of our senior executives will continue to be available to us or that we will be able to attract and retain suitable successors.
A change in our health care product mix may impact our profitability.
Our health care products that involve greater potential risk generally tend to be more profitable than administrative services products and those health care products where the employer groups assume the underwriting risks. Individuals and small employer groups are more likely to purchase our higher-risk health care products because such purchasers are generally unable or unwilling to bear greater liability for health care expenditures. Typically, government-sponsored programs also involve our higher-risk health care products. It is not yet clear whether our products sold on the public exchanges will be more or less profitable products. A shift of enrollees from more profitable products to less profitable products could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
As a holding company, we are dependent on dividends from our subsidiaries. These dividends are necessary to pay our outstanding indebtedness. Our regulated subsidiaries are subject to state regulations, including restrictions on the payment of dividends, maintenance of minimum levels of capital and restrictions on investment portfolios.
We are a holding company whose assets include all of the outstanding shares of common stock (or other ownership interest) of our subsidiaries including our intermediate holding companies and regulated insurance and HMO subsidiaries. Our subsidiaries are separate legal entities. As a holding company, we depend on dividends from our subsidiaries. Furthermore, our subsidiaries are not obligated to make funds available to us, and creditors of our subsidiaries will have a superior claim to certain of our subsidiaries’ assets. Among other restrictions, state insurance and HMO laws may restrict the

- 29 -


ability of our regulated subsidiaries to pay dividends. In some states, we have made special undertakings that may limit the ability of our regulated subsidiaries to pay dividends. In addition, our subsidiaries’ ability to make any payments to us will also depend on their earnings, the terms of their indebtedness, business and tax considerations and other legal restrictions. Our ability to repurchase shares or pay dividends in the future to our shareholders and meet our obligations, including paying operating expenses and debt service on our outstanding and future indebtedness, will depend upon the receipt of dividends from our subsidiaries. An inability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends in the future in an amount sufficient for us to meet our financial obligations may materially adversely affect our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.
Most of our regulated subsidiaries are subject to RBC standards, imposed by their states of domicile. These laws are based on the RBC Model Act adopted by the NAIC and require our regulated subsidiaries to report their results of risk-based capital calculations to the departments of insurance and the NAIC. Failure to maintain the minimum RBC standards could subject our regulated subsidiaries to corrective action, including state supervision or liquidation. As discussed in more detail below, we are a party to license agreements with the BCBSA which contain certain requirements and restrictions regarding our operations, including minimum capital and liquidity requirements, which could restrict the ability of our regulated subsidiaries to pay dividends.
Our regulated subsidiaries are subject to state laws and regulations that require diversification of their investment portfolios and limit the amount of investments in certain riskier investment categories, such as below-investment-grade fixed maturity securities, mortgage loans, real estate and equity investments, which could generate higher returns on our investments. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations might cause investments exceeding regulatory limitations to be treated as non-admitted assets for purposes of measuring statutory surplus and risk-based capital, and, in some instances, require the sale of those investments.
We have substantial indebtedness outstanding and may incur additional indebtedness in the future in connection with the Cigna acquisition or otherwise. Such indebtedness could also adversely affect our ability to pursue desirable business opportunities.
Our debt service obligations require us to use a portion of our cash flow to pay interest and principal on debt instead of for other corporate purposes, including funding future expansion. If our cash flow and capital resources are insufficient to service our debt obligations, we may be forced to seek extraordinary dividends from our subsidiaries, sell assets, seek additional equity or debt capital or restructure our debt. However, these measures might be unsuccessful or inadequate in permitting us to meet scheduled debt service obligations.
Upon completion of the Cigna acquisition, we expect to have incurred acquisition-related indebtedness of approximately $26.5 billion and to have assumed approximately $5.1 billion of Cigna’s outstanding debt. Our substantially increased indebtedness and debt-to-equity ratio on a recent historical basis will have the effect, among other things, of reducing our flexibility to respond to changing business and economic conditions and may increase our borrowing costs. In addition, the amount of cash required to service our increased indebtedness levels and thus the demands on our cash resources may be greater than the percentages of cash flows required to service our indebtedness or the indebtedness of Cigna individually prior to the acquisition. The increased levels of indebtedness could also reduce funds available for our investments in product development as well as capital expenditures, share repurchases, shareholder dividends, other desirable business opportunities and other activities and may create competitive disadvantages for us relative to other companies with lower debt levels.
In addition to the expected acquisition-related debt financing described above, we may also incur future debt obligations that might subject us to restrictive covenants that could affect our financial and operational flexibility. Our breach or failure to comply with any of these covenants could result in a default under our credit agreement or other indebtedness. If we default under our credit agreement, the lenders could cease to make further extensions of credit or cause all of our outstanding debt obligations under our credit agreement to become immediately due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest. If the indebtedness under our notes or our credit agreement or our other indebtedness is accelerated, we may be unable to repay or finance the amounts due.

- 30 -


A downgrade in our credit ratings could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Claims-paying ability and financial strength ratings by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations are an important factor in establishing the competitive position of insurance companies and health benefits companies. We believe our strong credit ratings are an important factor in marketing our products to customers, since credit ratings information is broadly disseminated and generally used throughout the industry. In addition, if our credit ratings are downgraded or placed under review, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely impacted by limitations on future borrowings and a potential increase in our borrowing costs. Our ratings reflect each rating agency’s opinion of our financial strength, operating performance and ability to meet our obligations to policyholders and creditors, and are not evaluations directed toward the protection of investors in our common stock.
Each of the ratings organizations reviews our ratings periodically, and there can be no assurance that our current ratings will be maintained in the future. Following the announcement of the Cigna acquisition, each of Standard & Poor’s, A.M. Best, Fitch and Moody’s placed certain of our debt, financial strength and other credit ratings under review for a possible downgrade.
We face risks related to litigation.
We are, or may in the future, be a party to a variety of legal actions that may affect any business, such as employment and employment discrimination-related suits and administrative charges before government agencies, employee benefit claims, breach of contract actions, tort claims and intellectual property-related litigation. In addition, because of the nature of our business, we are subject to a variety of legal actions relating to our business operations, including the design, administration and offering of our products and services. These could include claims relating to the denial of health care benefits; the rescission of health insurance policies; development or application of medical policy; medical malpractice actions; product liability claims; allegations of anti-competitive and unfair business activities; provider disputes over compensation; provider tiering programs; narrow networks; termination of provider contracts; the recovery of overpayments from providers; self-funded business; disputes over co-payment calculations; reimbursement of out-of-network claims; the failure to disclose certain business or corporate governance practices; the failure to comply with various state or federal laws, including but not limited to, ERISA and the Mental Health Parity Act; and customer audits and contract performance, including government contracts. These actions or proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.
In addition, we are also involved in, or may in the future be party to, pending or threatened litigation of the character incidental to the business transacted, arising out of our operations or our 2001 demutualization, including, but not limited to, breaches of security and violations of privacy requirements (including as a result of the cyber attack reported by us in February 2015, as more fully described under Note 13, “Commitments and Contingencies - Cyber Attack Incident, ” to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K), shareholder actions, compliance with federal and state laws and regulations (including qui tam or “whistleblower” actions), or sales and acquisitions of businesses or assets. From time to time, we are involved as a party in various governmental investigations, audits, reviews and administrative proceedings, including challenges to the award of government contracts by disappointed bidders. These investigations, audits and reviews include routine and special investigations by various state insurance departments, state attorneys general and the U.S. Attorney General. Following an investigation, we may be subject to civil or criminal fines, penalties and other sanctions if we are determined to be in violation of applicable laws or regulations. Liabilities that may result from these actions could have a material adverse effect on our cash flows, results of operations or financial position.
Recent court decisions and legislative activity may increase our exposure for any of these types of claims. In some cases, substantial non-economic (including injunctive relief), treble or punitive damages may be sought. Although we maintain insurance coverage for some of these potential liabilities, some liabilities and damages may not be covered by insurance, insurers may dispute coverage or the amount of insurance may not be enough to cover the damages awarded. In addition, insurance coverage for all or certain forms of liability may become unavailable or prohibitively expensive in the future. Any adverse judgment against us resulting in such damage awards could have an adverse effect on our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.

- 31 -


Further, litigation brought against the federal and some state governments over Health Care Reform could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations as changes to Health Care Reform resulting from this litigation create uncertainty over the applicability and enforceability of portions of the law and the various regulations, which impacts our strategy and could negatively impact our future growth opportunities.
Our future obligations for state guaranty association assessments could increase in the event that Health Care Reform and its implementation result in increased insolvencies of health insurance plans.
Under insolvency or guaranty association laws in most states, insurance companies can be assessed for amounts paid by guaranty funds for policyholder losses incurred when a health insurance plan becomes insolvent. Most state insolvency or guaranty association laws provide for assessments based upon the amount of premiums received on insurance underwritten within such state. Although health insurance company insolvencies have been infrequent, with the implementation of Health Care Reform, a number of smaller health insurance companies and Consumer Operated and Oriented Plan, or Co-op, programs have established premiums that appear to be insufficient to cover the cost of care for their members, which may result in increased insolvencies of health insurance companies and Co-ops covered by these state insolvency or guaranty association laws. In that event, we may experience increased guaranty association assessments, the amount and timing of which cannot be predicted with certainty. In light of significant uncertainty surrounding whether, and to what extent, there may be an increase in insurer or Co-op insolvencies, we are not currently able to estimate our potential financial obligations, losses, or the availability of potential offsets associated with potential increases in guaranty association assessments; however, any significant increase in guaranty association assessments could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.
There are various risks associated with providing health care services.
The direct provision of health care services by our CareMore subsidiary involves risks of additional litigation arising from medical malpractice actions based on our treatment decisions or brought against us or our physician associates for alleged malpractice or professional liability claims arising out of the delivery of health care and related services. In addition, liability may arise from maintaining health care premises that serve the public. If we fail to maintain adequate insurance coverage for these liabilities, or if such insurance is not available, the resulting costs could adversely affect our cash flows, financial condition or results of operations.
Additionally, many states in which we operate our CareMore subsidiary limit the practice of medicine to licensed individuals or professional organizations comprised of licensed individuals. Business corporations generally may not exercise control over the medical decisions of physicians (“corporate practice of medicine”) and we are not licensed to practice medicine. Rules and regulations relating to the practice of medicine, fee-splitting between physicians and referral sources, and similar issues vary from state to state. Further, certain federal and state laws, including those covering our Medicare and Medicaid plans, prohibit the offer, payment, solicitation, or receipt of any form of remuneration to induce, or in return for, the referral of patient care opportunities, including, but not limited to, Medicare patients (“anti-kickback rules”), and also generally prohibit physicians from making referrals to any entity providing certain designated health services if the referring physician or related person has an ownership or financial interest in the entity (“self-referral rules”). Any enforcement actions by governmental officials alleging non-compliance with these rules and regulations could adversely affect our business, cash flows, financial condition or results of operations.
We are a party to license agreements with the BCBSA that entitle us to the exclusive and in certain areas non-exclusive use of the Blue Cross and Blue Shield names and marks in our geographic territories. The termination of these license agreements or changes in the terms and conditions of these license agreements could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Upon completion of the Cigna acquisition, we may not initially be in compliance with the BCBSA’s national “best efforts” requirement.
We use the Blue Cross and Blue Shield names and marks as identifiers for our products and services under licenses from the BCBSA. Our license agreements with the BCBSA contain certain requirements and restrictions regarding our operations and our use of the Blue Cross and Blue Shield names and marks, including: minimum capital and liquidity requirements imposed by the BCBSA; enrollment and customer service performance requirements; participation in programs that provide portability of membership between plans; disclosures to the BCBSA relating to enrollment and financial conditions; disclosures as to the structure of the Blue Cross and Blue Shield system in contracts with third parties and in public

- 32 -


statements; plan governance requirements; cyber security requirements; a requirement that at least 80% (or, in the case of Blue Cross of California, substantially all) of a licensee’s annual combined local net revenue, as defined by the BCBSA, attributable to health care plans and related services within its service areas must be sold, marketed, administered or underwritten under the Blue Cross and Blue Shield names and marks; a requirement that neither a plan nor any of its licensed affiliates may permit an entity other than a plan or a licensed affiliate to obtain control of the plan or the licensed affiliate or to acquire a substantial portion of its assets related to licensable services; a requirement that we divide our Board of Directors into three classes serving staggered three-year terms; a requirement that we guarantee certain contractual and financial obligations of our licensed affiliates; and a requirement that we indemnify the BCBSA against any claims asserted against it resulting from the contractual and financial obligations of any subsidiary that serves as a fiscal intermediary providing administrative services for Medicare Parts A and B. Failure to comply with the foregoing requirements could result in a termination of the license agreements.
In addition, our license agreements with the BCBSA include a requirement that at least 66 2/3% of our annual combined national net revenue, as defined by the BCBSA, attributable to health care plans and related services must be sold, marketed, administered or underwritten under the Blue Cross and Blue Shield names and marks, referred to as the “National Best Efforts Requirement.” Due to the size of Cigna’s business, we may not be in compliance with the National Best Efforts Requirement immediately after completion of the acquisition.
We will be required to submit an action plan for coming into compliance with the National Best Efforts Requirement within 120 days of the completion of the Cigna acquisition if we are out of compliance following closing of the acquisition. Under current BCBSA standards, we would be required to cure any non-compliance with the National Best Efforts Requirement within 24 months from the date when the relevant BCBSA committee makes a determination on our action plan. We believe there are multiple options at our disposal to regain compliance within the allotted timeframe, if necessary. Although we strongly believe there would be numerous ways in which we could re-establish compliance with the National Best Efforts Requirement within the required 24 month period, there can be no guarantee such efforts will be successful, and failure to comply with the requirement could ultimately result in a termination of our license agreements under certain circumstances.
The standards under the license agreements may be modified in certain instances by the BCBSA. For example, from time to time there have been proposals considered by the BCBSA to modify the terms of the license agreements to restrict various potential business activities of licensees. These proposals have included, among other things, a limitation on the ability of a licensee to make its provider networks available to insurance carriers or other entities not holding a Blue Cross or Blue Shield license. To the extent that such amendments to the license agreements are adopted in the future, they could have a material adverse effect on our future expansion plans or results of operations, or our ability to come back into compliance with the National Best Efforts Requirement if the Cigna acquisition is consummated. Further, BCBS licensees have certain requirements to perform administrative services for members of other BCBS licensees. If we or another BCBS licensee is not in compliance with all legal requirements or are unable to perform administrative services as required, this could have an adverse effect on our members and our ability to maintain our licenses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.
Upon the occurrence of an event causing termination of the license agreements, we would no longer have the right to use the Blue Cross and Blue Shield names and marks or to sell Blue Cross and Blue Shield health insurance products and services in one or more of our service areas. Furthermore, the BCBSA would be free to issue a license to use the Blue Cross and Blue Shield names and marks in these service areas to another entity. Our existing Blue Cross and Blue Shield members would be provided with instructions for obtaining alternative products and services licensed by the BCBSA. Events that could cause the termination of a license agreement with the BCBSA include failure to comply with minimum capital requirements imposed by the BCBSA, failure to comply with governance requirements such as maintaining a classified board structure, a change of control or violation of the BCBSA ownership limitations on our capital stock, impending financial insolvency and the appointment of a trustee or receiver or the commencement of any action against a licensee seeking its dissolution. We believe that the Blue Cross and Blue Shield names and marks are valuable identifiers of our products and services in the marketplace.
Upon termination of a license agreement, the BCBSA would have the right to impose a “Re-establishment Fee” upon us, which would be used in part to fund the establishment of a replacement Blue Cross and/or Blue Shield licensee in the vacated service area. The fee is set at $98.33 per licensed enrollee. As of December 31, 2015 , we reported 29.4 million Blue Cross

- 33 -


and/or Blue Shield enrollees. If the Re-establishment Fee was applied to our total Blue Cross and/or Blue Shield enrollees, we would be assessed approximately $2.9 billion by the BCBSA. As a result, termination of the license agreements would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Regional concentrations of our business may subject us to economic downturns in those regions.
Most of our revenues are generated in California, Colorado, Connecticut, Georgia, Indiana, Kentucky, Maine, Maryland, Missouri, Nevada, New Hampshire, New York, Ohio, Tennessee, Texas, Virginia and Wisconsin. Due to this concentration of business in these states, we are exposed to potential losses resulting from the risk of state specific or regional economic downturns impacting these states. If such negative economic conditions do not improve, we may experience a reduction in existing and new business, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.
Large-scale medical emergencies may have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.
Large-scale medical emergencies can take many forms and can cause widespread illness and death. For example, federal and state law enforcement officials have issued warnings about potential terrorist activity involving biological and other weapons. In addition, natural disasters such as hurricanes and the potential for a widespread pandemic of influenza coupled with the lack of availability of appropriate preventative medicines can have a significant impact on the health of the population of widespread areas. If the United States were to experience widespread bioterrorism or other attacks, large-scale natural disasters in our concentrated coverage areas or a large-scale pandemic or epidemic, our covered medical expenses could rise and we could experience a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations or, in the event of extreme circumstances, our viability could be threatened.
We have built a significant portion of our current business through mergers and acquisitions, joint ventures and strategic alliances and we expect to pursue such opportunities in the future.
The following are some of the risks associated with mergers, acquisitions, joint ventures and strategic alliances, referred to collectively as business combinations, that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations:
some of the acquired businesses may not achieve anticipated revenues, earnings or cash flow, business opportunities, synergies, growth prospects and other anticipated benefits;
the goodwill or other intangible assets established as a result of our business combinations may be incorrectly valued or become non-recoverable;
we may assume liabilities that were not disclosed to us or which were under-estimated;
we may experience difficulties in integrating acquired businesses, be unable to integrate acquired businesses successfully or as quickly as expected, and be unable to realize anticipated economic, operational and other benefits in a timely manner, which could result in substantial costs and delays or other operational, technical or financial problems;
business combinations could disrupt our ongoing business, distract management, result in the loss of key employees, divert resources, result in tax costs or inefficiencies and make it difficult to maintain our current business standards, controls, information technology systems, policies and procedures;
we may finance future business combinations by issuing common stock for some or all of the purchase price, which could dilute the ownership interests of our shareholders;
we may also incur additional debt related to future business combinations;
we would be competing with other firms, some of which may have greater financial and other resources, to acquire attractive companies; and
future business combinations may make it difficult to comply with the requirements of the BCBSA and lead to an increased risk that our BCBSA license agreements may be terminated.

- 34 -


The value of our intangible assets may become impaired.
Due largely to our past mergers, acquisitions and divestitures, goodwill and other intangible assets represent a substantial portion of our assets. If we make additional acquisitions, it is likely that we will record additional intangible assets on our consolidated balance sheets.
In accordance with applicable accounting standards, we periodically evaluate our goodwill and other intangible assets to determine whether all or a portion of their carrying values may no longer be recoverable, in which case a charge to income may be necessary. This impairment testing requires us to make assumptions and judgments regarding the estimated fair value of our reporting units, including goodwill and other intangible assets (with indefinite lives). In addition, certain other intangible assets with indefinite lives, such as trademarks, are also tested separately. Estimated fair values developed based on our assumptions and judgments might be significantly different if other reasonable assumptions and estimates were to be used. If estimated fair values are less than the carrying values of goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives in future impairment tests, or if significant impairment indicators are noted relative to other intangible assets subject to amortization, we may be required to record impairment losses against future income.
Any future evaluations requiring an impairment of our goodwill and other intangible assets could materially affect our results of operations and shareholders’ equity in the period in which the impairment occurs. A material decrease in shareholders’ equity could, in turn, negatively impact our debt ratings or potentially impact our compliance with existing debt covenants.
In addition, the estimated value of our reporting units may be impacted as a result of business decisions we make associated with the implementation of the various Health Care Reform regulations. Such decisions, which could unfavorably affect our ability to support the carrying value of certain goodwill and other intangible assets, could result in impairment charges in future periods.
Adverse securities and credit market conditions may significantly affect our ability to meet liquidity needs.
The securities and credit markets have been experiencing higher than normal volatility. In some cases, the markets have exerted downward pressure on availability of liquidity and credit capacity for certain issuers. We need liquidity to pay our operating expenses, make payments on our indebtedness and pay capital expenditures. The principal sources of our cash receipts are premiums, administrative fees, investment income, other revenue, proceeds from the sale or maturity of our investment securities, proceeds from borrowings and proceeds from the issuance of common stock under our employee stock plans.
Our access to additional financing will depend on a variety of factors such as market conditions, the general availability of credit, the volume of trading activities, the availability of credit to our industry, our credit ratings and credit capacity, as well as the possibility that customers or lenders could develop a negative perception of our long- or short-term financial prospects. Similarly, our access to funds may be impaired if regulatory authorities or rating agencies take negative actions against us. If one or a combination of these factors were to occur, our internal sources of liquidity may prove to be insufficient, and in such case, we may not be able to successfully obtain additional financing on favorable terms.
The value of our investments is influenced by varying economic and market conditions, and a decrease in value may result in a loss charged to income.
The market values of our investments vary from time to time depending on economic and market conditions. For various reasons, we may sell certain of our investments at prices that are less than the carrying value of the investments. In addition, in periods of declining interest rates, bond calls and mortgage loan prepayments generally increase, resulting in the reinvestment of these funds at the then lower market rates. In periods of rising interest rates, the market values of our fixed maturity securities will generally decrease, which could result in material unrealized or realized losses on investments in future periods. In addition, defaults by issuers, primarily from investments in corporate and municipal bonds, who fail to pay or perform their obligations, could reduce net investment income, which would adversely affect our profitability. We cannot assure you that our investment portfolios will produce positive returns in future periods.
In accordance with FASB guidance for debt and equity investments, we classify fixed maturity and equity securities in our investment portfolio as “available-for-sale” or “trading” and report those securities at fair value. Current and long-term

- 35 -


available-for-sale investment securities represented a significant percentage of our total consolidated assets at December 31, 2015 . Also, in accordance with applicable FASB accounting guidance, we review our investment securities to determine if declines in fair value below cost are other-than-temporary. This review is subjective and requires a high degree of judgment. We conduct this review on a quarterly basis analyzing both quantitative and qualitative factors. Such factors considered include the length of time and the extent to which market value has been less than cost, financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, recommendations of investment advisors and forecasts of economic, market or industry trends.
Changes in the economic environment, including periods of increased volatility of the securities markets, can increase the difficulty of assessing investment impairment and the same influences tend to increase the risk of potential impairment of these assets. We believe we have adequately reviewed our investment securities for impairment and we believe that we have appropriately estimated the fair values of our investment securities. However, over time, the economic and market environment may provide additional insight, which could change our judgment regarding the fair value of certain securities and/or impairment. Given the sometimes rapidly changing market conditions and the significant judgments involved, there is continuing risk that further declines in fair value may occur and material other-than-temporary impairments may be charged to income in future periods, resulting in realized losses.
We may not be able to realize the value of our deferred tax assets.
In accordance with applicable accounting standards, we separately recognize deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities. Such deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities represent the tax effect of temporary differences between financial reporting and tax reporting measured at tax rates enacted at the time the deferred tax asset or liability is recorded.
At each financial reporting date, we evaluate our deferred tax assets to determine the likely realization of the benefit of the temporary differences. Our evaluation includes a review of the types of temporary differences that created the deferred tax asset; the amount of taxes paid on both capital gains and ordinary income in prior periods and available for a carry-back claim; the forecasted future taxable income, and therefore, the likely future deduction of the deferred tax item; and any other significant issues that might impact the realization of the deferred tax asset. If it is “more likely than not” that all or a portion of the deferred tax asset may not be realized, we establish a valuation allowance. Significant judgment is required in determining an appropriate valuation allowance.
Any future increase in the valuation allowance would result in additional income tax expense and a decrease in shareholders’ equity, which could materially affect our financial position and results of operations in the period in which the increase occurs. A material decrease in shareholders’ equity could, in turn, negatively impact our debt ratings or potentially impact our compliance with existing debt covenants.
An unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential member or employee information, including by cyber attack or other security breach, could cause a loss of data, give rise to remediation or other expenses, expose us to liability under federal and state laws, and subject us to litigation and investigations, which could have an adverse effect on our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.
As part of our normal operations, we collect, process and retain certain sensitive and confidential information. We are subject to various federal, state and international laws and rules regarding the use and disclosure of certain sensitive or confidential information, including HIPAA, the HITECH Act, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, and numerous state laws governing personal information. Despite the security measures we have in place to help ensure data security and compliance with applicable laws and rules, our facilities and systems, and those of our third party service providers, may be vulnerable to cyber attacks, security breaches, acts of vandalism, computer viruses, misplaced or lost data, programming and/or human errors or other similar events.
In February 2015, we reported the discovery that certain of our information technology systems had been the target of an external cyber attack, as more fully described under Note 13, “Commitments and Contingencies - Cyber Attack Incident, ” to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We are addressing the impact of this cyber attack and supporting federal law enforcement efforts to identify the responsible parties. The attackers gained unauthorized access to certain of our information technology systems and obtained personal information related to many individuals and employees. We have incurred expenses to investigate and remediate this matter and expect to continue to incur expenses of this nature in the foreseeable future. Actions have been filed in various federal and state courts

- 36 -


and other claims have been or may be asserted against us, allegedly arising out of the cyber attack. Further, we may be subject to additional litigation and governmental investigations which could divert the attention of management from the operation of our business, result in reputational damage and have a material adverse impact on our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations. While we have contingency plans and insurance coverage for potential liabilities of this nature, these may not be sufficient to cover all claims and liabilities.
In addition, we cannot ensure that we will be able to identify, prevent or contain the effects of additional cyber attacks or other cybersecurity risks in the future that bypass our security measures or disrupt our information technology systems or business. As a result, cybersecurity and the continued development and enhancement of our controls, processes and practices designed to protect our systems, computers, software, data and networks from attack, damage and unauthorized access, remain a priority for us. Noncompliance with any privacy or security laws and regulations, or any security breach, cyber attack or cybersecurity breach, and any incident involving the misappropriation, loss or other unauthorized disclosure or use of, or access to, sensitive or confidential member information, whether by us or by one of our vendors, could require us to expend significant resources to continue to modify or enhance our protective measures and to remediate any damage. In addition, this could result in interruptions to our operations and damage our reputation, and could also result in regulatory enforcement actions, material fines and penalties, litigation or other actions which could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.
The failure to effectively maintain and upgrade our information systems could adversely affect our business.
Our business depends significantly on effective information systems, and we have many different information systems for our various businesses. As a result of our merger and acquisition activities, we have acquired additional systems. Our information systems require an ongoing commitment of significant resources to maintain and enhance existing systems and develop new systems in order to keep pace with continuing changes in information processing technology, emerging cybersecurity risks and threats, evolving industry and regulatory standards including public exchanges and other aspects of Health Care Reform, compliance with legal requirements, private insurance exchanges and changing customer preferences. In addition, we may from time to time obtain significant portions of our systems-related or other services or facilities from independent third parties, which may make our operations vulnerable if such third parties fail to perform adequately.
Failure to adequately implement and maintain effective and efficient information systems with sufficiently advanced technological capabilities, or our failure to efficiently and effectively consolidate our information systems to eliminate redundant or obsolete applications, could result in competitive and cost disadvantages to us compared to our competitors and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If the information we rely upon to run our business were found to be inaccurate or unreliable or if we fail to adequately maintain our information systems and data integrity effectively, we could have a decrease in membership, have problems in determining medical cost estimates and establishing appropriate pricing and reserves, have disputes with customers and providers, have regulatory problems, sanctions or penalties imposed, have increases in operating expenses or suffer other adverse consequences. In addition, federal regulations required us to begin using ICD-10 on October 1, 2015, which has required and will continue to require significant information technology investment. If we fail to adequately implement ICD-10 or encounter difficulties in providers' implementation of ICD-10, we may incur losses with respect to the resources invested and have other material adverse effects on our business and results of operations. Also, as we convert or migrate members to our more efficient and effective systems, the risk of disruption in our customer service is increased during the migration or conversion process and such disruption could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flow, financial condition and results of operations.
We are dependent on the success of our relationships with third parties for various services and functions, including pharmacy benefit management services.
We contract with various third parties to perform certain functions and services and provide us with certain information technology systems. Certain of these third parties provide us with significant portions of our business infrastructure and operating requirements, and we could become overly dependent on key vendors, which could cause us to lose core competencies. A termination of our agreements with, or disruption in the performance of, one or more of these service providers could result in service disruptions or unavailability, reduced service quality and effectiveness, increased or duplicative costs, an inability to meet our obligations to our customers or require us to seek alternative service providers on less favorable contract terms, any of which could adversely affect our business, reputation, cash flows, financial condition and operating results.

- 37 -


In particular, we are a party to an agreement with Express Scripts whereby Express Scripts is the exclusive provider of certain PBM services to our plans, excluding our CareMore and Simply Healthcare subsidiaries and certain self-insured members, which have exclusive agreements with different PBM service providers. The Express Scripts PBM services include, but are not limited to, pharmacy network management, mail order and specialty drug fulfillment, claims processing, rebate management and specialty pharmaceutical management services. Accordingly, the agreement contains certain financial and operational requirements obligating both Express Scripts and us. The failure of either party to meet the respective requirements could potentially serve as a basis for early termination of the contract. If this relationship was terminated, we may not be able to meet the full demands of our customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation and results of operations, particularly if Express Scripts failed to provide post-termination services. In addition, our failure to meet certain minimum script volume requirements results in financial penalties that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
Indiana law, other applicable laws, our articles of incorporation and bylaws, and provisions of our BCBSA license agreements may prevent or discourage takeovers and business combinations that our shareholders might consider in their best interest.
Indiana law and our articles of incorporation and bylaws may delay, defer, prevent or render more difficult a takeover attempt that our shareholders might consider in their best interests. For instance, they may prevent our shareholders from receiving the benefit from any premium to the market price of our common stock offered by a bidder in a takeover context. Even in the absence of a takeover attempt, the existence of these provisions may adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock if they are viewed as discouraging takeover attempts in the future.
We are regulated as an insurance holding company and subject to the insurance holding company acts of the states in which our insurance company subsidiaries are domiciled, as well as similar provisions included in the health statutes and regulations of certain states where these subsidiaries are regulated as managed care companies or HMOs. The insurance holding company acts and regulations and these similar health provisions restrict the ability of any person to obtain control of an insurance company or HMO without prior regulatory approval. Under those statutes and regulations, without such approval (or an exemption), no person may acquire any voting security of a domestic insurance company or HMO, or an insurance holding company which controls an insurance company or HMO, or merge with such a holding company, if as a result of such transaction such person would “control” the insurance holding company, insurance company or HMO. “Control” is generally defined as the direct or indirect power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person and is presumed to exist if a person directly or indirectly owns or controls 10% or more of the voting securities of another person. Further, the Indiana business corporation law contains business combination provisions that, in general, prohibit for five years any business combination with a beneficial owner of 10% or more of our common stock unless the holder’s acquisition of the stock was approved in advance by our Board of Directors.
Our articles of incorporation restrict the beneficial ownership of our capital stock in excess of specific ownership limits. The ownership limits restrict beneficial ownership of our voting capital stock to less than 10% for institutional investors and less than 5% for non-institutional investors, both as defined in our articles of incorporation. Additionally, no person may beneficially own shares of our common stock representing a 20% or more ownership interest in us. These restrictions are intended to ensure our compliance with the terms of our licenses with the BCBSA. Our articles of incorporation prohibit ownership of our capital stock beyond these ownership limits without prior approval of a majority of our continuing directors (as defined in our articles of incorporation). In addition, as discussed above in the risk factor describing our license agreements with the BCBSA, such license agreements are subject to termination upon a change of control and re-establishment fees would be imposed upon termination of the license agreements.
Certain other provisions included in our articles of incorporation and bylaws may also have anti-takeover effects and may delay, defer or prevent a takeover attempt that our shareholders might consider in their best interests. In particular, our articles of incorporation and bylaws: divide our Board of Directors into three classes serving staggered three-year terms (which is required by our license agreement with the BCBSA); permit our Board of Directors to determine the terms of and issue one or more series of preferred stock without further action by shareholders; restrict the maximum number of directors; limit the ability of shareholders to remove directors; impose restrictions on shareholders’ ability to fill vacancies on our Board of Directors; prohibit shareholders from calling special meetings of shareholders; impose advance notice requirements for shareholder proposals and nominations of directors to be considered at meetings of shareholders; and prohibit shareholders from amending our bylaws.

- 38 -


We also face other risks that could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations, which include:
any requirement to restate financial results in the event of inappropriate application of accounting principles;
a significant failure of our internal control over financial reporting;
failure of our prevention and control systems related to employee compliance with internal policies, including data security;
provider fraud that is not prevented or detected and impacts our medical costs or those of self-insured customers;
failure to protect our proprietary information; and
failure of our corporate governance policies or procedures.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED SEC STAFF COMMENTS.
None.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.
Our principal executive offices are located at 120 Monument Circle, Indianapolis, Indiana. In addition to this location, we have significant operating facilities located in each of the fourteen states where we operate as licensees of the BCBSA, in each of the additional ten states where Amerigroup conducts business and in Arizona where CareMore maintains a branch office. A majority of these locations are leased properties. Our facilities support our various business segments. We believe that our properties are adequate and suitable for our business as presently conducted as well as for the foreseeable future.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
For information regarding our legal proceedings, see the “ Litigation, ” “ Cyber Attack Incident ” and “ Other Contingencies ” sections of Note 13, “Commitments and Contingencies” to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.
Not Applicable.

- 39 -


PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.
Market Prices  
Our common stock, par value $0.01 per share, is listed on the NYSE under the symbol “ANTM.” On February 4, 2016, the closing price on the NYSE was $126.64. As of February 4, 2016, there were 71,430 shareholders of record of our common stock. The following table presents high and low sales prices for our common stock on the NYSE for the periods indicated.
 
High
 
Low
2015
 
 
 
First Quarter
$
160.64

 
$
122.86

Second Quarter
173.59

 
148.29

Third Quarter
165.93

 
134.62

Fourth Quarter
149.87

 
126.25

2014
 
 
 
First Quarter
$
102.56

 
$
81.84

Second Quarter
110.03

 
90.75

Third Quarter
124.58

 
106.52

Fourth Quarter
129.96

 
108.92

Dividends
The quarterly cash dividend declared by our Board of Directors was $0.6250, $0.4375, and $0.3750 per share in 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively. On February 18, 2016 , our Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend to shareholders of $0.6500 per share.
We regularly review the appropriate use of capital, including acquisitions, common stock and debt security repurchases and dividends to shareholders. The declaration and payment of any dividends or repurchases of our common stock or debt is at the discretion of our Board of Directors and depends upon our financial condition, results of operations, future liquidity needs, regulatory and capital requirements and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors. Further, our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders, if authorized by our Board of Directors, is significantly dependent upon the receipt of dividends from our subsidiaries, including Anthem Insurance Companies, Inc., Anthem Southeast, Inc., Anthem Holding Corp., WellPoint Holding Corp., WellPoint Acquisition, LLC, WellPoint Insurance Services, Inc., ATH Holding Company, LLC and SellCore, Inc. The payment of dividends by our insurance subsidiaries without prior approval of the insurance department of each subsidiary’s domiciliary jurisdiction is limited by formula. Dividends in excess of these amounts are subject to prior approval by the respective insurance departments.
Under the terms of the Merger Agreement with Cigna, during the period before completion of the merger, we will not declare, set aside, make or pay any dividend with respect to our capital stock, other than (1) regular quarterly cash dividends not exceeding, with respect to any quarter, $0.6250 per share, (as such amount may be increased in the ordinary course of business), with declaration, record and payment dates consistent with past practice and in accordance with our dividend policy as of the date of the Merger Agreement and (2) dividends payable by a directly or indirectly wholly owned subsidiary to Anthem or to another directly or indirectly wholly owned subsidiary of Anthem. The cash dividend declared by our Board of Directors on February 18, 2016 was in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement.
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
The information required by this Item concerning securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans is set forth in or incorporated by reference into Part III, Item 12 “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

- 40 -


Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
The following table presents information related to our repurchases of common stock for the periods indicated:
Period
 
 
Total Number
of Shares
Purchased 1  
 
Average
Price Paid
per Share
 
Total Number
of Shares
Purchased as
Part of
Publicly
Announced
Programs 2  
 
Approximate
Dollar Value
of Shares that
May Yet Be
Purchased
Under the
Programs
(In millions, except share and per share data)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
October 1, 2015 to October 31, 2015
 
7,561

 
$
139.03

 

 
$
4,175.9

November 1, 2015 to November 30, 2015
 
893

 
138.66

 

 
4,175.9

December 1, 2015 to December 31, 2015
 
9,096

 
135.08

 

 
4,175.9

 
 
 
17,550

 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1
Total number of shares purchased represents shares delivered to or withheld by us in connection with employee payroll tax withholding upon exercise or vesting of stock awards. Stock grants to employees and directors and stock issued for stock option plans and stock purchase plans in the consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity are shown net of these shares purchased.
2
Represents the number of shares repurchased through the common stock repurchase program authorized by our Board of Directors, which the Board evaluates periodically. During the year ended December 31, 2015 , we repurchased 10,417,248 shares at a cost of $1,515.8 under the program, including the cost of options to purchase shares. The Board of Directors has authorized our common stock repurchase program since 2003. The Board's most recent authorized increase to the program was $5,000.0 on October 2, 2014. No duration has been placed on our common stock repurchase program and we reserve the right to discontinue the program at any time.

- 41 -


Performance Graph
The following Performance Graph and related information compares the cumulative total return to shareholders of our common stock for the period from December 31, 2010 through December 31, 2015 , with the cumulative total return over such period of (i) the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index (the “S&P 500 Index”) and (ii) the Standard & Poor’s Managed Health Care Index (the “S&P Managed Health Care Index”). The graph assumes an investment of $100 on December 31, 2010 in each of our common stock, the S&P 500 Index and the S&P Managed Health Care Index (and the reinvestment of all dividends).
The comparisons shown in the graph below are based on historical data and we caution that the stock price performance shown in the graph below is not indicative of, and is not intended to forecast, the potential future performance of our common stock. Information used in the graph was obtained from S&P Capital IQ, a source believed to be reliable, but we are not responsible for any errors or omissions in such information. The following graph and related information shall not be deemed “soliciting materials” or to be “filed” with the SEC, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filing under the Exchange Act, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing.
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2010
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 
2014
 
2015
Anthem, Inc.
$
100

 
$
118

 
$
111

 
$
171

 
$
236

 
$
267

S&P 500 Index
100

 
102

 
118

 
157

 
178

 
181

S&P Managed Health Care Index
100

 
134

 
142

 
211

 
281

 
343

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Based upon an initial investment of $100 on December 31, 2010 with dividends reinvested.

- 42 -


ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.
The table below provides selected consolidated financial data of Anthem. The information has been derived from our consolidated financial statements for each of the years in the five year period ended December 31, 2015 . You should read this selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015 included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”, and Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
 
As of and for the Years Ended December 31
 
 
2015 1
 
2014  2
 
2013  2
 
2012  1, 2
 
2011 1
(in millions, except where indicated and except per share data)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income Statement Data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total operating revenue 3
$
78,404.8

 
$
73,021.7

 
$
70,191.4

 
$
60,514.0

 
$
59,865.2

Total revenues
79,156.5

 
73,874.1

 
71,023.5

 
61,497.2

 
60,710.7

Income from continuing operations
2,560.0

 
2,560.1

 
2,634.3

 
2,651.0

 
2,646.7

Net income
2,560.0

 
2,569.7

 
2,489.7

 
2,655.5

 
2,646.7

Per Share Data

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic net income per share - continuing operations
$
9.73

 
$
9.28

 
$
8.83

 
$
8.25

 
$
7.35

Diluted net income per share - continuing operations
9.38

 
8.96

 
8.67

 
8.17

 
7.25

Dividends per share
2.50

 
1.75

 
1.50

 
1.15

 
1.00

Other Data (unaudited)

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Benefit expense ratio 4
83.3
%
 
83.1
%
 
85.1
%
 
85.3
%
 
85.1
%
Selling, general and administrative expense ratio 5
16.0
%
 
16.1
%
 
14.2
%
 
14.3
%
 
14.1
%
Income from continuing operations before income taxes as a percentage of total revenues
5.9
%
 
5.9
%
 
5.4
%
 
6.3
%
 
6.5
%
Net income as a percentage of total revenues
3.2
%
 
3.5
%
 
3.5
%
 
4.3
%
 
4.4
%
Medical membership ( in thousands )
38,599

 
37,499

 
35,653

 
36,130

 
34,251

Balance Sheet Data

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and investments
$
23,124.7

 
$
23,777.7

 
$
22,395.9

 
$
22,464.6

 
$
20,696.5

Total assets 6, 7
61,717.8

 
61,676.3

 
59,095.3

 
58,610.7

 
51,693.6

Long-term debt, less current portion 6
15,324.5

 
14,019.6

 
13,477.4

 
14,069.3

 
8,420.9

Total liabilities 6, 7
38,673.7

 
37,425.0

 
34,330.1

 
34,808.0

 
28,405.4

Total shareholders’ equity
23,044.1

 
24,251.3

 
24,765.2

 
23,802.7

 
23,288.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1
The net assets of and results of operations for Simply Healthcare Holdings, Inc., AMERIGROUP Corporation and CareMore Health Group, Inc. are included from their respective acquisition dates of February 17, 2015, December 24, 2012 and August 22, 2011.
2
The operating results of 1-800 CONTACTS, Inc. are reported as discontinued operations at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 as a result of the divestiture completed on January 31, 2014. Included in net income for the year ended December 31, 2014 is income from discontinued operations, net of tax, of $9.6. Included in net income for the year ended December 31, 2013 is a loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, of $144.6. Included in net income for the year ended December 31, 2012 is income from discontinued operations, net of tax, of $4.5.
3
Operating revenue is obtained by adding premiums, administrative fees and other revenue.
4
The benefit expense ratio represents benefit expenses as a percentage of premium revenue.
5
The selling, general and administrative expense ratio represents selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of total operating revenue.
6
Amounts as of December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011 have been retroactively restated to reflect the reclassification of unamortized debt issuance costs from an asset to a contra-liability as a result of the adoption of Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-03,  Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs , during the year ended December 31, 2015.
7
Amounts as of December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011 have been retroactively restated to reflect the reclassification of current deferred tax assets from an asset to a contra-liability as a result of the adoption of Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-07, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes, during the year ended December 31, 2015.

- 43 -


ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
  (In Millions, Except Per Share Data or As Otherwise Stated Herein)
  References in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the terms “we,” “our,” “us,” “Anthem” or the “Company” refer to Anthem, Inc., an Indiana corporation, and, unless the context otherwise requires, its direct and indirect subsidiaries.
This Management's Discussion and Analysis, or MD&A, should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Overview
We manage our operations through three reportable segments: Commercial and Specialty Business, Government Business and Other. We regularly evaluate the appropriateness of our reportable segments, particularly in light of organizational changes, merger and acquisition activity and changing laws and regulations. Therefore, these reportable segments may change in the future.
Our Commercial and Specialty Business segment includes our Local Group, National Accounts, Individual and Specialty businesses. Business units in the Commercial and Specialty Business segment offer fully-insured health products; provide a broad array of managed care services to self-funded customers including claims processing, underwriting, stop loss insurance, actuarial services, provider network access, medical cost management, disease management, wellness programs and other administrative services; and provide an array of specialty and other insurance products and services such as dental, vision, life and disability insurance benefits, radiology benefit management and analytics-driven personal health care guidance.
Our Government Business segment includes Medicare and Medicaid businesses, National Government Services, or NGS, and services provided to the federal government in connection with the Federal Employee Program, or FEP. Medicare business includes services such as Medicare Advantage, Medicare Part D, and Medicare Supplement. Medicaid business includes our managed care alternatives through publicly funded health care programs, including Medicaid ; Temporary Assistance for Needy Family , or TANF, programs; programs for seniors and people with disabilities , or SPD; programs for long-term services and support , or LTSS; Children’s Health Insurance Programs , or CHIP, and Medicaid expansion programs. NGS acts as a Medicare contractor for the federal government in several regions across the nation.
Our Other segment includes other businesses that do not meet the quantitative thresholds for an operating segment as defined by Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, guidance, as well as corporate expenses not allocated to the other reportable segments.
Our operating revenue consists of premiums, administrative fees and other revenue. Premium revenue comes from fully-insured contracts where we indemnify our policyholders against costs for covered health and life benefits. Administrative fees come from contracts where our customers are self-insured, or where the fee is based on either processing of transactions or a percent of network discount savings realized. Additionally, we earn administrative fee revenues from our Medicare processing business and from other health-related businesses including disease management programs. Other revenue includes miscellaneous income other than premium revenue and administrative fees.
Our benefit expense primarily includes costs of care for health services consumed by our fully-insured members, such as outpatient care, inpatient hospital care, professional services (primarily physician care) and pharmacy benefit costs. All four components are affected both by unit costs and utilization rates. Unit costs include the cost of outpatient medical procedures per visit, inpatient hospital care per admission, physician fees per office visit and prescription drug prices. Utilization rates represent the volume of consumption of health services and typically vary with the age and health status of our members and their social and lifestyle choices, along with clinical protocols and medical practice patterns in each of our markets. A portion of benefit expense recognized in each reporting period consists of actuarial estimates of claims incurred but not yet paid by us. Any changes in these estimates are recorded in the period the need for such an adjustment arises. While we offer a diversified mix of managed care products and services through our managed care plans, our aggregate cost of care can fluctuate based on a change in the overall mix of these products and services. Our managed care plans include: preferred provider organizations, or PPOs; health maintenance organizations, or HMOs; point-of-service plans, or POS plans;

- 44 -


traditional indemnity plans and other hybrid plans, including consumer-driven health plans, or CDHPs; and hospital only and limited benefit products.
We classify certain claims-related costs as benefit expense to reflect costs incurred for our members’ traditional medical care, as well as those expenses which improve our members’ health and medical outcomes. These claims-related costs may be comprised of expenses incurred for: (i) medical management, including case and utilization management; (ii) health and wellness, including disease management services for such conditions as diabetes, high-risk pregnancies, congestive heart failure and asthma management and wellness initiatives like weight-loss programs and smoking cessation treatments; and (iii) clinical health policy. These types of claims-related costs are designed to ultimately lower our members’ cost of care. 
Our selling expense consists of external broker commission expenses, and generally varies with premium or membership volume. Our general and administrative expense consists of fixed and variable costs. Examples of fixed costs are depreciation, amortization and certain facilities expenses. Certain variable costs, such as premium taxes, vary directly with premium volume. Other variable costs, such as salaries and benefits, do not vary directly with changes in premium, but are more aligned with changes in membership. The acquisition or loss of a significant block of business would likely impact staffing levels, and thus associated compensation expense. Other variable costs include professional and consulting expenses and advertising. Other factors can impact our administrative cost structure, including systems efficiencies, inflation and changes in productivity.
Our results of operations depend in large part on our ability to accurately predict and effectively manage health care costs through effective contracting with providers of care to our members and our medical management and health and wellness programs. Several economic factors related to health care costs, such as regulatory mandates of coverage as well as direct-to-consumer advertising by providers and pharmaceutical companies, have a direct impact on the volume of care consumed by our members. The potential effect of escalating health care costs, any changes in our ability to negotiate competitive rates with our providers and any regulatory or market driven restrictions on our ability to obtain adequate premium rates to offset overall inflation in health care costs, including increases in unit costs and utilization resulting from the aging of the population and other demographics, as well as advances in medical technology, may impose further risks to our ability to profitably underwrite our business, and may have a material impact on our results of operations.
On July 24, 2015, we and Cigna Corporation, or Cigna, announced that we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, or Merger Agreement, dated as of July 23, 2015, by and among Anthem, Cigna and Anthem Merger Sub Corp., a Delaware corporation and our direct wholly-owned subsidiary, pursuant to which we will acquire all outstanding shares of Cigna, or the Acquisition. The Acquisition will further our goal of creating a premier health benefits company with critical diversification and scale to lead the transformation of health care delivery for consumers. Cigna is a global health services organization that delivers affordable and personalized products and services to customers through employer-based, government-sponsored and individual coverage arrangements. All of Cigna's products and services are provided exclusively by or through its operating subsidiaries, including Connecticut General Life Insurance Company, Cigna Health and Life Insurance Company, Life Insurance Company of North America and Cigna Life Insurance Company of New York. Such products and services include an integrated suite of health services, such as medical, dental, behavioral health, pharmacy, vision, supplemental benefits, and other related products including group life, accident and disability insurance. Cigna maintains sales capability in 30 countries and jurisdictions.
Under the terms of the Merger Agreement, Cigna’s shareholders will receive $103.40 in cash and 0.5152 shares of our common stock for each Cigna common share outstanding. The value of the transaction is estimated to be approximately $53,000.0 based on the closing price of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on July 23, 2015. The final purchase price will be determined based on our closing stock price on the date of closing of the Acquisition. The combined company will reflect a pro forma equity ownership comprised of approximately 67% Anthem shareholders and approximately 33% Cigna shareholders. We expect to finance the cash portion of the Acquisition through available cash on hand and the issuance of new debt. We entered into a bridge facility commitment letter and a joinder agreement with a group of lenders which will provide up to $22,500.0 under a 364 -day senior unsecured bridge term loan credit facility to finance the Acquisition in the event that we have not received proceeds from any combination of (i) senior unsecured term loans, (ii) common or preferred equity or equity-linked securities and/or (iii) senior unsecured notes in a public offering or private placement in an aggregate principal amount of at least $22,500.0 prior to the consummation of the Acquisition. In addition, in August 2015, we entered into a term loan facility which will provide up to $4,000.0 to finance a portion of the Acquisition. The commitment of the lenders to provide the bridge facility and the term loan facility is subject to several conditions,

- 45 -


including the completion of the Acquisition. We expect that our pro forma debt-to-capital ratio will approximate 49% at the closing of the Acquisition and we are committed to deleveraging to the low 40% range approximately twenty-four months following the closing. We also expect to maintain our common stock dividend and we will maintain flexibility with our share repurchase program.
For additional information, see "Risk Factors" included in Part I, Item 1A; and Note 3, “Business Acquisitions and Divestiture - Pending Acquisition of Cigna Corporation " included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
On February 17, 2015, we completed our acquisition of Simply Healthcare, a leading managed care company for people enrolled in Medicaid and Medicare programs in Florida. This acquisition aligns with our strategy for continued growth in our Government Business segment. As a result, we serve more than six hundred thousand members in Florida through our affiliated Amerigroup and Simply Healthcare Medicaid and Medicare plans. For additional information see Note 3, “Business Acquisitions and Divestiture - Acquisition of Simply Healthcare " included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
On January 31, 2014, we sold our 1-800 CONTACTS, Inc. business and our glasses.com related assets, or collectively, 1-800 CONTACTS. The operating results for 1-800 CONTACTS for the one month ended January 31, 2014 are reported as discontinued operations. These results were previously reported in the Commercial and Specialty Business segment. Unless otherwise specified, all financial and membership information, other than cash flows, disclosed in this MD&A is from continuing operations. In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, guidance, we have elected to not separately disclose net cash provided by or used in operating, investing, and financing activities and the net effect of those cash flows on cash and cash equivalents for discontinued operations during the periods presented. For additional information regarding these transactions, see Note 3, "Business Acquisitions and Divestiture -  Divestiture of 1-800 CONTACTS ," included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Our future results of operations will also be impacted by certain external forces and resulting changes in our business model and strategy. In 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or ACA, as well as the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or collectively, Health Care Reform, became law, causing significant changes to the U.S. health care system. Since then, significant regulations have been enacted by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, the Department of Labor and the Department of the Treasury. The legislation and regulations are far-reaching and are intended to expand access to health insurance coverage over time by mandating that most individuals obtain health insurance coverage, increasing the eligibility thresholds for most state Medicaid programs and providing certain other individuals and small businesses with tax credits to subsidize a portion of the cost of health insurance coverage. As a result of the complexity of the law, its impact on health care in the United States and the continuing modification and interpretation of Health Care Reform rules, we continue to analyze and refine our estimates of the ultimate impact of Health Care Reform on our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations. Health Care Reform presents us with new growth opportunities, but also introduces new risks, regulatory challenges and uncertainties, and required changes in the way products are designed, underwritten, priced, distributed and administered. For additional discussion, see Part I, Item 1 “Business - Regulation,” and Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Pricing in our Commercial and Specialty Business segment , including our Individual and Small Group lines of business, remains competitive and we strive to price our health care benefit products consistent with anticipated underlying medical trends. We believe our pricing strategy, based on predictive modeling, proprietary research and data-driven processes, as well as our overall investments for Health Care Reform, have positioned us to benefit from the potential growth opportunities available in fully-insured commercial products as a result of Health Care Reform. In the Individual and Small Group markets, we offer on-exchange products through state or federally facilitated marketplaces, referred to as public exchanges, and off-exchange products. Federal premium subsidies are available only for certain members who purchase certain public exchange products.  The public exchanges have increased the risk that our products will be selected by individuals who have a higher risk profile or utilization rate than the pool of participants we anticipated when we established the pricing for these public exchange products. We believe that our pricing strategy, brand name and network quality will provide a strong foundation for commercial risk membership growth opportunities in the future.
In our Individual markets we offer bronze, silver and gold products, both on and off the public exchanges, in California, Colorado, Connecticut, Georgia, Indiana, Kentucky, Maine, Missouri, Nevada, New Hampshire, New York, Ohio, Virginia and Wisconsin. Additionally, we offer platinum products, both on and off the public exchanges, in California and New York.

- 46 -


In our Small Group markets, we offer bronze, silver and gold products, off the public exchanges, in California, Colorado, Connecticut, Georgia, Indiana, Kentucky, Maine, Missouri, Nevada, New Hampshire, Ohio, Virginia and Wisconsin. We offer bronze, silver and gold products, on the public exchanges, in Colorado, Connecticut, Georgia, Indiana, Kentucky, Maine, Missouri, New Hampshire, Ohio and Virginia. Additionally, we offer platinum products, off the public exchanges, in California, Connecticut, Georgia, Kentucky, Maine, Nevada and Virginia.
Private exchanges have gained visibility in the marketplace based on the promise of helping employers reduce costs, increase consumer engagement and manage the complexities created by the ACA and other market forces. While private exchanges have been a distribution channel in the Medicare and Individual markets for some time, the heightened level of activity and investment among the consulting and broker communities and other health insurance carriers has generated an increasing level of interest among employers in the Commercial market. To date, adoption levels have been lower than analyst predictions. While the ultimate volume, pace of growth and winning business models remain highly uncertain, we believe private exchanges will provide opportunities for growth.
Health Care Reform also imposes new regulations on the health insurance sector, including, but not limited to, guaranteed coverage and expanded benefit requirements; prohibitions on some annual and all lifetime limits on amounts paid on behalf of or to our members; increased restrictions on rescinding coverage; establishment of minimum medical loss ratio, or MLR, and customer rebate requirements; establishment of a mandatory annual Health Insurance Provider Fee, or HIP Fee; creation of a federal rate review process; a requirement to cover preventive services on a first dollar basis; the establishment of public exchanges and essential benefit packages and greater limitations on how we price certain of our products. In addition, the legislation reduces the reimbursement levels for our health plans participating in the Medicare Advantage program over time and limits the amount of executive compensation that is deductible for income tax purposes.
As a result of Health Care Reform, HHS issued MLR regulations that require us to meet minimum MLR thresholds for Large Group, Small Group and Individual lines of business. Plans that do not meet the minimum thresholds will have to pay a MLR rebate. For purposes of determining MLR rebates, HHS has defined the types of costs that should be included in the MLR rebate calculation. However, certain components of the MLR calculation as defined by HHS cannot be classified consistently under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. While considered benefit expense or a reduction of premium revenue by HHS, certain of these costs are classified as other types of expense, such as income tax expense or general and administrative expense, in our GAAP basis financial statements. Accordingly, the benefit expense ratio determined using our consolidated GAAP operating results is not comparable to the MLR calculated under HHS regulations. 
Health Care Reform also imposed a separate minimum MLR threshold of 85% for Medicare Advantage and Medicare Part D plans beginning in 2014. Medicare Advantage or Medicare Part D plans that do not meet this threshold will have to pay a MLR rebate. If a plan’s MLR is below 85% for three consecutive years beginning with 2014, enrollment will be restricted. A Medicare Advantage or Medicare Part D plan contract will be terminated if the plan's MLR is below 85% for five consecutive years.
Beginning in 2014, Health Care Reform imposed an annual HIP Fee on health insurers that write certain types of health insurance on U.S. risks. The annual HIP Fee is allocated to health insurers based on the ratio of the amount of an insurer's net premium revenues written during the preceding calendar year to an adjusted amount of health insurance for all U.S. health risk for those certain lines of business written during the preceding calendar year. The HIP Fee is non-deductible for federal income tax purposes. The total amount collected from allocations to health insurers in 2015 and 2014 was $11,300.0 and $8,000.0, respectively. We record our estimated liability for the HIP Fee in full at the beginning of the year with a corresponding deferred asset that is amortized on a straight-line basis to general and administrative expense. The final calculation and payment of the annual HIP Fee occurs in the third quarter each year and our portion of the HIP Fee for 2015 and 2014 was $1,207.5 and $893.3, respectively. The annual HIP Fee to be allocated to all health insurers remains at $11,300.0 for 2016, has been suspended for 2017, and will resume and be increased to $14,300.0 for 2018. For 2019 and beyond, the annual HIP Fee will equal the amount for the preceding year increased by the rate of premium growth for the preceding year less the rate of growth in the consumer price index for the preceding calendar year.
These and other provisions of Health Care Reform are likely to have significant effects on our future operations, which, in turn, could impact the value of our business model and results of operations, including potential impairments of our goodwill and other intangible assets. We will continue to evaluate the impact of Health Care Reform as key aspects go into

- 47 -


effect and additional guidance is made available. For additional discussion regarding Health Care Reform, see Part I, Item 1 “Business—Regulation” and Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Finally, federal and state regulatory agencies may further restrict our ability to obtain new product approvals, implement changes in premium rates or impose additional restrictions, under new or existing laws that could adversely affect our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.
We are also subject to regulations that may result in assessments under state insurance guaranty association laws. The National Organization of Life & Health Insurance Guaranty Associations, or NOLHGA, is a voluntary organization consisting of the state life and health insurance guaranty associations located throughout the U.S. Such associations, working together with NOLHGA, provide a safety net for their state’s policyholders, ensuring that they continue to receive coverage, subject to state maximum limits, even if their insurer is declared insolvent. We are aware that the Pennsylvania Insurance Commissioner, or Insurance Commissioner, has placed Penn Treaty Network America Insurance Company and its subsidiary American Network Insurance Company, or collectively Penn Treaty, in rehabilitation, an intermediate action before insolvency. The state court denied the Insurance Commissioner’s petition for the liquidation of Penn Treaty and ordered the Insurance Commissioner to file an updated plan of rehabilitation. The state court commenced a hearing in connection with the updated plan in July 2015, which has been adjourned. The state court has begun scheduling settlement conferences to resolve outstanding issues with the plan. In the event rehabilitation of Penn Treaty is unsuccessful and Penn Treaty is declared insolvent and placed in liquidation, we and other insurers may be required to pay a portion of their policyholder claims through state guaranty association assessments in future periods. Given the uncertainty around whether Penn Treaty will ultimately be declared insolvent and, if so, the amount of the insolvency, the amount and timing of any associated future guaranty fund assessments, and the availability and amount of any potential premium tax and other offsets, we currently cannot estimate our net exposure, if any, to this potential insolvency. We will continue to monitor the situation and may record a liability and expense in future reporting periods, which could be material to our cash flows and results of operations.
In addition to the external forces discussed in the preceding paragraphs, our results of operations are impacted by levels and mix of membership. In recent years, we have experienced membership growth due to the quality and pricing of our health benefits products and services, improved economic conditions, decreases in unemployment, acquisitions, entry into new markets and expansions in existing markets. In addition, we believe the self-insured portion of our group membership base will continue to increase as a percentage of total group membership. However, these membership trends could be negatively impacted by various factors that could have a material adverse effect on our future results of operations such as general economic downturns that result in business failures, failure to obtain new customers or retain existing customers, premium increases, benefit changes or our exit from a specific market. Further, our mix of membership may include more individuals with a higher acuity level obtaining coverage through our products available on the public exchanges, which may not be appropriately adjusted for in our premium rates.
In February 2015, we reported that we were the target of a sophisticated external cyber attack. The attackers gained unauthorized access to certain of our information technology systems and obtained personal information related to many individuals and employees. We have continued to implement security enhancements since this incident and are supporting federal law enforcement efforts to identify the responsible parties. For additional information about the cyber attack, see Note 13, “Commitments and Contingencies - Cyber Attack Incident ,” to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Also see Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for a discussion of the factors identified above and other risk factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in forward-looking statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and presented elsewhere by management from time to time.
Executive Summary
We are one of the largest health benefits companies in terms of medical membership in the United States, serving 38.6 medical members through our affiliated health plans as of December 31, 2015 . We are an independent licensee of the Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association, or BCBSA, an association of independent health benefit plans. We serve our members as the Blue Cross licensee for California and as the Blue Cross and Blue Shield, or BCBS, licensee for Colorado, Connecticut, Georgia, Indiana, Kentucky, Maine, Missouri (excluding 30 counties in the Kansas City area), Nevada, New Hampshire, New York (as BCBS in 10 New York City metropolitan and surrounding counties, and as Blue Cross or BCBS in selected upstate

- 48 -


counties only), Ohio, Virginia (excluding the Northern Virginia suburbs of Washington, D.C.) and Wisconsin. In a majority of these service areas we do business as Anthem Blue Cross, Anthem Blue Cross and Blue Shield, Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Georgia, and Empire Blue Cross Blue Shield, or Empire Blue Cross (in our New York service areas). We also conduct business through an arrangement with another BCBS licensee in South Carolina. We conduct business through our AMERIGROUP Corporation, or Amerigroup, subsidiary, in Florida, Georgia, Kansas, Louisiana, Maryland, Nevada, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Tennessee, Texas, Washington and effective January 1, 2016, in Iowa. In addition, we conduct business through our recently acquired Simply Healthcare Holdings, Inc., or Simply Healthcare, subsidiary in Florida. We also serve customers throughout the country as HealthLink, UniCare (including a non-risk arrangement with Massachusetts), and in certain Arizona, California, Nevada and Virginia markets through our CareMore Health Group, Inc., or CareMore, subsidiary. We are licensed to conduct insurance operations in all 50  states through our subsidiaries.
In preparation for the recent and ongoing changes to the U.S. health care system and to focus on our core growth opportunities across our Commercial and Specialty Business and Government Business segments, we entered into a definitive agreement in December 2013 to sell our 1-800 CONTACTS, Inc., or 1-800 CONTACTS, business to the private equity firm Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. Concurrently, we entered into an asset purchase agreement with Luxottica Group to sell our glasses.com related assets. The divestitures were completed on January 31, 2014. The operating results for 1-800 CONTACTS are reported as discontinued operations within the consolidated statements of income included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These results were previously reported in the Commercial and Specialty Business segment. Unless otherwise specified, all financial information disclosed in this MD&A is from continuing operations, other than net income, diluted earnings per share and cash flows. In accordance with FASB guidance, we have elected to not separately disclose net cash provided by or used in operating, investing, and financing activities and the net effect of those cash flows on cash and cash equivalents for discontinued operations during the periods presented. For additional information regarding these transactions, see Note 3, “Business Acquisitions and Divestiture," to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Operating revenue for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $78,404.8 , an increase of $5,383.1 , or 7.4% , from the year ended December 31, 2014 . The increase in operating revenue was primarily a result of higher premium revenue in our Government Business segment, and, to a lesser extent, increased administrative fees in both our Commercial and Specialty Business and Government Business segments. These increases were partially offset by lower premium revenue in our Commercial and Specialty Business segment.
Net income for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $2,560.0 , a decrease of $9.7 , or 0.4% , from the year ended December 31, 2014 . The decrease in net income was primarily due to lower operating results in our Commercial and Specialty Business segment, higher income taxes, a decrease in net earnings from investment activities and increased interest expense. The decrease in net income was partially offset by an increase in the operating results of our Government Business segment and lower realized losses on the extinguishment of debt.
Our fully-diluted earnings per share, or EPS, for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $9.38 , an increase of $0.39 , or 4.3% , from the year ended December 31, 2014 . Our diluted shares for the year ended December 31, 2015 were 272.9 , a decrease of 13.0 , or 4.5% compared to the year ended December 31, 2014 . The increase in EPS resulted from the lower number of shares outstanding in 2015 due to share buyback activity under our share repurchase program, partially offset by the decrease in net income.
Operating cash flow for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $4,116.0 , or 1.6 times net income. Operating cash flow for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $3,369.3 , or 1.3 times net income. The increase in operating cash flow from 2014 of $746.7 was primarily attributable to an increase in premium receipts as a result of rate increases across our businesses designed to cover overall cost trends and the HIP Fee, and growth in membership. The increase in cash provided by operating activities was further attributable to the receipt of the reinsurance recoveries payment related to the 2014 Health Care Reform reinsurance premium stabilization program and payments made in 2014 that did not recur in 2015 for the adjudication of claims relating to the New York State contract conversion from our fully-insured Local Group business to a self-funded ASO contract. The increase in cash provided by operating activities was partially offset by an increase in claims payments, primarily as a result of membership growth, an increase in income tax payments and an increase in the annual HIP Fee payment.

- 49 -


Our results of operations discussed throughout this MD&A are determined in accordance with GAAP. We also calculate operating gain, which is a non-GAAP measure, to further aid investors in understanding and analyzing our core operating results and comparing them among periods. Operating gain is calculated as total operating revenue less benefit expense, and selling, general and administrative expense. We use this measure as a basis for evaluating segment performance, allocating resources, setting incentive compensation targets and forecasting future operating periods. This information is not intended to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for income before income tax expense, net income or EPS prepared in accordance with GAAP, and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. For additional details on operating gain, see our “Reportable Segments Results of Operations” discussion included in this MD&A. For a reconciliation of reportable segment operating gain to income from continuing operations before income tax expense, see Note 19, "Segment Information," to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
We intend to expand through a combination of organic growth, strategic acquisitions, including the pending acquisition of Cigna, and efficient use of capital in both existing and new markets. Our growth strategy is designed to enable us to take advantage of additional economies of scale as well as providing us access to new and evolving technologies and products. In addition, we believe geographic and product diversity reduces our exposure to local or regional regulatory, economic and competitive pressures and provides us with increased opportunities for growth. While we have achieved strong growth as a result of strategic mergers and acquisitions, we have also achieved organic growth in our existing markets over time by delivering excellent service, offering competitively priced products, providing access to high quality provider networks and effectively capitalizing on the brand strength of the Blue Cross and Blue Shield names and marks.
Significant Transactions
While Health Care Reform has caused significant changes to the U.S. health care system in recent years, the more significant transactions that have occurred over the last three years that have impacted or will impact our capital structure or that have or will influence how we conduct our business operations include:
Pending acquisition of Cigna expected to close in the second half of 2016;
Acquisition of Simply Healthcare (2015);
Board of Directors declaration of dividends on common stock (February 2016 and prior) and an increase in the quarterly dividend to $0.6500 per share (February 2016); authorization for repurchases of our common stock (2015 and prior); and debt repurchases and new debt issuance (2015 and prior); and
Divestiture of 1-800 CONTACTS (2014).
For additional information regarding these transactions, see Note 3, “Business Acquisitions and Divestiture,” Note 12, "Debt" and Note 14, “Capital Stock,” to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Membership
Our medical membership includes seven different customer types: Local Group, Individual, National Accounts, BlueCard ® , Medicare, Medicaid and FEP. BCBS-branded business generally refers to members in our service areas licensed by the BCBSA. Non-BCBS-branded business refers to Amerigroup, CareMore and Simply Healthcare members as well as HealthLink and UniCare members predominantly outside of our BCBSA service areas.
Local Group consists of those employer customers with less than 5% of eligible employees located outside of the headquarter state, as well as customers with more than 5% of eligible employees located outside of the headquarter state with up to 5,000 eligible employees. In addition, Local Group includes UniCare members and Employer Group Medicare Advantage members, or retired members of Local Group accounts who have selected a Medicare Advantage product. Local Group accounts are generally sold through brokers or consultants working with industry specialists from our in-house sales force and are offered both on and off the public exchanges. Local Group insurance premiums may be based on claims incurred by the group or sold on a self-insured basis. The customer’s buying decision is typically based upon the size and breadth of our networks, customer service, the quality of our medical management services, the administrative cost included in our quoted price, our financial stability, reputation

- 50 -


and our ability to effectively service large complex accounts. Local Group accounted for 39.5% , 40.4% and 41.3% of our medical members at December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively.
Individual consists of individual customers under age 65 and their covered dependents. Individual policies are generally sold through independent agents and brokers, retail partnerships, our in-house sales force or via the Internet. Individual business is sold on a fully-insured basis. We offer on-exchange products through public exchanges and off-exchange products. Federal premium subsidies are available only for certain public exchange Individual products. Individual customers are generally more sensitive to product pricing and, to a lesser extent, the configuration of the network, and the efficiency of administration. Customer turnover is generally higher with Individual as compared to Local Group. Individual business accounted for 4.3% , 4.8% and 4.9% of our medical members at December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively.
National Accounts generally consist of multi-state employer groups primarily headquartered in an Anthem service area with at least 5% of the eligible employees located outside of the headquarter state and with more than 5,000 eligible employees. Some exceptions are allowed based on broker and consultant relationships. Service area is defined as the geographic area in which we are licensed to sell BCBS products. National Accounts are generally sold through independent brokers or consultants retained by the customer working with our in-house sales force. We believe we have an advantage when competing for very large National Accounts due to the size and breadth of our networks and our ability to access the national provider networks of BCBS companies at their competitive local market rates. In addition, Employer Group Medicare Advantage members related to National Accounts groups are reported as part of National Accounts membership. The Employer Group Medicare Advantage members represent less than 1.0% of National Accounts membership. National Accounts represented 19.1% , 19.1% and 19.0% of our medical members at December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively.
BlueCard ® host customers represent enrollees of Blue Cross and/or Blue Shield plans not owned by Anthem who receive health care services in our BCBSA licensed markets. BlueCard ® membership consists of estimated host members using the national BlueCard ® program. Host members are generally members who reside in or travel to a state in which an Anthem subsidiary is the Blue Cross and/or Blue Shield licensee and who are covered under an employer-sponsored health plan issued by a non-Anthem controlled BCBSA licensee (i.e., the “home plan”). We perform certain administrative functions for BlueCard ® members, for which we receive administrative fees from the BlueCard ® members’ home plans. Other administrative functions, including maintenance of enrollment information and customer service, are performed by the home plan. Host members are computed using, among other things, the average number of BlueCard ® claims received per month. BlueCard ® host membership accounted for 14.0% , 14.1% and 14.2% of our medical members at December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively.
Medicare customers are Medicare-eligible individual members age 65 and over who have enrolled in Medicare Advantage, a managed care alternative for the Medicare program, who have purchased Medicare Supplement benefit coverage, some disabled members under age 65, or members of all ages with End Stage Renal Disease. We also include in the Medicare category members enrolled in our dual eligible Medicare-Medicaid Plans, or MMPs, in the states where we participate. Medicare Supplement policies are sold to Medicare recipients as supplements to the benefits they receive from the Medicare program. Rates are filed with and in some cases approved by state insurance departments. Most of the premium for Medicare Advantage is paid directly by the federal government on behalf of the participant who may also be charged a small premium. Medicare Supplement and Medicare Advantage products are marketed in the same manner, primarily through independent agents and brokers. Medicare business accounted for 3.7% , 3.7% and 4.0% of our medical members at December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively.
Medicaid membership represents eligible members who receive health care benefits through publicly funded health care programs, including Medicaid, TANF, SPD, LTSS, CHIP and Medicaid expansion programs. Total Medicaid program business accounted for 15.3% , 13.8% and 12.3% of our medical members at December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively.
FEP members consist of United States government employees and their dependents within our geographic markets through our participation in the national contract between the BCBSA and the U.S. Office of Personnel Management. FEP business accounted for 4.1% , 4.1% and 4.3% of our medical members at December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively.

- 51 -


In addition to reporting our medical membership by customer type, we report by funding arrangement according to the level of risk that we assume in the product contract. Our two principal funding arrangement categories are fully-insured and self-funded. Fully-insured products are products in which we indemnify our policyholders against costs for health benefits. Self-funded products are offered to customers, generally larger employers, who elect to retain most or all of the financial risk associated with their employees’ health care costs. Some self-funded customers choose to purchase stop loss coverage to limit their retained risk.
The following table presents our medical membership by customer type, funding arrangement and reportable segment as of December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 . Also included below is other membership by product. The medical membership and other membership presented are unaudited and in certain instances include estimates of the number of members represented by each contract at the end of the period.
 
 
December 31
 
2015 vs. 2014
 
2014 vs. 2013
(In thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
Change
 
% Change
 
Change
 
% Change
Medical Membership
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Customer Type
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Local Group
 
15,241

 
15,137

 
14,725

 
104

 
0.7
 %
 
412

 
2.8
 %
Individual
 
1,675

 
1,793

 
1,755

 
(118
)
 
(6.6
)%
 
38

 
2.2
 %
National:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
National Accounts
 
7,355

 
7,155

 
6,777

 
200

 
2.8
 %
 
378

 
5.6
 %
BlueCard ®
 
5,407

 
5,279

 
5,050

 
128

 
2.4
 %
 
229

 
4.5
 %
Total National
 
12,762

 
12,434

 
11,827

 
328

 
2.6
 %
 
607

 
5.1
 %
Medicare
 
1,439

 
1,404

 
1,441

 
35

 
2.5
 %
 
(37
)
 
(2.6
)%
Medicaid
 
5,914

 
5,193

 
4,378

 
721

 
13.9
 %
 
815

 
18.6
 %
FEP
 
1,568

 
1,538

 
1,527

 
30

 
2.0
 %
 
11

 
0.7
 %
Total Medical Membership by Customer Type
 
38,599

 
37,499

 
35,653

 
1,100

 
2.9
 %
 
1,846

 
5.2
 %
Funding Arrangement
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Self-Funded
 
23,666

 
22,800

 
20,294

 
866

 
3.8
 %
 
2,506

 
12.3
 %
Fully-Insured
 
14,933

 
14,699

 
15,359

 
234

 
1.6
 %
 
(660
)
 
(4.3
)%
Total Medical Membership by Funding Arrangement
 
38,599

 
37,499

 
35,653

 
1,100

 
2.9
 %
 
1,846

 
5.2
 %
Reportable Segment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and Specialty Business
 
29,678

 
29,364

 
28,307

 
314

 
1.1
 %
 
1,057

 
3.7
 %
Government Business
 
8,921

 
8,135

 
7,346

 
786

 
9.7
 %
 
789

 
10.7
 %
Total Medical Membership by Reportable Segment
 
38,599

 
37,499

 
35,653

 
1,100

 
2.9
 %
 
1,846

 
5.2
 %
Other Membership
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Life and Disability Members
 
4,849

 
4,762

 
4,819

 
87

 
1.8
 %
 
(57
)
 
(1.2
)%
Dental Members
 
5,206

 
4,995

 
4,895

 
211

 
4.2
 %
 
100

 
2.0
 %
Dental Administration Members
 
5,282

 
4,918

 
4,886

 
364

 
7.4
 %
 
32

 
0.7
 %
Vision Members
 
5,641

 
5,096

 
4,743

 
545

 
10.7
 %
 
353

 
7.4
 %
Medicare Advantage Part D Members
 
622

 
690

 
628

 
(68
)
 
(9.9
)%
 
62

 
9.9
 %
Medicare Part D Standalone Members
 
371

 
467

 
474

 
(96
)
 
(20.6
)%
 
(7
)
 
(1.5
)%

- 52 -


December 31, 2015 Compared to December 31, 2014
Medical Membership (in thousands)
During the year ended December 31, 2015 , total medical membership increased 1,100 , or 2.9% , primarily due to increases in our Medicaid, National Accounts, BlueCard ® and Local Group membership, partially offset by decreases in our Individual membership.
Self-funded medical membership increased 866 , or 3.8% , primarily due to increases in our Local Group self-funded accounts as a result of new sales and conversions of fully-insured contracts to self-funded administrative services only, or ASO, contracts, and growth in our National Accounts and BlueCard ®  membership.
Fully-insured membership increased 234 , or 1.6% , primarily due to growth in our Medicaid and Medicare businesses including membership acquired with the acquisition of Simply Healthcare, and increased sales in our Individual business ACA-compliant on- and off-exchange product offerings. These increases were partially offset by Local Group fully-insured membership declines, largely driven by conversions of fully-insured contracts to self-funded ASO contracts and our decision to exit the Georgia employer group Medicare product offering. The increase was further offset by attrition in our Individual business non-ACA-compliant product offerings.
Local Group membership increased 104 , or 0.7% , primarily due to increases in our self-funded accounts. The increase in membership was partially offset by attrition in our Small Group line of business resulting from product mix changes as members moved into Health Care Reform product offerings and competitive pressures. The increase was further offset by fully-insured membership declines resulting from our decision to exit the Georgia employer group Medicare product offering.
Individual membership decreased 118 , or 6.6% , primarily due to attrition in non-ACA-compliant product offerings, partially offset by increased sales in ACA-compliant on- and off-exchange product offerings.
National Accounts membership increased 200 , or 2.8% , primarily due to new sales and in-group change.
BlueCard ® membership increased 128 , or 2.4% , primarily due to favorable membership activity at other BCBSA plans whose members reside in or travel to our licensed areas.
Medicare membership increased 35 , or 2.5% , primarily due to membership acquired through the acquisition of Simply Healthcare and growth in our MMPs primarily due to commencement of operations in new dual eligible markets.
Medicaid membership increased 721 , or 13.9% , primarily due to commencement of operations in new markets including membership acquired through the acquisition of Simply Healthcare, and growth through Health Care Reform expansions.
FEP membership increased 30 , or 2.0% , primarily due to higher sales during open enrollment.
Other Membership (in thousands)
Our Other products are often ancillary to our health business and can therefore be impacted by corresponding changes in our medical membership.
Life and disability membership increased 87 , or 1.8% , primarily due to growth and higher sales in our Local Group business.
Dental membership increased 211 , or 4.2% , primarily due to new sales and growth in our Local Group and Individual businesses, partially offset by attrition in our off-exchange Local Group and Individual business product offerings.
Dental administration membership increased 364 , or 7.4% , primarily due to the acquisition of a large managed dental contract pursuant to which we provide dental administrative services.
Vision membership increased 545 , or 10.7% , primarily due to increased sales and penetration in our Medicare business, and growth in our Local Group, National Accounts and Individual businesses. These increases were partially offset by attrition in our off-exchange Local Group and Individual business product offerings.

- 53 -


Medicare Advantage Part D membership decreased 68 , or 9.9% , primarily due to membership declines resulting from our decision to exit the Georgia employer group Medicare product offering, partially offset by commencement of operations in new dual eligible markets and membership acquired through the acquisition of Simply Healthcare.
Medicare Part D standalone membership decreased 96 , or 20.6% , primarily due to our product repositioning strategies and select strategic actions in certain markets.
December 31, 2014 Compared to December 31, 2013
Medical Membership (in thousands)
During the year ended December 31, 2014 , total medical membership increased 1,846 , or 5.2% , primarily due to increases in our Medicaid, Local Group, National Accounts and BlueCard ® membership.
Self-funded medical membership increased 2,506 , or 12.3% , primarily due to increases in our Local Group self-funded accounts including the New York State contract conversion from a fully-insured contract to a self-funded ASO contract and the acquisition of a large state ASO contract, which both occurred in the first quarter of 2014. The increase was further attributable to growth in our National Accounts and BlueCard ® membership.
Fully-insured membership decreased 660 , or 4.3% , primarily due to the New York State contract conversion and Local Group membership losses as a result of affordability challenges affecting healthcare consumers. The decrease was partially offset by growth in our Medicaid business.
Local Group membership increased 412 , or 2.8% , primarily due to the acquisition of a large ASO state contract. This increase was partially offset by fully-insured membership declines resulting from affordability challenges affecting healthcare consumers.
Individual membership increased 38 , or 2.2% , primarily due to public exchange sales in the majority of our markets, partially offset by off-exchange lapses.
National Accounts membership increased 378 , or 5.6% , primarily due to new sales and in-group change partially offset by lapses.
BlueCard ® membership increased 229 , or 4.5% , primarily due to favorable membership activity at other BCBSA plans whose members reside in or travel to our licensed areas.
Medicare membership decreased 37 , or 2.6% , primarily due to our product repositioning strategy toward HMO product offerings and select service area reductions.
Medicaid membership increased 815 , or 18.6% , primarily due to market expansions and commencement of operations in new markets.
FEP membership increased 11 , or 0.7% , primarily due to favorable open enrollment. 
Other Membership (in thousands)
Our Other products are often ancillary to our health business and can therefore be impacted by corresponding changes in our medical membership.
Life and disability membership decreased 57 , or 1.2% , primarily due to higher lapses and in-group change in our Local Group and Individual businesses.
Dental membership increased 100 , or 2.0% , primarily due to new sales and growth in our Local Group and National Accounts businesses.
Dental administration membership increased 32 , or 0.7% , primarily due to membership expansion under current contracts.

- 54 -


Vision membership increased 353 , or 7.4% , primarily due to strong sales and in-group change in our Local Group and National Accounts businesses.
Medicare Advantage Part D membership increased 62 , or 9.9% , primarily due to the addition of a new state contract, partially offset by decreases in various markets due to our product repositioning strategy toward HMO product offerings and select service area reductions.
Medicare Part D standalone membership decreased 7 , or 1.5% , primarily due to competitive pressure in certain markets.
Cost of Care
The following discussion summarizes our aggregate underlying cost of care trends for the year ended December 31, 2015 for our Local Group fully-insured business only.
Our cost of care trends are calculated by comparing the year-over-year change in average per member per month claim costs. While our cost of care trend varies by geographic location, based on underlying medical cost trends, we estimate that our aggregate cost of care trend was in the lower half of the 6.5% to 7.5% range for the full year of 2015 . We anticipate that medical cost trends will be in the range of 7.0% to 7.5% in 2016.
Medical utilization, including pharmacy utilization, has been lower than in previous years. Consistent with prior years, provider rate increases were a primary driver of medical cost trends. We continually negotiate with hospitals and physicians to manage these cost trends. We commonly negotiate multi-year contracts with hospitals and physicians, minimizing annual fluctuations in medical cost trend. We remain committed to optimizing our reimbursement rates and strategies to help address the cost pressures faced by employers and consumers. Unit cost increases were also a driver of pharmacy cost. High cost Hepatitis C drug therapies also have put upward pressure on pharmacy trend.
In response to cost trends, we continue to pursue contracting and plan design changes, promote and implement performance-based contracts that reward clinical outcomes and quality, and expand our disease management and advanced care management programs. We are taking a leadership role in the area of payment reform as evidenced by our Enhanced Personal Health Care program. By establishing the primary care doctor as central to the coordination of a patient’s health care needs, the initiative builds on the success of current patient-centered medical home programs in helping to improve patient care while lowering costs.
A number of clinical management initiatives are in place to help mitigate inpatient trend. Focused review efforts continue in key areas, including targeting outlier facilities for length of stay and readmission, and high risk maternity and neonatal intensive care unit cases, among others. Additionally, we continue to refine our programs related to readmission management, focused behavioral health readmission reduction and post-discharge follow-up care.
Outpatient costs are a collection of different types of expenses, such as outpatient facilities, labs, x-rays, emergency room, occupational and physical therapy and many others. One example of the programs we have developed to mitigate outpatient costs is our Cancer Care Quality Program . This program, developed in collaboration with our subsidiary, AIM Specialty Health, identifies certain cancer treatment pathways selected based upon current medical evidence, peer-reviewed published literature, consensus guidelines and our clinical policies to support oncologists in identifying cancer treatment therapies that are highly effective and provide greater value.

- 55 -


Consolidated Results of Operations
Our consolidated summarized results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 are discussed in the following section.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change
 
 
Years Ended December 31
 
2015 vs. 2014
 
2014 vs. 2013
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
$
 
%
 
$
 
%
Total operating revenue
$
78,404.8

 
$
73,021.7

 
$
70,191.4

 
$
5,383.1

 
7.4
 %
 
$
2,830.3

 
4.0
 %
Net investment income
677.6

 
724.4

 
659.1

 
(46.8
)
 
(6.5
)%
 
65.3

 
9.9
 %
Net realized gains on investments
157.5

 
177.0

 
271.9

 
(19.5
)
 
(11.0
)%
 
(94.9
)
 
(34.9
)%
Other-than-temporary impairment losses on investments
(83.4
)
 
(49.0
)
 
(98.9
)
 
(34.4
)
 
(70.2
)%
 
49.9

 
50.5
 %
Total revenues
79,156.5

 
73,874.1

 
71,023.5

 
5,282.4

 
7.2
 %
 
2,850.6

 
4.0
 %
Benefit expense
61,116.9

 
56,854.9

 
56,237.1

 
4,262.0

 
7.5
 %
 
617.8

 
1.1
 %
Selling, general and administrative expense
12,534.8

 
11,748.4

 
9,952.9

 
786.4

 
6.7
 %
 
1,795.5

 
18.0
 %
Other expense
873.8

 
902.7

 
993.3

 
(28.9
)
 
(3.2
)%
 
(90.6
)
 
(9.1
)%
Total expenses
74,525.5

 
69,506.0

 
67,183.3

 
5,019.5

 
7.2
 %
 
2,322.7

 
3.5
 %
Income from continuing operations before income tax expense
4,631.0

 
4,368.1

 
3,840.2

 
262.9

 
6.0
 %
 
527.9

 
13.7
 %
Income tax expense
2,071.0

 
1,808.0

 
1,205.9

 
263.0

 
14.5
 %
 
602.1

 
49.9
 %
Income from continuing operations
2,560.0

 
2,560.1

 
2,634.3

 
(0.1
)
 
 %
 
(74.2
)
 
(2.8
)%
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax 2

 
9.6

 
(144.6
)
 
(9.6
)
 
NM 3

 
154.2

 
NM 3

Net income
$
2,560.0

 
$
2,569.7

 
$
2,489.7

 
$
(9.7
)
 
(0.4
)%
 
$
80.0

 
3.2
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average diluted shares outstanding
272.9

 
285.9

 
303.8

 
(13.0
)
 
(4.5
)%
 
(17.9
)
 
(5.9
)%
Diluted net income (loss) per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted - continuing operations
$
9.38

 
$
8.96

 
$
8.67

 
$
0.42

 
4.7
 %
 
$
0.29

 
3.3
 %
Diluted - discontinued operations 2

 
0.03

 
(0.47
)
 
(0.03
)
 
NM 3

 
0.50

 
NM 3

Diluted net income per share
$
9.38

 
$
8.99

 
$
8.20

 
$
0.39

 
4.3
 %
 
$
0.79

 
9.6
 %
Benefit expense ratio 4
83.3
%
 
83.1
%
 
85.1
%
 
 
 
20bp 5

 
 
 
(200)bp 5

Selling, general and administrative expense ratio 6  
16.0
%
 
16.1
%
 
14.2
%
 
 
 
(10)bp 5

 
 
 
(190)bp 5

Income from continuing operations before income taxes as a percentage of total revenue
5.9
%
 
5.9
%
 
5.4
%
 
 
 
0bp 5

 
 
 
50bp 5

Net income as a percentage of total revenue
3.2
%
 
3.5
%
 
3.5
%
 
 
 
(30)bp 5

 
 
 
0bp 5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certain of the following definitions are also applicable to all other results of operations tables in this discussion:
1
Includes interest expense, amortization of other intangible assets and gain/loss on extinguishment of debt.
2
The operating results of 1-800 CONTACTS are reported as discontinued operations as a result of the divestiture completed on January 31, 2014.
3
Calculation not meaningful.
4
Benefit expense ratio represents benefit expense as a percentage of premium revenue. Premiums for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 were $73,385.1 , $68,389.8 and $66,119.1 , respectively. Premiums are included in total operating revenue presented above.
5
bp = basis point; one hundred basis points = 1%.
6
Selling, general and administrative expense ratio represents selling, general and administrative expense as a percentage of total operating revenue.

- 56 -


Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2014
Total operating revenue increased $5,383.1 , or 7.4% , to $78,404.8 in 2015 , resulting primarily from higher premiums, and, to a lesser extent, increased administrative fees. Higher premiums were mainly due to membership increases across our Government Business segment, including membership obtained through the acquisition of Simply Healthcare, and rate increases across our businesses designed to cover overall cost trends and the increase in the HIP Fee. The increase in premiums was further attributable to membership increases in our ACA-compliant on- and off-exchange Individual business product offerings and refinement of estimates associated with Medicare risk score revenue in the prior year. The increase in premiums was offset, in part, by the fully-insured membership declines in our Local Group business, attrition in non-ACA-compliant Individual business product offerings and revised estimates made to accruals for the Health Care Reform risk adjustment premium stabilization program, including revised estimates of prior year accruals. The increase in administrative fees primarily resulted from rate increases and membership growth for self-funded members in our Local Group and National Accounts businesses.
Net investment income decreased $46.8 , or 6.5% , to $677.6 in 2015 , primarily due to lower income from alternative investments, partially offset by higher investment yields on fixed maturity securities. 
Net realized gains on investments decreased $19.5 , or 11.0% , to $157.5 in 2015 , primarily due to an increase in net realized losses on sales of fixed maturity securities, partially offset by an increase in net realized gains on sales of equity securities and settlements of derivative financial instruments.
Other-than-temporary impairment losses on investments increased $34.4 , or 70.2% , to $83.4 in 2015 , primarily due to an increase in impairment losses on equity and fixed maturity securities.
Benefit expense increased $4,262.0 , or 7.5% , to $61,116.9 in 2015 , primarily due to an increase in overall cost trends across our businesses, membership growth across our Government Business segment, including membership obtained through the acquisition of Simply Healthcare, and membership growth in our ACA-compliant on- and off-exchange Individual business product offerings. These increases were partially offset by the fully-insured membership declines in our Local Group business and non-ACA-compliant Individual business product offerings, as described above.
Our benefit expense ratio increased 20 basis points to 83.3% in 2015 , largely driven by changes in the mix of the product portfolio, higher than expected medical costs in our Individual business, and adjustments made to current and prior year accruals related to the Health Care Reform risk adjustment premium stabilization program. These increases were partially offset by improvement in our Local Group business and certain Medicare lines of business predominantly due to improved medical cost performance. The increase in the ratio was further offset by refinement of estimates associated with Medicare risk score revenue in the prior year.
Selling, general and administrative expense increased $786.4 , or 6.7% , to $12,534.8 in 2015 . Our selling, general and administrative expense ratio decreased 10 basis points to 16.0% in 2015 . The increase in the expense was primarily due to increased associate costs to support our growth in membership. The increase in expense was further due to net increases in Health Care Reform fees, primarily due to an increase in the HIP Fee of $314.2, and increased premium taxes as a result of the growth in premiums. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in assessments related to the Health Care Reform reinsurance premium stabilization program of $163.4. The decrease in the ratio was primarily due to the impact of Medicaid membership growth in our Government Business segment, which has a lower selling, general and administrative expense ratio than our consolidated average.
Other expense decreased $28.9 , or 3.2% , to $873.8 in 2015 , primarily due to changes in gains and losses on the extinguishment of debt. For the year ended December 31, 2015, we recognized net gains on extinguishment of debt of $9.3 compared to net losses on extinguishment of debt of $81.1 for the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease in other expense was partially offset by higher interest expense in 2015 driven by higher outstanding debt balances and the amortization of fees incurred for the obtainment of the bridge facility commitment letter and joinder agreement to partially fund the pending acquisition of Cigna. The decrease in other expense was further offset by an increase in amortization of intangible assets. For additional information related to our borrowings, see "Liquidity and Capital Resources , " below.
Income tax expense increased $263.0 , or 14.5% , to $2,071.0 in 2015 . The effective tax rates in 2015 and 2014 were 44.7% and 41.4% , respectively. The increase in income tax expense was primarily due to the increase of the non-tax

- 57 -


deductible HIP Fee, increased income before income taxes and increased state tax expense as a result of an adverse California franchise tax ruling. The increase in the effective tax rate for 2015 was primarily due to the increase in the non-tax deductible HIP fee and the state tax impact of the adverse California franchise tax ruling.
Our net income as a percentage of total revenue decreased 30 basis points to 3.2% in 2015 as compared to 2014 as a result of all factors discussed above.
Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2013
Total operating revenue increased $2,830.3 , or 4.0% to $73,021.7 in 2014 , resulting primarily from higher premiums and, to a lesser extent, increased administrative fees. Higher premiums were mainly due to rate increases across our businesses designed to cover overall cost trends and new fees associated with Health Care Reform, including HIP Fees reimbursed by Medicaid state plans. The increase in premiums was further attributable to membership increases in our Medicaid and Individual businesses. The increase in premiums was offset, in part, by fully-insured membership declines in our Local Group business as a result of the New York State contract conversion and affordability challenges affecting healthcare consumers. The increase was further offset by higher experience rated refunds in our Medicaid business, and lower premiums in our Medicare Advantage business primarily due to membership declines and a refinement of estimates associated with Medicare risk score revenue for prior years. The increase in administrative fees primarily resulted from membership growth in our Local Group business, including the New York State contract conversion and the acquisition of a large state ASO contract, which both occurred in the first quarter of 2014. The increase in administrative fees was further attributable to growth in our National Accounts business.
Net investment income increased $65.3 , or 9.9% , to $724.4 in 2014 , primarily due to higher income from alternative investments and higher investment yields. 
Net realized gains on investments decreased $94.9 , or 34.9% , to $177.0 in 2014 , primarily due to a decrease in net realized gains on sales of equity securities, partially offset by an increase in net realized gains on sales of fixed maturity securities.
Other-than-temporary impairment losses on investments decreased $49.9 , or 50.5% , to $49.0 in 2014 , primarily due to a decrease in impairment losses on certain joint venture investments and fixed maturity securities.
Benefit expense increased $617.8 , or 1.1% , to $56,854.9 in 2014 , primarily due to benefit cost trends across our businesses and membership growth in our Medicaid and Individual businesses. The increase in benefit expense was further a result of higher pharmacy costs primarily attributable to new high cost Hepatitis C drug therapies. These increases were partially offset by the fully-insured membership declines in our Local Group and Medicare Advantage businesses, as described above. In addition, the increase in benefit expense was offset, in part, by our estimate of reinsurance recoveries relating to the Health Care Reform reinsurance premium stabilization program of $753.4 for 2014.
Our benefit expense ratio decreased 200 basis points to 83.1% in 2014 , primarily due to rate increases across our businesses designed to cover overall cost trends and new fees associated with Health Care Reform, including additional premiums collected to help cover the non-tax deductible impact of the HIP Fee. The decrease was further attributable to better than expected medical cost trends in our Medicaid business. These improvements were partially offset by higher pharmacy costs primarily attributable to new high cost Hepatitis C drug therapies.
Selling, general and administrative expense increased $1,795.5 , or 18.0% , to $11,748.4 in 2014 . Our selling, general and administrative expense ratio increased 190 basis points to 16.1% in 2014 . The increases in the expense and ratio were both primarily due to new fees related to Health Care Reform that were effective January 1, 2014, including $893.3 for the HIP Fee and $447.7 of assessments related to the Health Care Reform reinsurance premium stabilization program.
Other expense decreased $90.6 , or 9.1% , to $902.7 in 2014 , primarily due to lower losses recognized on debt extinguishment associated with the early redemption and repurchase of outstanding senior unsecured notes. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, we recognized losses on extinguishment of debt of $ 81.1 and $ 145.3 , respectively. The decrease in other expense was further attributable to reduced amortization of certain other intangible assets acquired in prior years. For additional information related to our borrowings, see "Liquidity and Capital Resources , " below.

- 58 -


Income tax expense increased $602.1 , or 49.9% , to $1,808.0 in 2014 . The effective tax rates in 2014 and 2013 were 41.4% and 31.4% , respectively. The increase in income tax expense was primarily due to the non-tax deductible HIP Fee effective for 2014 and increased income before income taxes. The 2013 expense and effective tax rate were lower because they include benefits resulting from a favorable tax election made subsequent to the Amerigroup acquisition and from inclusion of Amerigroup in our state apportionment factors calculation, which produces a lower state tax expense. The increase in the effective tax rate for 2014 was primarily due to the non-tax deductible HIP fee.
Our net income as a percentage of total revenue was 3.5% in 2014 and 2013 as a result of all factors discussed above.  
Reportable Segments Results of Operations
We use operating gain to evaluate the performance of our reportable segments, which are Commercial and Specialty Business; Government Business; and Other. Operating gain, which is a non-GAAP measure, is calculated as total operating revenue less benefit expense and selling, general and administrative expense. It does not include net investment income, net realized gains/losses on investments, other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in income, interest expense, amortization of other intangible assets, loss on extinguishment of debt or income taxes, as these items are managed in a corporate shared service environment and are not the responsibility of operating segment management.
The discussion of segment results for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 presented below are based on operating gain, as described above, and operating margin, which is calculated as operating gain divided by operating revenue. Our definitions of operating gain and operating margin may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. For additional information, including a reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures, see Note 19, “Segment Information,” to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Our Commercial and Specialty Business, Government Business, and Other segments’ summarized results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 are as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31
 
2015 vs. 2014
 
2014 vs. 2013
 
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
$
 
%
 
$
 
%
Commercial and Specialty Business
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating revenue
$
37,570.8

 
$
39,199.6

 
$
39,404.2

 
$
(1,628.8
)
 
(4.2
)%
 
$
(204.6
)
 
(0.5
)%
Operating gain
$
2,854.0

 
$
3,260.9

 
$
3,176.4

 
$
(406.9
)
 
(12.5
)%
 
$
84.5

 
2.7
 %
Operating margin
7.6
%
 
8.3
%
 
8.1
%
 
 
 
(70
)bp
 
 
 
20
bp
Government Business
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating revenue
$
40,813.0

 
$
33,796.4

 
$
30,752.6

 
$
7,016.6

 
20.8
 %
 
$
3,043.8

 
9.9
 %
Operating gain
$
1,978.5

 
$
1,191.9

 
$
844.0

 
$
786.6

 
66.0
 %
 
$
347.9

 
41.2
 %
Operating margin
4.8
%
 
3.5
%
 
2.7
%
 
 
 
130
bp
 
 
 
80
bp
Other
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating revenue 1
$
21.0

 
$
25.7

 
$
34.6

 
$
(4.7
)
 
(18.3
)%
 
$
(8.9
)
 
(25.7
)%
Operating loss 2
$
(79.4
)
 
$
(34.4
)
 
$
(19.0
)
 
$
(45.0
)
 
130.8
 %
 
$
(15.4
)
 
81.1
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1
Fluctuations not material.
2
Fluctuations are primarily a result of changes in unallocated corporate expenses. The increase in 2015 was primarily due to transaction costs associated with our pending acquisition of Cigna.

- 59 -


Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2014
Commercial and Specialty Business
Operating revenue decreased $1,628.8 , or 4.2% , to $37,570.8 in 2015 , due in part to fully-insured membership declines in our Large Group business largely driven by the discontinuation of our Georgia employer group Medicare product offering. The decrease in operating revenue was further attributable to attrition in our Small Group line of business resulting from both product mix changes as members moved into Health Care Reform product offerings and competitive pressures. Additionally, operating revenue decreased as a result of attrition in non-ACA-compliant Individual business product offerings and revised estimates made to accruals for the Health Care Reform risk adjustment premium stabilization program, including revised estimates of prior year accruals. These decreases were partially offset by premium rate increases in our Individual and Local Group lines of business designed to cover overall cost trends and the increase in the HIP Fee. The decrease in operating revenue was further offset by membership growth in our ACA-compliant on- and off-exchange Individual business product offerings and increased administrative fees. The increase in administrative fees was primarily attributable to membership growth and rate increases for self-funded members in our Large Group and National Accounts businesses.
Operating gain decreased $406.9 , or 12.5% , to $2,854.0 in 2015 , primarily due to higher than expected medical costs in our Individual business, membership declines in our fully-insured Local Group and Individual lines of business and revised estimates made to current and prior year accruals related to the Health Care Reform risk adjustment premium stabilization program. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in operating gain in our Local Group business primarily due to improved medical cost performance. The increase in operating gain was further offset by increases in self-funded membership in our Local Group and National Accounts businesses.
The operating margin in 2015 was 7.6% , a 70 basis point decrease from 2014 , primarily due to the factors discussed in the preceding two paragraphs.
Government Business
Operating revenue increased $7,016.6 , or 20.8% , to $40,813.0 in 2015 . The increase in operating revenue was primarily due to increased premiums in our Medicaid business as a result of membership growth through commencement of operations in new markets including membership obtained through the acquisition of Simply Healthcare, membership growth through Health Care Reform expansions and membership growth in existing markets. The increase in Medicaid premiums was further due to rate increases designed to cover overall cost trends and the increase in the HIP Fee. The increase in operating revenue was further attributable to premium increases in our Medicare business as a result of rate increases designed to cover overall cost trends, the acquisition of Simply Healthcare and refinement of estimates associated with Medicare risk score revenue in the prior year. Finally, increased premiums in our FEP business primarily due to increased benefit utilization contributed to the increase in operating revenue.
Operating gain increased $786.6 , or 66.0% , to $1,978.5 in 2015 , primarily due to membership growth and improved medical cost performance in certain markets in our Medicaid and Medicare business, and refinement of estimates associated with Medicare risk score revenue in the prior year that did not recur in the current year. The increase in operating gain was further attributable to higher reimbursements for the non-tax deductible portion of the HIP Fee. These increases were partially offset by higher administrative costs to support our growth in membership.
The operating margin in 2015 was 4.8% , a 130 basis point increase over 2014 , primarily due to the factors discussed in the preceding two paragraphs.
Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2013
Commercial and Specialty Business
Operating revenue decreased $204.6 , or 0.5% , to $39,199.6 in 2014 , primarily due to fully-insured membership declines in our Local Group business resulting from the impact of the New York State contract conversion and affordability challenges affecting healthcare consumers. These decreases were partially offset by premium rate increases in our Local Group and Individual businesses designed to cover overall cost trends and new fees associated with Health Care Reform, and membership growth in our Individual business. The decrease in operating revenue was further offset by increased

- 60 -


administrative fees primarily resulting from membership growth in our Local Group business, including the acquisition of a large state ASO contract in the first quarter of 2014. The increase in administrative fees was further attributable to growth in our National Accounts business.
Operating gain increased $84.5 , or 2.7% , to $3,260.9 in 2014 , primarily as a result of improved performance in our Individual business reflecting our public exchange strategy implemented during the year, along with membership growth in self-funded products. The increase in operating gain was further attributable to additional premiums collected to help cover the non-tax deductible impact of the HIP Fee. These increases were partially offset by insured membership declines in our Local Group business, continued costs incurred associated with Health Care Reform market changes and higher pharmacy costs primarily attributable to new high cost Hepatitis C drug therapies.
The operating margin in 2014 was 8.3% , a 20 basis point increase over 2013 , primarily due to the factors discussed in the preceding two paragraphs.  
Government Business
Operating revenue increased $3,043.8 , or 9.9% , to $33,796.4 in 2014 , primarily due to increased premiums in our Medicaid and FEP businesses as a result of premium rate increases designed to cover overall cost trends and new fees associated with Health Care Reform. The increase in operating revenue was further attributable to membership growth in our Medicaid business and additional premiums collected to help cover the non-tax deductible impact of the HIP Fee. These increases were partially offset by higher experience rated refunds in our Medicaid business, lower premiums in our Medicare businesses, primarily due to membership declines in our Medicare Advantage business, and a refinement of estimates associated with Medicare risk score revenue for prior years.
Operating gain increased $347.9 , or 41.2% , to $1,191.9 in 2014 , primarily due to better than expected medical cost trends and membership growth in our Medicaid business. These increases were partially offset by higher pharmacy costs primarily attributable to new high cost Hepatitis C drug therapies, and a refinement of estimates associated with Medicare risk score revenue for prior years.
The operating margin in 2014 was 3.5% , an 80 basis point increase over 2013 , primarily due to the factors discussed in the preceding two paragraphs.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP. Application of GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes and within this MD&A. We consider our most important accounting policies that require significant estimates and management judgment to be those policies with respect to liabilities for medical claims payable, income taxes, goodwill and other intangible assets, investments and retirement benefits, which are discussed below. Our other significant accounting policies are summarized in Note 2, “Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies,” to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
We continually evaluate the accounting policies and estimates used to prepare the consolidated financial statements. In general, our estimates are based on historical experience, evaluation of current trends, information from third party professionals and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the known facts and circumstances.
Medical Claims Payable
The most subjective accounting estimate in our consolidated financial statements is our liability for medical claims payable. At December 31, 2015 , this liability was $7,569.8 and represented 19.6% of our total consolidated liabilities. We record this liability and the corresponding benefit expense for incurred but not paid claims, including the estimated costs of processing such claims. Incurred but not paid claims include (1) an estimate for claims that are incurred but not reported, as well as claims reported to us but not yet processed through our systems, which approximated 96.7%, or $7,317.0, of our total medical claims liability as of December 31, 2015 ; and (2) claims reported to us and processed through our systems but not yet paid, which approximated 3.3%, or $252.8, of the total medical claims payable as of December 31, 2015 . The level of

- 61 -


claims payable processed through our systems but not yet paid may fluctuate from one period end to the next, from approximately 1% to 5% of our total medical claims liability, due to timing of when claim payments are made.
Liabilities for both claims incurred but not reported and reported but not yet processed through our systems are determined in aggregate, employing actuarial methods that are commonly used by health insurance actuaries and meet Actuarial Standards of Practice. Actuarial Standards of Practice require that the claim liabilities be appropriate under moderately adverse circumstances. We determine the amount of the liability for incurred but not paid claims by following a detailed actuarial process that entails using both historical claim payment patterns as well as emerging medical cost trends to project our best estimate of claim liabilities. Under this process, historical paid claims data is formatted into “claim triangles,” which compare claim incurred dates to the dates of claim payments. This information is analyzed to create “completion factors” that represent the average percentage of total incurred claims that have been paid through a given date after being incurred. Completion factors are applied to claims paid through the period end date to estimate the ultimate claim expense incurred for the period. Actuarial estimates of incurred but not paid claim liabilities are then determined by subtracting the actual paid claims from the estimate of the ultimate incurred claims.  
For the most recent incurred months (typically the most recent two months), the percentage of claims paid for claims incurred in those months is generally low. This makes the completion factor methodology less reliable for such months. Therefore, incurred claims for recent months are not projected from historical completion and payment patterns; rather they are projected by estimating the claims expense for those months based on recent claims expense levels and health care trend levels, or “trend factors.”
Because the reserve methodology is based upon historical information, it must be adjusted for known or suspected operational and environmental changes. These adjustments are made by our actuaries based on their knowledge and their estimate of emerging impacts to benefit costs and payment speed. Circumstances to be considered in developing our best estimate of reserves include changes in utilization levels, unit costs, mix of business, benefit plan designs, provider reimbursement levels, processing system conversions and changes, claim inventory levels, claim processing patterns, claim submission patterns and operational changes resulting from business combinations. A comparison of prior period liabilities to re-estimated claim liabilities based on subsequent claims development is also considered in making the liability determination. In our comparison of prior year, the methods and assumptions are not changed as reserves are recalculated; rather the availability of additional paid claims information drives our changes in the re-estimate of the unpaid claim liability. To the extent appropriate, changes in such development are recorded as a change to current period benefit expense.
We regularly review and set assumptions regarding cost trends and utilization when initially establishing claim liabilities. We continually monitor and adjust the claims liability and benefit expense based on subsequent paid claims activity. If it is determined that our assumptions regarding cost trends and utilization are significantly different than actual results, our income statement and financial position could be impacted in future periods. Adjustments of prior year estimates may result in additional benefit expense or a reduction of benefit expense in the period an adjustment is made. Further, due to the considerable variability of health care costs, adjustments to claim liabilities occur each period and are sometimes significant as compared to the net income recorded in that period. Prior period development is recognized immediately upon the actuary’s judgment that a portion of the prior period liability is no longer needed or that an additional liability should have been accrued. That determination is made when sufficient information is available to ascertain that the re-estimate of the liability is reasonable.
While there are many factors that are used as a part of the estimation of our medical claims payable liability, the two key assumptions having the most significant impact on our incurred but not paid claims liability as of December 31, 2015 were the completion and trend factors. As discussed above, these two key assumptions can be influenced by other operational variables including system changes, provider submission patterns and business combinations.
There is variation in the reasonable choice of completion factors by duration for durations of three months through twelve months where the completion factors have the most significant impact. As previously discussed, completion factors tend to be less reliable for the most recent months and therefore are not specifically utilized for months one and two. In our analysis for the claim liabilities at December 31, 2015 , the variability in months three to five was estimated to be between 40 and 90 basis points, while months six through twelve have much lower variability ranging from 0 to 30 basis points.
The difference in completion factor assumptions, assuming moderately adverse experience, results in variability of 2%, or approximately $168.0, in the December 31, 2015 incurred but not paid claims liability, depending on the completion

- 62 -


factors chosen. It is important to note that the completion factor methodology inherently assumes that historical completion rates will be reflective of the current period. However, it is possible that the actual completion rates for the current period will develop differently from historical patterns and therefore could fall outside the possible variations described herein.
The other major assumption used in the establishment of the December 31, 2015 incurred but not paid claim liability was the trend factors. In our analysis for the period ended December 31, 2015 , there was a 330 basis point differential in the high and low trend factors assuming moderately adverse experience. This range of trend factors would imply variability of 4%, or approximately $337.0, in the incurred but not paid claims liability, depending upon the trend factors used. Because historical trend factors are often not representative of current claim trends, the trend experience for the most recent six to nine months, plus knowledge of recent events likely affecting current trends, have been taken into consideration in establishing the incurred but not paid claims liability at December 31, 2015
See Note 11, “Medical Claims Payable,” to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balance for medical claims payable for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 . Components of the total incurred claims for each year include amounts accrued for current year estimated claims expense as well as adjustments to prior year estimated accruals. In Note 11, “Medical Claims Payable,” the line labeled “Net incurred medical claims: Prior years redundancies” accounts for those adjustments made to prior year estimates. The impact of any reduction of “Net incurred medical claims: Prior years redundancies” may be offset as we establish the estimate of “Net incurred medical claims: Current year.” Our reserving practice is to consistently recognize the actuarial best estimate of our ultimate liability for our claims. When we recognize a release of the redundancy, we disclose the amount that is not in the ordinary course of business, if material.  
The ratio of current year medical claims paid as a percent of current year net medical claims incurred was 89.1% for 2015 , 89.4% for 2014 and 89.3% for 2013 . The decrease in this ratio for 2015 reflects slower claims processing that occurred over the most recent year.
We calculate the percentage of prior years’ redundancies in the current year as a percent of prior years' net incurred claims payable less prior years’ redundancies in the current year in order to demonstrate the development of the prior years’ reserves. This metric was 15.1% for the year ended December 31, 2015 , 9.7% for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 10.8% for the year ended December 31, 2013 . The year ended December 31, 2015 metric reflects a slightly higher level of conservatism compared to the targeted prior year reserve for adverse deviation and a resultant higher level of prior years' redundancies than the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.
We calculate the percentage of prior years’ redundancies in the current period as a percent of prior years’ net incurred medical claims to indicate the percentage of redundancy included in the preceding year calculation of current year net incurred medical claims. We believe this calculation supports the reasonableness of our prior year estimate of incurred medical claims and the consistency in our methodology. For the year ended December 31, 2015 , this metric was 1.4% , which was calculated using the redundancy of $800.2 . This metric was 1.0% for 2014 and 1.3% for 2013 .
The following table shows the variance between total net incurred medical claims as reported in Note 11, “Medical Claims Payable,” to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for each of 2014 and 2013 and the incurred claims for such years had it been determined retrospectively (computed as the difference between “net incurred medical claims – current year” for the year shown and “net incurred medical claims – prior years redundancies” for the immediately following year):
 
Years Ended December 31
 
2014
 
2013
Total net incurred medical claims, as reported
$
55,763.9

 
$
55,295.2

Retrospective basis, as described above
55,505.6

 
55,352.4

Variance
$
258.3

 
$
(57.2
)
Variance to total net incurred medical claims, as reported
0.5
%
 
(0.1
)%
Given that our business is primarily short tailed (which means that medical claims are generally paid within twelve months of the member receiving service from the provider), the variance to total net incurred medical claims, as reported

- 63 -


above, is used to assess the reasonableness of our estimate of ultimate incurred medical claims for a given calendar year with the benefit of one year of experience. We expect that substantially all of the development of the 2015 estimate of medical claims payable will be known during 2016 .
The 2014 variance to total net incurred medical claims, as reported of 0.5% was greater in absolute value than the 2013 percentage of (0.1)% . The higher 2014 variance was driven by a higher level of prior year redundancies in 2015 associated with 2014 claim payments. Prior year redundancies in 2013 associated with 2012 claim payments were lower by comparison, thus creating a lower 2013 variance.
Income Taxes
We account for income taxes in accordance with FASB guidance, which requires, among other things, the separate recognition of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities. Such deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities represent the tax effect of temporary differences between financial reporting and tax reporting measured at tax rates enacted at the time the deferred tax asset or liability is recorded. A valuation allowance must be established for deferred tax assets if it is “more likely than not” that all or a portion may be unrealized. Our judgment is required in determining an appropriate valuation allowance.
At each financial reporting date, we assess the adequacy of the valuation allowance by evaluating each of our deferred tax assets based on the following:
the types of temporary differences that created the deferred tax asset;
the amount of taxes paid in prior periods and available for a carry-back claim;
the forecasted future taxable income, and therefore, likely future deduction of the deferred tax item; and
any significant other issues impacting the likely realization of the benefit of the temporary differences.
We, like other companies, frequently face challenges from tax authorities regarding the amount of taxes due. These challenges include questions regarding the timing and amount of deductions that we have taken on our tax returns. In evaluating any additional tax liability associated with various positions taken in our tax return filings, we record additional liabilities for potential adverse tax outcomes. Based on our evaluation of our tax positions, we believe we have appropriately accrued for uncertain tax benefits, as required by the guidance. To the extent we prevail in matters we have accrued for, our future effective tax rate would be reduced and net income would increase. If we are required to pay more than accrued, our future effective tax rate would increase and net income would decrease. Our effective tax rate and net income in any given future period could be materially impacted.
In the ordinary course of business, we are regularly audited by federal and other tax authorities, and from time to time, these audits result in proposed assessments. We believe our tax positions comply with applicable tax law and we intend to defend our positions vigorously through the federal, state and local appeals processes. We believe we have adequately provided for any reasonable foreseeable outcome related to these matters. Accordingly, although their ultimate resolution may require additional tax payments, we do not anticipate any material impact on our results of operations from these matters.
For additional information, see Note 7, “Income Taxes,” to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Our consolidated goodwill at December 31, 2015 was $17,562.2 and other intangible assets were $8,158.0 . The sum of goodwill and other intangible assets represented 41.7% of our total consolidated assets and 111.6% of our consolidated shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2015 .
We follow FASB guidance for business combinations and goodwill and other intangible assets, which specifies the types of acquired intangible assets that are required to be recognized and reported separately from goodwill. Under the guidance, goodwill and other intangible assets (with indefinite lives) are not amortized but are tested for impairment at least annually. Furthermore, goodwill and other intangible assets are allocated to reporting units for purposes of the annual impairment test. Our impairment tests require us to make assumptions and judgments regarding the estimated fair value of our reporting units,

- 64 -


which include goodwill and other intangible assets. In addition, certain other intangible assets with indefinite lives, such as trademarks, are also tested separately.
We complete our annual impairment tests of existing goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives during the fourth quarter of each year. These tests involve the use of estimates related to the fair value of goodwill at the reporting unit level and other intangible assets with indefinite lives, and require a significant degree of management judgment and the use of subjective assumptions. Certain interim impairment tests are also performed when potential impairment indicators exist or changes in our business or other triggering events occur.
Fair value is estimated using the income and market approaches for goodwill at the reporting unit level and the income approach for our indefinite lived intangible assets. Use of the income and market approaches for our goodwill impairment test reflects our view that both valuation methodologies provide a reasonable estimate of fair value. The income approach is developed using assumptions about future revenue, expenses and net income derived from our internal planning process. These estimated future cash flows are then discounted. Our assumed discount rate is based on our industry’s weighted-average cost of capital. Market valuations are based on observed multiples of certain measures including membership, revenue and EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) and include market comparisons to publicly traded companies in our industry.
We did not incur any impairment losses as a result of our 2015 annual impairment tests as the estimated fair values of our reporting units were substantially in excess of the carrying values as of December 31, 2015 . Additionally, we do not believe that the estimated fair values of our reporting units are at risk of becoming impaired in the next twelve months. However, as a result of certain provisions of Health Care Reform, along with current economic conditions, we have experienced lower operating margins in certain lines of business. Those margins could become further compressed if results from implementation of Health Care Reform are significantly different than anticipated. As a result, the estimated fair values of certain of our reporting units with goodwill could fall below their carrying values in future periods and if that were to occur, we would be required to record impairment losses at that time.
While we believe we have appropriately allocated the purchase price of our acquisitions, this allocation requires many assumptions to be made regarding the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired. In addition, estimated fair values developed based on our assumptions and judgments might be significantly different if other reasonable assumptions and estimates were to be used. If estimated fair values are less than the carrying values of goodwill and other intangibles with indefinite lives in future annual impairment tests, or if significant impairment indicators are noted relative to other intangible assets subject to amortization, we may be required to record impairment losses against future income.
For additional information, see Note 3, "Business Acquisitions and Divestiture" and Note 9, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  
Investments
Current and long-term available-for-sale investment securities were $18,951.0 at December 31, 2015 and represented 30.7% of our total consolidated assets at December 31, 2015 . We classify fixed maturity and equity securities in our investment portfolio as “available-for-sale” or “trading” and report those securities at fair value. Certain fixed maturity securities are available to support current operations and, accordingly, we classify such investments as current assets without regard to their contractual maturity. Investments used to satisfy contractual, regulatory or other requirements are classified as long-term, without regard to contractual maturity.
We review investment securities to determine if declines in fair value below cost are other-than-temporary. This review is subjective and requires a high degree of judgment. We conduct this review on a quarterly basis, using both qualitative and quantitative factors, to determine whether a decline in value is other-than-temporary. Such factors considered include the length of time and the extent to which a security’s market value has been less than its cost, the reasons for the decline in value (i.e., credit event compared to liquidity, general credit spread widening, currency exchange rate or interest rate factors), financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, including the credit ratings and changes in the credit ratings of the issuer, recommendations of investment advisors, and forecasts of economic, market or industry trends. In addition, for equity securities, we determine whether we have the intent and ability to hold the security for a period of time to allow for a

- 65 -


recovery of its fair value above its carrying amount. If any declines of equity securities are determined to be other-than-temporary, we charge the losses to income when that determination is made.
Certain FASB other-than-temporary impairment, or OTTI, guidance applies to fixed maturity securities and provides guidance on the recognition, presentation of, and disclosures for OTTIs. If a fixed maturity security is in an unrealized loss position and we have the intent to sell the fixed maturity security, or it is more likely than not that we will have to sell the fixed maturity security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the decline in value is deemed to be other-than-temporary and is presented within the Other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in income line item on our consolidated statements of income. For impaired fixed maturity securities that we do not intend to sell or it is more likely than not that we will not have to sell such securities, but we expect that we will not fully recover the amortized cost basis, the credit component of the OTTI is presented within the Other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in income line item on our consolidated statements of income and the non-credit component of the OTTI is recognized in other comprehensive income. Furthermore, unrealized losses entirely caused by non-credit related factors related to fixed maturity securities for which we expect to fully recover the amortized cost basis continue to be recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income
The credit component of an OTTI is determined primarily by comparing the net present value of projected future cash flows with the amortized cost basis of the fixed maturity security. The net present value is calculated by discounting our best estimate of projected future cash flows at the effective interest rate implicit in the fixed maturity security at the date of acquisition. For mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, cash flow estimates are based on assumptions regarding the underlying collateral including prepayment speeds, vintage, type of underlying asset, geographic concentrations, default rates, recoveries and changes in value. For all other debt securities, cash flow estimates are driven by assumptions regarding probability of default, including changes in credit ratings, and estimates regarding timing and amount of recoveries associated with a default.
We have a committee of accounting and investment associates and management that is responsible for managing the impairment review process. The current economic environment and volatility of securities markets increase the difficulty of assessing investment impairment and the same influences tend to increase the risk of potential impairment of these assets.
We believe we have adequately reviewed our investment securities for impairment and that our investment securities are carried at fair value. However, over time, the economic and market environment may provide additional insight regarding the fair value of certain securities, which could change our judgment regarding impairment. This could result in other-than-temporary impairment losses on investments being charged against future income. Given the current market conditions and the significant judgments involved, there is continuing risk that further declines in fair value may occur and additional, material other-than-temporary impairment losses on investments may be recorded in future periods.
In addition to available-for-sale investment securities, we held additional long-term investments of $2,041.1 , or 3.3% of total consolidated assets, at December 31, 2015 . These long-term investments consisted primarily of certain other equity investments, cash surrender value of corporate-owned life insurance policies and real estate. Due to their less liquid nature, these investments are classified as long-term.
Through our investing activities, we are exposed to financial market risks, including those resulting from changes in interest rates and changes in equity market valuations. We manage the market risks through our investment policy, which establishes credit quality limits and limits on investments in individual issuers. Ineffective management of these risks could have an impact on our future earnings and financial position. Our investment portfolio includes fixed maturity securities with a fair value of $17,478.2 at December 31, 2015 . The weighted-average credit rating of these securities was “A” as of December 31, 2015 . Included in this balance are investments in fixed maturity securities of states, municipalities and political subdivisions, mortgage-backed securities, and corporate securities of $1,483.5, $3.2 and $0.3, respectively, that are guaranteed by third parties. With the exception of twenty-seven securities with a fair value of $11.5, these securities are all investment-grade and carry a weighted-average credit rating of “AA” as of December 31, 2015 . The securities are guaranteed by a number of different guarantors and we do not have any significant exposure to any single guarantor (neither indirect through the guarantees, nor direct through investment in the guarantor). Further, due to the high underlying credit rating of the issuers, the weighted-average credit rating of these securities without a guarantee was “AA” as of December 31, 2015 for the securities for which such information is available.

- 66 -


At December 31, 2015 , we owned $777.2 of energy sector fixed maturity securities out of a total available-for-sale investment portfolio of $18,951.0 . These energy sector securities had accumulated net unrealized losses of $172.0 and have the potential for material future credit loss impairments if oil and natural gas prices stay at current levels or are further suppressed.
Fair values of available-for-sale fixed maturity and equity securities are based on quoted market prices, where available. These fair values are obtained primarily from third party pricing services, which generally use Level I or Level II inputs for the determination of fair value in accordance with FASB guidance for fair value measurements and disclosures. We have controls in place to review the pricing services’ qualifications and procedures used to determine fair values. In addition, we periodically review the pricing services’ pricing methodologies, data sources and pricing inputs to ensure the fair values obtained are reasonable.
We obtain only one quoted price for each security from the pricing services, which are derived through recently reported trades for identical or similar securities making adjustments through the reporting date based upon available market observable information. For securities not actively traded, the pricing services may use quoted market prices of comparable instruments or discounted cash flow analyses, incorporating inputs that are currently observable in the markets for similar securities. Inputs that are often used in the valuation methodologies include, but are not limited to, broker quotes, benchmark yields, credit spreads, default rates and prepayment speeds. As we are responsible for the determination of fair value, we perform monthly analysis on the prices received from the pricing services to determine whether the prices are reasonable estimates of fair value. Our analysis includes a review of month-to-month price fluctuations. If unusual fluctuations are noted in this review, we may obtain additional information from other pricing services to validate the quoted price. There were no adjustments to quoted market prices obtained from the pricing services during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 .
In certain circumstances, it may not be possible to derive pricing model inputs from observable market activity, and therefore, such inputs are estimated internally. Such securities are designated Level III in accordance with FASB guidance. Securities designated Level III at December 31, 2015 totaled $315.8 and represented approximately 1.5% of our total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Our Level III securities primarily consisted of certain corporate securities, equity securities and structured securities for which observable inputs were not always available and the fair values of these securities were estimated using internal estimates for inputs including, but not limited to, prepayment speeds, credit spreads, default rates and benchmark yields.
For additional information, see Part II, Item 7A “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk”, and Part II, Item 8, Note 2, “Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies,” Note 4, “Investments,” and Note 6, “Fair Value,” to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Retirement Benefits
Pension Benefits
We sponsor defined benefit pension plans for some of our employees. These plans are accounted for in accordance with FASB guidance for retirement benefits, which requires that amounts recognized in financial statements be determined on an actuarial basis. As permitted by the guidance, we calculate the value of plan assets as described below. Further, the difference between our expected rate of return and the actual performance of plan assets, as well as certain changes in pension liabilities, are amortized over future periods. 
An important factor in determining our pension expense is the assumption for expected long-term return on plan assets. As of our December 31, 2015 measurement date, we selected a weighted-average long-term rate of return on plan assets of 7.84% . We use a total portfolio return analysis in the development of our assumption. Factors such as past market performance, the long-term relationship between fixed maturity and equity securities, interest rates, inflation and asset allocations are considered in the assumption. The assumption includes an estimate of the additional return expected from active management of the investment portfolio. Peer data and an average of historical returns are also reviewed for appropriateness of the selected assumption. We believe our assumption of future returns is reasonable. However, if we lower our expected long-term return on plan assets, future contributions to the pension plan and pension expense would likely increase.

- 67 -


This assumed long-term rate of return on assets is applied to a calculated value of plan assets, which recognizes changes in the fair value of plan assets in a systematic manner over three years, producing the expected return on plan assets that is included in the determination of pension expense. We apply a corridor approach to amortize unrecognized actuarial gains or losses. Under this approach, only accumulated net actuarial gains or losses in excess of 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the fair value of plan assets are amortized over the average remaining service or lifetime of the workforce as a component of pension expense. The net deferral of past asset gains or losses affects the calculated value of plan assets and, ultimately, future pension expense. 
The discount rate reflects the current rate at which the pension liabilities could be effectively settled at the end of the year based on our most recent measurement date. At the December 31, 2015 measurement date, the selected weighted-average discount rate was 3.92% , compared to 3.66% at the December 31, 2014 measurement date. We developed this rate using a yield curve approach. Using yields available on high-quality fixed maturity securities with various maturity dates, the yield curve approach provides a “customized” rate, which is meant to match the expected cash flows of our specific benefit plans. The net effect of changes in the discount rate, as well as the net effect of other changes in actuarial assumptions and experience, have been deferred and amortized as a component of pension expense in accordance with FASB guidance.
In managing the plan assets, our objective is to be a responsible fiduciary while minimizing financial risk. Plan assets include a diversified mix of investment grade fixed maturity securities, equity securities and alternative investments across a range of sectors and levels of capitalization to maximize the long-term return for a prudent level of risk.  In addition to producing a reasonable return, the investment strategy seeks to minimize the volatility in our expense and cash flow.
Other Postretirement Benefits
We provide most associates with certain medical, vision and dental benefits upon retirement. We use various actuarial assumptions, including a discount rate and the expected trend in health care costs, to estimate the costs and benefit obligations for our retiree benefits.
At our December 31, 2015 measurement date, the selected discount rate for all plans was 4.01% , compared to a discount rate of 3.74% at the December 31, 2014 measurement date. We developed this rate using a yield curve approach as described above.
The assumed health care cost trend rates used to measure the expected cost of pre-Medicare (those who are not currently eligible for Medicare benefits) other benefits at our December 31, 2015 measurement date was 8.00% for 2016 with a gradual decline to 4.50% by the year 2028 . The assumed health care cost trend rates used to measure the expected cost of post-Medicare (those who are currently eligible for Medicare benefits) other benefits at our December 31, 2015 measurement date was 5.75% for 2016 with a gradual decline to 4.50% by the year 2021 . These estimated trend rates are subject to change in the future. The health care cost trend rate assumption has a significant effect on the amounts reported. For example, an increase in the assumed health care cost trend rate of one percentage point would increase the postretirement benefit obligation as of December 31, 2015 by $45.0 and would increase service and interest costs by $2.2 . Conversely, a decrease in the assumed health care cost trend rate of one percentage point would decrease the postretirement benefit obligation by $38.3 as of December 31, 2015 and would decrease service and interest costs by $1.8 .
For additional information regarding our retirement benefits, see Note 10, “Retirement Benefits,” to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
New Accounting Pronouncements
For information regarding new accounting pronouncements that were issued or became effective during the year ended December 31, 2015 that had, or are expected to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or financial statement disclosures, see the “ Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance ” and “ Recent Accounting Guidance Not Yet Adopted ” sections of Note 2, “Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies” to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

- 68 -


Liquidity and Capital Resources
Introduction
Our cash receipts result primarily from premiums, administrative fees, investment income, other revenue, proceeds from the sale or maturity of our investment securities, proceeds from borrowings, and proceeds from the issuance of common stock under our employee stock plans. Cash disbursements result mainly from claims payments, administrative expenses, taxes, purchases of investment securities, interest expense, payments on borrowings, acquisitions, capital expenditures, repurchases of our debt securities and common stock and the payment of cash dividends. Cash outflows fluctuate with the amount and timing of settlement of these transactions. Any future decline in our profitability would likely have an unfavorable impact on our liquidity.
We manage our cash, investments and capital structure so we are able to meet the short and long-term obligations of our business while maintaining financial flexibility and liquidity. We forecast, analyze and monitor our cash flows to enable investment and financing within the overall constraints of our financial strategy.
A substantial portion of the assets held by our regulated subsidiaries are in the form of cash and cash equivalents and investments. After considering expected cash flows from operating activities, we generally invest cash that exceeds our near term obligations in longer term marketable fixed maturity securities to improve our overall investment income returns. Our investment strategy is to make investments consistent with insurance statutes and other regulatory requirements, while preserving our asset base. Our investments are generally available-for-sale to meet liquidity and other needs. Our subsidiaries pay out excess capital annually in the form of dividends to their respective parent companies for general corporate use, as permitted by applicable regulations.
The availability of financing in the form of debt or equity is influenced by many factors including our profitability, operating cash flows, debt levels, debt ratings, contractual restrictions, regulatory requirements and market conditions. The securities and credit markets have been experiencing higher than normal volatility. During recent years, the federal government and various governmental agencies have taken a number of steps to restore liquidity in the financial markets and to help relieve the credit crisis and strengthen the regulation of the financial services market. In addition, governments around the world have developed their own plans to provide liquidity and security in the credit markets and to ensure adequate capital in certain financial institutions. 
We have a $2,500.0 commercial paper program. Should commercial paper issuance be unavailable, we have the ability to use a combination of cash on hand and/or our $3,500.0 senior revolving credit facility to redeem any outstanding commercial paper upon maturity. Additionally, we believe the lenders participating in our credit facility would be willing and able to provide financing in accordance with their legal obligations. In addition to the $3,500.0 senior revolving credit facility, we estimate that we will receive approximately $2,100.0 of dividends from our subsidiaries during 2016 , which also provides further operating and financial flexibility. 
The table below outlines the cash flows provided by or used in operating, investing and financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 :
 
Years Ended December 31
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Cash flows provided by (used in):
 
 
 
 
 
Operating activities
$
4,116.0

 
$
3,369.3

 
$
3,052.3

Investing activities
(1,151.5
)
 
(974.9
)
 
(2,234.4
)
Financing activities
(2,997.4
)
 
(1,822.5
)
 
(1,717.8
)
Effect of foreign exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents
(5.3
)
 
(7.1
)
 
2.2

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
$
(38.2
)
 
$
564.8

 
$
(897.7
)

- 69 -


Liquidity—Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2014
  During the year ended December 31, 2015 , net cash flow provided by operating activities was $4,116.0 , compared to $3,369.3 for the year ended December 31, 2014 , an increase of $746.7 . The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in premium receipts as a result of rate increases across our businesses designed to cover overall cost trends and the HIP Fee, and growth in membership. The increase in cash provided by operating activities was further attributable to the receipt of the reinsurance recoveries payment related to the 2014 Health Care Reform reinsurance premium stabilization program and payments made in 2014 that did not recur in 2015 for the adjudication of claims relating to the New York State contract conversion from our fully-insured Local Group business to a self-funded ASO contract. The increase in cash provided by operating activities was partially offset by an increase in claims payments, primarily as a result of membership growth, an increase in income tax payments and an increase in the annual HIP Fee payment.
Net cash flow used in investing activities was $1,151.5 during the year ended December 31, 2015 , compared to $974.9 for the year ended December 31, 2014 . The increase in cash flow used in investing activities of $176.6 primarily resulted from changes in cash flows relating to the purchase and sale of subsidiaries. Cash utilized for the purchase of subsidiaries during the year ended December 31, 2015 primarily related to the purchase of Simply Healthcare. During the year ended December 31, 2014 , cash was provided by the sale of our 1-800 CONTACTS business and glasses.com related assets. The increase in cash flow used in investing activities was partially offset by changes in securities lending collateral and a decrease in net purchases of investments.
Net cash flow used in financing activities was $2,997.4 during the year ended December 31, 2015 , compared to $1,822.5 for the year ended December 31, 2014 . The increase in cash flow used in financing activities of $1,174.9 primarily resulted from changes in long-term borrowings as a result of net repayments of long-term borrowings during 2015 compared to net proceeds from long-term borrowings during 2014. The increase in cash flow used in financing activities was further attributable to changes in securities lending payable, changes in bank overdrafts, an increase in cash dividends paid to shareholders and a decrease in proceeds from the issuance of common stock under our employee stock plans. The increase in cash flow used in financing activities was partially offset by a decrease in common stock repurchases, an increase in net proceeds from commercial paper borrowings, an increase in net proceeds from short-term borrowings and an increase in excess tax benefits from share-based compensation.
Liquidity— Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2013
During the year ended December 31, 2014 , net cash flow provided by operating activities was $3,369.3 , compared to $3,052.3 for the year ended December 31, 2013 , an increase of $317.0 . This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in premium receipts as a result of rate increases across our businesses designed to cover overall cost trends and new fees associated with Health Care Reform and an increase in administrative fee receipts primarily as a result of growth in membership. The increase in cash provided by operating activities was offset, in part, by payments for new fees associated with Health Care Reform, including the HIP Fee and assessments related to the Health Care Reform reinsurance premium stabilization program. The increase was further offset by an increase in claims payments primarily as a result of membership growth, an increase in personnel service costs and an increase in income taxes paid.
Net cash flow used in investing activities was $974.9 during the year ended December 31, 2014 , compared to $2,234.4 for the year ended December 31, 2013 . The decrease in cash flow used in investing activities of $1,259.5 primarily resulted from cash provided by the sale of our 1-800 CONTACTS business and glasses.com related assets on January 31, 2014 and a decrease in net purchases of investments, partially offset by changes in securities lending collateral.
Net cash flow used in financing activities was $1,822.5 during the year ended December 31, 2014 , compared to $1,717.8 for the year ended December 31, 2013 . The increase in cash flow used in financing activities of $104.7 primarily resulted from an increase in common stock repurchases, a decrease in proceeds from the issuance of common stock under our employee stock plans and an increase in net repayments of commercial paper borrowings. These increases in net cash used in financing activities were partially offset by changes in short- and long-term borrowings as a result of net proceeds received from long-term borrowings during 2014 compared to net repayments of short- and long-term borrowings during 2013. In addition, the increase in net cash flow used in financing activities was partially offset by changes in bank overdrafts and changes in securities lending payable.

- 70 -


Financial Condition  
We maintained a strong financial condition and liquidity position, with consolidated cash, cash equivalents and investments, including long-term investments, of $23,124.7 at December 31, 2015 . Since December 31, 2014 , total cash, cash equivalents and investments, including long-term investments, decreased by $653.0 primarily due to common stock repurchases, net repayments of short- and long-term borrowings, cash dividends paid to shareholders, the acquisition of Simply Healthcare, purchases of property and equipment, decreases in bank overdrafts and decreases in securities lending payables. These decreases were partially offset by cash generated from operations, net proceeds received from commercial paper borrowings, decreases in securities lending collateral, proceeds from issuance of common stock under employee stock plans and excess tax benefits from share-based compensation.
Many of our subsidiaries are subject to various government regulations that restrict the timing and amount of dividends and other distributions that may be paid to their respective parent companies. Certain accounting practices prescribed by insurance regulatory authorities, or statutory accounting practices, differ from GAAP. Changes that occur in statutory accounting practices, if any, could impact our subsidiaries' future dividend capacity. In addition, we have agreed to certain undertakings to regulatory authorities, including the requirement to maintain certain capital levels in certain of our subsidiaries.
At December 31, 2015 , we held $1,368.3 of cash, cash equivalents and investments at the parent company, which are available for general corporate use, including investment in our businesses, acquisitions, potential future common stock repurchases and dividends to shareholders, repurchases of debt securities and debt and interest payments. 
Debt
During the year ended December 31, 2015 , we repurchased $920.0 of the aggregate principal balance of our outstanding senior convertible debentures due 2042, or the Debentures. In addition, $66.6 aggregate principal balance was surrendered for conversion by certain holders in accordance with the terms and provisions of the indenture governing the Debentures. We elected to settle the excess of the principal amount of the repurchases and conversions with cash for total payments of $2,055.7 . We recognized a gain on the extinguishment of debt related to the Debentures of $12.7 , based on the fair values of the debt on the repurchase and conversion settlement dates.
On September 10, 2015, we repaid, upon maturity, the $625.0 outstanding principal balance of our 1.25% senior unsecured notes due 2015. Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2015 , we repurchased $13.0 of outstanding principal balance of certain other senior unsecured notes, plus applicable premium, accrued and unpaid interest, for cash totaling $16.2 . We recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of $3.4 on the repurchase of these notes.
On May 12, 2015, we issued 25.0 Equity Units, pursuant to an underwriting agreement dated May 6, 2015, in an aggregate principal amount of $1,250.0 . Each Equity Unit has a stated amount of $50 (whole dollars) and consists of a purchase contract obligating the holder to purchase a certain number of shares of our common stock on May 1, 2018, subject to earlier termination or settlement, for a price in cash of $50 (whole dollars); and a 5% undivided beneficial ownership interest in $1,000 (whole dollars) principal amount of our 1.900% remarketable subordinated notes, or RSNs, due 2028. We received $1,228.8 in cash proceeds from the issuance of the Equity Units, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us, and recorded $1,250.0 in long-term debt.
On September 15, 2014, we redeemed the $500.0 outstanding principal balance of our 5.000% senior unsecured notes due 2014, plus applicable premium for early redemption and accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, for cash totaling $512.3. We recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of $2.3 on the redemption of these notes.
On September 11, 2014, we redeemed the $1,097.9 outstanding principal balance of our 5.250% senior unsecured notes due 2016, plus applicable premium for early redemption and accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, for cash totaling $1,178.2. We recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of $67.6 on the redemption of these notes.
Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2014, we repurchased $52.0 of outstanding principal amount of certain other senior unsecured notes, plus applicable premium for early redemption plus accrued and unpaid interest, for cash totaling $61.0. We recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of $11.2 for the year ended December 31, 2014 on the repurchase of these notes.

- 71 -


On August 12, 2014, we issued $850.0 of 2.250% notes due 2019, $800.0 of 3.500% notes due 2024, $800.0 of 4.650% notes due 2044, and $250.0 of 4.850% notes due 2054 under our shelf registration statement. We used the proceeds from this offering in part to fund the purchase price of the 5.000% and 5.250% senior unsecured notes discussed above, and the remaining net proceeds were used for general corporate purposes. Interest on the notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year and commenced on February 15, 2015. The notes have a call feature that allows us to redeem the notes at any time at our option and a put feature that allows a note holder to redeem the notes upon the occurrence of both a change in control event and a downgrade of the notes below an investment grade rating.
On September 5, 2013, we redeemed the $400.0 outstanding principal balance of our 6.000% senior unsecured notes due 2014, plus applicable premium for early redemption and accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, for cash totaling $411.0. We recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of $10.0 on the redemption of these notes.
On July 30, 2013, we initiated a cash tender offer and consent solicitation to purchase up to $300.0 aggregate principal amount of our outstanding 5.875% notes due 2017 and 7.000% notes due 2019 (the “First Tranche Offer”) and to purchase up to $300.0 aggregate principal amount of our outstanding 5.950% notes due 2034, 5.850% notes due 2036, 6.375% notes due 2037 and 5.800% notes due 2040 (the “Second Tranche Offer”), collectively, the “Tender Offers”. The Tender Offers were each subject to increase up to an additional $100.0 at our election. On August 12, 2013, we increased the Second Tranche Offer to $400.0 and on August 13, 2013 we repurchased $300.0 of the First Tranche Offer notes and $400.0 of the Second Tranche Offer notes for cash totaling $837.7. Holders who tendered their notes prior to the early tender date received the principal amounts, applicable premium for early redemption and accrued and unpaid interest to the early tender offer settlement date. We recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of $135.3 on the repurchase of these notes.
On July 30, 2013, we issued $650.0 of 2.300% notes due 2018 and $600.0 of 5.100% notes due 2044 under our shelf registration statement. We used the proceeds from this offering in part to fund the purchase price of the 6.000% senior unsecured notes and the Tender Offers discussed above, and the balance for general corporate purposes. Interest on the notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year and commenced on January 15, 2014. The notes have a call feature that allows us to repurchase the notes at any time at our option and a put feature that allows a note holder to require us to repurchase the notes upon the occurrence of both a change in control event and a downgrade of the notes below an investment grade rating.
On January 25, 2013, we redeemed the outstanding principal balance of $475.0 of 7.500% senior unsecured notes due 2019, plus applicable premium, accrued and unpaid interest, for cash totaling $555.6. The weighted-average redemption price of the notes was approximately 117% of the principal amount outstanding.
For additional information related to our borrowing activities, see Note 12, “Debt” to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
We calculate our consolidated debt-to-capital ratio, a non-GAAP measure, which we believe assists investors and rating agencies in measuring our overall leverage and additional borrowing capacity. In addition, our bank covenants include a maximum debt-to-capital ratio that we cannot and did not exceed. Our debt-to-capital ratio is calculated as the sum of debt divided by the sum of debt plus shareholders’ equity. Our debt-to-capital ratio may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. Our consolidated debt-to-capital ratio was 40.8% and 38.3% as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. We expect that our pro forma debt-to-capital ratio will approximate 49% at the closing of the acquisition of Cigna and we are committed to deleveraging to the low 40% range approximately twenty-four months following the closing.
Our senior debt is rated “A” by Standard & Poor’s, “BBB” by Fitch, Inc., “Baa2” by Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. and “bbb+” by AM Best Company, Inc. We intend to maintain our senior debt investment grade ratings. A significant downgrade in our debt ratings could adversely affect our borrowing capacity and costs.
Future Sources and Uses of Liquidity
During the year ended December 31, 2015 , we entered into a bridge facility commitment letter and a joinder agreement, and a term loan facility, to finance a portion of the pending acquisition of Cigna. The commitment of the lenders to provide the bridge facility and the term loan facility is subject to several conditions, including the completion of the Acquisition. For additional information, see the "Overview" section included in this "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial

- 72 -


Condition and Results of Operations"; and Note 3, “Business Acquisitions and Divestiture - Pending Acquisition of Cigna Corporation " included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
We have a shelf registration statement on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission to register an unlimited amount of any combination of debt or equity securities in one or more offerings. In April 2015, we filed a post-effective amendment to our shelf registration statement to register warrants, depositary shares, rights, stock purchase contracts and stock purchase units as additional securities that can be offered under the shelf registration statement. Specific information regarding terms and securities being offered will be provided at the time of an offering. Proceeds from future offerings are expected to be used for general corporate purposes, including, but not limited to, the repayment of debt, investments in or extensions of credit to our subsidiaries and the financing of possible acquisitions or business expansion.
On August 25, 2015, we terminated our $2,000.0 senior revolving credit facility, initially scheduled to mature on September 29, 2016, and entered into a new $3,500.0 senior revolving credit facility, or the Facility, with a group of lenders. The interest rate on the Facility is based on either the LIBOR rate or a base rate plus a predetermined rate based on our public debt rating at the date of utilization. Our ability to borrow under the Facility is subject to compliance with certain covenants. The Facility matures on August 25, 2020 and is available for general corporate purposes. There were no amounts outstanding under the senior revolving credit facilities at December 31, 2015 or 2014 .
We have an authorized commercial paper program of up to $2,500.0, the proceeds of which may be used for general corporate purposes. At December 31, 2015 , we had $682.2 outstanding under our commercial paper program. We did not have any borrowings outstanding under our commercial paper program at December 31, 2014 . Commercial paper borrowings have been classified as long-term debt at December 31, 2015 as our general practice and intent is to replace short-term commercial paper outstanding at expiration with additional short-term commercial paper for an uninterrupted period extending for more than one year and we have the ability to redeem our commercial paper with borrowings under the senior revolving credit facility described above.
We are a member, through certain subsidiaries, of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Cincinnati and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta, collectively, the FHLBs, and as a member we have the ability to obtain short-term cash advances subject to certain minimum collateral requirements. At December 31, 2015 and 2014 , $540.0 and $400.0 , respectively, were outstanding under our short-term FHLBs borrowings.
As discussed in “Financial Condition” above, many of our subsidiaries are subject to various government regulations that restrict the timing and amount of dividends and other distributions that may be paid. Based upon these requirements, we are currently estimating approximately $2,100.0 of dividends to be paid to the parent company during 2016 . During 2015 , we received $2,672.3 of dividends from our subsidiaries.
We regularly review the appropriate use of capital, including acquisitions, common stock and debt security repurchases and dividends to shareholders. The declaration and payment of any dividends or repurchases of our common stock or debt is at the discretion of our Board of Directors and depends upon our financial condition, results of operations, future liquidity needs, regulatory and capital requirements and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors.
A summary of the cash dividend activity for the year ended December 31, 2015 is as follows:
Declaration Date
 
Record Date
 
Payment Date
 
Cash
Dividend
per Share
 
Total
January 27, 2015
 
March 10, 2015
 
March 25, 2015
 
$
0.6250

 
$
166.6

April 28, 2015
 
June 10, 2015
 
June 25, 2015
 
0.6250

 
163.9

July 28, 2015
 
September 10, 2015
 
September 25, 2015
 
0.6250

 
163.0

October 27, 2015
 
December 4, 2015
 
December 21, 2015
 
0.6250

 
163.1

On February 18, 2016 , our Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.6500 per share on the outstanding shares of our common stock. This quarterly dividend is payable on March 25, 2016 to the shareholders of record as of March 10, 2016 .

- 73 -


A summary of common stock repurchases for the year ended December 31, 2015 is as follows:
 
 
Year Ended
December 31,
2015
Shares repurchased
 
10.4

Average price per share
 
$
145.50

Aggregate cost
 
$
1,515.8

Authorization remaining at the end of each period
 
$
4,175.9

On October 2, 2014, the Board of Directors authorized a $5,000.0 increase to the common stock repurchase program. Repurchases may be made from time to time at prevailing market prices, subject to certain restrictions on volume, pricing and timing. The repurchases are effected from time to time in the open market, through negotiated transactions, including accelerated share repurchase agreements, and through plans designed to comply with Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We expect to utilize the unused authorization remaining at December 31, 2015 over a multi-year period, subject to market and industry conditions. Our stock repurchase program is discretionary as we are under no obligation to repurchase shares. We repurchase shares under the program when we believe it is a prudent use of capital.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments  
Our estimated contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2015 are as follows:
 
 
 
 
Payments Due by Period
 
Total
 
Less than
1 Year
 
1-3 Years
 
3-5 Years
 
More than
5 Years
On-Balance Sheet:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt
$
24,742.8

 
$
1,276.2

 
$
3,316.6

 
$
2,973.9

 
$
17,176.1

Other long-term liabilities
1,317.8

 
62.4

 
518.0

 
464.9

 
272.5

Off-Balance Sheet:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchase obligations 3
2,819.3

 
1,820.5

 
750.9

 
247.9

 

Operating lease commitments
848.7

 
141.5

 
267.2

 
194.2

 
245.8

Investment commitments 4
685.3

 
272.8

 
224.7

 
148.9

 
38.9

Total contractual obligations and commitments
$
30,413.9

 
$
3,573.4

 
$
5,077.4

 
$
4,029.8

 
$
17,733.3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1
Includes estimated interest expense. 
2
Primarily consists of reserves for future policy benefits, projected other postretirement benefits, deferred compensation, supplemental executive retirement plan liabilities and certain other miscellaneous long-term obligations. Estimated future payments for funded pension benefits have been excluded from this table as we had no funding requirements under ERISA at December 31, 2015 as a result of the value of the assets in the plans.
3
Includes estimated payments for future services under contractual arrangements from third-party service contracts.
4
Includes unfunded capital commitments for alternative investments.
The above table does not contain $224.3 of gross liabilities for uncertain tax positions and interest for which we cannot reasonably estimate the timing of the resolutions with the respective taxing authorities. For further information, see Note 7, “Income Taxes,” to the audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
In addition to the contractual obligations and commitments discussed above, we have a variety of other contractual agreements related to acquiring materials and services used in our operations. However, we do not believe these other agreements contain material noncancelable commitments. 
We believe that funds from future operating cash flows, cash and investments and funds available under our senior revolving credit facility, bridge facility, term loan facility and/or from public or private financing sources, will be sufficient for future operations and commitments, and for capital acquisitions and other strategic transactions.

- 74 -


Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet derivative instruments, guarantee transactions, agreements or other contractual arrangements or any indemnification agreements that will require funding in future periods. We have not transferred assets to an unconsolidated entity that serve as credit, liquidity or market risk support to such entity. We do not hold any variable interest in an unconsolidated entity where such entity provides us with financing, liquidity, market risk or credit risk support.
Risk-Based Capital
Our regulated subsidiaries’ states of domicile have statutory risk-based capital, or RBC, requirements for health and other insurance companies and health maintenance organizations largely based on the National Association of Insurance Commissioners, or NAIC, RBC Model Act. These RBC requirements are intended to measure capital adequacy, taking into account the risk characteristics of an insurer’s investments and products. The NAIC sets forth the formula for calculating the RBC requirements, which are designed to take into account asset risks, insurance risks, interest rate risks and other relevant risks with respect to an individual insurance company’s business. In general, under the RBC Model Act, an insurance company must submit a report of its RBC level to the state insurance department or insurance commissioner, as appropriate, at the end of each calendar year. Our regulated subsidiaries' respective RBC levels as of December 31, 2015 , which was the most recent date for which reporting was required, were in excess of all mandatory RBC thresholds. In addition to exceeding the RBC requirements, we are in compliance with the liquidity and capital requirements for a licensee of the BCBSA and with the tangible net worth requirements applicable to certain of our California subsidiaries.
For additional information, see Note 21, “Statutory Information," to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  
Forward-Looking Statements
This document contains certain forward-looking information about us that is intended to be covered by the safe harbor for “forward-looking statements” provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are generally not historical facts. Words such as “expect,” “feel,” “believe,” “will,” “may,” “should,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “estimate,” “project” “forecast,” “plan,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements include, but are not limited to: financial projections and estimates and their underlying assumptions; statements regarding plans, objectives and expectations with respect to future operations, products and services; and statements regarding future performance. Such statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties, many of which are difficult to predict and generally beyond our control, that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied or projected by, the forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include: those discussed and identified in our public filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC; increased government participation in, or regulation or taxation of health benefits and managed care operations, including, but not limited to, the impact of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or Health Care Reform; trends in health care costs and utilization rates; our ability to secure sufficient premium rates including regulatory approval for and implementation of such rates; our participation in federal and state health insurance exchanges under Health Care Reform, which have experienced and continue to experience challenges due to implementation of initial and phased-in provisions of Health Care Reform, and which entail uncertainties associated with the mix and volume of business, particularly in our Individual and Small Group markets, that could negatively impact the adequacy of our premium rates and which may not be sufficiently offset by the risk apportionment provisions of Health Care Reform; the ultimate outcome of our pending acquisition of Cigna Corporation (“Cigna”) (the “Acquisition”), including our ability to achieve the synergies and value creation contemplated by the Acquisition within the expected time period, or at all, and the risk that unexpected costs will be incurred in connection therewith; the ultimate outcome and results of integrating our and Cigna’s operations and disruption from the Acquisition making it more difficult to maintain businesses and operational relationships; the possibility that the Acquisition does not close, including, but not limited to, due to the failure to satisfy the closing conditions, including the receipt of required regulatory approvals; the risks and uncertainties detailed by Cigna with respect to its business as described in its reports and documents filed with the SEC; our ability to contract with providers on cost-effective and competitive terms; competitor pricing below market trends of increasing costs; reduced enrollment, as well as a negative change in our health care product mix; risks and uncertainties regarding Medicare and Medicaid programs, including those related to non-compliance with the complex regulations imposed thereon and funding risks with respect to revenue received from participation therein; a downgrade in our financial strength ratings; increases in costs and other

- 75 -


liabilities associated with increased litigation, government investigations, audits or reviews; medical malpractice or professional liability claims or other risks related to health care services provided by our subsidiaries; our ability to repurchase shares of our common stock and pay dividends on our common stock due to the adequacy of our cash flow and earnings and other considerations; non-compliance by any party with the Express Scripts, Inc. pharmacy benefit management services agreement, which could result in financial penalties, our inability to meet customer demands, and sanctions imposed by governmental entities, including the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services; events that result in negative publicity for us or the health benefits industry; failure to effectively maintain and modernize our information systems; events that may negatively affect our licenses with the Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association; state guaranty fund assessments for insolvent insurers; possible impairment of the value of our intangible assets if future results do not adequately support goodwill and other intangible assets; intense competition to attract and retain employees; unauthorized disclosure of member or employee sensitive or confidential information, including the impact and outcome of investigations, inquiries, claims and litigation related to the cyber attack we reported in February 2015; changes in economic and market conditions, as well as regulations that may negatively affect our investment portfolios and liquidity; possible restrictions in the payment of dividends by our subsidiaries and increases in required minimum levels of capital and the potential negative effect from our substantial amount of outstanding indebtedness; general risks associated with mergers, acquisitions and strategic alliances; various laws and provisions in our governing documents that may prevent or discourage takeovers and business combinations; future public health epidemics and catastrophes; and general economic downturns. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements that speak only as of the date hereof. We do not undertake to update or revise any forward-looking statements, except as required by applicable securities laws. Investors are also advised to carefully review and consider the various risks and other disclosures discussed in our SEC reports.

- 76 -


ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.  
(In Millions, Except Per Share Data or As Otherwise Stated Herein)
As a result of our investing and borrowing activities, we are exposed to financial market risks, including those resulting from changes in interest rates and changes in market valuations. Potential impacts discussed below are based upon sensitivity analyses performed on our financial position as of December 31, 2015 . Actual results could vary from these estimates. Our primary objectives with our investment portfolio are to provide safety and preservation of capital, sufficient liquidity to meet cash flow requirements, the integration of investment strategy with the business operations and an attainment of a competitive after-tax total return.
Investments
Our investment portfolio is exposed to three primary sources of risk: credit quality risk, interest rate risk and market valuation risk.
The primary risks associated with our fixed maturity securities are credit quality risk and interest rate risk. Credit quality risk is defined as the risk of a credit event, such as a ratings downgrade or default, to an individual fixed maturity security and the potential loss attributable to that event. Credit quality risk is managed through our investment policy, which establishes credit quality limitations on the overall portfolio as well as diversification and percentage limits on securities of individual issuers. The result is a well-diversified portfolio of fixed maturity securities, with an average credit rating of approximately “A.” Interest rate risk is defined as the potential for economic losses on fixed maturity securities due to a change in market interest rates. Our fixed maturity portfolio is invested primarily in U.S. government securities, corporate bonds, asset-backed bonds, mortgage-related securities and municipal bonds, all of which have exposure to changes in the level of market interest rates. Interest rate risk is managed by maintaining asset duration within a band based upon our liabilities, operating performance and liquidity needs. Additionally, we have the capability of holding any security to maturity, which would allow us to realize full par value.
Our available-for-sale investment portfolio includes corporate securities which account for 41.7% of the total portfolio at December 31, 2015 and are subject to credit/default risk. In a declining economic environment, corporate yields will usually increase prompted by concern over the ability of corporations to make interest payments, thus causing a decrease in the price of corporate securities, and the decline in value of the corporate fixed maturity portfolio. We manage this risk through fundamental credit analysis, diversification of issuers and industries and an average credit rating of our corporate fixed maturity portfolio of approximately “BBB.”
Our equity portfolio is comprised of large capitalization and small capitalization domestic equities, foreign equities and index mutual funds. Our equity portfolio is subject to the volatility inherent in the stock market, driven by concerns over economic conditions, earnings and sales growth, inflation, and consumer confidence. These systemic risks cannot be managed through diversification alone. However, more routine risks, such as stock/industry specific risks, are managed by investing in a diversified equity portfolio.
As of December 31, 2015 , 92.2% of our available-for-sale investments were fixed maturity securities. Market risk is addressed by actively managing the duration, allocation and diversification of our investment portfolio. We have evaluated the impact on the fixed maturity portfolio’s fair value considering an immediate 100 basis point change in interest rates. A 100 basis point increase in interest rates would result in an approximate $776.2 decrease in fair value, whereas a 100 basis point decrease in interest rates would result in an approximate $732.9 increase in fair value. While we classify our fixed maturity securities as “available-for-sale” for accounting purposes, we believe our cash flows and duration of our portfolio should allow us to hold securities to maturity, thereby avoiding the recognition of losses should interest rates rise significantly.
As of December 31, 2015 , 7.8% of our available-for-sale investments were equity securities. An immediate 10% decrease in each equity investment’s value, arising from market movement, would result in a fair value decrease of $147.3 . Alternatively, an immediate 10% increase in each equity investment’s value, attributable to the same factor, would result in a fair value increase of $147.3 .

- 77 -


For additional information regarding our investments, see Part II, Item 8, Note 4, “Investments”, to our audited consolidated financial statements and “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates - Investments” within Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Long-Term Debt
Our total long-term debt at December 31, 2015 consists of senior unsecured notes, remarketable subordinated notes, convertible debentures, commercial paper and subordinated surplus notes by one of our insurance subsidiaries. At December 31, 2015 , the carrying value and estimated fair value of our long-term debt was $15,324.5 and $16,185.5, respectively. This debt is subject to interest rate risk as these instruments have fixed interest rates and the fair value is affected by changes in market interest rates. Should interest rates increase or decrease in the future, the estimated fair value of our fixed rate debt would decrease or increase accordingly.
For additional information regarding our long-term debt, see Note 6, "Fair Value" and Note 12, “Debt” to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Derivatives
We have exposure to economic losses due to interest rate risk arising from changes in the level or volatility of interest rates. We attempt to mitigate our exposure to interest rate risk through the use of derivative financial instruments. These strategies include the use of interest rate swaps and forward contracts, which are used to lock-in interest rates or to hedge (on an economic basis) interest rate risks associated with variable rate debt. We have used these types of instruments as designated hedges against specific liabilities.
Changes in interest rates will affect the estimated fair value of these derivatives. As of December 31, 2015 , we recorded a net liability of $69.0, the estimated fair value of the swaps at that date. We have evaluated the impact on the interest rate swaps' fair value considering an immediate 100 basis point change in interest rates. A 100 basis point increase in interest rates would result in an approximate $655.2 decrease in fair value, whereas a 100 basis point decrease in interest rates would result in an approximate $655.2 increase in fair value.
We also utilize put and call options on the S&P 500 index to hedge, on an economic basis, the exposure of our equity security portfolio to fluctuations in the equity markets. While the impact of fluctuations in the equity markets on these derivatives are largely offset by changes in the fair values of our equity security portfolio, the change in fair value of the derivatives is recognized immediately in our income statement, whereas the change in fair value of our equity securities is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income. Accordingly, a decrease in the S&P 500 index of 10% would result in an approximate increase of $24.3 in the fair value of these derivatives. An increase in the S&P 500 index of 10% would result in an approximate decrease of $23.7 in the fair value of these derivatives.
For additional information regarding our derivatives, see Note 5, “Derivative Financial Instruments” to our audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Also for accounting related to securities in our equity portfolio, see “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates – Investments” within Part II, Item 7 “Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

- 78 -


ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
 
ANTHEM, INC.
  CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
  Years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013
  Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
 
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements:
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Income
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

- 79 -


Report of Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Anthem, Inc.
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Anthem, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015 . Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Anthem, Inc. at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015 , in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Anthem, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 , based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated February 19, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
 
/s/ E RNST  & Y OUNG LLP
 
Indianapolis, Indiana
February 19, 2016


- 80 -


Anthem, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
December 31,
2015
 
December 31,
2014
(In millions, except share data)
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
2,113.5

 
$
2,151.7

Investments available-for-sale, at fair value:
 
 
 
Fixed maturity securities (amortized cost of $16,950.0 and $17,120.4)
16,920.0

 
17,467.4

Equity securities (cost of $1,055.8 and $1,303.7)
1,441.8

 
1,906.6

Other invested assets, current
19.1

 
20.2

Accrued investment income
170.8

 
161.4

Premium and self-funded receivables
4,602.8

 
4,825.5

Other receivables
2,421.4

 
2,117.0

Income taxes receivable
316.6

 
308.9

Securities lending collateral
1,300.4

 
1,515.2

Other current assets
1,555.7

 
1,473.9

Total current assets
30,862.1

 
31,947.8

Long-term investments available-for-sale, at fair value:
 
 
 
Fixed maturity securities (amortized cost of $550.4 and $500.7)
558.2

 
504.4

Equity securities (cost of $27.3 and $27.0)
31.0

 
31.5

Other invested assets, long-term
2,041.1

 
1,695.9

Property and equipment, net
2,019.8

 
1,944.3

Goodwill
17,562.2

 
17,082.0

Other intangible assets
8,158.0

 
7,958.1

Other noncurrent assets
485.4

 
512.3

Total assets
$
61,717.8

 
$
61,676.3

 
 
 
 
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
Policy liabilities:
 
 
 
Medical claims payable
$
7,569.8

 
$
6,861.2

Reserves for future policy benefits
71.9

 
68.1

Other policyholder liabilities
2,256.5

 
2,626.5

Total policy liabilities
9,898.2

 
9,555.8

Unearned income
1,145.5

 
1,078.1

Accounts payable and accrued expenses
3,318.8

 
3,651.8

Security trades pending payable
73.1

 
66.2

Securities lending payable
1,300.9

 
1,515.3

Short-term borrowings
540.0

 
400.0

Current portion of long-term debt

 
624.3

Other current liabilities
2,816.1

 
1,861.2

Total current liabilities
19,092.6

 
18,752.7

Long-term debt, less current portion
15,324.5

 
14,019.6

Reserves for future policy benefits, noncurrent
631.7

 
671.3

Deferred tax liabilities, net
2,630.6

 
2,945.6

Other noncurrent liabilities
994.3

 
1,035.8

Total liabilities
38,673.7

 
37,425.0

 
 
 
 
Commitments and contingencies—Note 13

 

Shareholders’ equity
 
 
 
Preferred stock, without par value, shares authorized - 100,000,000; shares issued and outstanding - none

 

Common stock, par value $0.01, shares authorized - 900,000,000; shares issued and outstanding - 261,238,188 and 268,109,932
2.6

 
2.7

Additional paid-in capital
8,555.6

 
10,062.3

Retained earnings
14,778.5

 
14,014.4

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
(292.6
)
 
171.9

Total shareholders’ equity
23,044.1

 
24,251.3

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
$
61,717.8

 
$
61,676.3






See accompanying notes.

- 81 -


Anthem, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Income

 
Years Ended December 31
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
(In millions, except per share data)
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues
 
 
 
 
 
Premiums
$
73,385.1

 
$
68,389.8

 
$
66,119.1

Administrative fees
4,976.6

 
4,590.6

 
4,031.9

Other revenue
43.1

 
41.3

 
40.4

Total operating revenue
78,404.8

 
73,021.7

 
70,191.4

Net investment income
677.6

 
724.4

 
659.1

Net realized gains on investments
157.5

 
177.0

 
271.9

Other-than-temporary impairment losses on investments:
 
 
 
 
 
Total other-than-temporary impairment losses on investments
(99.9
)
 
(56.2
)
 
(100.6
)
Portion of other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in other comprehensive income
16.5

 
7.2

 
1.7

Other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in income
(83.4
)
 
(49.0
)
 
(98.9
)
Total revenues
79,156.5

 
73,874.1

 
71,023.5

Expenses
 
 
 
 
 
Benefit expense
61,116.9

 
56,854.9

 
56,237.1

Selling, general and administrative expense:
 
 
 
 
 
Selling expense
1,441.1

 
1,490.1

 
1,526.9

General and administrative expense
11,093.7

 
10,258.3

 
8,426.0

Total selling, general and administrative expense
12,534.8

 
11,748.4

 
9,952.9

Interest expense
653.0

 
600.7

 
602.7

Amortization of other intangible assets
230.1

 
220.9

 
245.3

(Gain) loss on extinguishment of debt
(9.3
)
 
81.1

 
145.3

Total expenses
74,525.5

 
69,506.0

 
67,183.3

Income from continuing operations before income tax expense
4,631.0

 
4,368.1

 
3,840.2

Income tax expense
2,071.0

 
1,808.0

 
1,205.9

Income from continuing operations
2,560.0

 
2,560.1

 
2,634.3

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

 
9.6

 
(144.6
)
Net income
$
2,560.0

 
$
2,569.7

 
$
2,489.7

Basic net income (loss) per share:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic - continuing operations
$
9.73

 
$
9.28

 
$
8.83

Basic - discontinued operations

 
0.03

 
(0.49
)
Basic net income per share
$
9.73

 
$
9.31

 
$
8.34

Diluted net income (loss) per share:
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted - continuing operations
$
9.38

 
$
8.96

 
$
8.67

Diluted - discontinued operations

 
0.03

 
(0.47
)
Diluted net income per share
$
9.38

 
$
8.99

 
$
8.20

Dividends per share
$
2.50

 
$
1.75

 
$
1.50

See accompanying notes.

- 82 -


Anthem, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
(In millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
 
$
2,560.0

 
$
2,569.7

 
$
2,489.7

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change in net unrealized gains/losses on investments
 
(384.3
)
 
118.6

 
(294.7
)
Change in non-credit component of other-than-temporary impairment losses on investments
 
(5.6
)
 
(3.9
)
 
1.7

Change in net unrealized gains/losses on cash flow hedges
 
(45.2
)
 
(3.6
)
 
3.0

Change in net periodic pension and postretirement costs
 
(26.0
)
 
(118.1
)
 
172.7

Foreign currency translation adjustments
 
(3.4
)
 
(4.3
)
 
1.4

Other comprehensive loss
 
(464.5
)
 
(11.3
)
 
(115.9
)
Total comprehensive income
 
$
2,095.5

 
$
2,558.4

 
$
2,373.8

 

































See accompanying notes.

- 83 -


Anthem, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
Years Ended December 31
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
(In millions)
 
 
 
 
 
Operating activities
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
2,560.0

 
$
2,569.7

 
$
2,489.7

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net realized gains on investments
(157.5
)
 
(177.0
)
 
(271.9
)
Other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in income
83.4

 
49.0

 
98.9

(Gain) loss on extinguishment of debt
(9.3
)
 
81.1

 
145.3

(Gain) loss on disposal from discontinued operations

 
(3.2
)
 
221.8

Loss (gain) on disposal of assets
16.0

 
(1.7
)
 
3.9

Deferred income taxes
(65.9
)
 
30.7

 
59.1

Amortization, net of accretion
802.1

 
744.5

 
800.9

Depreciation expense
105.8

 
106.5

 
107.9

Impairment of property and equipment
1.8

 
7.9

 
47.7

Share-based compensation
148.2

 
168.9

 
146.0

Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation
(95.8
)
 
(46.4
)
 
(30.1
)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
Receivables, net
(42.9
)
 
(1,899.7
)
 
(418.3
)
Other invested assets
5.9

 
(21.7
)
 
(15.1
)
Other assets
33.8

 
405.5

 
(33.6
)
Policy liabilities
193.0

 
1,240.6

 
(345.8
)
Unearned income
33.9

 
255.1

 
(73.8
)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
(219.3
)
 
(14.4
)
 
303.6

Other liabilities
686.4

 
(7.9
)
 
(154.6
)
Income taxes
41.5

 
(34.0
)
 
9.3

Other, net
(5.1
)
 
(84.2
)
 
(38.6
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
4,116.0

 
3,369.3

 
3,052.3

Investing activities
 
 
 
 
 
Purchases of fixed maturity securities
(9,792.0
)
 
(9,613.4
)
 
(13,704.5
)
Proceeds from fixed maturity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Sales
8,909.2

 
8,066.0

 
10,977.9

Maturities, calls and redemptions
1,313.6

 
1,318.7

 
1,836.8

Purchases of equity securities
(1,561.4
)
 
(912.0
)
 
(820.3
)
Proceeds from sales of equity securities
1,471.1

 
746.5

 
721.0

Purchases of other invested assets
(505.8
)
 
(205.7
)
 
(251.5
)
Proceeds from sales of other invested assets
85.9

 
124.7

 
127.1

Settlement of non-hedging derivatives
(36.5
)
 
(67.4
)
 
(109.8
)
Changes in securities lending collateral
214.4

 
(545.6
)
 
(405.1
)
Purchases of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired
(638.9
)
 

 

Proceeds from sale of subsidiary, net of cash sold

 
740.0

 

Purchases of property and equipment
(638.2
)
 
(714.6
)
 
(646.5
)
Proceeds from sales of property and equipment
35.3

 
88.0

 
39.2

Other, net
(8.2
)
 
(0.1
)
 
1.3

Net cash used in investing activities
(1,151.5
)
 
(974.9
)
 
(2,234.4
)
Financing activities
 
 
 
 
 
Net proceeds from (repayments of) commercial paper borrowings
682.2

 
(379.2
)
 
(191.7
)
Proceeds from long-term borrowings
1,226.5

 
2,700.0

 
1,250.0

Repayments of long-term borrowings
(2,697.2
)
 
(1,730.1
)
 
(1,801.9
)
Proceeds from short-term borrowings
2,760.0

 
2,050.0

 
1,100.0

Repayments of short-term borrowings
(2,620.0
)
 
(2,050.0
)
 
(950.0
)
Changes in securities lending payable
(214.4
)
 
545.6

 
405.0

Changes in bank overdrafts
(243.8
)
 
173.0

 
9.9

Premiums paid on equity call options
(16.7
)
 

 
(25.8
)
Proceeds from sale of put options
16.6

 

 

Repurchase and retirement of common stock
(1,515.8
)
 
(2,998.8
)
 
(1,620.1
)
Cash dividends
(656.6
)
 
(480.7
)
 
(448.0
)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock under employee stock plans
186.0

 
301.3

 
524.7

Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation
95.8

 
46.4

 
30.1

Net cash used in financing activities
(2,997.4
)
 
(1,822.5
)
 
(1,717.8
)
Effect of foreign exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents
(5.3
)
 
(7.1
)
 
2.2

Change in cash and cash equivalents
(38.2
)
 
564.8

 
(897.7
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
2,151.7

 
1,586.9

 
2,484.6

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
2,113.5

 
2,151.7

 
1,586.9

Less cash and cash equivalents of discontinued operations at end of year

 

 
(4.8
)
Cash and cash equivalents of continuing operations at end of year
$
2,113.5

 
$
2,151.7

 
$
1,582.1


  See accompanying notes.

- 84 -


Anthem, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity
 
 
Common Stock
 
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
 
 
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 
Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 
Number
of Shares
 
Par
Value
 
 
Retained
Earnings
 
 
(In millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
January 1, 2013
304.7

 
$
3.0

 
$
10,853.5

 
$
12,647.1

 
$
299.1

 
$
23,802.7

Net income

 

 

 
2,489.7

 

 
2,489.7

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 
(115.9
)
 
(115.9
)
Premiums paid on equity options

 

 
(7.9
)
 

 

 
(7.9
)
Repurchase and retirement of common stock
(20.7
)
 
(0.1
)
 
(749.5
)
 
(870.5
)
 

 
(1,620.1
)
Convertible debentures tax adjustment

 

 
(3.3
)
 

 

 
(3.3
)
Dividends and dividend equivalents

 

 

 
(452.4
)
 

 
(452.4
)
Issuance of common stock under employee stock plans, net of related tax benefits
9.3

 

 
672.4

 

 

 
672.4

December 31, 2013
293.3

 
2.9

 
10,765.2

 
13,813.9

 
183.2

 
24,765.2

Net income

 

 

 
2,569.7

 

 
2,569.7

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 
(11.3
)
 
(11.3
)
Settlement of equity options

 

 
(31.4
)
 

 

 
(31.4
)
Repurchase and retirement of common stock
(30.4
)
 
(0.2
)
 
(1,115.5
)
 
(1,883.1
)
 

 
(2,998.8
)
Dividends and dividend equivalents

 

 

 
(486.1
)
 

 
(486.1
)
Issuance of common stock under employee stock plans, net of related tax benefits
5.2

 

 
444.0

 

 

 
444.0

December 31, 2014
268.1

 
2.7

 
10,062.3

 
14,014.4

 
171.9

 
24,251.3

Net income

 

 

 
2,560.0

 

 
2,560.0

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 
(464.5
)
 
(464.5
)
Premiums for and settlement of equity options

 

 
(14.0
)
 

 

 
(14.0
)
Repurchase and retirement of common stock
(10.4
)
 
(0.1
)
 
(382.2
)
 
(1,133.5
)
 

 
(1,515.8
)
Dividends and dividend equivalents

 

 

 
(662.4
)
 

 
(662.4
)
Issuance of common stock under employee stock plans, net of related tax benefits
3.5

 

 
308.2

 

 

 
308.2

Convertible debenture repurchases and conversions

 

 
(1,287.8
)
 

 

 
(1,287.8
)
Equity Units contract payments and issuance costs

 

 
(130.9
)
 

 

 
(130.9
)
December 31, 2015
261.2

 
$
2.6

 
$
8,555.6

 
$
14,778.5

 
$
(292.6
)
 
$
23,044.1

 



See accompanying notes.

- 85 -


Anthem, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
December 31, 2015
 
(In Millions, Except Per Share Data or As Otherwise Stated Herein)
1. Organization
References to the terms “we”, “our”, “us”, “Anthem” or the “Company” used throughout these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements refer to Anthem, Inc., an Indiana corporation, and unless the context otherwise requires, its direct and indirect subsidiaries.
We are one of the largest health benefits companies in terms of medical membership in the United States, serving 38.6 medical members through our affiliated health plans as of December 31, 2015 . We offer a broad spectrum of network-based managed care plans to large and small employer, individual, Medicaid and Medicare markets. Our managed care plans include: preferred provider organizations, or PPOs; health maintenance organizations, or HMOs; point-of-service, or POS, plans; traditional indemnity plans and other hybrid plans, including consumer-driven health plans, or CDHPs; and hospital only and limited benefit products. In addition, we provide a broad array of managed care services to self-funded customers, including claims processing, underwriting, stop loss insurance, actuarial services, provider network access, medical cost management, disease management, wellness programs and other administrative services. We provide an array of specialty and other insurance products and services such as dental, vision, life and disability insurance benefits, radiology benefit management and analytics-driven personal health care. We also provide services to the federal government in connection with the Federal Employee Program, or FEP. We sold contact lenses, eyeglasses and other ocular products through our 1-800 CONTACTS, Inc., or 1-800 CONTACTS, business which was divested on January 31, 2014.
We are an independent licensee of the Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association, or BCBSA, an association of independent health benefit plans. We serve our members as the Blue Cross licensee for California and as the Blue Cross and Blue Shield, or BCBS, licensee for Colorado, Connecticut, Georgia, Indiana, Kentucky, Maine, Missouri (excluding 30 counties in the Kansas City area), Nevada, New Hampshire, New York (as BCBS in 10 New York City metropolitan and surrounding counties, and as Blue Cross or BCBS in selected upstate counties only), Ohio, Virginia (excluding the Northern Virginia suburbs of Washington, D.C.) and Wisconsin. In a majority of these service areas we do business as Anthem Blue Cross, Anthem Blue Cross and Blue Shield, Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Georgia, and Empire Blue Cross Blue Shield, or Empire Blue Cross (in our New York service areas). We also conduct business through an arrangement with another BCBS licensee in South Carolina. We conduct business through our AMERIGROUP Corporation, or Amerigroup, subsidiary, in Florida, Georgia, Kansas, Louisiana, Maryland, Nevada, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Tennessee, Texas, Washington and effective January 1, 2016, in Iowa. In addition, we conduct business through our recently acquired Simply Healthcare Holdings, Inc., or Simply Healthcare, subsidiary in Florida. We also serve customers throughout the country as HealthLink, UniCare (including a non-risk arrangement with Massachusetts), and in certain Arizona, California, Nevada and Virginia markets through our CareMore Health Group, Inc., or CareMore, subsidiary. We are licensed to conduct insurance operations in all 50  states through our subsidiaries.
2. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation: The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Anthem and its subsidiaries and have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Certain of our subsidiaries operate outside of the United States and have functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar, or USD. We translate the assets and liabilities of those subsidiaries to USD using the exchange rate in effect at the end of the period. We translate the revenues and expenses of those subsidiaries to USD using the average exchange rates in effect during the period. The net effect of these translation adjustments is included in “Foreign currency translation adjustments” in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income.
Reclassifications: Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

- 86 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Use of Estimates: The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents: Cash and cash equivalents includes available cash and all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less when purchased. We control a number of bank accounts that are used exclusively to hold customer funds for the administration of customer benefits. At December 31, 2015 we held $122.6 of customer cash with an offsetting liability in other current liabilities.
Investments: Certain Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, other-than-temporary impairment, or OTTI, guidance applies to fixed maturity securities and provides guidance on the recognition, presentation of, and disclosures for OTTIs. If a fixed maturity security is in an unrealized loss position and we have the intent to sell the fixed maturity security, or it is more likely than not that we will have to sell the fixed maturity security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the decline in value is deemed to be other-than-temporary and is presented within the Other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in income line item on our consolidated statements of income. For impaired fixed maturity securities that we do not intend to sell or it is more likely than not that we will not have to sell such securities, but we expect that we will not fully recover the amortized cost basis, the credit component of the OTTI is presented within the Other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in income line item on our consolidated statements of income and the non-credit component of the OTTI is recognized in other comprehensive income. Furthermore, unrealized losses entirely caused by non-credit related factors related to fixed maturity securities for which we expect to fully recover the amortized cost basis continue to be recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income , or AOCI.
The credit component of an OTTI is determined primarily by comparing the net present value of projected future cash flows with the amortized cost basis of the fixed maturity security. The net present value is calculated by discounting our best estimate of projected future cash flows at the effective interest rate implicit in the fixed maturity security at the date of acquisition. For mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, cash flow estimates are based on assumptions regarding the underlying collateral including prepayment speeds, vintage, type of underlying asset, geographic concentrations, default rates, recoveries and changes in value. For all other debt securities, cash flow estimates are driven by assumptions regarding probability of default, including changes in credit ratings, and estimates regarding timing and amount of recoveries associated with a default.
The unrealized gains or losses on our current and long-term equity securities classified as available-for-sale are included in accumulated other comprehensive income as a separate component of shareholders’ equity, unless the decline in value is deemed to be other-than-temporary and we do not have the intent and ability to hold such equity securities until their full cost can be recovered, in which case such equity securities are written down to fair value and the loss is charged to other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in income.
We maintain various rabbi trusts to account for the assets and liabilities under certain deferred compensation plans. Under these plans, the participants can defer certain types of compensation and elect to receive a return on the deferred amounts based on the changes in fair value of various investment options, primarily a variety of mutual funds. We have corporate-owned life insurance policies on certain participants in the deferred compensation plans. The cash surrender value of the corporate-owned life insurance policies is reported in other invested assets, long-term, in the consolidated balance sheets. The remaining rabbi trust assets are generally invested according to the participant's investment election, and are classified as trading, which are reported in other invested assets, current, in the consolidated balance sheets.
We use the equity method of accounting for investments in companies in which our ownership interest enables us to influence the operating or financial decisions of the investee company. Our proportionate share of equity in net income of these unconsolidated affiliates is reported with net investment income.
For asset-backed securities included in fixed maturity securities, we recognize income using an effective yield based on anticipated prepayments and the estimated economic life of the securities. When estimates of prepayments change, the effective yield is recalculated to reflect actual payments to date and anticipated future payments. The net investment in the securities is adjusted to the amount that would have existed had the new effective yield been applied since the acquisition of the securities. Such adjustments are reported with net investment income.

- 87 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Investment income is recorded when earned. All securities sold resulting in investment gains and losses are recorded on the trade date. Realized gains and losses are determined on the basis of the cost or amortized cost of the specific securities sold.
We participate in securities lending programs whereby marketable securities in our investment portfolio are transferred to independent brokers or dealers in exchange for cash and securities collateral. Under FASB guidance related to accounting for transfers and servicing of financial assets and extinguishments of liabilities, we recognize the collateral as an asset, which is reported as “Securities lending collateral” on our consolidated balance sheets and we record a corresponding liability for the obligation to return the collateral to the borrower, which is reported as “Securities lending payable.” The securities on loan are reported in the applicable investment category on our consolidated balance sheets. Unrealized gains or losses on securities lending collateral are included in accumulated other comprehensive income as a separate component of shareholders’ equity. The market value of loaned securities and that of the collateral pledged can fluctuate in non-synchronized fashions. To the extent the loaned securities' value appreciates faster or depreciates slower than the value of the collateral pledged, we are exposed to the risk of the shortfall. As a primary mitigating mechanism, the loaned securities and collateral pledged are marked to market on a daily basis and the shortfall, if any, is collected accordingly. Secondarily, the collateral level is set at 102% of the value of the loaned securities, which provides a cushion before any shortfall arises. The investment of the cash collateral is subject to market risk, which is managed by limiting the investments to higher quality and shorter duration instruments.
Premium and Self-Funded Receivables: Premium and self-funded receivables include the uncollected amounts from fully-insured and self-funded groups, individuals and government programs, and are reported net of an allowance for doubtful accounts of $318.3 and $213.6 at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on historical collection trends and our judgment regarding the ability to collect specific accounts.
Other Receivables: Other receivables include pharmacy rebates, provider advances, claims recoveries, reinsurance, proceeds due from brokers on investment trades, other government receivables and other miscellaneous amounts due to us. These receivables are reported net of an allowance for doubtful accounts of $301.2 and $142.2 at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively, which is based on historical collection trends and our judgment regarding the ability to collect specific amounts.
Income Taxes: We file a consolidated income tax return. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for temporary differences between the financial statement and tax return bases of assets and liabilities based on enacted tax rates and laws. The deferred tax benefits of the deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent realization of such benefits is more likely than not. Deferred income tax expense or benefit generally represents the net change in deferred income tax assets and liabilities during the year, excluding the impact from amounts initially recorded for business combinations, if any, and amounts recorded to accumulated other comprehensive income. Current income tax expense represents the tax consequences of revenues and expenses currently taxable or deductible on various income tax returns for the year reported.
We account for income tax contingencies in accordance with FASB guidance that contains a model to address uncertainty in tax positions and clarifies the accounting for income taxes by prescribing a minimum recognition threshold, which all income tax positions must achieve before being recognized in the financial statements.
Property and Equipment: Property and equipment is recorded at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed principally by the straight-line method over estimated useful lives ranging from fifteen to thirty-nine years for buildings and improvements, three to five years for data processing equipment and computer software, and the lesser of the remaining life of the building lease or seven years for furniture and other equipment. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the term of the related lease. Certain costs related to the development or purchase of internal-use software are capitalized and amortized.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets: FASB guidance requires business combinations to be accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and it also specifies the types of acquired intangible assets that are required to be recognized and reported separately from goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess of cost of acquisition over the fair value of net assets acquired. Other intangible assets represent the values assigned to subscriber bases, provider and hospital networks, Blue Cross and Blue Shield and other trademarks, licenses, non-compete and other agreements. Goodwill and other intangible assets are allocated to reportable segments based on the relative fair value of the components of the businesses acquired.

- 88 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized but are tested for impairment at least annually. We complete our annual impairment tests of existing goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives during the fourth quarter of each year. Certain interim impairment tests are also performed when potential impairment indicators exist or changes in our business or other triggering events occur. Goodwill and other intangible assets are allocated to reporting units for purposes of the annual goodwill impairment test. In addition, certain other intangible assets with indefinite lives, such as trademarks, are also tested separately.
FASB guidance allows for qualitative assessments of whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount for purposes of a goodwill impairment analysis and whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired for purposes of an indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment analysis. Quantitative analysis must be performed if qualitative analyses are not conclusive. Entities also have the option to bypass the assessment of qualitative factors and proceed directly to performing quantitative analyses. We begin our annual tests with quantitative analyses. Our impairment tests require us to make assumptions and judgments regarding the estimated fair value of our reporting units, including goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives. Estimated fair values developed based on our assumptions and judgments might be significantly different if other reasonable assumptions and estimates were to be used.
Fair value for purposes of the goodwill impairment test is calculated using a blend of a projected income and market valuation approach. The projected income approach is developed using assumptions about future revenue, expenses and net income derived from our internal planning process. Our assumed discount rate is based on our industry’s weighted-average cost of capital and reflects volatility associated with the cost of equity capital. Market valuations are based on observed multiples of certain measures including membership, revenue, EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) and net income as well as market capitalization analyses of Anthem and other comparable companies. A goodwill impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the asset’s fair value. This determination is made at the reporting unit level and consists of two steps. First, the fair value of a reporting unit is determined and compared to its carrying amount. Second, if the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation on a business acquisition, at the impairment test date.
The fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets is estimated and compared to the carrying value. We estimate the fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets using a projected income approach. We recognize an impairment loss when the estimated fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets is less than the carrying value. If significant impairment indicators are noted relative to other intangible assets subject to amortization, we may be required to record impairment losses against future income.
Derivative Financial Instruments: We primarily invest in the following types of derivative financial instruments: interest rate swaps, forward contracts, put and call options, credit default swaps, embedded derivatives, warrants and swaptions. Derivatives embedded within non-derivative instruments, such as options embedded in convertible fixed maturity securities, are bifurcated from the host instrument when the embedded derivative is not clearly and closely related to the host instrument. Our use of derivatives is limited by statutes and regulations promulgated by the various regulatory bodies to which we are subject, and by our own derivative policy. Our derivative use is generally limited to hedging purposes, on an economic basis, and we generally do not use derivative instruments for speculative purposes.
We have exposure to economic losses due to interest rate risk arising from changes in the level or volatility of interest rates. We attempt to mitigate our exposure to interest rate risk through active portfolio management, including rebalancing our existing portfolios of assets and liabilities, as well as changing the characteristics of investments to be purchased or sold in the future. In addition, derivative financial instruments are used to modify the interest rate exposure of certain liabilities or forecasted transactions. These strategies include the use of interest rate swaps and forward contracts, which are used to lock-in interest rates or to hedge, on an economic basis, interest rate risks associated with variable rate debt. We have used these types of instruments as designated hedges against specific liabilities.
All investments in derivatives are recorded as assets or liabilities at fair value. If certain correlation, hedge effectiveness and risk reduction criteria are met, a derivative may be specifically designated as a hedge of exposure to changes in fair value or cash flow. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative depends on the intended use of the derivative and

- 89 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

the nature of any hedge designation thereon. Amounts excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness, if any, as well as the ineffective portion of the gain or loss, are reported in results of operations immediately. If the derivative is not designated as a hedge, the gain or loss resulting from the change in the fair value of the derivative is recognized in results of operations in the period of change. Cash flows associated with the settlement of non-designated derivatives are shown on a net basis in investing activity in our consolidated statements of cash flow.
From time to time, we may also purchase derivatives to hedge, on an economic basis, our exposure to foreign currency exchange fluctuations associated with the operations of certain of our subsidiaries. We generally use futures or forward contracts for these transactions. We generally do not designate these contracts as hedges and, accordingly, the changes in fair value of these derivatives are recognized in income immediately.
Credit exposure associated with non-performance by the counterparties to derivative instruments is generally limited to the uncollateralized fair value of the asset related to instruments recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. We attempt to mitigate the risk of non-performance by selecting counterparties with high credit ratings and monitoring their creditworthiness and by diversifying derivatives among multiple counterparties. At December 31, 2015 , we believe there were no material concentrations of credit risk with any individual counterparty.
We generally enter into master netting agreements, which reduce credit risk by permitting net settlement of transactions with the same counterparty. Certain of our derivative agreements also contain credit support provisions that require us or the counterparty to post collateral if there are declines in the derivative fair value or our credit rating. The derivative assets and derivative liabilities are reported at their fair values net of collateral and netting by the counterparty. At December 31, 2015 we had posted collateral of $182.7 and received collateral of $32.2 related to our derivative financial instruments.
Retirement Benefits: We recognize the funded status of pension and other postretirement benefit plans on the consolidated balance sheets based on fiscal-year-end measurements of plan assets and benefit obligations. Prepaid pension benefits represent prepaid costs related to defined benefit pension plans and are reported with other noncurrent assets. Postretirement benefits represent outstanding obligations for retiree medical, life, vision and dental benefits. Liabilities for pension and other postretirement benefits are reported with current and noncurrent liabilities based on the amount by which the actuarial present value of benefits payable in the next twelve months included in the benefit obligation exceeds the fair value of plan assets.
We determine the expected return on plan assets using the calculated value of plan assets, which recognizes changes in the fair value of plan assets in a systematic manner over three years. We apply a corridor approach to amortize unrecognized actuarial gains or losses. Under this approach, only accumulated net actuarial gains or losses in excess of 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the fair value of plan assets are amortized over the average remaining service or lifetime of the workforce as a component of net periodic benefit cost.
Medical Claims Payable: Liabilities for medical claims payable include estimated provisions for incurred but not paid claims on an undiscounted basis, as well as estimated provisions for expenses related to the processing of claims. Incurred but not paid claims include (1) an estimate for claims that are incurred but not reported, as well as claims reported to us but not yet processed through our systems; and (2) claims reported to us and processed through our systems but not yet paid.
Liabilities for both claims incurred but not reported and reported but not yet processed through our systems are determined in aggregate by employing actuarial methods that are commonly used by health insurance actuaries and meet Actuarial Standards of Practice. Actuarial Standards of Practice require that the claim liabilities be appropriate under moderately adverse circumstances. We determine the amount of the liability for incurred but not paid claims by following a detailed actuarial process that entails using both historical claim payment patterns as well as emerging medical cost trends to project our best estimate of claim liabilities.
We regularly review and set assumptions regarding cost trends and utilization when initially establishing claim liabilities. We continually monitor and adjust the claims liability and benefit expense based on subsequent paid claims activity. If our assumptions regarding cost trends and utilization are significantly different than actual results, our income statement and financial position could be impacted in future periods.
Premium deficiencies are recognized when it is probable that expected claims and administrative expenses will exceed future premiums on existing medical insurance contracts without consideration of investment income. Determination of

- 90 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

premium deficiencies for longer duration life and disability contracts includes consideration of investment income. For purposes of premium deficiencies, contracts are deemed to be either short or long duration and are grouped in a manner consistent with our method of acquiring, servicing and measuring the profitability of such contracts. Once established, premium deficiencies are released commensurate with actual claims experience over the remaining life of the contract. No premium deficiencies were established at December 31, 2015 or 2014 .
Reserves for Future Policy Benefits: Reserves for future policy benefits include liabilities for life and long-term disability insurance policy benefits based upon interest, mortality and morbidity assumptions from published actuarial tables, modified based upon our experience. Future policy benefits also include liabilities for insurance policies for which some of the premiums received in earlier years are intended to pay anticipated benefits to be incurred in future years. Future policy benefits are continually monitored and reviewed, and when reserves are adjusted, differences are reflected in benefit expense.
The current portion of reserves for future policy benefits relates to the portion of such reserves that we expect to pay within one year . We believe that our liabilities for future policy benefits, along with future premiums received are adequate to satisfy our ultimate benefit liability; however, these estimates are inherently subject to a number of variable circumstances. Consequently, the actual results could differ materially from the amounts recorded in our consolidated financial statements.
  Other Policyholder Liabilities: Other policyholder liabilities include rate stabilization reserves associated with retrospectively rated insurance contracts and certain case-specific reserves. Other policyholder liabilities also includes liabilities for premium refunds based upon the minimum medical loss ratio, or MLR, the relative health risk of members, or other contractual or regulatory requirements. Rate stabilization reserves represent accumulated premiums that exceed what customers owe us based on actual claim experience. The timing of payment of these retrospectively rated refunds is based on the contractual terms with the customers and can vary from period to period based on the specific contractual requirements.
We are required to meet certain minimum MLR thresholds prescribed by the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or ACA, and related Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or collectively, Health Care Reform. If we do not meet or exceed the minimum MLR thresholds specified by Health Care Reform, we are required to pay rebates to certain customers. Minimum MLR rebates are calculated by applicable line of business (Large Group, Small Group, Individual and Medicare) and legal entity in accordance with regulations issued by the Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS. Such calculations are made using estimated calendar year medical loss expense and premiums, as defined by HHS.
We follow HHS guidelines for determining the types of expenses that may be included in our minimum MLR rebate calculations, which differ from benefit expense and premiums as reported in our consolidated financial statements prepared in conformity with GAAP. Certain amounts reported as expense in our GAAP basis consolidated financial statements may be reported as a reduction of premiums in accordance with HHS regulations. In addition, profit amounts included in our payments to third party administrative service providers are recorded as benefit expense in our consolidated GAAP financial statements while HHS does not allow for the inclusion of these expenses within the medical loss expense for purposes of calculating minimum MLR.
Revenue Recognition: Premiums for fully-insured contracts are recognized as revenue over the period insurance coverage is provided, and, if applicable, net of amounts recognized for the Health Care Reform minimum MLR rebates, risk adjustment, reinsurance and risk corridor or contractual premium stabilization programs. Premium payments from contracted government agencies are based on eligibility lists produced by the government agencies. Premiums related to the unexpired contractual coverage periods are reflected in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as unearned income. Premiums include revenue from retrospectively rated contracts where revenue is based on the estimated ultimate loss experience of the contract. Premium revenue includes an adjustment for retrospectively rated refunds based on an estimate of incurred claims. Premium rates for certain lines of business are subject to approval by the Department of Insurance of each respective state. Additionally, delays in annual premium rate changes from contracted government agencies require that we defer the recognition of any increases to the period in which the premium rates become final. The value of the impact can be significant in the period in which it is recognized dependent on the magnitude of the premium rate increase, the membership to which it applies and the length of the delay between the effective date of the rate increase and the final contract date. Premium rate decreases are recognized in the period the change in premium rate becomes effective and the change in the rate is known, which may be prior to the period when the contract amendment affecting the rate is finalized.
Administrative fees include revenue from certain group contracts that provide for the group to be at risk for all, or with supplemental insurance arrangements, a portion of their claims experience. We charge these self-funded groups an

- 91 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

administrative fee, which is based on the number of members in a group or the group’s claim experience. In addition, administrative fees include amounts received for the administration of Medicare or certain other government programs. Under our self-funded arrangements, revenue is recognized as administrative services are performed. All benefit payments under these programs are excluded from benefit expense.
Share-Based Compensation: Our current compensation philosophy provides for share-based compensation, including stock options, restricted stock awards and an employee stock purchase plan. Stock options are granted for a fixed number of shares with an exercise price at least equal to the fair value of the shares at the date of the grant. Restricted stock awards are issued at the fair value of the stock on the grant date. The employee stock purchase plan allows for a purchase price per share which is 95% of the fair value of a share of common stock on the last trading day of the plan quarter. The employee stock purchase plan discount is not recognized as compensation expense based on GAAP guidance. All other share-based payments to employees are recognized as compensation expense in the income statement based on their fair values. Additionally, excess tax benefits, which result from actual tax benefits exceeding deferred tax benefits previously recognized based on grant date fair value, are recognized as additional paid-in-capital and are reclassified from operating cash flows to financing cash flows in the consolidated statements of cash flows. Our share-based employee compensation plans and assumptions are described in Note 14, “Capital Stock.”
Advertising and Marketing Costs : We use print, broadcast and other advertising to promote our products and to develop our corporate image. We market our products through direct marketing activities and an extensive network of independent agents, brokers and retail partnerships for Individual and Medicare customers, and for certain Local Group customers with a smaller employee base. Products for National Accounts and Local Group customers with a larger employee base are generally sold through independent brokers or consultants retained by the customer and working with industry specialists from our in-house sales force. In the Individual and Small Group markets we offer products through state or federally facilitated marketplaces, or public exchanges, and off-exchange products. The cost of advertising and marketing for product promotion is expensed as incurred while advertising and marketing costs associated with corporate image is expensed when first aired. Total advertising and marketing expense was $313.5 , $337.0 and $350.9 for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively.
Health Insurance Provider Fee : Beginning in 2014, Health Care Reform imposed an annual Health Insurance Provider Fee, or HIP Fee, on health insurers that write certain types of health insurance on U.S. risks. The annual HIP Fee is allocated to health insurers based on the ratio of the amount of an insurer's net premium revenues written during the preceding calendar year to an adjusted amount of health insurance for all U.S. health risk for those certain lines of business written during the preceding calendar year. The HIP Fee is non-deductible for federal income tax purposes. The total amount collected from allocations to health insurers in 2015 and 2014 was $11,300.0 and $8,000.0 , respectively. We record our estimated liability for the HIP Fee in full at the beginning of the year with a corresponding deferred asset that is amortized on a straight-line basis to general and administrative expense. The final calculation and payment of the annual HIP Fee occurs in the third quarter each year and our portion of the HIP Fee for 2015 and 2014 was $1,207.5 and $893.3 , respectively. The annual HIP Fee to be allocated to all health insurers remains at $11,300.0 for 2016, has been suspended for 2017 and will resume and be increased to $14,300.0 for 2018. For 2019 and beyond, the annual HIP Fee will equal the amount for the preceding year increased by the rate of premium growth for the preceding year less the rate of growth in the consumer price index for the preceding calendar year.
Earnings per Share: Earnings per share amounts, on a basic and diluted basis, have been calculated based upon the weighted-average common shares outstanding for the period.
Basic earnings per share excludes dilution and is computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share includes the dilutive effect of stock options, restricted stock and convertible debentures, using the treasury stock method. The treasury stock method assumes exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted stock, with the assumed proceeds used to purchase common stock at the average market price for the period. The difference between the number of shares assumed issued and number of shares assumed purchased represents the dilutive shares.
Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance: In November 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes, or ASU 2015-17. This amendment requires that all deferred tax assets and liabilities, along with any related valuation allowance, be classified as noncurrent on the balance sheet. Prior to the

- 92 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

issuance of ASU 2015-17, deferred taxes were required to be presented as a net current asset or liability and a net noncurrent asset or liability. We adopted the provisions of ASU 2015-17 upon issuance and prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. As of December 31, 2014, the previously reported balance of our net current deferred tax assets of $280.4 was reclassified in the consolidated balance sheet and netted against the net long-term deferred tax liabilities. The adoption of ASU 2015-17 did not impact our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
In September 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments, or ASU 2015-16. This amendment requires the acquirer in a business combination to recognize in the reporting period in which adjustment amounts are determined, any adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement period, calculated as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. Prior to the issuance of ASU 2015-16, an acquirer was required to restate prior period financial statements as of the acquisition date for adjustments to provisional amounts. The amendments in ASU 2015-16 are to be applied prospectively upon adoption. The adoption of the provisions of ASU 2015-16 upon issuance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
In April 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-03, Interest - Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs , or ASU 2015-03. ASU 2015-03 amends current presentation guidance by requiring that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. Prior to the issuance of ASU 2015-03, debt issuance costs were required to be presented as an asset in the balance sheet. We adopted the provisions of ASU 2015-03 upon issuance and prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. As of December 31, 2014, $0.7 of debt issuance costs were reclassified in the consolidated balance sheet from other current assets to current portion of long-term debt and $107.6 was reclassified from other noncurrent assets to long-term debt, less current portion. The adoption of ASU 2015-03 did not impact our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
In June 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-11,  Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860): Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions, Repurchase Financings, and Disclosures, or ASU 2014-11 . This amendment requires repurchase-to-maturity transactions to be accounted for as secured borrowings and eliminates previous guidance for repurchase financings. The amendment also expands the disclosure requirements related to certain transactions accounted for as secured borrowings and certain transfers accounted for as sales when the transferor also retains substantially all of the exposure to the economic return on the transferred financial assets throughout the term of the transaction. The amendments related to the accounting of, and disclosure requirements for, certain transactions accounted for as a sale became effective as of January 1, 2015 and did not have an impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, cash flows or disclosures. The new disclosure requirements for repurchase agreements, securities lending transactions and repurchase-to-maturity transactions accounted for as secured borrowings became effective as of April 1, 2015. See Note 4, "Investments - Securities Lending Programs, " for additional disclosure information related to the adoption of ASU 2014-11.
Recent Accounting Guidance Not Yet Adopted: In January 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-01, Financial Instruments - Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities , or ASU 2016-01. The amendments in ASU 2016-01 change the accounting for non-consolidated equity investments that are not accounted for under the equity method of accounting by requiring changes in fair value to be recognized in income. Under current guidance, changes in fair value for investments of this nature are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income as a component of shareholders’ equity. Additionally, ASU 2016-01 simplifies the impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values; requires entities to use the exit price when estimating the fair value of financial instruments; and modifies various presentation disclosure requirements for financial instruments. ASU 2016-01 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. We are currently evaluating the effects the adoption of ASU 2016-01 will have on our results of operations and related disclosures.
In August 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date . This amendment defers the effective date of the previously issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) , or ASU 2014-09, until the interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Earlier application is permitted for interim and annual reporting

- 93 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

periods beginning after December 15, 2016. We intend to adopt the provisions of ASU 2014-09 for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Upon the effective date, ASU 2014-09 will supersede almost all existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP, with certain exceptions, including an exception for revenue accounted for in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 944, Financial Services - Insurance , or Topic 944. ASU 2014-09 will require a company to recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. An entity has the option to apply the provisions of ASU 2014-09 either retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying the new guidance recognized at the date of initial application. We are currently evaluating the effects the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have on our results of operations, cash flows, consolidated financial position and related disclosures.
In May 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-09, Financial Services—Insurance (Topic 944): Disclosures about Short-Duration Contracts, or ASU 2015-09. This amendment requires new and expanded disclosures in interim and annual reporting periods related to the liability for unpaid claims and claim adjustment expenses for short-duration insurance contracts. ASU 2015-09 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The adoption of ASU 2015-09 will not impact our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
In April 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-05, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement , or ASU 2015-05. This amendment provides guidance to help entities determine whether a cloud computing arrangement contains a software license that should be accounted for as internal-use software or as a service contract. ASU 2015-05 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Upon adoption, an entity has the option to apply the provisions of ASU 2015-05 either prospectively to all arrangements entered into or materially modified, or retrospectively. The adoption of ASU 2015-05 is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
In February 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis , or ASU 2015-02. ASU 2015-02 amends current consolidation guidance by modifying the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are variable interest entities or voting interest entities, eliminating the presumption that a general partner should consolidate a limited partnership, and affects the consolidation analysis of reporting entities that are involved with variable interest entities. ASU No. 2015-02 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015. All legal entities are subject to reevaluation under the revised consolidation model. The adoption of ASU 2015-02 is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
There were no other new accounting pronouncements that were issued or became effective during the year ended December 31, 2015 that had, or are expected to have, a material impact on our financial position, results of operations, cash flows or financial statement disclosures.
3. Business Acquisitions and Divestiture
Pending Acquisition of Cigna Corporation
On July 24, 2015, we and Cigna Corporation, or Cigna, announced that we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, or Merger Agreement, dated as of July 23, 2015, by and among Anthem, Cigna and Anthem Merger Sub Corp., a Delaware corporation and our direct wholly-owned subsidiary, pursuant to which we will acquire all outstanding shares of Cigna, or the Acquisition. The Acquisition will further our goal of creating a premier health benefits company with critical diversification and scale to lead the transformation of health care delivery for consumers. Cigna is a global health services organization that delivers affordable and personalized products and services to customers through employer-based, government-sponsored and individual coverage arrangements. All of Cigna's products and services are provided exclusively by or through its operating subsidiaries, including Connecticut General Life Insurance Company, Cigna Health and Life Insurance Company, Life Insurance Company of North America and Cigna Life Insurance Company of New York. Such products and services include an integrated suite of health services, such as medical, dental, behavioral health, pharmacy,

- 94 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

vision, supplemental benefits, and other related products including group life, accident and disability insurance. Cigna maintains sales capability in 30 countries and jurisdictions.
Under the terms of the Merger Agreement, Cigna’s shareholders will receive $103.40 in cash and 0.5152 shares of our common stock for each Cigna common share outstanding. The value of the transaction is estimated to be approximately $53,000.0 based on the closing price of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on July 23, 2015. The final purchase price will be determined based on our closing stock price on the date of closing of the Acquisition. The combined company will reflect a pro forma equity ownership comprised of approximately 67% Anthem shareholders and approximately 33% Cigna shareholders. We expect to finance the cash portion of the Acquisition through available cash on hand and the issuance of new debt. We entered into a bridge facility commitment letter and a joinder agreement with a group of lenders which will provide up to $22,500.0 under a 364 -day senior unsecured bridge term loan credit facility to finance the Acquisition in the event that we have not received proceeds from any combination of (i) senior unsecured term loans, (ii) common or preferred equity or equity-linked securities and/or (iii) senior unsecured notes in a public offering or private placement in an aggregate principal amount of at least $22,500.0 prior to the consummation of the Acquisition. In addition, in August 2015, we entered into a term loan facility which will provide up to $4,000.0 to finance a portion of the Acquisition. The commitment of the lenders to provide the bridge facility and the term loan facility is subject to several conditions, including the completion of the Acquisition.
Acquisition of Simply Healthcare
On February 17, 2015, we completed our acquisition of Simply Healthcare, a leading managed care company for people enrolled in Medicaid and Medicare programs in Florida. This acquisition aligns with our strategy for continued growth in our Government Business segment.
In accordance with FASB accounting guidance for business combinations, the consideration transferred was allocated to the fair value of Simply Healthcare's assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including identifiable intangible assets. The excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of net assets acquired resulted in non-tax-deductible goodwill of $474.7 at December 31, 2015, all of which was allocated to our Government Business segment. Goodwill recognized from the acquisition of Simply Healthcare primarily relates to the future economic benefits arising from the assets acquired and is consistent with our stated intentions to strengthen our position and expand operations in the government sector to service Medicaid and Medicare enrollees. Subsequent to the acquisition date, we recognized a $14.2 reduction to goodwill primarily related to adjustments to provisional amounts of intangible assets recorded on the acquisition date.
The fair value of the net assets acquired from Simply Healthcare includes $430.0 of other intangible assets, which primarily consist of indefinite-lived state licenses and finite-lived customer relationships with amortization periods ranging from 2 to 4 years.
The results of operations of Simply Healthcare are included in our consolidated financial statements within our Government Business segment for the period following February 17, 2015. The pro-forma effects of this acquisition for prior periods were not material to our consolidated results of operations.
Divestiture of 1-800 CONTACTS
In December 2013 , we entered into a definitive agreement to sell our 1-800 CONTACTS business to the private equity firm Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. Additionally, we entered into an asset purchase agreement with Luxottica Group to sell our glasses.com related assets, or collectively, 1-800 CONTACTS. The operating results for 1-800 CONTACTS are reported as discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated statements of income. These results were previously reported in the Commercial and Specialty Business segment.

- 95 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The sales were completed on January 31, 2014 and did not result in any material difference to the loss on disposal from discontinued operations recorded during the year ended December 31, 2013. Prior to the sales, 2014 income from discontinued operations, net of tax, was $9.6 . Summarized financial information for the 1-800 CONTACTS discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 is as follows:
 
 
2013
Revenues
 
$
434.7

 
 
 
Income from discontinued operations before tax
 
$
17.3

Income tax benefit
 
(2.6
)
Income from discontinued operations
 
19.9

Loss on disposal from discontinued operations, net of tax
 
(164.5
)
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
 
$
(144.6
)
In connection with the sale of 1-800 CONTACTS, we recognized a loss on disposal of $221.8 , net of an income tax benefit of $57.3 for the year ended December 31, 2013. The loss on disposal was calculated as the difference between the fair value, as determined by the sales agreements less costs to sell, and the carrying value of the held for sale assets at December 31, 2013.

- 96 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

4. Investments
A summary of current and long-term investments, available-for-sale, at December 31, 2015 and 2014 is as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-Credit
Component of
Other-Than-
Temporary
Impairments
Recognized in
AOCI
 
Cost or
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross Unrealized Losses
 
Estimated
Fair Value
 
 
 
 
Less than
12 Months
 
12 Months
or Greater
 
 
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed maturity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
United States Government securities
$
349.5

 
$
2.0

 
$
(1.6
)
 
$

 
$
349.9

 
$

Government sponsored securities
75.6

 
0.5

 
(0.1
)
 
(0.1
)
 
75.9

 

States, municipalities and political subdivisions, tax-exempt
5,976.7

 
284.1

 
(4.0
)
 
(5.2
)
 
6,251.6

 

Corporate securities
8,209.7

 
61.1

 
(267.2
)
 
(110.5
)
 
7,893.1

 
(15.4
)
Residential mortgage-backed securities
1,724.5

 
41.2

 
(7.6
)
 
(7.2
)
 
1,750.9

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities
407.6

 
1.4

 
(4.3
)
 
(0.4
)
 
404.3

 

Other debt securities
756.8

 
4.1

 
(5.8
)
 
(2.6
)
 
752.5

 

Total fixed maturity securities
17,500.4

 
394.4

 
(290.6
)
 
(126.0
)
 
17,478.2

 
$
(15.4
)
Equity securities
1,083.1

 
420.6

 
(30.9
)
 

 
1,472.8

 
 
Total investments, available-for-sale
$
18,583.5

 
$
815.0

 
$
(321.5
)
 
$
(126.0
)
 
$
18,951.0

 
 
December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed maturity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
United States Government securities
$
315.7

 
$
4.6

 
$
(0.3
)
 
$

 
$
320.0

 
$

Government sponsored securities
94.6

 
0.8

 

 
(0.4
)
 
95.0

 

States, municipalities and political subdivisions, tax-exempt
5,451.4

 
287.0

 
(1.8
)
 
(3.0
)
 
5,733.6

 

Corporate securities
8,335.9

 
162.9

 
(123.1
)
 
(43.2
)
 
8,332.5

 
(6.8
)
Options embedded in convertible securities
98.7

 

 

 

 
98.7

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities
2,099.7

 
68.9

 
(1.0
)
 
(8.6
)
 
2,159.0

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities
504.8

 
6.1

 
(0.6
)
 
(0.4
)
 
509.9

 

Other debt securities
720.3

 
6.1

 
(1.7
)
 
(1.6
)
 
723.1

 

Total fixed maturity securities
17,621.1

 
536.4

 
(128.5
)
 
(57.2
)
 
17,971.8

 
$
(6.8
)
Equity securities
1,330.7

 
618.5

 
(11.1
)
 

 
1,938.1

 
 
Total investments, available-for-sale
$
18,951.8

 
$
1,154.9

 
$
(139.6
)
 
$
(57.2
)
 
$
19,909.9

 
 
At December 31, 2015 , we owned $2,155.2 of mortgage-backed securities and $698.6 of asset-backed securities out of a total available-for-sale investment portfolio of $18,951.0 . These securities included sub-prime and Alt-A securities with fair values of $30.9 and $58.2 , respectively. These sub-prime and Alt-A securities had accumulated net unrealized gains of $1.0 and $3.3 , respectively. The average credit rating of the sub-prime and Alt-A securities was “CCC” and “CC”, respectively.
At December 31, 2015, we owned $777.2 of energy sector fixed maturity securities out of a total available-for-sale investment portfolio of $18,951.0 . These energy sector securities had accumulated net unrealized losses of $172.0 .

- 97 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For available-for-sale securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , the following table summarizes the aggregate fair values and gross unrealized losses by length of time those securities have continuously been in an unrealized loss position.
 
Less than 12 Months
 
12 Months or Greater
 
Number of
Securities
 
Estimated
Fair Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Loss
 
Number of
Securities
 
Estimated
Fair Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Loss
(Securities are whole amounts)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed maturity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
United States Government securities
48

 
$
248.4

 
$
(1.6
)
 
2

 
$
0.9

 
$

Government sponsored securities
13

 
18.3

 
(0.1
)
 
6

 
8.2

 
(0.1
)
States, municipalities and political subdivisions, tax-exempt
198

 
467.8

 
(4.0
)
 
43

 
83.0

 
(5.2
)
Corporate securities
2,492

 
4,912.3

 
(267.2
)
 
372

 
447.0

 
(110.5
)
Residential mortgage-backed securities
298

 
668.3

 
(7.6
)
 
119

 
186.3

 
(7.2
)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
66

 
263.0

 
(4.3
)
 
17

 
38.5

 
(0.4
)
Other debt securities
153

 
488.2

 
(5.8
)
 
28

 
77.0

 
(2.6
)
Total fixed maturity securities
3,268

 
7,066.3

 
(290.6
)
 
587

 
840.9

 
(126.0
)
Equity securities
792

 
261.1

 
(30.9
)
 

 

 

Total fixed maturity and equity securities
4,060

 
$
7,327.4

 
$
(321.5
)
 
587

 
$
840.9

 
$
(126.0
)
December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed maturity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
United States Government securities
17

 
$
145.3

 
$
(0.3
)
 
2

 
$
0.9

 
$

Government sponsored securities
2

 
0.3

 

 
16

 
29.3

 
(0.4
)
States, municipalities and political subdivisions, tax-exempt
136

 
315.6

 
(1.8
)
 
80

 
174.3

 
(3.0
)
Corporate securities
1,802

 
3,213.3

 
(123.1
)
 
314

 
514.6

 
(43.2
)
Residential mortgage-backed securities
78

 
155.0

 
(1.0
)
 
186

 
398.3

 
(8.6
)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
43

 
156.2

 
(0.6
)
 
10

 
33.2

 
(0.4
)
Other debt securities
79

 
270.6

 
(1.7
)
 
21

 
65.0

 
(1.6
)
Total fixed maturity securities
2,157

 
4,256.3

 
(128.5
)
 
629

 
1,215.6

 
(57.2
)
Equity securities
407

 
125.4

 
(11.1
)
 

 

 

Total fixed maturity and equity securities
2,564

 
$
4,381.7

 
$
(139.6
)
 
629

 
$
1,215.6

 
$
(57.2
)

- 98 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The amortized cost and fair value of available-for-sale fixed maturity securities at December 31, 2015 , by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because the issuers of the securities may have the right to prepay obligations.
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Estimated
Fair Value
Due in one year or less
$
276.6

 
$
278.6

Due after one year through five years
4,872.9

 
4,792.3

Due after five years through ten years
5,392.0

 
5,390.1

Due after ten years
4,826.8

 
4,862.0

Mortgage-backed securities
2,132.1

 
2,155.2

Total available-for-sale fixed maturity securities
$
17,500.4

 
$
17,478.2

The major categories of net investment income (loss) for the years ended December 31 are as follows:

2015

2014

2013
Fixed maturity securities
$
679.0


$
644.1


$
638.9

Equity securities
61.7


57.7


45.9

Cash equivalents
0.7


0.8


1.0

Other
(22.6
)

66.3


19.8

Investment income
718.8


768.9


705.6

Investment expense
(41.2
)

(44.5
)

(46.5
)
Net investment income
$
677.6


$
724.4


$
659.1


- 99 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Net realized investment gains/losses and net change in unrealized appreciation/depreciation in investments for the years ended December 31are as follows:
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Net realized gains (losses) on investments:
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed maturity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Gross realized gains from sales
$
135.9

 
$
198.2

 
$
225.9

Gross realized losses from sales
(182.1
)
 
(50.6
)
 
(125.7
)
Net realized (losses) gains from sales of fixed maturity securities
(46.2
)
 
147.6

 
100.2

Equity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Gross realized gains from sales
233.4

 
93.5

 
189.6

Gross realized losses from sales
(45.1
)
 
(13.9
)
 
(13.4
)
Net realized gains from sales of equity securities
188.3

 
79.6

 
176.2

Other investments:
 
 
 
 
 
Gross realized gains from sales
139.8

 
14.4

 
107.2

Gross realized losses from sales
(124.4
)
 
(64.6
)
 
(111.7
)
Net realized gains (losses) from sales of other investments
15.4

 
(50.2
)
 
(4.5
)
Net realized gains on investments
157.5

 
177.0

 
271.9

 
 
 
 
 
 
Other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in income:
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed maturity securities
(31.2
)
 
(22.3
)
 
(42.5
)
Equity securities
(35.6
)
 
(13.5
)
 
(13.9
)
Other invested assets, long-term
(16.6
)
 
(13.2
)
 
(42.5
)
Other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in income
(83.4
)
 
(49.0
)
 
(98.9
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change in net unrealized (losses) gains on investments:
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed maturity securities
(372.9
)
 
145.2

 
(679.8
)
Equity securities
(217.7
)
 
36.5

 
225.4

Other invested assets, long-term
(4.1
)
 

 

Total change in net unrealized (losses) gains on investments
(594.7
)
 
181.7

 
(454.4
)
Deferred income tax benefit (expense)
210.4

 
(63.1
)
 
159.7

Net change in net unrealized (losses) gains on investments
(384.3
)
 
118.6

 
(294.7
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net realized gains on investments, other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in income and net change in net unrealized (losses) gains on investments
$
(310.2
)
 
$
246.6

 
$
(121.7
)
A primary objective in the management of our fixed maturity and equity portfolios is to maximize total return relative to underlying liabilities and respective liquidity needs. In achieving this goal, assets may be sold to take advantage of market conditions or other investment opportunities as well as tax considerations. Sales will generally produce realized gains and losses. In the ordinary course of business, we may sell securities at a loss for a number of reasons, including, but not limited to: (i) changes in the investment environment; (ii) expectations that the fair value could deteriorate further; (iii) desire to reduce exposure to an issuer or an industry; (iv) changes in credit quality; or (v) changes in expected cash flow.

- 100 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Proceeds from fixed maturity securities, equity securities and other invested assets and the related gross realized gains and gross realized losses for the years ended December 31 are as follows:
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Proceeds
$
11,779.8

 
$
10,255.9

 
$
13,662.8

Gross realized gains
509.1

 
306.1

 
522.7

Gross realized losses
(351.6
)
 
(129.1
)
 
(250.8
)
A significant judgment in the valuation of investments is the determination of when an other-than-temporary decline in value has occurred. We follow a consistent and systematic process for recognizing impairments on securities that sustain other-than-temporary declines in value. We have established a committee responsible for the impairment review process. The decision to impair a security incorporates both quantitative criteria and qualitative information. The impairment review process considers a number of factors including, but not limited to: (i) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than book value, (ii) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, (iii) our intent and ability to retain impaired investments for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value, (iv) our intent to sell or the likelihood that we will need to sell a fixed maturity security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, (v) whether the debtor is current on interest and principal payments, (vi) the reasons for the decline in value (i.e., credit event compared to liquidity, general credit spread widening, currency exchange rate or interest rate factors) and (vii) general market conditions and industry or sector specific factors. For securities that are deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired, the security is adjusted to fair value and the resulting losses are recognized in the consolidated statements of income. The new cost basis of the impaired securities is not increased for future recoveries in fair value.
Other-than-temporary impairments recorded in 2015 , 2014 and 2013 were primarily the result of the continued credit deterioration on specific issuers in the bond markets and the fair values of certain equity securities remaining below cost for an extended period of time. There were no individually significant OTTI losses on investments by issuer during 2015 , 2014 or 2013 .
Investment securities are exposed to various risks, such as interest rate, market and credit. Due to the level of risk associated with certain investment securities and the level of uncertainty related to changes in the value of investment securities, it is possible that changes in these risk factors in the near term could have an adverse material impact on our results of operations or shareholders’ equity.
The changes in the amount of the credit component of OTTI losses on fixed maturity securities recognized in income, for which a portion of the OTTI losses was recognized in other comprehensive income, was not material for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 or 2013 .
At December 31, 2015 and 2014 , no investments exceeded 10% of shareholders’ equity.
At December 31, 2015 and 2014 , the carrying value of fixed maturity investments that did not produce income during the years then ended were $0.2 and $9.2 , respectively.
As of December 31, 2015 we had committed approximately $662.3 to future capital calls from various third-party investments in exchange for an ownership interest in the related entities.
At December 31, 2015 and 2014 , securities with carrying values of approximately $558.2 and $504.4 , respectively, were deposited by our insurance subsidiaries under requirements of regulatory authorities.
In the tables above, certain amounts for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. The reclassifications do not impact amounts presented in the financial statements.
Securities Lending Programs
The fair value of the collateral received at the time of the securities lending transactions amounted to $1,300.9 and $1,515.3 at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. The value of the collateral represented 103% of the market value of the securities on loan at December 31, 2015 and 2014 .

- 101 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The remaining contractual maturity of our securities lending agreements at December 31, 2015 is as follows:
 
Overnight and Continuous
 
Less than 30 days
 
30-90 days
 
Greater Than 90 days
 
Total
Securities lending transactions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
United States Government securities
$
102.3

 
$
9.7

 
$
1.0

 
$
32.1

 
$
145.1

Corporate securities
813.3

 

 

 

 
813.3

Equity securities
300.2

 
6.3

 

 

 
306.5

Other debt securities
36.0

 

 

 

 
36.0

Total
$
1,251.8

 
$
16.0

 
$
1.0

 
$
32.1

 
$
1,300.9


- 102 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

5. Derivative Financial Instruments
A summary of the aggregate contractual or notional amounts and estimated fair values related to derivative financial instruments at December 31, 2015 and 2014 is as follows:
 
Contractual/
Notional
Amount
 
Balance Sheet Location
 
Estimated Fair Value
 
Asset
 
(Liability)
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Hedging instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps - fixed to floating
$
1,385.0

 
Other assets/other liabilities
 
$
7.0

 
$
(0.8
)
Interest rate swaps - forward starting pay fixed
4,650.0

 
Other assets/other liabilities
 
15.7

 
(90.9
)
Subtotal hedging
6,035.0

 
Subtotal hedging
 
22.7

 
(91.7
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-hedging instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps
271.7

 
Equity securities 
 
1.2

 
(6.0
)
Options
16,917.4

 
Other assets/other liabilities
 
305.7

 
(332.1
)
Futures

 
Equity securities 
 
0.1

 
(0.2
)
Subtotal non-hedging
17,189.1

 
Subtotal non-hedging
 
307.0

 
(338.3
)
Total derivatives
$
23,224.1

 
Total derivatives
 
329.7

 
(430.0
)
 
 
 
Amounts netted
 
(170.6
)
 
170.6

 
 
 
Net derivatives
 
$
159.1

 
$
(259.4
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Hedging instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps - fixed to floating
$
1,185.0

 
Other assets/other liabilities
 
$
2.6

 
$
(7.8
)
Non-hedging instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives embedded in convertible fixed maturity securities
287.0

 
Fixed maturity securities
 
98.7

 

Interest rate swaps
97.9

 
Equity securities 
 

 
(9.4
)
Options
12,208.5

 
Other assets/other liabilities
 
428.0

 
(458.4
)
Futures

 
Equity securities 
 
0.5

 
(1.5
)
Subtotal non-hedging
12,593.4

 
Subtotal non-hedging
 
527.2

 
(469.3
)
Total derivatives
$
13,778.4

 
Total derivatives
 
529.8

 
(477.1
)
 
 
 
Amounts netted
 
(216.7
)
 
216.7

 
 
 
Net derivatives
 
$
313.1

 
$
(260.4
)

- 103 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Fair Value Hedges
We have entered into various interest rate swap contracts to convert a portion of our interest rate exposure on our long-term debt from fixed rates to floating rates. The floating rates payable on all of our fair value hedges are benchmarked to LIBOR. A summary of our outstanding fair value hedges at December 31, 2015 and 2014 is as follows:
Type of Fair Value Hedges
 
Year
Entered
Into
 
Outstanding Notional Amount
 
Interest Rate
Received
 
Expiration Date
 
2015
 
2014
 
Interest rate swap
 
2015
 
$
200.0

 
$

 
4.350
%
 
August 15, 2020
Interest rate swap
 
2014
 
150.0

 
150.0

 
4.350
 
 
August 15, 2020
Interest rate swap
 
2013
 
10.0

 
10.0

 
4.350
 
 
August 15, 2020
Interest rate swap
 
2012
 
200.0

 
200.0

 
4.350
 
 
August 15, 2020
Interest rate swap
 
2012
 
625.0

 
625.0

 
1.875
 
 
January 15, 2018
Interest rate swap
 
2012
 
200.0

 
200.0

 
2.375
 
 
February 15, 2017
Total notional amount outstanding
 
 
 
$
1,385.0

 
$
1,185.0

 
 
 
 
 
A summary of the effect of fair value hedges on our income statement for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 is as follows:
Type of Fair Value Hedges
 
Income Statement
Location of Hedge
Gain
 
Hedge
Gain
Recognized
 
Hedged Item
 
Income Statement
Location of
Hedged Item
Loss
 
Hedged Item
Loss
Recognized
Year ended December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps
 
Interest expense
 
$
12.1

 
Fixed rate debt
 
Interest expense
 
$
(12.1
)
Year ended December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps
 
Interest expense
 
$
25.5

 
Fixed rate debt
 
Interest expense
 
$
(25.5
)
Year ended December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps
 
Interest expense
 
$
31.5

 
Fixed rate debt
 
Interest expense
 
$
(31.5
)
Cash Flow Hedges
During the year ended December 31, 2015 , we entered into a series of forward starting pay fixed interest rate swaps in the notional amount of $4,650.0 , with the objective of eliminating the variability of cash flows in the interest payments on anticipated future financings beginning in 2017. At December 31, 2015 , $4,650.0 was outstanding under these swaps. No cash flow hedges were outstanding at December 31, 2014.
The unrecognized loss for all outstanding and terminated cash flow hedges included in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, was $81.1 and $35.9 at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. As of December 31, 2015 , the total amount of amortization over the next twelve months for all cash flow hedges will increase interest expense by approximately $5.8 .

- 104 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

A summary of the effect of cash flow hedges on our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 is as follows:
 
 
Effective Portion
 
 
 
 
Pretax Hedge
Loss
Recognized
in Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 
Income Statement
Location of
Loss
Reclassification
from Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
 
Hedge Loss
Reclassified from
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
 
Ineffective Portion
Type of Cash Flow Hedge
 
 
 
 
Income
Statement
Location of
Loss
Recognized
 
Hedge Loss
Recognized
Year ended December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forward starting pay fixed swaps
 
$
(75.2
)
 
Interest expense
 
$
(5.5
)
 
None
 
$

Year ended December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forward starting pay fixed swaps
 
$

 
Interest expense
 
$
(5.0
)
 
None
 
$

Year ended December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forward starting pay fixed swaps
 
$

 
Interest expense
 
$
(4.6
)
 
None
 
$

We test for cash flow hedge effectiveness at hedge inception and re-assess at the end of each reporting period. No amounts were excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

- 105 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Non-Hedging Derivatives
A summary of the effect of non-hedging derivatives on our income statement for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 is as follows:
Type of Non-hedging Derivatives
 
Income Statement Location of
Gain (Loss) Recognized
 
Derivative
Gain (Loss)
Recognized
Year ended December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
Derivatives embedded in convertible fixed maturity securities
 
Net realized gains on investments
 
$
(22.2
)
Interest rate swaps
 
Net realized gains on investments
 
(1.9
)
Options
 
Net realized gains on investments
 
34.7

Futures
 
Net realized gains on investments
 
(0.1
)
Swaptions
 
Net realized gains on investments
 
(0.1
)
Total
 
 
 
$
10.4

Year ended December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
Derivatives embedded in convertible fixed maturity securities
 
Net realized gains on investments
 
$
11.6

Interest rate swaps
 
Net realized gains on investments
 
(11.6
)
Options
 
Net realized gains on investments
 
(54.6
)
Futures
 
Net realized gains on investments
 
(10.0
)
Swaptions
 
Net realized gains on investments
 
1.3

Total
 
 
 
$
(63.3
)
Year ended December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
Derivatives embedded in convertible fixed maturity securities
 
Net realized gains on investments
 
$
31.5

Interest rate swaps
 
Net realized gains on investments
 
2.2

Options
 
Net realized gains on investments
 
(111.7
)
Futures
 
Net realized gains on investments
 
22.3

Swaptions
 
Net realized gains on investments
 
$
3.0

Total
 
 
 
$
(52.7
)

- 106 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

6. Fair Value
Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets are categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair value. Level inputs, as defined by FASB guidance for fair value measurements and disclosures, are as follows:
Level Input:
 
Input Definition:
Level I
 
Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets at the measurement date.
Level II
 
Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level I that are observable for the asset or liability through corroboration with market data at the measurement date.
Level III
 
Unobservable inputs that reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date.
The following methods, assumptions and inputs were used to determine the fair value of each class of the following assets and liabilities recorded at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets:
Cash equivalents: Cash equivalents primarily consist of highly rated money market funds with maturities of three months or less, and are purchased daily at par value with specified yield rates. Due to the high ratings and short-term nature of the funds, we designate all cash equivalents as Level I.
Fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale: Fair values of available-for-sale fixed maturity securities are based on quoted market prices, where available. These fair values are obtained primarily from third party pricing services, which generally use Level I or Level II inputs for the determination of fair value to facilitate fair value measurements and disclosures. United States Government securities represent Level I securities, while Level II securities primarily include corporate securities, securities from states, municipalities and political subdivisions, mortgage-backed securities and certain other asset back securities. For securities not actively traded, the pricing services may use quoted market prices of comparable instruments or discounted cash flow analyses, incorporating inputs that are currently observable in the markets for similar securities. We have controls in place to review the pricing services’ qualifications and procedures used to determine fair values. In addition, we periodically review the pricing services’ pricing methodologies, data sources and pricing inputs to ensure the fair values obtained are reasonable. Inputs that are often used in the valuation methodologies include, but are not limited to, broker quotes, benchmark yields, credit spreads, default rates and prepayment speeds. We also have certain fixed maturity securities, primarily corporate debt securities, that are designated Level III securities. For these securities, the valuation methodologies may incorporate broker quotes or discounted cash flow analyses using assumptions for inputs such as expected cash flows, benchmark yields, credit spreads, default rates and prepayment speeds that are not observable in the markets.
Equity securities, available-for-sale: Fair values of equity securities are generally designated as Level I and are based on quoted market prices. For certain equity securities, quoted market prices for the identical security are not always available and the fair value is estimated by reference to similar securities for which quoted prices are available. These securities are designated Level II. We also have certain equity securities, including private equity securities, for which the fair value is estimated based on each security’s current condition and future cash flow projections. Such securities are designated Level III. The fair values of these private equity securities are generally based on either broker quotes or discounted cash flow projections using assumptions for inputs such as the weighted-average cost of capital, long-term revenue growth rates and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, and/or revenue multiples that are not observable in the markets.
Other invested assets, current: Other invested assets, current include securities held in rabbi trusts that are classified as trading. These securities are designated Level I securities as fair values are based on quoted market prices.
Securities lending collateral: Fair values of securities lending collateral are based on quoted market prices, where available. These fair values are obtained primarily from third party pricing services, which generally use Level I or Level II inputs for the determination of fair value, to facilitate fair value measurements and disclosures.

- 107 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Derivatives: Fair values are based on the quoted market prices by the financial institution that is the counterparty to the derivative transaction. We independently verify prices provided by the counterparties using valuation models that incorporate market observable inputs for similar derivative transactions. Derivatives are designated as Level II securities.
In addition, the following methods and assumptions were used to determine the fair value of each class of pension benefit plan assets and other benefit plan assets not defined above (see Note 10, “Retirement Benefits,” for fair values of benefit plan assets):
Mutual funds : Fair values are based on quoted market prices, which represent the net asset value, or NAV, of shares held.
Common and collective trusts : Fair values of common/collective trusts that replicate traded money market funds are based on cost, which approximates fair value. Fair values of common/collective trusts that invest in securities are valued at the NAV of the shares held, where the trust applies fair value measurements to the underlying investments to determine the NAV.
Partnership interests : Fair values are estimated based on the plan’s proportionate share of the undistributed partners’ capital as reported in audited financial statements of the partnership.
Contract with insurance company : Fair value of the contract in the insurance company general investment account is determined by the insurance company based on the fair value of the underlying investments of the account.
Investment in DOL 103-12 trust:  Fair value is based on the plan’s proportionate share of the fair value of investments held by the trust, qualified as a Department of Labor Regulation 2520.103-12 entity, or DOL 103-12 trust, as reported in the audited financial statements of the trust, where the trustee applies fair value measurements to the underlying investments of the trust.
Life insurance contracts:  Fair value is based on the cash surrender value of the policies as reported by the insurer.

- 108 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

A summary of fair value measurements by level for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2015 and 2014 is as follows:
 
Level I
 
Level II
 
Level III
 
Total
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash equivalents
$
701.0

 
$

 
$

 
$
701.0

Investments available-for-sale:

 

 

 
 
Fixed maturity securities:

 

 

 
 
United States Government securities
349.9

 

 

 
349.9

Government sponsored securities

 
75.9

 

 
75.9

States, municipalities and political subdivisions, tax-exempt

 
6,251.6

 

 
6,251.6

Corporate securities
77.6

 
7,629.3

 
186.2

 
7,893.1

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 
1,750.9

 

 
1,750.9

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 
402.4

 
1.9

 
404.3

Other debt securities
55.7

 
671.2

 
25.6

 
752.5

Total fixed maturity securities
483.2

 
16,781.3

 
213.7

 
17,478.2

Equity securities
1,253.8

 
116.9

 
102.1

 
1,472.8

Other invested assets, current
19.1

 

 

 
19.1

Securities lending collateral
708.1

 
592.3

 

 
1,300.4

Derivatives (reported with other assets)

 
159.1

 

 
159.1

Total assets
$
3,165.2

 
$
17,649.6

 
$
315.8

 
$
21,130.6

Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives (reported with other liabilities)
$


$
(259.4
)

$


$
(259.4
)
Total liabilities
$

 
$
(259.4
)
 
$

 
$
(259.4
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash equivalents
$
573.2

 
$

 
$

 
$
573.2

Investments available-for-sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed maturity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
United States Government securities
320.0

 

 

 
320.0

Government sponsored securities

 
95.0

 

 
95.0

States, municipalities and political subdivisions, tax-exempt

 
5,733.6

 

 
5,733.6

Corporate securities
7.1

 
8,180.8

 
144.6

 
8,332.5

Options embedded in convertible securities

 
98.7

 

 
98.7

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 
2,159.0

 

 
2,159.0

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 
506.6

 
3.3

 
509.9

Other debt securities
89.2

 
627.3

 
6.6

 
723.1

Total fixed maturity securities
416.3

 
17,401.0

 
154.5

 
17,971.8

Equity securities
1,696.9

 
192.9

 
48.3

 
1,938.1

Other invested assets, current
20.2

 

 

 
20.2

Securities lending collateral
808.3

 
706.9

 

 
1,515.2

Derivatives excluding embedded options (reported with other assets)

 
224.8

 

 
224.8

Total assets
$
3,514.9

 
$
18,525.6

 
$
202.8

 
$
22,243.3

Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives (reported with other liabilities)
$

 
$
(260.4
)
 
$

 
$
(260.4
)
Total liabilities
$

 
$
(260.4
)
 
$

 
$
(260.4
)

- 109 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using Level III inputs for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 is as follows:
 
Corporate
Securities
 
Residential
Mortgage-
backed
Securities
 
Commercial
Mortgage-
backed
Securities
 
Other Debt
Securities
 
Equity
Securities
 
Total
Year ended December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance at January 1, 2015
$
144.6

 
$

 
$
3.3

 
$
6.6

 
$
48.3

 
$
202.8

Total (losses) gains:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recognized in net income
1.4

 

 

 
0.2

 
(1.5
)
 
0.1

Recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income
0.7

 

 

 
(0.2
)
 
3.9

 
4.4

Purchases
132.6

 

 
1.1

 
28.3

 
52.1

 
214.1

Sales
(11.7
)
 

 
(1.1
)
 
(0.9
)
 
(13.8
)
 
(27.5
)
Settlements
(51.6
)
 

 
(1.4
)
 
(0.2
)
 

 
(53.2
)
Transfers into Level III
4.8

 

 

 

 
13.1

 
17.9

Transfers out of Level III
(34.6
)
 

 

 
(8.2
)
 

 
(42.8
)
Ending balance at December 31, 2015
$
186.2

 
$

 
$
1.9

 
$
25.6

 
$
102.1

 
$
315.8

Change in unrealized losses included in net income related to assets still held for the year ended December 31, 2015
$
(0.6
)
 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
(1.4
)
 
$
(2.0
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year ended December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance at January 1, 2014
$
115.2

 
$

 
$
6.5

 
$
14.8

 
$
41.4

 
$
177.9

Total (losses) gains:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recognized in net income
(4.4
)
 

 

 

 
(0.7
)
 
(5.1
)
Recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income
8.5

 

 

 
0.4

 
2.8

 
11.7

Purchases
68.9

 

 
3.6

 
6.5

 
15.9

 
94.9

Sales
(48.0
)
 

 

 
(3.6
)
 
(10.6
)
 
(62.2
)
Settlements
(11.0
)
 

 
(3.7
)
 
(0.4
)
 

 
(15.1
)
Transfers into Level III
24.8

 

 

 

 

 
24.8

Transfers out of Level III
(9.4
)
 

 
(3.1
)
 
(11.1
)
 
(0.5
)
 
(24.1
)
Ending balance at December 31, 2014
$
144.6

 
$

 
$
3.3

 
$
6.6

 
$
48.3

 
$
202.8

Change in unrealized losses included in net income related to assets still held for the year ended December 31, 2014
$
(11.1
)
 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
(0.7
)
 
$
(11.8
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance at January 1, 2013
$
121.1

 
$
4.3

 
$

 
$
3.9

 
$
26.2

 
$
155.5

Total (losses) gains:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recognized in net income
(30.3
)
 

 

 
(0.1
)
 
(4.8
)
 
(35.2
)
Recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income
(3.5
)
 

 

 
0.6

 
9.5

 
6.6

Purchases
51.9

 

 

 
1.6

 
17.6

 
71.1

Sales
(4.8
)
 

 

 

 
(7.1
)
 
(11.9
)
Settlements
(15.5
)
 
(1.9
)
 
(6.1
)
 
(0.7
)
 

 
(24.2
)
Transfers into Level III
3.0


13.1


12.6


9.8



 
38.5

Transfers out of Level III
(6.7
)
 
(15.5
)
 

 
(0.3
)
 

 
(22.5
)
Ending balance at December 31, 2013
$
115.2

 
$

 
$
6.5

 
$
14.8

 
$
41.4

 
$
177.9

Change in unrealized losses included in net income related to assets still held for the year ended December 31, 2013
$
(30.8
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
(0.1
)
 
$
(6.5
)
 
$
(37.4
)
Transfers between levels, if any, are recorded as of the beginning of the reporting period. There were no material transfers between levels during the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 or 2013 .

- 110 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis; that is, the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments only in certain circumstances. As disclosed in Note 3, “Business Acquisitions and Divestiture”, we completed our acquisition of Simply Healthcare on February 17, 2015. The values of net assets acquired in our acquisition of Simply Healthcare and resulting goodwill and other intangible assets were recorded at fair value primarily using Level III inputs. The majority of Simply Healthcare's assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their carrying values as of the respective date of acquisition, as their carrying values approximated their fair values due to their short-term nature. The fair values of goodwill and other intangible assets acquired in our acquisition of Simply Healthcare were internally estimated based on the income approach. The income approach estimates fair value based on the present value of the cash flows that the assets could be expected to generate in the future. We developed internal estimates for the expected cash flows and discount rate in the present value calculation. Other than the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in our acquisition of Simply Healthcare described above, there were no material assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis during the years ended December 31, 2015 or 2014 .
Our valuation policy is determined by members of our treasury and accounting departments. Whenever possible, our policy is to obtain quoted market prices in active markets to estimate fair values for recognition and disclosure purposes. Where quoted market prices in active markets are not available, fair values are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, broker quotes or other valuation techniques. These techniques are significantly affected by our assumptions, including discount rates and estimates of future cash flows. Potential taxes and other transaction costs are not considered in estimating fair values. Our valuation policy is generally to obtain only one quoted price for each security from third party pricing services, which are derived through recently reported trades for identical or similar securities making adjustments through the reporting date based upon available market observable information. When broker quotes are used, we generally obtain only one broker quote per security. As we are responsible for the determination of fair value, we perform monthly analysis on the prices received from the pricing services to determine whether the prices are reasonable estimates of fair value. This analysis is performed by our internal treasury personnel who are familiar with our investment portfolios, the pricing services engaged and the valuation techniques and inputs used. Our analysis includes a review of month-to-month price fluctuations. If unusual fluctuations are noted in this review, we may obtain additional information from other pricing services to validate the quoted price. There were no adjustments to quoted market prices obtained from the pricing services during the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 or 2013 .
In addition to the preceding disclosures on assets recorded at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets, FASB guidance also requires the disclosure of fair values for certain other financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate fair value, whether or not such values are recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.
Non-financial instruments such as real estate, property and equipment, other current assets, deferred income taxes, intangible assets and certain financial instruments, such as policy liabilities, are excluded from the fair value disclosures. Therefore, the fair value amounts cannot be aggregated to determine our underlying economic value.
The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets for cash, accrued investment income, premium and self-funded receivables, other receivables, income taxes receivable/payable, unearned income, accounts payable and accrued expenses, security trades pending payable, securities lending payable and certain other current liabilities approximate fair value because of the short term nature of these items. These assets and liabilities are not listed in the table below.
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instrument that is recorded at its carrying value on the consolidated balance sheets:
Other invested assets, long-term : Other invested assets, long-term include primarily our investments in limited partnerships, joint ventures and other non-controlled corporations, as well as the cash surrender value of corporate-owned life insurance policies. Investments in limited partnerships, joint ventures and other non-controlled corporations are carried at our share in the entities’ undistributed earnings, which approximates fair value. The carrying value of corporate-owned life insurance policies represents the cash surrender value as reported by the respective insurer, which approximates fair value.
Short-term borrowings : The fair value of our short-term borrowings is based on quoted market prices for the same or similar debt, or, if no quoted market prices were available, on the current market interest rates estimated to be available to us for debt of similar terms and remaining maturities.

- 111 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Long-term debt - commercial paper : The carrying amount for commercial paper approximates fair value as the underlying instruments have variable interest rates at market value.
Long-term debt - senior unsecured notes, remarketable subordinated notes and surplus notes : The fair values of our notes are based on quoted market prices in active markets for the same or similar debt, or, if no quoted market prices are available, on the current market observable rates estimated to be available to us for debt of similar terms and remaining maturities.
Long-term debt—convertible debentures : The fair value of our convertible debentures is based on the quoted market price in the active private market in which the convertible debentures trade.
A summary of the estimated fair values by level of each class of financial instrument that is recorded at its carrying value on our consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:
 
Carrying
Value
 
Estimated Fair Value
 
Level I
 
Level II
 
Level III
 
Total
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other invested assets, long-term
$
2,041.1

 
$

 
$

 
$
2,041.1

 
$
2,041.1

Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Short-term borrowings
540.0

 

 
540.0

 

 
540.0

Commercial paper
682.2

 

 
682.2

 

 
682.2

Notes
14,311.6

 

 
14,523.2

 

 
14,523.2

Convertible debentures
330.7

 

 
980.1

 

 
980.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other invested assets, long-term
$
1,695.9

 
$

 
$

 
$
1,695.9

 
$
1,695.9

Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Short-term borrowings
400.0

 

 
400.0

 

 
400.0

Notes
13,777.8

 

 
14,794.8

 

 
14,794.8

Convertible debentures
974.4

 

 
2,581.9

 

 
2,581.9


- 112 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

7. Income Taxes
The components of deferred income taxes at December 31 are as follows:
 
2015
 
2014
Deferred tax assets relating to:
 
 
 
Retirement benefits
$
364.8

 
$
357.7

Accrued expenses
344.6

 
329.9

Insurance reserves
247.1

 
209.7

Net operating loss carryforwards
18.1

 
14.8

Bad debt reserves
154.8

 
132.9

State income tax
43.4

 
40.6

Deferred compensation
40.1

 
46.6

Investment basis difference
62.2

 
88.2

Other
68.4

 
34.2

Total deferred tax assets
1,343.5

 
1,254.6

Valuation allowance

 
(2.6
)
Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance
1,343.5

 
1,252.0

Deferred tax liabilities relating to:
 
 
 
Unrealized gains on securities
127.8

 
331.4

Intangible assets:
 
 
 
Trademarks and state Medicaid licenses
2,547.6

 
2,444.3

Customer, provider and hospital relationships
269.2

 
308.6

Internally developed software and other amortization differences
436.6

 
403.6

Retirement benefits
252.7

 
241.1

Debt discount
61.9

 
184.0

State deferred tax
36.4

 
49.1

Depreciation and amortization
44.2

 
29.6

Other
197.7

 
205.9

Total deferred tax liabilities
3,974.1

 
4,197.6

Net deferred tax liability
$
(2,630.6
)
 
$
(2,945.6
)
In the table above, certain deferred tax liability amounts related to intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2014 have been reclassified to provide consistency with the disclosure components of other intangible assets in Note 9, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets." This reclassification does not impact amounts presented in the financial statements.
The elimination of the valuation allowance during 2015 was attributable to a reduction in a statutory state income tax rate and continued utilization of state net operating losses. Changes in the valuation allowance during 2014 included a decrease of $9.8 related to a reduction in statutory state income tax rate, a decrease of $16.2 related to utilization of state net operating losses, and an increase of $4.5 related to the sale of 1-800 CONTACTS, for a net decrease of $21.5 .

- 113 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Significant components of the provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31 consist of the following:
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Current tax expense (benefit):
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
$
1,996.6

 
$
1,629.4

 
$
1,226.4

State and local
133.0

 
65.8

 
(42.6
)
Total current tax expense
2,129.6

 
1,695.2

 
1,183.8

Deferred tax (benefit) expense
(58.6
)
 
112.8

 
22.1

Total income tax expense
$
2,071.0

 
$
1,808.0

 
$
1,205.9

State and local current tax expense is reported gross of federal benefit, and includes amounts related to true up of prior years’ tax, audit settlements, uncertain tax positions and state tax credits. Such items are included in multiple lines in the following rate reconciliation table on a net of federal tax basis.
A reconciliation of income tax expense recorded in the consolidated statements of income and amounts computed at the statutory federal income tax rate for the years ended December 31 is as follows:
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
Amount at statutory rate
$
1,620.9

 
35.0
 %
 
$
1,528.8

 
35.0
 %
 
$
1,344.1

 
35.0
 %
State and local income taxes net of federal tax benefit
75.3

 
1.6

 
49.0

 
1.1

 
24.4

 
0.6

Tax exempt interest and dividends received deduction
(63.2
)
 
(1.3
)
 
(65.9
)
 
(1.5
)
 
(64.9
)
 
(1.7
)
HIP Fee
422.6

 
9.1

 
312.6

 
7.2

 

 

Other, net
15.4

 
0.3

 
(16.5
)
 
(0.4
)
 
(97.7
)
 
(2.5
)
Total income tax expense
$
2,071.0

 
44.7
 %
 
$
1,808.0

 
41.4
 %
 
$
1,205.9

 
31.4
 %
During the year ended December 31, 2015 , we recognized income tax expense of $422.6 , or $1.55 per diluted share, as a result of the non-tax deductibility of the HIP Fee payments. We also recognized income tax expense of $42.3 , or $0.16 per diluted share, as a result of an adverse California franchise tax ruling. This expense is allocated between the "State and local income taxes net of federal tax benefit" and the "Other, net" line items in the table above.
During the year ended December 31, 2014 , we recognized income tax expense of $312.6 , or $1.09 per diluted share, as a result of the non-tax deductibility of the HIP Fee payments.
During the year ended December 31, 2013 , we recognized income tax benefits of $65.0 , or $ 0.21 per diluted share, resulting from a favorable tax election made subsequent to the Amerigroup acquisition. This benefit is included in "Other, net" above.

- 114 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The change in the carrying amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits from uncertain tax positions for the years ended December 31 is as follows:
 
2015
 
2014
Balance at January 1
$
115.8

 
$
103.2

Additions for tax positions related to:
 
 
 
Current year
39.8

 
10.9

Prior years
65.1

 
31.3

Reductions related to:
 
 
 
Tax positions of prior years
(7.9
)
 
(24.5
)
Settlements with taxing authorities
(0.8
)
 
(5.1
)
Balance at December 31
$
212.0

 
$
115.8

The table above excludes interest, net of related tax benefits, which is treated as income tax expense (benefit) under our accounting policy. The interest is included in the amounts described in the following paragraph.  
As of December 31, 2015 , $113.4 of unrecognized tax benefits would impact our effective tax rate in future periods, if recognized. Also included in the table above is $2.4 that would be recognized as an adjustment to additional paid-in capital, which would not affect our effective tax rate. The December 31, 2015 balance also includes $0.3 of tax positions for which ultimate deductibility is highly certain but for which there is uncertainty about the timing of such deductibility. Excluding the impact of interest and penalties, the disallowance of the shorter deductibility period would not affect our effective tax rate, but would accelerate the payment of cash to the taxing authority to an earlier period.
For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 , we recognized net interest benefits of $1.8 and $4.2 , respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2013 , we recognized net interest expense of $2.6 . We had accrued approximately $12.3 and $14.1 for the payment of interest at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
As of December 31, 2015 , as further described below, certain tax years remain open to examination by the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, and various state and local authorities. In addition, we continue to discuss certain industry issues with the IRS. As a result of these examinations and discussions, we have recorded amounts for uncertain tax positions. It is anticipated that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will change in the next twelve months due to possible settlements of audits and changes in temporary items. However, the ultimate resolution of these items is dependent on the completion of negotiations with various taxing authorities. While it is difficult to determine when other tax settlements will actually occur, it is reasonably possible that one could occur in the next twelve months and our unrecognized tax benefits could change within a range of approximately $3.3 to $(159.0)
We are a member of the IRS Compliance Assurance Process, or CAP. The objective of CAP is to reduce taxpayer burden and uncertainty while assuring the IRS of the accuracy of tax returns prior to filing, thereby reducing or eliminating the need for post-filing examinations.
As of December 31, 2015 , the IRS examination of our 2015 tax year continues to be in process. During 2015, the examinations of our 2014 and 2013 tax years were resolved with the IRS.
In certain states, we pay premium taxes in lieu of state income taxes. Premium taxes are reported with general and administrative expense.
At December 31, 2015 , we had unused federal tax net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $43.9 to offset future taxable income. The loss carryforwards expire in the years 2017 through 2034 . During 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , federal income taxes paid totaled $1,952.1 , $1,659.0 and $1,172.0 , respectively.

- 115 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

8. Property and Equipment
A summary of property and equipment at December 31 is as follows:
 
2015
 
2014
Land and improvements
$
21.5

 
$
25.8

Building and improvements
216.6

 
279.9

Data processing equipment, furniture and other equipment
1,046.1

 
940.3

Computer software, purchased and internally developed
2,344.9

 
2,162.4

Leasehold improvements
429.3

 
356.4

Property and equipment, gross
4,058.4

 
3,764.8

Accumulated depreciation and amortization
(2,038.6
)
 
(1,820.5
)
Property and equipment, net
$
2,019.8

 
$
1,944.3

Depreciation expense for 2015 , 2014 and 2013 was $105.8 , $106.5 and $105.3 , respectively. Amortization expense on computer software and leasehold improvements for 2015 , 2014 and 2013 was $409.8 , $367.8 and $351.8 , respectively, which includes amortization expense on computer software, both purchased and internally developed, for 2015 , 2014 and 2013 of $366.7 , $329.2 and $313.6 , respectively. Capitalized costs related to the internal development of software of $2,024.7 and $1,844.2 at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively, are reported with computer software. 
During the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , we recognized $1.8 , $7.9 and $47.7 , respectively, of impairments related to computer software (primarily internally developed) due to project cancellation or asset replacement, some of which resulted from a change in strategic focus needed to effectively manage business operations in a post-Health Care Reform environment.
9. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
No goodwill is allocated to our Other segment. A summary of the change in the carrying amount of goodwill for our Commercial and Specialty Business segment and Government Business segment (see Note 19, “Segment Information”) for 2015 and 2014 is as follows:
 
Commercial
and Specialty
Business
 
Government
Business
 
Total
Balance as of January 1, 2014
$
11,554.0

 
$
5,363.2

 
$
16,917.2

Measurement period adjustments
(1.6
)
 
(0.2
)
 
(1.8
)
Other adjustments
266.5

 
(99.9
)
 
166.6

Balance as of December 31, 2014
11,818.9

 
5,263.1

 
17,082.0

Measurement period adjustments

 

 

Acquisitions

 
480.2

 
480.2

Balance as of December 31, 2015
$
11,818.9

 
$
5,743.3

 
$
17,562.2

Accumulated impairment as of December 31, 2015
$
(41.0
)
 
$

 
$
(41.0
)
The increase in the Company's goodwill is primarily due to the acquisition of Simply Healthcare in February 2015. For additional information regarding this acquisition, see Note 3, "Business Acquisitions and Divestiture". Measurement period adjustments incurred during 2014 included a reduction of $1.8 related to the tax benefit on the exercise of stock options issued as part of various acquisitions. Other adjustments incurred during 2014 included transfers between business segments and reclassification to goodwill of the indefinite-lived provider network intangible asset, net of deferred taxes.
As required by FASB guidance, we completed annual impairment tests of existing goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives during 2015 , 2014 and 2013 . We perform these annual impairment tests during the fourth quarter. FASB guidance also requires interim impairment testing to be performed when potential impairment indicators exist. These tests

- 116 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

involve the use of estimates related to the fair value of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives and require a significant degree of management judgment and the use of subjective assumptions. The fair values were estimated using the income and market value valuation methods, incorporating Level III internal estimates for inputs, including, but not limited to, revenue projections, income projections, cash flows and discount rates.   We did not incur any impairment losses in 2015 , 2014 or 2013 as the estimated fair values of our reporting units were substantially in excess of their carrying values.
The components of other intangible assets as of December 31 are as follows:
 
2015
 
2014
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Carrying
Amount
 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Carrying
Amount
Intangible assets with finite lives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Customer relationships
$
3,394.4

 
$
(2,670.0
)
 
$
724.4

 
$
3,318.4

 
$
(2,473.4
)
 
$
845.0

Provider and hospital relationships
150.9

 
(58.6
)
 
92.3

 
140.9

 
(51.4
)
 
89.5

Other
90.7

 
(39.7
)
 
51.0

 
61.6

 
(33.3
)
 
28.3

Total
3,636.0

 
(2,768.3
)
 
867.7

 
3,520.9

 
(2,558.1
)
 
962.8

Intangible assets with indefinite lives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Blue Cross and Blue Shield and other trademarks
6,298.7

 

 
6,298.7

 
6,298.7

 

 
6,298.7

State Medicaid licenses
991.6

 

 
991.6

 
696.6

 

 
696.6

Total
7,290.3

 

 
7,290.3

 
6,995.3

 

 
6,995.3

Other intangible assets
$
10,926.3

 
$
(2,768.3
)
 
$
8,158.0

 
$
10,516.2

 
$
(2,558.1
)
 
$
7,958.1

As of December 31, 2015 , the estimated amortization expense for each of the five succeeding years is as follows: 2016, $191.5 ; 2017, $156.1 ; 2018, $125.1 ; 2019, $98.1 ; and 2020, $78.1 .
10. Retirement Benefits
  We sponsor various non-contributory employee defined benefit plans through certain subsidiaries.  
The Anthem Cash Balance Plan A and the Anthem Cash Balance Plan B are cash balance pension plans covering certain eligible employees of the affiliated companies that participate in these plans. Effective January 1, 2006, benefits were curtailed, with the result that most participants stopped accruing benefits but continue to earn interest on benefits accrued prior to the curtailment. Certain participants subject to collective bargaining and certain other participants who met grandfathering rules continue to accrue benefits. Participants that do not receive credits and/or benefit accruals are included in the Anthem Cash Balance Plan A, while current employees who are still receiving credits and/or benefits participate in the Anthem Cash Balance Plan B. Several pension plans acquired through various corporate mergers and acquisitions have been merged into these plans in prior years.
The UGS Pension Plan is a defined benefit pension plan with a cash balance component. The UGS Pension Plan covers eligible employees of the affiliated companies that participate in the UGS Pension Plan. Effective January 1, 2004, benefits were curtailed, with the result that most participants stopped accruing benefits but continue to earn interest on benefits previously accrued. Certain employees subject to collective bargaining and certain other employees who met grandfathering rules continue to accrue benefits.
The Employees’ Retirement Plan of Blue Cross of California, or the BCC Plan, is a defined benefit pension plan that covers eligible employees of Blue Cross of California who are covered by a collective bargaining agreement. Effective January 1, 2007, benefits were curtailed under the BCC Plan with the result that no Blue Cross of California employees hired or rehired after December 31, 2006 are eligible to participate in the BCC Plan.
All of the plans’ assets consist primarily of common stocks, fixed maturity securities, investment funds and short-term investments. The funding policies for all plans are to contribute amounts at least sufficient to meet the minimum funding requirements set forth in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or ERISA, including

- 117 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

amendment by the Pension Protection Act of 2006, and in accordance with income tax regulations, plus such additional amounts as are necessary to provide assets sufficient to meet the benefits to be paid to plan participants.
We use a December 31 measurement date for determining benefit obligations and fair value of plan assets.  
The following tables disclose consolidated “pension benefits,” which include the defined benefit pension plans described above, and consolidated “other benefits,” which include postretirement health and welfare benefits including medical, vision and dental benefits offered to certain employees. Calculations were computed using assumptions at the December 31 measurement dates.
The reconciliation of the benefit obligation is as follows:
 
Pension Benefits
 
Other Benefits
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
$
1,914.4

 
$
1,764.7

 
$
646.6

 
$
607.5

Service cost
13.1

 
13.0

 
2.1

 
3.2

Interest cost
68.2

 
74.1

 
23.4

 
26.3

Plan amendment
0.8

 

 

 

Actuarial (gain) loss
(41.2
)
 
185.4

 
(58.1
)
 
45.3

Benefits paid
(122.0
)
 
(122.8
)
 
(35.3
)
 
(35.7
)
Benefit obligation at end of year
$
1,833.3

 
$
1,914.4

 
$
578.7

 
$
646.6

The changes in the fair value of plan assets are as follows:
 
Pension Benefits
 
Other Benefits
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
$
1,985.0

 
$
1,944.0

 
$
347.9

 
$
349.8

Actual return on plan assets
(1.5
)
 
160.2

 
(1.2
)
 
17.7

Employer contributions
3.7

 
3.6

 
17.3

 
16.1

Benefits paid
(122.0
)
 
(122.8
)
 
(35.6
)
 
(35.7
)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
$
1,865.2

 
$
1,985.0

 
$
328.4

 
$
347.9

  The net amount included in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:
 
Pension Benefits
 
Other Benefits
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Noncurrent assets
$
103.4

 
$
146.3

 
$

 
$

Current liabilities
(10.5
)
 
(4.3
)
 

 

Noncurrent liabilities
(61.0
)
 
(71.4
)
 
(250.3
)
 
(298.7
)
Net amount at December 31
$
31.9

 
$
70.6

 
$
(250.3
)
 
$
(298.7
)
  The net amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive loss (income) that have not been recognized as components of net periodic benefit costs are as follows:
 
Pension Benefits
 
Other Benefits
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Net actuarial loss
$
635.0

 
$
563.7

 
$
162.7

 
$
211.2

Prior service credit
(0.1
)
 
(2.2
)
 
(73.5
)
 
(88.0
)
Net amount before tax at December 31
$
634.9

 
$
561.5

 
$
89.2

 
$
123.2


- 118 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The estimated net actuarial loss and prior service credit for the defined benefit pension plans that will be reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit costs over the next year are $16.9 and $0.6 , respectively. The estimated net actuarial loss and prior service credit for postretirement benefit plans that will be reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit costs over the next year are $12.4 and $13.8 , respectively.  
The accumulated benefit obligation for the defined benefit pension plans was $1,829.6 and $1,908.1 at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.  
As of December 31, 2015 , certain pension plans had accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets. For those same plans, the projected benefit obligation was also in excess of plan assets. Such plans had a combined projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets of $106.7 , $104.9 and $35.1 , respectively.  
The weighted-average assumptions used in calculating the benefit obligations for all plans are as follows:  
 
Pension Benefits
 
Other Benefits
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Discount rate
3.92
%
 
3.66
%
 
4.01
%
 
3.74
%
Rate of compensation increase
3.00
%
 
3.00
%
 
3.00
%
 
3.00
%
Expected rate of return on plan assets
7.84
%
 
7.62
%
 
7.00
%
 
7.00
%
The components of net periodic benefit cost (benefit credit) included in the consolidated statements of income are as follows:
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Pension Benefits
 
 
 
 
 
Service cost
$
13.1

 
$
13.0

 
$
14.2

Interest cost
68.2

 
74.1

 
67.8

Expected return on assets
(143.2
)
 
(137.5
)
 
(133.1
)
Recognized actuarial loss
25.7

 
21.0

 
28.3

Amortization of prior service credit
(0.6
)
 
(0.8
)
 
(0.8
)
Settlement loss
6.5

 
5.2

 
11.0

Net periodic benefit credit
$
(30.3
)
 
$
(25.0
)
 
$
(12.6
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Benefits
 
 
 
 
 
Service cost
$
2.1

 
$
3.2

 
$
6.7

Interest cost
23.4

 
26.3

 
22.4

Expected return on assets
(23.7
)
 
(23.4
)
 
(22.1
)
Recognized actuarial loss
15.3

 
9.4

 
11.2

Amortization of prior service credit
(14.4
)
 
(14.4
)
 
(13.3
)
Net periodic benefit cost
$
2.7

 
$
1.1

 
$
4.9

During the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 we incurred total settlement losses of $6.5 , $5.2 and $11.0 , respectively, as lump-sum payments exceeded the service cost and interest cost components of net periodic benefit cost for certain of our plans.  

- 119 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The weighted-average assumptions used in calculating the net periodic benefit cost for all plans are as follows:
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Pension Benefits
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
3.66
%
 
4.39
%
 
3.60
%
Rate of compensation increase
3.00
%
 
3.00
%
 
3.50
%
Expected rate of return on plan assets
7.62
%
 
7.66
%
 
7.91
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Benefits
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
3.74
%
 
4.48
%
 
3.71
%
Rate of compensation increase
3.00
%
 
3.00
%
 
3.50
%
Expected rate of return on plan assets
7.00
%
 
7.00
%
 
7.00
%
The assumed health care cost trend rates used to measure the expected cost of pre-Medicare (those who are not currently eligible for Medicare benefits) other benefits at our December 31, 2015 measurement date was 8.00% for 2016 with a gradual decline to 4.50% by the year 2028 . The assumed health care cost trend rates used to measure the expected cost of post-Medicare (those who are currently eligible for Medicare benefits) other benefits at our December 31, 2015 measurement date was 5.75% for 2016 with a gradual decline to 4.50% by the year 2021 . These estimated trend rates are subject to change in the future. The health care cost trend rate assumption has a significant effect on the amounts reported. For example, an increase in the assumed health care cost trend rate of one percentage point would increase the postretirement benefit obligation as of December 31, 2015 by $45.0 and would increase service and interest costs by $2.2 . Conversely, a decrease in the assumed health care cost trend rate of one percentage point would decrease the postretirement benefit obligation by $38.3 as of December 31, 2015 and would decrease service and interest costs by $1.8 .  
Plan assets include a diversified mix of investment grade fixed maturity securities, equity securities and alternative investments across a range of sectors and levels of capitalization to maximize the long-term return for a prudent level of risk.  The weighted-average target allocation for pension benefit plan assets is 45% equity securities, 46% fixed maturity securities, and 9% to all other types of investments. Equity securities primarily include a mix of domestic securities, foreign securities and mutual funds invested in equities. Fixed maturity securities primarily include treasury securities, corporate bonds, and asset-backed investments issued by corporations and the U.S. government. Other types of investments include partnership interests, collective trusts that replicate money market funds and insurance contracts designed specifically for employee benefit plans. As of December 31, 2015 , there were no significant concentrations of investments in the pension benefit assets or other benefit assets. No plan assets were invested in Anthem common stock.
Pension benefit assets and other benefit assets recorded at fair value are categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair value.

- 120 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

  The fair values of our pension benefit assets and other benefit assets by asset category and level inputs at December 31, 2015 , excluding cash, investment income receivable and amounts due to/from brokers, resulting in a net asset of $3.4 , are as follows (see Note 6, “Fair Value,” for additional information regarding the definition of level inputs):
 
Level I
 
Level II
 
Level III
 
Total
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pension Benefit Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. securities
$
542.8

 
$
4.4

 
$

 
$
547.2

Foreign securities
258.8

 

 

 
258.8

Mutual funds
34.7

 

 

 
34.7

Fixed maturity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Government securities
176.6

 

 

 
176.6

Corporate securities

 
364.0

 

 
364.0

Asset-backed securities

 
141.1

 

 
141.1

Other types of investments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common and collective trusts

 
48.1

 

 
48.1

Partnership interests

 

 
117.1

 
117.1

Insurance company contracts

 

 
174.2

 
174.2

Total pension benefit assets
$
1,012.9

 
$
557.6

 
$
291.3

 
$
1,861.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Benefit Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. securities
$
16.8

 
$
0.3

 
$

 
$
17.1

Foreign securities
7.4

 

 

 
7.4

Mutual funds
36.6

 

 

 
36.6

Fixed maturity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Government securities
3.8

 

 

 
3.8

Corporate securities

 
9.5

 

 
9.5

Asset-backed securities

 
7.7

 

 
7.7

Other types of investments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common and collective trusts

 
1.5

 

 
1.5

Partnership interests

 

 
1.5

 
1.5

Life insurance contracts

 

 
229.9

 
229.9

Investment in DOL 103-12 trust

 
13.4

 

 
13.4

Total other benefit assets
$
64.6

 
$
32.4

 
$
231.4

 
$
328.4


- 121 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The fair values of our pension benefit assets and other benefit assets by asset category and level inputs at December 31, 2014 , excluding cash, investment income receivable and amounts due to/from brokers, resulting in a net liability of $0.2 , are as follows (see Note 6, “Fair Value,” for additional information regarding the definition of level inputs):
 
Level I
 
Level II
 
Level III
 
Total
December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pension Benefit Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. securities
$
591.2

 
$
4.5

 
$

 
$
595.7

Foreign securities
246.2

 

 

 
246.2

Mutual funds
36.8

 

 

 
36.8

Fixed maturity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Government securities
206.5

 
11.5

 

 
218.0

Corporate securities

 
373.6

 

 
373.6

Asset-backed securities

 
170.0

 

 
170.0

Other types of investments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common and collective trusts

 
37.1

 

 
37.1

Partnership interests

 

 
120.7

 
120.7

Insurance company contracts

 

 
187.7

 
187.7

Treasury futures contracts
(0.9
)
 

 

 
(0.9
)
Total pension benefit assets
$
1,079.8

 
$
596.7

 
$
308.4

 
$
1,984.9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Benefit Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. securities
$
22.0

 
$
0.3

 
$

 
$
22.3

Foreign securities
9.5

 

 

 
9.5

Mutual funds
33.6

 

 

 
33.6

Fixed maturity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Government securities
6.2

 

 

 
6.2

Corporate securities

 
10.0

 

 
10.0

Asset-backed securities

 
10.5

 

 
10.5

Other types of investments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common and collective trusts

 
1.4

 

 
1.4

Partnership interests

 

 
1.5

 
1.5

Life insurance contracts

 

 
238.4

 
238.4

Investment in DOL 103-12 trust

 
14.8

 

 
14.8

Total other benefit assets
$
71.3

 
$
37.0

 
$
239.9

 
$
348.2


- 122 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of plan assets measured at fair value using Level III inputs for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 is as follows:
 
Partnership
Interests
 
Insurance
Company
Contracts
 
Life
Insurance
Contracts
 
Total
Year ended December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance at January 1, 2015
$
122.2

 
$
187.7

 
$
238.4

 
$
548.3

Actual return on plan assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Relating to assets still held at the reporting date
(5.9
)
 
(5.7
)
 
(6.8
)
 
(18.4
)
Purchases
10.9

 
7.0

 

 
17.9

Sales
(8.6
)
 
(14.8
)
 
(1.7
)
 
(25.1
)
Ending balance at December 31, 2015
$
118.6

 
$
174.2

 
$
229.9

 
$
522.7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year ended December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance at January 1, 2014
$
160.3

 
$
197.4

 
$
230.0

 
$
587.7

Actual return on plan assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Relating to assets still held at the reporting date
(5.4
)
 
1.4

 
8.4

 
4.4

Purchases
8.4

 
11.6

 

 
20.0

Sales
(41.1
)
 
(22.7
)
 

 
(63.8
)
Ending balance at December 31, 2014
$
122.2

 
$
187.7

 
$
238.4

 
$
548.3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year ended December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance at January 1, 2013
$
177.7

 
$
202.5

 
$
203.7

 
$
583.9

Actual return on plan assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Relating to assets still held at the reporting date
2.2

 
(5.6
)
 
26.3

 
22.9

Purchases
15.6

 
9.5

 

 
25.1

Sales
(35.2
)
 
(9.0
)
 

 
(44.2
)
Ending balance at December 31, 2013
$
160.3

 
$
197.4

 
$
230.0

 
$
587.7

There were no transfers between Levels I, II and III during the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 .
Our current funding strategy is to fund an amount at least equal to the minimum required funding as determined under ERISA with consideration of maximum tax deductible amounts. We may elect to make discretionary contributions up to the maximum amount deductible for income tax purposes. For the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , no material contributions were necessary to meet ERISA required funding levels. However, during the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , we made tax deductible discretionary contributions to the pension benefit plans of $3.7 , $3.6 and $38.6 , respectively. Employer contributions to other benefit plans represent discretionary contributions and do not include payments to retirees for current benefits.

- 123 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Our estimated future payments for pension benefits and postretirement benefits, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are as follows:
 
Pension
Benefits
 
Other
Benefits
2016
$
157.5

 
$
41.1

2017
151.9

 
41.8

2018
150.4

 
42.4

2019
147.8

 
42.8

2020
146.5

 
42.6

2021 – 2025
637.1

 
201.8

In addition to the defined benefit plans, we maintain the Anthem 401(k) Plan and CareMore 401(k) Pension Plan which are qualified defined contribution plans covering substantially all employees. Voluntary employee contributions are matched by us subject to certain limitations. Contributions made by us totaled $125.4 , $111.1 and $102.5 during 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively.
11. Medical Claims Payable
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for medical claims payable for the years ended December 31 is as follows:
 
Years Ended December 31
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Gross medical claims payable, beginning of year
$
6,861.2

 
$
6,127.2

 
$
6,174.5

Ceded medical claims payable, beginning of year
(767.4
)
 
(23.4
)
 
(27.2
)
Net medical claims payable, beginning of year
6,093.8

 
6,103.8

 
6,147.3

Business combinations and purchase adjustments
121.8

 

 

Net incurred medical claims:
 
 
 
 
 
Current year
60,708.4

 
56,305.8

 
55,894.3

Prior years redundancies
(800.2
)
 
(541.9
)
 
(599.1
)
Total net incurred medical claims
59,908.2

 
55,763.9

 
55,295.2

Net payments attributable to:
 
 
 
 
 
Current year medical claims
54,067.7

 
50,353.9

 
49,887.2

Prior years medical claims
5,131.9

 
5,420.0

 
5,451.5

Total net payments
59,199.6

 
55,773.9

 
55,338.7

Net medical claims payable, end of year
6,924.2

 
6,093.8

 
6,103.8

Ceded medical claims payable, end of year
645.6

 
767.4

 
23.4

Gross medical claims payable, end of year
$
7,569.8

 
$
6,861.2

 
$
6,127.2

Amounts incurred related to prior years vary from previously estimated liabilities as the claims are ultimately settled. Liabilities at any period end are continually reviewed and re-estimated as information regarding actual claims payments, or runout, becomes known. This information is compared to the originally   established year end liability. Negative amounts reported for incurred medical claims related to prior years result from claims being settled for amounts less than originally estimated. The prior year redundancy of $800.2 shown above for the year ended December 31, 2015 represents an estimate based on paid claim activity from January 1, 2015 to December 31, 2015 . Medical claim liabilities are usually described as having a “short tail,” which means that they are generally paid within twelve months of the member receiving service from the provider. Accordingly, the majority of the $800.2 redundancy relates to claims incurred in calendar year 2014 .

- 124 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The following table provides a summary of the two key assumptions having the most significant impact on our incurred but not paid liability estimates for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , which are the completion and trend factors. These two key assumptions can be influenced by utilization levels, unit costs, mix of business, benefit plan designs, provider reimbursement levels, processing system conversions and changes, claim inventory levels, claim processing patterns, claim submission patterns and operational changes resulting from business combinations.
 
Favorable Developments
by Changes in Key Assumptions
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Assumed trend factors
$
(467.9
)
 
$
(399.5
)
 
$
(428.4
)
Assumed completion factors
(332.3
)
 
(142.4
)
 
(170.7
)
Total
$
(800.2
)
 
$
(541.9
)
 
$
(599.1
)
The favorable development recognized in 2015 and 2014 resulted primarily from trend factors in late 2014 and late 2013 , respectively, developing more favorably than originally expected as well as a smaller but significant contribution from completion factor development. The favorable development recognized in 2013 was driven by trend factors in late 2012 developing more favorably than originally expected.
12. Debt
Short-term Borrowings
We are a member, through certain subsidiaries, of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Cincinnati and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta, collectively, the FHLBs, and as a member we have the ability to obtain short-term cash advances subject to certain minimum collateral requirements. At December 31, 2015 and 2014 , $540.0 and $400.0 , respectively, were outstanding under our short-term FHLBs borrowings. These outstanding short-term FHLBs borrowings at December 31, 2015 and 2014 had fixed interest rates of 0.424% and 0.195% , respectively.

- 125 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Long-term Debt
The carrying value of long-term debt at December 31 consists of the following:
 
2015
 
2014
Senior unsecured notes:
 
 
 
1.250%, due 2015
$

 
$
624.3

2.375%, due 2017
399.9

 
398.9

5.875%, due 2017
527.6

 
526.7

1.875%, due 2018
621.9

 
616.4

2.300%, due 2018
645.9

 
644.3

2.250%, due 2019
843.9

 
842.1

7.000%, due 2019
438.9

 
438.5

4.350%, due 2020
702.9

 
695.3

3.700%, due 2021
696.2

 
695.6

3.125%, due 2022
842.7

 
841.6

3.300%, due 2023
992.2

 
991.2

3.500%, due 2024
790.9

 
789.8

5.950%, due 2034
444.5

 
444.4

5.850%, due 2036
768.0

 
767.7

6.375%, due 2037
639.6

 
639.3

5.800%, due 2040
193.8

 
206.4

4.625%, due 2042
885.8

 
885.4

4.650%, due 2043
985.5

 
985.0

4.650%, due 2044
790.5

 
790.1

5.100%, due 2044
593.3

 
593.1

4.850%, due 2054
246.6

 
246.5

Remarketable subordinated notes:
 
 
 
1.900%, due 2028
1,236.1

 

Surplus notes:
 
 
 
9.000%, due 2027
24.9

 
24.9

Senior convertible debentures:
 
 
 
2.750%, due 2042
330.7

 
956.4

Variable rate debt:
 
 
 
Commercial paper program
682.2

 

Total long-term debt
15,324.5

 
14,643.9

Current portion of long-term debt

 
(624.3
)
Long-term debt, less current portion
$
15,324.5

 
$
14,019.6

All debt is a direct obligation of Anthem, Inc., except for the surplus notes and the FHLB borrowings.
We generally issue senior unsecured notes for long-term borrowing purposes. On September 10, 2015, we repaid, upon maturity, the $625.0 outstanding principal balance of our 1.25% Notes due 2015. Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2015 , we repurchased $13.0 of outstanding principal balance of certain senior unsecured notes, plus applicable premium, accrued and unpaid interest, for cash totaling $16.2 . We recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of $3.4 on the repurchase of these notes.

- 126 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

On May 12, 2015, we issued 25.0 Equity Units, pursuant to an underwriting agreement dated May 6, 2015, in an aggregate principal amount of $1,250.0 . Each Equity Unit has a stated amount of $50 (whole dollars) and consists of a purchase contract obligating the holder to purchase a certain number of shares of our common stock on May 1, 2018, subject to earlier termination or settlement, for a price in cash of $50 (whole dollars); and a 5% undivided beneficial ownership interest in $1,000 (whole dollars) principal amount of our 1.900% remarketable subordinated notes, or RSNs, due 2028. We received $1,228.8 in cash proceeds from the issuance of the Equity Units, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us, and recorded $1,250.0 in long-term debt. The proceeds are being used for general corporate purposes, including, but not limited to, the repurchase of a portion of our outstanding senior convertible debentures due 2042. On May 1, 2018, if the applicable market value of our common stock is equal to or greater than $207.805 per share, the settlement rate will be 0.2406 shares of our common stock. If the applicable market value of our common stock is less than $207.805 per share but greater than $143.865 per share, the settlement rate will be a number of shares of our common stock equal to $50 (whole dollars) divided by the applicable market value of our common stock. If the applicable market value of common stock is less than or equal to $143.865 per share, the settlement rate will be 0.3475 shares of our common stock. Holders of the Equity Units may elect early settlement at a minimum settlement rate of 0.2406 shares of our common stock for each purchase contract being settled. The RSNs are pledged as collateral to secure the purchase of common stock under the related stock purchase contracts. Quarterly interest payments on the RSNs commenced on August 1, 2015. The RSNs are scheduled to be remarketed during the five business day period ending on April 26, 2018 and may be remarketed earlier, at our election, during the period from January 30, 2018 through April 12, 2018. Following the remarketing, the interest rate on the RSNs will be set to current market rates and interest will be payable semi-annually. At December 31, 2015, the stock purchase contract liability was $102.3 and is included in other current liabilities and other noncurrent liabilities. Contract adjustment payments commenced on August 1, 2015 at a rate of 3.350% per annum on the stated amount per Equity Unit. Subject to certain specified terms and conditions, we have the right to defer payments on all or part of the contract adjustment payments but not beyond the contract settlement date and we have the right to defer payment of interest on the RSNs but not beyond the purchase contract settlement date or maturity date.
On September 15, 2014, we redeemed the $500.0 outstanding principal balance of our 5.000% senior unsecured notes due 2014, plus applicable premium for early redemption and accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, for cash totaling $512.3 . We recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of $2.3 on the redemption of these notes.
On September 11, 2014, we redeemed the $1,097.9 outstanding principal balance of our 5.250% senior unsecured notes due 2016, plus applicable premium for early redemption and accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, for cash totaling $1,178.2 . We recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of $67.6 on the redemption of these notes.
Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2014, we repurchased $52.0 of outstanding principal amount of certain other senior unsecured notes, plus applicable premium, accrued and unpaid interest, for cash totaling $61.0 . We recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of $11.2 on the repurchase of these notes.
On August 12, 2014, we issued $850.0 of 2.250% notes due 2019, $800.0 of 3.500% notes due 2024, $800.0 of 4.650% notes due 2044, and $250.0 of 4.850% notes due 2054 under our shelf registration statement. We used the proceeds from this offering in part to fund the purchase price of the 5.000% and 5.250% senior unsecured notes discussed above, and the remaining net proceeds were used for general corporate purposes. Interest on the notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing on February 15, 2015. The notes have a call feature that allows us to redeem the notes at any time at our option and a put feature that allows a note holder to redeem the notes upon the occurrence of both a change in control event and a downgrade of the notes below an investment grade rating.
Surplus notes are unsecured obligations of Anthem Insurance Companies, Inc., or Anthem Insurance, a wholly owned subsidiary, and are subordinate in right of payment to all of Anthem Insurance’s existing and future indebtedness. Any payment of interest or principal on the surplus notes may be made only with the prior approval of the Indiana Department of Insurance, or IDOI, and only out of capital and surplus funds of Anthem Insurance that the IDOI determines to be available for the payment under Indiana insurance laws.
On August 25, 2015, we terminated our $2,000.0 senior revolving credit facility, initially scheduled to mature on September 29, 2016 , and entered into a new $3,500.0 senior revolving credit facility, or the Facility, with a group of lenders. The interest rate on the Facility is based on either the LIBOR rate or a base rate plus a predetermined rate based on our public debt rating at the date of utilization. Our ability to borrow under the Facility is subject to compliance with certain covenants.

- 127 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The Facility matures on August 25, 2020 and is available for general corporate purposes. There were no amounts outstanding under the senior revolving credit facilities at December 31, 2015 or 2014 .
We have an authorized commercial paper program of up to $2,500.0 , the proceeds of which may be used for general corporate purposes. At December 31, 2015 , we had $682.2 outstanding under our commercial paper program with a weighted-average interest rate of 0.705% . We did not have any borrowings outstanding under our commercial paper program at December 31, 2014. Commercial paper borrowings have been classified as long-term debt at December 31, 2015 as our general practice and intent is to replace short-term commercial paper outstanding at expiration with additional short-term commercial paper for an uninterrupted period extending for more than one year and we have the ability to redeem our commercial paper with borrowings under the senior credit facility described above.
During the year ended December 31, 2015 , we entered into a bridge facility commitment letter and a joinder agreement, and a term loan facility, to finance a portion of the pending acquisition of Cigna. We paid $ 106.6 in fees in connection with the bridge facility which were capitalized in other current assets and are amortized as interest expense over the term of the facility. We recorded $ 36.8 of amortization of the bridge loan facility fees during the year ended December 31, 2015. The commitment of the lenders to provide the bridge facility and term loan facility is subject to several conditions, including the completion of the Acquisition. For additional information, see the “ Pending Acquisition of Cigna Corporation ” section of Note 3, “Business Acquisitions and Divestiture.”
Convertible Debentures
On October 9, 2012, we issued $1,500.0 of senior convertible debentures, or the Debentures. The Debentures are governed by an indenture, or the Indenture, dated as of October 9, 2012 between us and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. The Debentures bear interest at a rate of 2.750%  per year, payable semi-annually in arrears in cash on April 15 and October 15 of each year, and mature on October 15, 2042, unless earlier redeemed, repurchased or converted into shares of common stock at the applicable conversion rate. The Debentures also have a contingent interest feature that will require us to pay additional interest based on certain thresholds and for certain events, as defined in the Indenture, beginning on October 15, 2022.
Holders may convert their Debentures at their option prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding April 15, 2042, only under the following circumstances: (1) during any fiscal quarter if the last reported sale price of our common stock for at least 20 trading days during a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the preceding fiscal quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the applicable conversion price on each applicable trading day; (2) during the five business day period after any 10 consecutive trading day period, or the measurement period, in which the trading price per $1,000 (whole dollars) principal amount of Debentures for each trading day of that measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of our common stock and the applicable conversion rate on each such day; (3) if we call any or all of the Debentures for redemption, at any time prior to the close of business on the third scheduled trading day prior to the redemption date; or (4) upon the occurrence of specified corporate events, as defined in the Indenture. On and after April 15, 2042 and until the close of business on the third scheduled trading day immediately preceding the Debentures’ maturity date of October 15, 2042 , holders may convert their Debentures into common stock at any time irrespective of the preceding circumstances. The Debentures are redeemable at our option at any time on or after October 20, 2022 , upon the occurrence of certain events, as defined in the Indenture.
Upon conversion of the Debentures, we will deliver cash up to the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures converted. With respect to any conversion obligation in excess of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures converted, we have the option to settle the excess with cash, shares of our common stock or a combination thereof based on a daily conversion value, determined in accordance with the Indenture. The initial conversion rate for the Debentures was 13.2319  shares of our common stock per Debenture, which represented a 25% conversion premium based on the closing price of $60.46 per share of our common stock on October 2, 2012 (the date the Debentures’ terms were finalized) and is equivalent to an initial conversion price of $75.575  per share of our common stock.
During the year ended December 31, 2015 , we repurchased $920.0 of the aggregate principal balance of the Debentures. In addition, $66.6 aggregate principal balance was surrendered for conversion by certain holders in accordance with the terms and provisions of the indenture. We elected to settle the excess of the principal amount of the repurchases and conversions

- 128 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

with cash for total payments of $2,055.7 . We recognized a gain on the extinguishment of debt related to the Debentures of $12.7 , based on the fair values of the debt on the repurchase and conversion settlement dates.
As of December 31, 2015 , our common stock was last traded at a price of $139.44 per share. If the remaining Debentures had been converted or matured at December 31, 2015 , we would be obligated to pay the principal of the Debentures plus an amount in cash or shares equal to $452.3 . The Debentures and underlying shares of our common stock have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, or any state securities laws and may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an applicable exemption from registration requirements. The Debentures were offered and sold to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, the restrictions for which expired in October 2013.
We have accounted for the Debentures in accordance with the cash conversion guidance in FASB guidance for debt with conversion and other options. As a result, the value of the embedded conversion option has been bifurcated from its debt host and recorded as a component of “additional paid-in capital” (net of deferred taxes and equity issuance costs) in our consolidated balance sheet.
The following table summarizes at December 31, 2015 the related balances, conversion rate and conversion price of the Debentures:
Outstanding principal amount
$
513.4

Unamortized debt discount
$
176.8

Net debt carrying amount
$
330.7

Equity component carrying amount
$
186.1

Conversion rate (shares of common stock per $1,000 of principal amount)
13.4886

Effective conversion price (per $1,000 of principal amount)
$
74.1360

The remaining amortization period of the unamortized debt discount as of December 31, 2015 is approximately 27 years . The unamortized discount will be amortized into interest expense using the effective interest method based on an effective interest rate of 5.130% , which represents the market interest rate for a comparable debt instrument that does not have a conversion feature. During the year ended December 31, 2015 , we recognized $32.5 of interest expense related to the Debentures, of which $26.6 represented interest expense recognized at the stated interest rate of 2.750% and $5.9 represented interest expense resulting from amortization of the debt discount.
Total interest paid during 2015 , 2014 and 2013 was $ 604.0 , $575.9 , and $597.2 , respectively.  
We were in compliance with all applicable covenants under all of our outstanding debt agreements at December 31, 2015 .
Future maturities of all long-term debt outstanding at December 31, 2015 are as follows: 2016, $682.2 ; 2017, $927.5 ; 2018, $1,267.8 ; 2019, $1,282.8 ; 2020, $702.9 and thereafter, $10,461.3 .
13. Commitments and Contingencies
Litigation
In the ordinary course of business, we are defendants in, or parties to, a number of pending or threatened legal actions or proceedings. To the extent a plaintiff or plaintiffs in the following cases have specified in their complaint or in other court filings the amount of damages being sought, we have noted those alleged damages in the descriptions below. With respect to the cases described below, we contest liability and/or the amount of damages in each matter and believe we have meritorious defenses.
We are defending a certified class action filed as a result of the 2001 demutualization of Anthem Insurance. The lawsuit names Anthem Insurance as well as Anthem, Inc. and is captioned Ronald Gold, et al. v. Anthem, Inc. et al. Anthem Insurance’s 2001 Plan of Conversion, or the Plan, provided for the conversion of Anthem Insurance from a mutual insurance company into a stock insurance company pursuant to Indiana law. Under the Plan, Anthem Insurance distributed the fair

- 129 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

value of the company at the time of conversion to its Eligible Statutory Members, or ESMs, in the form of cash or Anthem common stock in exchange for their membership interests in the mutual company. Plaintiffs in Gold allege that Anthem Insurance distributed value to the wrong ESMs. Cross motions for summary judgment were granted in part and denied in part in July 2006 with regard to the issue of sovereign immunity asserted by co-defendant, the state of Connecticut, or the State. The trial court also denied our motion for summary judgment as to plaintiffs’ claims in January 2005. The State appealed the denial of its motion to the Connecticut Supreme Court. We filed a cross-appeal on the sovereign immunity issue. In May 2010, the Supreme Court reversed the judgment of the trial court denying the State’s motion to dismiss the plaintiff’s claims under sovereign immunity and dismissed our cross-appeal. The case was remanded to the trial court for further proceedings. Plaintiffs’ motion for class certification was granted in December 2011. We and the plaintiffs filed renewed cross-motions for summary judgment in January 2013. In August 2013, the trial court denied plaintiffs' motion for summary judgment. The trial court deferred a final ruling on our motion for summary judgment. In March 2014, the trial court denied our motion for summary judgment finding that an issue of material fact existed. A trial on liability was held in October 2014. In June 2015, the court entered judgment for Anthem Insurance on all issues, finding that (1) Anthem Insurance correctly determined the State to be an ESM, not Plaintiffs; (2) Anthem Insurance acted in good faith in making this determination, while Plaintiffs failed to present sufficient evidence to override a presumption that Anthem Insurance’s ESM determination was correct; and (3) Plaintiffs failed to prove the breach of any contractual obligation. In July 2015, Plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal from the judgment entered for Anthem Insurance. In December 2015, the Connecticut Supreme Court decided it would hear the appeal directly rather than the appeal going to the intermediate appellate court. A date for argument has not been set. We intend to vigorously seek the affirmation of the trial court's judgment; however, the suit's ultimate outcome cannot be presently determined.
We are currently a defendant in eleven putative class actions relating to out-of-network, or OON, reimbursement that were consolidated into a single multi-district lawsuit called In re WellPoint, Inc. (n/k/a Anthem, Inc.) Out-of-Network “UCR” Rates Litigation that is pending in the United States District Court for the Central District of California. The lawsuits were filed in 2009. The plaintiffs include current and former members on behalf of a putative class of members who received OON services for which the defendants paid less than billed charges, the American Medical Association, four state medical associations, OON physicians, OON non-physician providers, the American Podiatric Medical Association, California Chiropractic Association and the California Psychological Association on behalf of putative classes of OON physicians and all OON non-physician health care providers. The plaintiffs have filed several amended complaints alleging that the defendants violated the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act, or RICO, the Sherman Antitrust Act, ERISA, federal regulations, and state law by using an OON reimbursement database called Ingenix and by using non-Ingenix OON reimbursement methodologies. We have filed motions to dismiss in response to each of those amended complaints. Our motions to dismiss have been granted in part and denied in part by the court. The most recent pleading filed by the plaintiffs is a Fourth Amended Complaint to which we filed a motion to dismiss most, but not all, of the claims. In July 2013 the court issued an order granting in part and denying in part our motion. The court held that the state and federal anti-trust claims along with the RICO claims should be dismissed in their entirety with prejudice. The court further found that the ERISA claims, to the extent they involved non-Ingenix methodologies, along with those that involved our alleged non-disclosures should be dismissed with prejudice. The court also dismissed most of the plaintiffs’ state law claims with prejudice. The only claims that remain after the court’s decision are an ERISA benefits claim relating to claims priced based on Ingenix, a breach of contract claim on behalf of one subscriber plaintiff, a breach of implied covenant claim on behalf of one subscriber plaintiff, and one subscriber plaintiff’s claim under the California Unfair Competition Law. The plaintiffs filed a motion for reconsideration of the motion to dismiss order, which the court granted in part and denied in part. The court ruled that the plaintiffs adequately allege that one Georgia provider plaintiff is deemed to have exhausted administrative remedies regarding non-Ingenix methodologies based on the facts alleged regarding that plaintiff so those claims are back in the case. Fact discovery is complete. The plaintiffs filed a motion for class certification in November 2013 seeking six different classes. Following expert discovery and briefing, oral argument was held on the motion. In late 2014, the court denied the plaintiffs' motion for class certification in its entirety. The California subscriber plaintiffs filed a motion for leave to file a renewed motion for class certification with more narrowly defined proposed classes, which the court denied. All but two of the individually named subscribers and all of the providers and medical associations dismissed their claims with prejudice. Motions for summary judgment are due in early 2016. Earlier in the case, in 2009, we filed a motion in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Florida, or the Florida Court, to enjoin the claims brought by the physician plaintiffs and certain medical association plaintiffs based on prior litigation releases, which was granted in 2011. The Florida Court ordered those plaintiffs to dismiss their claims that are barred by the release. The plaintiffs then filed a petition for declaratory judgment asking the court to find that these claims are not barred by the releases from the prior litigation. We

- 130 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

filed a motion to dismiss the declaratory judgment action, which was granted. The plaintiffs appealed the dismissal of the declaratory judgment to the United States Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Circuit, but the dismissal was upheld. The enjoined physicians and some of the medical associations did not dismiss their barred claims. The Florida Court found those enjoined plaintiffs in contempt and sanctioned them in July 2012. Those plaintiffs appealed the Florida Court’s sanctions order to the United States Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Circuit. The Eleventh Circuit upheld the Florida court’s enforcement of the injunction as it relates to the plaintiffs’ RICO and antitrust claims, but vacated it as it relates to certain ERISA claims. The plaintiffs filed a petition for rehearing en banc as to the antitrust claims only, which was denied. The plaintiffs then filed a petition for writ of certiorari with the U.S. Supreme Court. The American Medical Association filed an amicus brief in support of the petition. The U.S. Supreme Court denied the petition in February 2015. We intend to vigorously defend these suits; however, their ultimate outcome cannot be presently determined.
We are a defendant in multiple lawsuits that were initially filed in 2012 against the BCBSA as well as Blue Cross and/or Blue Shield licensees across the country. The cases were consolidated into a single multi-district lawsuit called In re Blue Cross Blue Shield Antitrust Litigation that is pending in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama. Generally, the suits allege that the BCBSA and the Blue plans have engaged in a conspiracy to horizontally allocate geographic markets through license agreements, best efforts rules (which limit the percentage of non-Blue revenue of each plan), restrictions on acquisitions and other arrangements in violation of the Sherman Antitrust Act and related state laws. The cases were brought by two putative nationwide classes of plaintiffs, health plan subscribers and providers. Subscriber and provider plaintiffs each filed consolidated amended complaints in July 2013. The consolidated amended subscriber complaint was also brought on behalf of putative state classes of health plan subscribers in Alabama, Arkansas, California, Florida, Hawaii, Illinois, Louisiana, Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, New Hampshire, North Carolina, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, Tennessee, and Texas. Defendants filed motions to dismiss in September 2013, which were argued in April 2014. In June 2014, the court denied the majority of the motions, ruling that plaintiffs had alleged sufficient facts at this stage of the litigation to avoid dismissal of their claims. Following the subsequent filing of amended complaints by each of the subscriber and provider plaintiffs, we filed our answer and asserted our affirmative defenses in December 2014. Discovery has commenced. We intend to vigorously defend these suits; however, their ultimate outcome cannot be presently determined.
Our California affiliate Blue Cross of California doing business as Anthem Blue Cross, or BCC, has been named as a defendant, along with an unaffiliated entity, in a California taxpayer action filed in Los Angeles County Superior Court, captioned as Michael D. Myers v. State Board of Equalization, et al. , Los Angeles Superior Court Case No. BS143436, Second Appellate District Court Case No. B255455. This action is brought under a California statute that permits an individual taxpayer to sue a governmental agency when the taxpayer believes the agency has failed to enforce governing law. Plaintiff contends that BCC, a licensed Health Care Service Plan, or HCSP, is an “insurer” for purposes of taxation despite acknowledging it is not an “insurer” under regulatory law. Under California law, “insurers” must pay a gross premiums tax, or GPT, calculated as 2.35% on gross premiums. As a licensed HCSP, BCC has paid the California Corporate Franchise Tax, or CFT, the tax paid by California businesses generally. Plaintiff contends that BCC must pay the GPT rather than the CFT. Plaintiff seeks a writ of mandate directing the taxing agencies to collect the GPT, and seeks an order requiring BCC to pay GPT back taxes, interest, and penalties, for a period dating to eight years prior to the July 2013 filing of the complaint. In February 2014, the Superior Court sustained BCC’s demurrer to the complaint, without leave to amend, ruling that BCC is not an “insurer” for purposes of taxation. Plaintiff appealed. In September 2015, the Court of Appeal reversed the Superior Court’s ruling, and remanded. The Court of Appeal held that a HCSP could be an insurer for purposes of taxation if it wrote predominantly “indemnity” products. In October 2015, BCC filed a petition for rehearing in the Court of Appeal which was denied. In November 2015, BCC filed a petition for review with the California Supreme Court which was denied in December 2015. This lawsuit is being coordinated with similar lawsuits filed against other entities. All are set for an initial status conference in April 2016. BCC intends to vigorously defend this suit; however, its ultimate outcome cannot be presently determined.
Where available information indicates that it is probable that a loss has been incurred as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and we can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, we accrue the estimated loss by a charge to income. In many proceedings, however, it is difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or reasonably possible. In addition, even where loss is possible or an exposure to loss exists in excess of the liability already accrued with respect to a previously identified loss contingency, it is not always possible to reasonably estimate the amount of the possible loss or range of loss.

- 131 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

With respect to many of the proceedings to which we are a party, we cannot provide an estimate of the possible losses, or the range of possible losses in excess of the amount, if any, accrued, for various reasons, including but not limited to some or all of the following: (i) there are novel or unsettled legal issues presented, (ii) the proceedings are in early stages, (iii) there is uncertainty as to the likelihood of a class being certified or decertified or the ultimate size and scope of the class, (iv) there is uncertainty as to the outcome of pending appeals or motions, (v) there are significant factual issues to be resolved, and/or (vi) in many cases, the plaintiffs have not specified damages in their complaint or in court filings. For those legal proceedings where a loss is probable, or reasonably possible, and for which it is possible to reasonably estimate the amount of the possible loss or range of losses, we currently believe that the range of possible losses, in excess of established reserves, for all of those proceedings is from $0 to approximately $250.0 at December 31, 2015 . This estimated aggregate range of reasonably possible losses is based upon currently available information taking into account our best estimate of such losses for which such an estimate can be made.
Cyber Attack Incident
In February 2015, we reported that we were the target of a sophisticated external cyber attack. The attackers gained unauthorized access to certain of our information technology systems and obtained personal information related to many individuals and employees, such as names, birthdays, health care identification/social security numbers, street addresses, email addresses, phone numbers and employment information, including income data. To date, there is no evidence that credit card or medical information, such as claims, test results or diagnostic codes, were targeted, accessed or obtained, although no assurance can be given that we will not identify additional information that was accessed or obtained.
We have continued to implement security enhancements since this incident and are supporting federal law enforcement efforts to identify the responsible parties. Upon discovery of the cyber attack, we took immediate action to remediate the security vulnerability and retained a cybersecurity firm to evaluate our systems and identify solutions based on the evolving landscape. We are providing credit monitoring and identity protection services to those who have been affected by this cyber attack. We have incurred expenses subsequent to the cyber attack to investigate and remediate this matter and expect to continue to incur expenses of this nature in the foreseeable future. We will recognize these expenses in the periods in which they are incurred.
Actions have been filed in various federal and state courts and other claims have been or may be asserted against us on behalf of current or former members, current or former employees, other individuals, shareholders or others seeking damages or other related relief, allegedly arising out of the cyber attack. State and federal agencies, including state insurance regulators, state attorneys general, the Health and Human Services Office of Civil Rights and the Federal Bureau of Investigation, are investigating events related to the cyber attack, including how it occurred, its consequences and our responses. Although we are cooperating in these investigations, we may be subject to fines or other obligations, which may have an adverse effect on how we operate our business and our results of operations. With respect to the civil actions, a motion to transfer was filed with the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation in February 2015 and was subsequently heard by the Panel in May 2015. In June 2015, the Panel entered its order transferring the consolidated matter to the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California. The U.S. District Court entered its Case Management Order in September 2015. We have filed a Motion to Dismiss several of the counts that are before the U.S. District Court. There remain a few state court cases that are presently proceeding outside of the Multidistrict Litigation.
We have contingency plans and insurance coverage for certain expenses and potential liabilities of this nature. The coverage has been sufficient to cover the majority of claims and liabilities incurred to date. While a loss from these matters is reasonably possible, we cannot reasonably estimate a range of possible losses because our investigation into the matter is ongoing, the proceedings remain in the early stages, alleged damages have not been specified, there is uncertainty as to the likelihood of a class or classes being certified or the ultimate size of any class if certified, and there are significant factual and legal issues to be resolved.
Other Contingencies
From time to time, we and certain of our subsidiaries are parties to various legal proceedings, many of which involve claims for coverage encountered in the ordinary course of business. We, like HMOs and health insurers generally, exclude certain health care and other services from coverage under our HMO, PPO and other plans. We are, in the ordinary course of business, subject to the claims of our enrollees arising out of decisions to restrict or deny reimbursement for uncovered

- 132 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

services. The loss of even one such claim, if it results in a significant punitive damage award, could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, the risk of potential liability under punitive damage theories may increase significantly the difficulty of obtaining reasonable settlements of coverage claims.
In addition to the lawsuits described above, we are also involved in other pending and threatened litigation of the character incidental to our business, and are from time to time involved as a party in various governmental investigations, audits, reviews and administrative proceedings. These investigations, audits, reviews and administrative proceedings include routine and special inquiries by state insurance departments, state attorneys general, the U.S. Attorney General and subcommittees of the U.S. Congress. Such investigations, audits, reviews and administrative proceedings could result in the imposition of civil or criminal fines, penalties, other sanctions and additional rules, regulations or other restrictions on our business operations. Any liability that may result from any one of these actions, or in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.
The National Organization of Life & Health Insurance Guaranty Associations, or NOLHGA, is a voluntary organization consisting of the state life and health insurance guaranty associations located throughout the U.S. Such associations, working together with NOLHGA, provide a safety net for their state’s policyholders, ensuring that they continue to receive coverage, subject to state maximum limits, even if their insurer is declared insolvent. We are aware that the Pennsylvania Insurance Commissioner, or Insurance Commissioner, has placed Penn Treaty Network America Insurance Company and its subsidiary American Network Insurance Company, or collectively Penn Treaty, in rehabilitation, an intermediate action before insolvency. The state court denied the Insurance Commissioner’s petition for the liquidation of Penn Treaty and ordered the Insurance Commissioner to file an updated plan of rehabilitation. The state court commenced a hearing in connection with the updated plan in July 2015, which has been adjourned. The state court has begun scheduling settlement conferences to resolve outstanding issues with the plan. In the event rehabilitation of Penn Treaty is unsuccessful and Penn Treaty is declared insolvent and placed in liquidation, we and other insurers may be required to pay a portion of their policyholder claims through state guaranty association assessments in future periods. Given the uncertainty around whether Penn Treaty will ultimately be declared insolvent and, if so, the amount of the insolvency, the amount and timing of any associated future guaranty fund assessments, and the availability and amount of any potential premium tax and other offsets, we currently cannot estimate our net exposure, if any, to this potential insolvency. We will continue to monitor the situation and may record a liability and expense in future reporting periods, which could be material to our cash flows and results of operations.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
We are a party to an agreement with Express Scripts, Inc., or Express Scripts, whereby Express Scripts is the exclusive provider of certain pharmacy benefit management, or PBM, services to our plans, excluding our CareMore and Simply Healthcare subsidiaries and certain self-insured members, which have exclusive agreements with different PBM service providers.  The initial term of this agreement expires on December 31, 2019. Under this agreement, the Express Scripts PBM services include, but are not limited to, pharmacy network management, mail order and specialty drug fulfillment, claims processing, rebate management and specialty pharmaceutical management services. Accordingly, the agreement contains certain financial and operational requirements obligating both Express Scripts and us. Express Scripts’ primary obligations relate to the performance of such services in a compliant manner and meeting certain pricing guarantees and performance standards. Our primary responsibilities relate to formulary management, product and benefit design, provision of data, payment for services, certain minimum volume requirements and oversight. The failure by either party to meet the respective requirements could potentially serve as a basis for financial penalties or early termination of the contract. We believe we have appropriately recognized all rights and obligations under this contract at December 31, 2015 .
During November 2015, we entered into an amended and restated agreement with Accenture LLP to provide business process outsourcing services. This new agreement supersedes certain prior agreements, converts certain services to transaction based pricing and also includes provisions for additional services. Our remaining commitment under this agreement at December 31, 2015 was $224.0 through December 31, 2019. We have the ability to terminate this agreement upon the occurrence of certain events, subject to early termination fees.
During December 2014 , we entered into a new agreement with International Business Machines Corporation to provide information technology infrastructure services. This new agreement supersedes certain prior agreements and also includes provisions for additional services. Our remaining commitment under this agreement at December 31, 2015 was $378.4

- 133 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

through March 31, 2020 . We have the ability to terminate this agreement upon the occurrence of certain events, subject to early termination fees.
On March 31, 2009 , we entered into an agreement with Affiliated Computer Services, Inc. to provide certain print and mailroom services that were previously performed in-house. Our remaining commitment under this agreement at December 31, 2015 was $15.7 through March 31, 2016 . We have the ability to terminate this agreement upon the occurrence of certain events, subject to early termination fees.
Vulnerability from Concentrations
Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents, investment securities, premium receivables and instruments held through hedging activities. All investment securities are managed by professional investment managers within policies authorized by our Board of Directors. Such policies limit the amounts that may be invested in any one issuer and prescribe certain investee company criteria. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to premium receivables are limited due to the large number of employer groups that constitute our customer base in the states in which we conduct business. As of December 31, 2015 , there were no significant concentrations of financial instruments in a single investee, industry or geographic location.
14. Capital Stock  
Stock Incentive Plan s
Our Board of Directors has adopted the Anthem Incentive Compensation Plan, or Incentive Compensation Plan, which has been approved by our shareholders. The term of the Incentive Compensation Plan is such that no awards may be granted on or after May 20, 2019. The Incentive Compensation Plan gives authority to the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors to make incentive awards to our non-employee directors, employees and consultants, consisting of stock options, stock, restricted stock, restricted stock units, cash-based awards, stock appreciation rights, performance shares and performance units. The Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended and restated, limits the number of available shares for issuance to 60.1 shares, subject to adjustment as set forth in the Incentive Compensation Plan.
Stock options are granted for a fixed number of shares with an exercise price at least equal to the fair value of the shares at the grant date. Stock options vest over three years in equal semi-annual installments and generally have a term of ten years from the grant date. 
Certain option grants contain provisions whereby the employee continues to vest in the award subsequent to termination due to retirement. Our attribution method for newly granted awards considers all vesting and other provisions, including retirement eligibility, in determining the requisite service period over which the fair value of the awards will be recognized.
Awards of restricted stock or restricted stock units are issued at the fair value of the stock on the grant date and may also include one or more performance measures that must be met for the award to vest. The restrictions lapse in three equal annual installments. Performance units issued in 2015 will vest in 2018, based on earnings targets over the three year period of 2015 to 2017.
For the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , we recognized share-based compensation expense of $148.2 , $168.9 and $146.0 , respectively, as well as related tax benefits of $53.7 , $60.7 and $52.6 , respectively.

- 134 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

A summary of stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2015 is as follows:
 
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted-Average
Option Price per
Share
 
Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(Years)
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
Outstanding at January 1, 2015
7.3

 
$
70.30

 
 
 
 
Granted
1.3

 
146.73

 
 
 
 
Exercised
(2.4
)
 
67.74

 
 
 
 
Forfeited or expired
(0.2
)
 
102.14

 
 
 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2015
6.0

 
87.23

 
4.21
 
$
322.7

Exercisable at December 31, 2015
3.9

 
71.96

 
2.76
 
$
263.3

The intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 amounted to $188.1 , $156.7 and $176.0 , respectively. We recognized tax benefits of $68.0 , $53.2 and $56.8 in 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively, from option exercises and disqualifying dispositions. During the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 we received cash of $162.2 , $283.6 and $524.7 , respectively, from exercises of stock options.
The total fair value of restricted stock awards that vested during the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 was $257.2 , $174.0 and $46.7 , respectively.
A summary of the status of nonvested restricted stock activity, including restricted stock units, for the year ended December 31, 2015 is as follows:
 
Restricted
Stock Shares
and Units
 
Weighted-Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
per Share
Nonvested at January 1, 2015
3.6

 
$
75.63

Granted
0.9

 
147.00

Vested
(1.7
)
 
72.25

Forfeited
(0.1
)
 
101.57

Nonvested at December 31, 2015
2.7

 
101.66

During the year ended December 31, 2015 , we granted approximately 0.4 restricted stock units that are contingent upon us achieving earning targets over the three year period of 2015 to 2017 . These grants have been included in the activity shown above, but will be subject to adjustment at the end of 2017, based on results in the three year period.
As of December 31, 2015 , the total remaining unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested stock options and restricted stock amounted to $19.3 and $98.7 , respectively, which will be amortized over the weighted-average remaining requisite service periods of 10 months .
As of December 31, 2015 , there were approximately 18.7 shares of common stock available for future grants under the Incentive Compensation Plan.
  Fair Value
We use a binomial lattice valuation model to estimate the fair value of all stock options granted. Expected volatility assumptions used in the binomial lattice model are based on an analysis of implied volatilities of publicly traded options on our stock and historical volatility of our stock price. The risk-free interest rate is derived from the U.S. Treasury strip rates at the time of the grant. The expected term of the options was derived from the outputs of the binomial lattice model, which incorporates post-vesting forfeiture assumptions based on an analysis of historical data. The dividend yield was based on our estimate of future dividend yields. Similar groups of employees that have dissimilar exercise behavior are considered separately for valuation purposes. We utilize the “multiple-grant” approach for recognizing compensation expense associated with each separately vesting portion of the share-based award.

- 135 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The following weighted-average assumptions were used to estimate the fair values of options granted during the years ended December 31:
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Risk-free interest rate
1.96
%
 
2.16
%
 
1.25
%
Volatility factor
31.00
%
 
35.00
%
 
35.00
%
Dividend yield (annual)
1.70
%
 
2.00
%
 
2.40
%
Weighted-average expected life (years)
4.00

 
3.75

 
4.00

The following weighted-average fair values were determined for the years ending December 31:
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Options granted during the year
$
33.97

 
$
22.41

 
$
14.64

Restricted stock and stock awards granted during the year
147.00

 
90.53

 
63.06

The binomial lattice option-pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions including the expected stock price volatility. Because our stock option grants have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in our opinion, existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of our stock option grants.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
We have registered 14.0 shares of common stock for the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the Stock Purchase Plan, which is intended to provide a means to encourage and assist employees in acquiring a stock ownership interest in Anthem. Pursuant to terms of the Stock Purchase Plan, an employee is permitted to purchase no more than $25,000 (actual dollars) worth of stock in any calendar year, based on the fair value of the stock at the end of each plan quarter. Employees become participants by electing payroll deductions from 1% to 15% of gross compensation. Once purchased, the stock is accumulated in the employee's investment account. The Stock Purchase Plan allows participants to purchase shares of our common stock at a price per share of 95% of the fair value of a share of common stock on the last trading day of the plan quarter. The employee stock purchase plan discount is not recognized as compensation expense based on GAAP guidance. There were 0.1 shares issued during the year ended December 31, 2015 . As of December 31, 2015 , 5.8 shares were available for issuance under the Stock Purchase Plan.
Use of Capital and Stock Repurchase Program
We regularly review the appropriate use of capital, including acquisitions, common stock and debt security repurchases and dividends to shareholders. The declaration and payment of any dividends or repurchases of our common stock or debt is at the discretion of our Board of Directors and depends upon our financial condition, results of operations, future liquidity needs, regulatory and capital requirements and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors.

- 136 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

A summary of the cash dividend activity for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 is as follows:  
Declaration Date
 
Record Date
 
Payment Date
 
Cash Dividend per
Share
 
Total
Year ended December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
January 27, 2015
 
March 10, 2015
 
March 25, 2015
 
$
0.6250

 
$
166.6

April 28, 2015
 
June 10, 2015
 
June 25, 2015
 
0.6250

 
163.9

July 28, 2015

September 10, 2015

September 25, 2015
 
0.6250

 
163.0

October 27, 2015
 
December 4, 2015
 
December 21, 2015
 
0.6250

 
163.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year ended December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
January 28, 2014
 
March 10, 2014
 
March 25, 2014
 
$
0.4375

 
$
123.4

April 29, 2014
 
June 10, 2014
 
June 25, 2014
 
0.4375

 
120.5

July 29, 2014
 
September 10, 2014
 
September 25, 2014
 
0.4375

 
119.2

October 28, 2014
 
December 5, 2014
 
December 22, 2014
 
0.4375

 
117.6

On February 18, 2016 , our Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend to shareholders of $0.6500 per share on the outstanding shares of our common stock. This quarterly dividend is payable on March 25, 2016 to the shareholders of record as of March 10, 2016 .
Under our Board of Directors’ authorization, we maintain a common stock repurchase program. On October 2, 2014, the Board of Directors authorized a $5,000.0 increase to the common stock repurchase program. Repurchases may be made from time to time at prevailing market prices, subject to certain restrictions on volume, pricing and timing. The repurchases are effected from time to time in the open market, through negotiated transactions, including accelerated share repurchase agreements, and through plans designed to comply with Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Our stock repurchase program is discretionary as we are under no obligation to repurchase shares. We repurchase shares under the program when we believe it is a prudent use of capital. The excess cost of the repurchased shares over par value is charged on a pro rata basis to additional paid-in capital and retained earnings.
A summary of common stock repurchases for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 is as follows:
 
 
Years Ended December 31
 
2015
 
2014
Shares repurchased
 
10.4

 
30.4

Average price per share
 
$
145.50

 
$
98.52

Aggregate cost
 
$
1,515.8

 
$
2,998.8

Authorization remaining at the end of each period
 
$
4,175.9

 
$
5,691.7

During the year ended December 31, 2015, we entered into a series of call and put options with certain counterparties to repurchase shares of our common stock. We exercised call options that enabled us to repurchase 2.1 shares of our common stock at an average strike price of $135.03 . In order to set the call option strike prices below our market price at inception on certain of these options, we sold 5.3 put options, the majority containing an average strike price equal to the call options. During the year ended December 31, 2015, 4.6 put options expired unexercised, while the remaining 0.7 put options were assigned to us, resulting in our repurchase of 0.7 shares of our common stock at an average share price of $143.89 . Based on GAAP guidance, the initial value of the call options was recognized as a reduction of shareholders' equity and the initial value of the put options was recognized as a liability.
Under the common stock repurchase program authorized by our Board of Directors, on February 4, 2014, we entered into an accelerated share repurchase agreement with a counterparty. The agreement provided for the repurchase of a number of our shares, equal to $600.0 , as determined by the dollar volume weighted-average share price during the term of the agreement. In March 2014, we repurchased 6.6 shares under the agreement.

- 137 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

During 2013, we purchased call options on 3.0 shares of our common stock. The call options allowed us to repurchase shares at a predetermined strike price up through the expiration dates. The purpose of the call options was to reduce share price volatility on potential future common stock repurchases. The aggregate premium paid was $25.8 , of which $7.9 was recorded as a reduction of shareholders' equity and the remaining $17.9 was recorded as a derivative asset based on FASB guidance. The aggregate premium is reported in financing activities in our consolidated statements of cash flow. The call options had strike prices ranging from $77.50 to $83.10 per share. The aggregate fair value of the call options reported as a derivative asset was $27.5 at December 31, 2013. The call options were exercised on various dates throughout January and February 2014.
For additional information regarding the use of capital for debt security repurchases, see Note 12, "Debt."
Equity Units
On May 12, 2015, we issued 25.0 Equity Units, pursuant to an underwriting agreement dated May 6, 2015, in an aggregate principal amount of $1,250.0 . For additional information relating to the Equity Units, see Note 12, “Debt.”
15. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
A reconciliation of the components of accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31 is as follows:
 
2015
 
2014
Investments:
 
 
 
Gross unrealized gains
$
815.0

 
$
1,154.9

Gross unrealized losses
(447.5
)
 
(196.8
)
Net pretax unrealized gains
367.5

 
958.1

Deferred tax liability
(124.2
)
 
(330.5
)
Net unrealized gains on investments
243.3

 
627.6

Non-credit components of OTTI on investments:
 
 
 
Gross unrealized losses
(15.4
)
 
(6.8
)
Deferred tax asset
5.4

 
2.4

Net unrealized non-credit component of OTTI on investments
(10.0
)
 
(4.4
)
Cash flow hedges:
 
 
 
Gross unrealized losses
(124.8
)
 
(55.2
)
Deferred tax asset
43.7

 
19.3

Net unrealized losses on cash flow hedges
(81.1
)
 
(35.9
)
Defined benefit pension plans:
 
 
 
Deferred net actuarial loss
(635.0
)
 
(563.7
)
Deferred prior service credits
0.1

 
2.2

Deferred tax asset
250.4

 
223.2

Net unrecognized periodic benefit costs for defined benefit pension plans
(384.5
)
 
(338.3
)
Postretirement benefit plans:
 
 
 
Deferred net actuarial loss
(162.7
)
 
(211.2
)
Deferred prior service credits
73.5

 
88.0

Deferred tax asset
35.1

 
48.9

Net unrecognized periodic benefit costs for postretirement benefit plans
(54.1
)
 
(74.3
)
Foreign currency translation adjustments:
 
 
 
Gross unrealized losses
(9.5
)
 
(4.3
)
Deferred tax asset
3.3

 
1.5

Net unrealized losses on foreign currency translation adjustments
(6.2
)
 
(2.8
)
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
$
(292.6
)
 
$
171.9


- 138 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Other comprehensive income (loss) reclassification adjustments for the years ended December 31 are as follows:
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Investments:
 
 
 
 
 
Net holding (loss) gain on investment securities arising during the period, net of tax benefit (expense) of $180.4, ($107.9), and $102.4, respectively
$
(336.1
)
 
$
201.8

 
$
(182.2
)
Reclassification adjustment for net realized gain on investment securities, net of tax expense of $25.9, $44.8 and $60.6, respectively
(48.2
)
 
(83.2
)
 
(112.5
)
Total reclassification adjustment on investments
(384.3
)
 
118.6

 
(294.7
)
Non-credit component of OTTI on investments:
 
 
 
 
 
Non-credit component of OTTI on investments, net of tax benefit (expense) of $3.0, $2.1, and ($0.9), respectively
(5.6
)
 
(3.9
)
 
1.7

Cash flow hedges:
 
 
 
 
 
Holding (loss) gain, net of tax benefit (expense) of $24.4, $1.9, and ($1.6), respectively
(45.2
)
 
(3.6
)
 
3.0

Other:
 
 
 
 
 
Net change in unrecognized periodic benefit costs for defined benefit pension and postretirement benefit plans, net of tax benefit (expense) of $13.4, $75.2, and ($106.8), respectively
(26.0
)
 
(118.1
)
 
172.7

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax benefit (expense) of $1.8, $2.2, and ($0.6), respectively
(3.4
)
 
(4.3
)
 
1.4

Net loss recognized in other comprehensive loss, net of tax benefit of $248.9, $18.3, and $53.1, respectively
$
(464.5
)
 
$
(11.3
)
 
$
(115.9
)
16. Reinsurance
We reinsure certain risks with other companies and assume risk from other companies. We remain primarily liable to policyholders under ceded insurance contracts and are contingently liable for amounts recoverable from reinsurers in the event that such reinsurers do not meet their contractual obligations. We evaluate the financial condition of our reinsurers and monitor concentrations of credit risk arising from similar geographic regions, activities, or economic characteristics of the reinsurers to minimize our exposure to significant losses from reinsurer insolvencies. In conjunction with the Health Care Reform temporary reinsurance premium stabilization program, we recognize assessments upon our fully-insured non-grandfathered individual market plans that are eligible for reinsurance recoveries as ceded premiums and estimated reinsurance recoveries as a reduction to benefit expense. Assessments upon all other lines of business not eligible for reinsurance recoveries are recognized in general and administrative expense.
A summary of direct, assumed and ceded premiums written and earned for the years ended December 31 is as follows:
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Written
 
Earned
 
Written
 
Earned
 
Written
 
Earned
Direct
$
72,925.5

 
$
73,259.2

 
$
68,628.6

 
$
68,304.3

 
$
65,939.1

 
$
66,038.9

Assumed
221.8

 
221.9

 
192.3

 
194.0

 
174.3

 
174.0

Ceded
(95.8
)
 
(96.0
)
 
(108.5
)
 
(108.5
)
 
(92.6
)
 
(93.8
)
Net premiums
$
73,051.5

 
$
73,385.1

 
$
68,712.4

 
$
68,389.8

 
$
66,020.8

 
$
66,119.1

Percentage—assumed to net premiums
0.3
%
 
0.3
%
 
0.3
%
 
0.3
%
 
0.3
%
 
0.3
%

- 139 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

A summary of net premiums written and earned by segment (see Note 19, “Segment Information”) for the years ended December 31 is as follows:
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Written
 
Earned
 
Written
 
Earned
 
Written
 
Earned
Reportable segments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and Specialty Business
$
33,016.9

 
$
33,078.0

 
$
35,084.7

 
$
35,045.2

 
$
35,733.9

 
$
35,772.0

Government Business
40,034.6

 
40,307.1

 
33,627.7

 
33,344.6

 
30,286.9

 
30,347.1

Other

 

 

 

 

 

Net premiums
$
73,051.5

 
$
73,385.1

 
$
68,712.4

 
$
68,389.8

 
$
66,020.8

 
$
66,119.1

The effect of reinsurance on benefit expense for the years ended December 31 is as follows:
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Direct
$
61,674.0

 
$
57,496.6

 
$
56,185.2

Assumed
192.2

 
182.4

 
155.6

Ceded
(749.3
)
 
(824.1
)
 
(103.7
)
Net benefit expense
$
61,116.9

 
$
56,854.9

 
$
56,237.1

  The effect of reinsurance on certain assets and liabilities at December 31 is as follows:
 
2015
 
2014
Policy liabilities, assumed
$
56.7

 
$
57.4

Unearned income, assumed
0.5

 
0.4

Premiums payable, ceded
9.3

 
7.7

Premiums receivable, assumed
23.2

 
5.4

17. Leases
We lease office space and certain computer and related equipment using noncancelable operating leases. At December 31, 2015 , future lease payments for operating leases with initial or remaining noncancelable terms of one year or more consist of the following:
2016
$
141.5

2017
140.0

2018
127.2

2019
109.9

2020
84.3

Thereafter
245.8

Total minimum payments required
$
848.7

We have certain lease agreements that contain contingent payment provisions. Under these provisions, we pay contingent amounts in addition to base rent, primarily based upon annual changes in the consumer price index. The schedule above contains estimated amounts for potential future increases in lease payments based on the contingent payment provisions.
Lease expense for 2015 , 2014 and 2013 was $212.9 , $192.5 and $185.9 , respectively.

- 140 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

18. Earnings per Share
The denominator for basic and diluted earnings per share at December 31 is as follows:
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Denominator for basic earnings per share—weighted-average shares
263.0

 
275.9

 
298.5

Effect of dilutive securities—employee stock options, non-vested restricted stock awards and convertible debentures
9.9

 
10.0

 
5.3

Denominator for diluted earnings per share
272.9

 
285.9

 
303.8

During the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , weighted-average shares related to certain stock options of 1.0 , 0.5 and 4.2 , respectively, were excluded from the denominator for diluted earnings per share because the stock options were anti-dilutive.
During the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , we issued approximately 0.4 , 0.7 and 0.9 restricted stock units, respectively, of which vesting was contingent upon meeting certain earnings targets. Contingent restricted stock units are excluded from the denominator for diluted earnings per share and are included only if and when the contingency is met. The 2015 contingent restricted stock units are being measured over the three year period of 2015 through 2017, and remain contingent as of December 31, 2015 . The 2014 and 2013 contingent restricted stock units were based on annual targets and were subsequently included in the denominator for diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
The Equity Units are potentially dilutive securities but were excluded from the denominator for diluted earnings per share for each of the years presented as the dilutive stock price threshold was not met.
19. Segment Information
On May 20, 2013, we announced certain organizational and executive leadership changes to align with how our Chief Executive Officer is managing our operations. Beginning with the three months ended June 30, 2013, our organizational structure is comprised of three reportable segments: Commercial and Specialty Business; Government Business; and Other.
Our Commercial and Specialty Business segment includes our Local Group, National Accounts, Individual and Specialty businesses. Business units in the Commercial and Specialty Business segment offer fully-insured health products; provide a broad array of managed care services to self-funded customers including claims processing, underwriting, stop loss insurance, actuarial services, provider network access, medical cost management, disease management, wellness programs and other administrative services; and provide an array of specialty and other insurance products and services such as dental, vision, life and disability insurance benefits, radiology benefit management and analytics-driven personal health care guidance.
Our Government Business segment includes Medicare and Medicaid businesses, National Government Services, or NGS, and services provided to the federal government in connection with FEP. Medicare business includes services such as Medicare Advantage, Medicare Part D, and Medicare Supplement. Medicaid business includes our managed care alternatives through publicly funded health care programs, including Medicaid , Temporary Assistance for Needy Family programs, programs for seniors and people with disabilities , programs for long-term services and support , Children’s Health Insurance Programs and ACA-related Medicaid expansion programs. NGS acts as a Medicare contractor for the federal government in several regions across the nation.
Our Other segment includes other businesses that do not meet the quantitative thresholds for an operating segment as defined by FASB guidance, as well as corporate expenses not allocated to the other reportable segments.
We define operating revenues, a non-GAAP measure, to include premium income, administrative fees and other revenues. Operating revenues are derived from premiums and fees received primarily from the sale and administration of health benefit products. Operating gain, a non-GAAP measure, is calculated as total operating revenue less benefit expense and selling, general and administrative expense.

- 141 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Through our participation in various federal government programs, we generated approximately 18.8% , 21.0% and 20.3% of our total consolidated revenues from agencies of the U.S. government for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 , respectively. These revenues are contained in the Government Business segment.
The accounting policies of the segments are consistent with those described in the summary of significant accounting policies in Note 2, “Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies,” except that certain shared administrative expenses for each segment are recognized on a pro rata allocated basis, which in aggregate approximates the consolidated expense. Any difference between the allocated expenses and actual consolidated expense is included in other expenses not allocated to reportable segments. Intersegment sales and expenses are recorded at cost and eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. We evaluate performance of the reportable segments based on operating gain or loss as defined above. We evaluate net investment income, net realized gains on investments, OTTI losses recognized in income, interest expense, amortization expense, gain or loss on extinguishment of debt, income taxes, assets and liabilities on a consolidated basis as these items are managed in a corporate shared service environment and are not the responsibility of segment operating management.
Financial data by reportable segment for the years ended December 31 is as follows:
 
Commercial and Specialty Business
 
Government Business
 
Other
 
Total
Year ended December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating revenue
$
37,570.8

 
$
40,813.0

 
$
21.0

 
$
78,404.8

Operating gain (loss)
2,854.0

 
1,978.5

 
(79.4
)
 
4,753.1

Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment

 

 
515.6

 
515.6

Year ended December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating revenue
$
39,199.6

 
$
33,796.4

 
$
25.7

 
$
73,021.7

Operating gain (loss)
3,260.9

 
1,191.9

 
(34.4
)
 
4,418.4

Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment

 

 
474.3

 
474.3

Year ended December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating revenue
$
39,404.2

 
$
30,752.6

 
$
34.6

 
$
70,191.4

Operating gain (loss)
3,176.4

 
844.0

 
(19.0
)
 
4,001.4

Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment

 

 
457.1

 
457.1

 

- 142 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The major product revenues for each of the reportable segments for the years ended December 31 are as follows:
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Commercial and Specialty Business
 
 
 
 
 
Managed care products
$
31,676.9

 
$
33,755.6

 
$
34,516.9

Managed care services
4,344.8

 
3,997.8

 
3,474.0

Dental/Vision products and services
1,111.7

 
1,037.3

 
952.5

Other
437.4

 
408.9

 
460.8

Total Commercial and Specialty Business
37,570.8

 
39,199.6

 
39,404.2

Government Business
 
 
 
 
 
Managed care products
40,307.0

 
33,344.6

 
30,347.1

Managed care services
506.0

 
451.8

 
405.5

Total Government Business
40,813.0

 
33,796.4

 
30,752.6

Other
 
 
 
 
 
Other
21.0

 
25.7

 
34.6

Total product revenues
$
78,404.8

 
$
73,021.7

 
$
70,191.4

The classification between managed care products and managed care services in the above table primarily distinguishes between the level of risk assumed. Managed care products represent insurance products where we bear the insurance risk, whereas managed care services represent product offerings where we provide claims adjudication and other administrative services to the customer, but the customer principally bears the insurance risk. 
Asset. liability and equity details by reportable segment have not been disclosed, as we do not internally report such information. 
A reconciliation of reportable segment operating revenues to the amounts of total revenues included in the consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31 is as follows:
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Reportable segments operating revenues
$
78,404.8

 
$
73,021.7

 
$
70,191.4

Net investment income
677.6

 
724.4

 
659.1

Net realized gains on investments
157.5

 
177.0

 
271.9

Other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in income
(83.4
)
 
(49.0
)
 
(98.9
)
Total revenues
$
79,156.5

 
$
73,874.1

 
$
71,023.5

A reconciliation of reportable segment operating gain to income from continuing operations before income taxes included in the consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31 is as follows:
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Reportable segments operating gain
$
4,753.1

 
$
4,418.4

 
$
4,001.4

Net investment income
677.6

 
724.4

 
659.1

Net realized gains on investments
157.5

 
177.0

 
271.9

Other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in income
(83.4
)
 
(49.0
)
 
(98.9
)
Interest expense
(653.0
)
 
(600.7
)
 
(602.7
)
Amortization of other intangible assets
(230.1
)
 
(220.9
)
 
(245.3
)
Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt
9.3

 
(81.1
)
 
(145.3
)
Income from continuing operations before income tax expense
$
4,631.0

 
$
4,368.1

 
$
3,840.2


- 143 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

20. Related Party Transactions
We have a 19.99% equity investment in National Accounts Service Company, LLC, or NASCO, which processes National Accounts claims and provides other administrative services for us and certain other Blue Cross Blue Shield plans. Administrative expenses incurred related to NASCO services totaled $83.6 , $85.3 and $77.6 , for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively. Amounts due to NASCO were $5.4 and $4.5 at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
21. Statutory Information
The majority of our insurance and HMO subsidiaries report their accounts in conformity with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by state insurance regulatory authorities, or statutory, which vary in certain respects from GAAP. However, certain of our insurance and HMO subsidiaries, including BCC, Blue Cross of California Partnership Plan, Inc., Golden West Health Plan, Inc. and CareMore Health Plan are regulated by the California Department of Managed Health Care, or DMHC, and report their accounts in conformity with GAAP (these entities are collectively referred to as the “DMHC regulated entities”). Typical differences of GAAP reporting as compared to statutory reporting are the inclusion of unrealized gains or losses relating to fixed maturity securities in shareholders’ equity, recognition of all assets including those that are non-admitted for statutory purposes and recognition of all deferred tax assets without regard to statutory limits. The National Association of Insurance Commissioners, or NAIC, developed a codified version of the statutory accounting principles, designed to foster more consistency among the states for accounting guidelines and reporting. Prescribed statutory accounting practices are set forth in a variety of publications of the NAIC as well as state laws, regulations and general administrative rules.
Our ability to pay dividends and credit obligations is significantly dependent on receipt of dividends from our subsidiaries. The payment of dividends to us by our insurance and HMO subsidiaries without prior approval of the insurance departments of each subsidiary’s domiciliary jurisdiction is limited by formula. Dividends in excess of these amounts are subject to prior approval by the respective state insurance departments or the DMHC.
Our statutory basis insurance and HMO subsidiaries are subject to risk-based capital requirements. Risk-based capital is a method developed by the NAIC to determine the minimum amount of statutory capital appropriate for an insurance company or HMO to support its overall business operations in consideration of its size and risk profile. The formula for determining the amount of risk-based capital specifies various factors, weighted based on the perceived degree of risk, which are applied to certain financial balances and financial activity. Below minimum risk-based capital requirements are classified within certain levels, each of which requires specified corrective action. Additionally, the DMHC regulated entities are subject to capital and solvency requirements as prescribed by the DMHC. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , all of our regulated subsidiaries exceeded the minimum risk-based capital requirements and/or capital and solvency requirements of their applicable governmental regulator. The statutory risk-based capital necessary to satisfy regulatory requirements of our statutory basis insurance and HMO subsidiaries was approximately $3,900.0 and $3,400.0 as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. The tangible net equity required for the DMHC regulated entities was approximately $560.0 and $520.0 as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
Statutory-basis capital and surplus of our insurance and HMO subsidiaries and capital and surplus of our other regulated subsidiaries, excluding the DMHC regulated entities, was $9,676.7 and $9,727.2 at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. Statutory-basis net income of our insurance and HMO subsidiaries and net income of our other regulated subsidiaries, excluding the DMHC regulated entities, was $2,359.9 , $2,403.8 and $2,635.8 for 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively. GAAP equity of the DMHC regulated entities was $1,838.1 and $1,696.1 at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. GAAP net income of the DMHC regulated entities was $477.5 , $453.6 and $487.7 for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively.

- 144 -

Anthem, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

22. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
Selected quarterly financial data is as follows:
 
For the Quarter Ended
 
March 31
 
June 30
 
September 30
 
December 31
2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total revenues
$
19,051.5

 
$
20,015.5

 
$
19,901.6

 
$
20,187.9

Income before income taxes
1,569.1

 
1,558.0

 
1,129.6

 
374.3

Net income
865.2

 
859.1

 
654.8

 
180.9

 


 


 


 


Basic net income per share
$
3.25

 
$
3.27

 
$
2.51

 
$
0.69

Diluted net income per share
3.09

 
3.13

 
2.43

 
0.68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total revenues
$
17,859.4

 
$
18,473.4

 
$
18,557.0

 
$
18,984.3

Income from continuing operations before income taxes
1,130.1

 
1,263.7

 
1,087.2

 
887.1

Income from continuing operations
691.4

 
731.1

 
630.9

 
506.7

Income from discontinued operations
9.6

 

 

 

Net income
701.0

 
731.1

 
630.9

 
506.7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic net income per share - continuing operations
$
2.43

 
$
2.64

 
$
2.31

 
$
1.88

Basic net income per share - discontinued operations
0.03

 

 

 

Basic net income per share
2.46

 
2.64

 
2.31

 
1.88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted net income per share - continuing operations
$
2.37

 
$
2.56

 
$
2.22

 
$
1.80

Diluted net income per share - discontinued operations
0.03

 

 

 

Diluted net income per share
2.40

 
2.56

 
2.22

 
1.80

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
There have been no changes in or disagreements with our independent registered public accounting firm on accounting or financial disclosures.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We carried out an evaluation as of December 31, 2015 , under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective in timely alerting them to material information relating to us (including our consolidated subsidiaries) required to be disclosed in our reports under the Exchange Act. In addition, based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in ensuring that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

- 145 -


Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  
Management, under the supervision and with the participation of the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, of Anthem, Inc., or the Company, is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, or Internal Control, as such term is defined in the Exchange Act. The Company’s Internal Control is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of the Company’s financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. The Company’s Internal Control includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of inherent limitations in any Internal Control, no matter how well designed, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. Accordingly, even effective Internal Control can provide only reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP.
Management, under the supervision and with the participation of the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s Internal Control as of December 31, 2015 . Management’s assessment was based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
The Company completed its acquisition of Simply Healthcare Holdings, Inc. on February 17, 2015. As permitted by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, management's assessment as of December 31, 2015 did not include the Internal Control of the former Simply Healthcare Holdings, Inc., whose balance sheet is included in the Company's consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2015. Such operations of Simply Healthcare Holdings, Inc. constituted $249.6 million and $87.2 million of the Company's total assets and net assets, respectively, as of December 31, 2015, and $1,090.6 million and $18.7 million of the Company's operating revenue and net income, respectively, for the year then ended.
Based on management’s assessment, which excluded an assessment of Internal Control of the acquired operations of Simply Healthcare Holdings, Inc., management has concluded that the Company’s Internal Control was effective as of December 31, 2015 to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP.
Ernst & Young LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the consolidated financial statements of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2015 , and has also issued an audit report dated February 19, 2016 , on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 , which is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
/ S /    J OSEPH R. S WEDISH
 
/ S /    W AYNE  S. D EVEYDT
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the three months ended December 31, 2015 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

- 146 -


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Anthem, Inc.
We have audited Anthem, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 , based on criteria established in Internal Control–Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). Anthem, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
As indicated in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management's assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal controls of the former Simply Healthcare Holdings, Inc., which is included in the 2015 consolidated financial statements of Anthem, Inc. and constituted $249.6 million and $87.2 million of total and net assets, respectively, as of December 31, 2015 and $1,090.6 million and $18.7 million of operating revenues and net income, respectively, for the year then ended. Our audit of internal controls over financial reporting of Anthem, Inc. also did not include an evaluation of the internal controls over financial reporting of Simply Healthcare Holdings, Inc.
In our opinion, Anthem, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 , based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Anthem, Inc. as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015 of Anthem, Inc. and our report dated February 19, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/    E RNST  & Y OUNG LLP
Indianapolis, Indiana
February 19, 2016

- 147 -


ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.
None.
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.
The information required by this Item concerning our Executive Officers, Directors and nominees for Director, Audit Committee members and financial expert(s) and concerning disclosure of delinquent filers under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act and our Standards of Business Conduct is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of our last fiscal year.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
The information required by this Item concerning remuneration of our Executive Officers and Directors, material transactions involving such Executive Officers and Directors and Compensation Committee interlocks, as well as the Compensation Committee Report, are incorporated herein by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of our last fiscal year.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.
The information required by this Item concerning the stock ownership of management and five percent beneficial owners and securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of our last fiscal year.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.
The information required by this Item concerning certain relationships and related person transactions and director independence is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of our last fiscal year.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.
The information required by this Item concerning principal accounting fees and services is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of our last fiscal year.

- 148 -


PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
(a) 1. Financial Statements:
The following consolidated financial statements of the Company are set forth in Part II, Item 8
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 , and 2013
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 , and 2013
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
2. Financial Statement Schedule:
The following financial statement schedule of the Company is included in Item 15(c):
Schedule II—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (Parent Company Only).
All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are not required under the related instructions, are inapplicable, or the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements, and therefore, have been omitted.
3. Exhibits:
A list of exhibits required to be filed as part of this report is set forth in the Index to Exhibits, which immediately precedes such exhibits, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(b) Exhibits
The response to this portion of Item 15 is submitted as a separate section of this report.
(c) Financial Statement Schedule
Schedule II—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (Parent Company Only).

- 149 -


Schedule II—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant
Anthem, Inc. (Parent Company Only)
Balance Sheets
(In millions, except share data)
December 31,
2015
 
December 31,
2014
Assets
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
492.3

 
$
739.8

Investments available-for-sale, at fair value:

 
 
Fixed maturity securities (amortized cost of $889.6 and $1,798.8)
794.0

 
1,753.4

Equity securities (cost of $53.0 and $148.7)
82.0

 
206.7

Other invested assets, current
5.9

 
5.7

Other receivables
77.0

 
44.6

Income taxes receivable
236.5

 
227.9

Net due from subsidiaries

 
327.3

Securities lending collateral
130.6

 
224.8

Other current assets
394.0

 
232.5

Total current assets
2,212.3

 
3,762.7

Long-term investments available-for-sale, at fair value:
 
 
 
Equity securities (cost of $6.5 and $6.6)
6.5

 
6.6

Other invested assets, long-term
630.1

 
654.5

Property and equipment, net
116.8

 
134.0

Deferred tax assets, net
146.6

 

Investments in subsidiaries
36,524.4

 
35,647.2

Other noncurrent assets
129.8

 
113.0

Total assets
$
39,766.5

 
$
40,318.0

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
$
615.5

 
$
599.9

Security trades pending payable
13.4

 
14.0

Securities lending payable
130.6

 
224.8

Net due to subsidiaries
93.2

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 
624.3

Other current liabilities
278.1

 
280.1

Total current liabilities
1,130.8

 
1,743.1

Long-term debt, less current portion
15,299.6

 
13,994.7

Deferred tax liabilities, net

 
15.2

Other noncurrent liabilities
292.0

 
313.7

Total liabilities
16,722.4

 
16,066.7

Commitments and contingencies—Note 5


 


Shareholders’ equity
 
 
 
Preferred stock, without par value, shares authorized - 100,000,000; shares issued and outstanding - none

 

Common stock, par value $0.01, shares authorized - 900,000,000; shares issued and outstanding - 261,238,188 and 268,109,932
2.6

 
2.7

Additional paid-in capital
8,555.6

 
10,062.3

Retained earnings
14,778.5

 
14,014.4

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
(292.6
)
 
171.9

Total shareholders’ equity
23,044.1

 
24,251.3

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
$
39,766.5

 
$
40,318.0

 


See accompanying notes.

- 150 -


Anthem, Inc. (Parent Company Only)
Statements of Income
 
Years ended December 31
(In millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Revenues
 
 
 
 
 
Net investment income
$
99.7

 
$
87.4

 
$
61.2

Net realized losses on investments
(3.8
)
 
(27.1
)
 
(83.2
)
Other-than-temporary impairment losses on investments:

 
 
 
 
Total other-than-temporary impairment losses on investments
(49.2
)
 
(35.5
)
 
(51.6
)
Portion of other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in other comprehensive income
10.0

 
7.0

 
0.2

Other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in income
(39.2
)
 
(28.5
)
 
(51.4
)
Other revenue
3.5

 
4.8

 
4.4

Total revenues (losses)
60.2

 
36.6

 
(69.0
)
Expenses
 
 
 
 
 
General and administrative expense
77.9

 
20.3

 
196.6

Interest expense
649.7

 
597.8

 
598.4

(Gain) loss on extinguishment of debt
(9.3
)
 
81.1

 
145.3

Total expenses
718.3

 
699.2

 
940.3

Loss before income tax credits and equity in net income of subsidiaries
(658.1
)
 
(662.6
)
 
(1,009.3
)
Income tax credits
(270.1
)
 
(255.4
)
 
(369.7
)
Equity in net income of subsidiaries
2,948.0

 
2,976.9

 
3,129.3

Net income
$
2,560.0

 
$
2,569.7

 
$
2,489.7

































  See accompanying notes.

- 151 -



Anthem, Inc. (Parent Company Only)
Statements of Comprehensive Income
 
Years ended December 31
(in millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Net income
$
2,560.0

 
$
2,569.7

 
$
2,489.7

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:

 
 
 
 
Change in net unrealized gains/losses on investments
(384.3
)
 
118.6

 
(294.7
)
Change in non-credit component of other-than-temporary impairment losses on investments
(5.6
)
 
(3.9
)
 
1.7

Change in net unrealized gains/losses on cash flow hedges
(45.2
)
 
(3.6
)
 
3.0

Change in net periodic pension and postretirement costs
(26.0
)
 
(118.1
)
 
172.7

Foreign currency translation adjustments
(3.4
)
 
(4.3
)
 
1.4

Other comprehensive loss
(464.5
)
 
(11.3
)
 
(115.9
)
Total comprehensive income
$
2,095.5

 
$
2,558.4

 
$
2,373.8

 



































See accompanying notes.

- 152 -



Anthem, Inc. (Parent Company Only)
Statements of Cash Flows
 
Years ended December 31
(In millions)
2015
 
2014
 
2013
Operating activities
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
2,560.0

 
$
2,569.7

 
$
2,489.7

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 
 
 
 
(Undistributed) distributed earnings of subsidiaries
(287.8
)
 
244.3

 
(78.5
)
Net realized losses on investments
3.8

 
27.1

 
83.2

Other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in income
39.2

 
28.5

 
51.4

(Gain) loss on extinguishment of debt
(9.3
)
 
81.1

 
145.3

Loss on disposal of assets
0.2

 
3.9

 
3.6

Deferred income taxes
55.0

 
52.7

 
(4.5
)
Amortization, net of accretion
40.8

 
17.5

 
25.2

Depreciation expense
68.1

 
67.4

 
45.7

Share-based compensation
148.2

 
168.9

 
146.0

Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation
(95.8
)
 
(46.4
)
 
(30.1
)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 
 
 
 
Receivables, net
(17.9
)
 
(16.6
)
 
3.5

Other invested assets, current
(0.2
)
 
(3.8
)
 
(0.3
)
Other assets
(106.9
)
 
55.6

 
42.3

Amounts due from/to subsidiaries
420.5

 
566.1

 
(983.1
)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
7.5

 
(111.4
)
 
111.8

Other liabilities
(231.4
)
 
(113.8
)
 
(18.6
)
Income taxes
47.2

 
(36.0
)
 
83.9

Other, net
(10.2
)
 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities
2,631.0

 
3,554.8

 
2,116.5

Investing activities
 
 
 
 
 
Purchases of investments
(2,130.7
)
 
(1,819.3
)
 
(1,964.3
)
Proceeds from sales, maturities, calls and redemptions of investments
3,076.6

 
820.7

 
2,443.3

Settlement of non-hedging derivatives
(36.5
)
 
(67.4
)
 
(109.8
)
Capitalization of subsidiaries
(939.7
)
 
(321.8
)
 
(121.2
)
Changes in securities lending collateral
94.0

 
(178.8
)
 
(17.0
)
Purchases of property and equipment, net of sales
(51.1
)
 
(57.0
)
 
(87.4
)
Other, net
1.5

 
(38.0
)
 
(18.9
)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
14.1

 
(1,661.6
)
 
124.7

Financing activities
 
 
 
 
 
Net proceeds from (repayments of) commercial paper borrowings
682.2

 
(379.2
)
 
(191.7
)
Proceeds from long-term borrowings
1,226.5

 
2,700.0

 
1,250.0

Repayments of long-term borrowings
(2,697.2
)
 
(1,730.1
)
 
(1,245.0
)
Changes in securities lending payable
(94.2
)
 
178.6

 
17.1

Changes in bank overdrafts
(89.3
)
 
55.5

 
71.8

Premiums paid on equity call options
(16.7
)
 

 
(25.8
)
Proceeds from sale of put options
16.6

 

 

Repurchase and retirement of common stock
(1,515.8
)
 
(2,998.8
)
 
(1,620.1
)
Cash dividends
(686.5
)
 
(501.6
)
 
(465.9
)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock under employee stock plans
186.0

 
301.3

 
524.7

Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation
95.8

 
46.4

 
30.1

Net cash used in financing activities
(2,892.6
)
 
(2,327.9
)
 
(1,654.8
)
Change in cash and cash equivalents
(247.5
)
 
(434.7
)
 
586.4

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
739.8

 
1,174.5

 
588.1

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
$
492.3

 
$
739.8

 
$
1,174.5

 

See accompanying notes.

- 153 -



Anthem, Inc.
(Parent Company Only)
Notes to Condensed Financial Statements
December 31, 2015
(In Millions, Except Per Share Data)
1. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies
In the parent company only financial statements of Anthem, Inc., or Anthem, Anthem’s investment in subsidiaries is stated at cost plus equity in undistributed earnings of the subsidiaries. Anthem’s share of net income of its unconsolidated subsidiaries is included in income using the equity method of accounting.
Certain amounts presented in the parent company only financial statements are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements of Anthem.
Anthem’s parent company only financial statements should be read in conjunction with Anthem’s audited consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
2. Subsidiary Transactions
Dividends from Subsidiaries
Anthem received cash dividends from subsidiaries of $2,672.3 , $3,234.5 and $3,046.5 during 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively.
Dividends to Subsidiaries
Certain subsidiaries of Anthem own shares of Anthem common stock. Anthem paid cash dividends to subsidiaries related to these shares of common stock in the amount of $29.9 , $20.9 and $17.9 during 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively.
Investments in Subsidiaries
Capital contributions to subsidiaries were $939.7 , $321.8 and $121.2 during 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively.
Amounts Due to and From Subsidiaries
At December 31, 2015 and 2014 , Anthem reported $93.2 due to subsidiaries and $327.3 due from subsidiaries, respectively. The amounts due to or from subsidiaries primarily include amounts for allocated administrative expenses or cash held overnight at the parent level resulting from daily cash management activities. These items are routinely settled, and as such, are classified as current assets or liabilities.
3. Derivative Financial Instruments
The information regarding derivative financial instruments contained in Note 5, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of Anthem and its subsidiaries is incorporated herein by reference.
4. Long-Term Debt
The information regarding long-term debt contained in Note 12, “Debt,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of Anthem and its subsidiaries is incorporated herein by reference.
5. Commitments and Contingencies
The information regarding commitments and contingencies contained in Note 13, “Commitments and Contingencies,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of Anthem and its subsidiaries is incorporated herein by reference.

- 154 -



6. Capital Stock
The information regarding capital stock contained in Note 14, “Capital Stock,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of Anthem and its subsidiaries is incorporated herein by reference.

- 155 -


SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
ANTHEM, I NC .
 
 
By:
/s/    JOSEPH R. SWEDISH       
 
Joseph R. Swedish
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
Dated: February 19, 2016
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 
Signature
  
Title
Date
/s/    JOSEPH R. SWEDISH       
  
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
February 19, 2016
Joseph R. Swedish
 
 
 
/s/    WAYNE S. DEVEYDT        
  
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
February 19, 2016
Wayne S. DeVeydt
 
 
 
/s/    RONALD W. PENCZEK        
  
Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)
February 19, 2016
Ronald W. Penczek
 
 
 
/s/ GEORGE A. SCHAEFER, JR.        
 
Director
February 19, 2016
George A. Schaefer, Jr.
 
 
 
/s/ R. KERRY CLARK       
  
Director
February 19, 2016
R. Kerry Clark
 
 
 
/s/ ROBERT L. DIXON, JR.        
  
Director
February 19, 2016
Robert L. Dixon, Jr.
 
 
 
/s/    LEWIS HAY III     
  
Director
February 19, 2016
Lewis Hay III
 
 
 
/s/    JULIE A. HILL        
  
Director
February 19, 2016
Julie A. Hill
 
 
 
/s/    RAMIRO G. PERU        
  
Director
February 19, 2016
Ramiro G. Peru
 
 
 
/s/    WILLIAM J. RYAN        
  
Director
February 19, 2016
William J. Ryan
 
 
 
/s/    ELIZABETH E. TALLETT
  
Director
February 19, 2016
Elizabeth E. Tallett
 
 
 

- 156 -


INDEX TO EXHIBITS
Exhibit
Number
 
 
Exhibit
 
 
 
 
2.1

 
Stock and Interest Purchase Agreement dated April 9, 2009, by and between the Company and Express Scripts, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 13, 2009, SEC File No. 001-16751.
 
 
 
 
2.2

 
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 23, 2015 among Anthem, Inc., Anthem Merger Sub. Corp. and Cigna Corporation, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 27, 2015.
 
 
 
 
3.1

 
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company, as amended effective December 2, 2014, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 2, 2014.
 
 
 
 
3.2

 
By-Laws of the Company, as amended effective July 23, 2015, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2015.
 
 
 
 
4.1

 
Indenture, dated as of December 9, 2004, between the Company and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, including the Form of the Company's 5.950% Notes due 2034, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 15, 2004, SEC File No. 001-16751.
 
 
 
 
4.2

 
Indenture, dated as of January 10, 2006, between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (formerly known as The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as trustee, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 11, 2006, SEC File No. 001-16751.
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)
Form of 5.85% Notes due 2036, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 11, 2006, SEC File No. 001-16751.
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)
Form of 5.875% Notes due 2017, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 8, 2007, SEC File No. 001-16751.
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)
Form of 6.375% Notes due 2037, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 8, 2007, SEC File No. 001-16751.
 
 
 
 
 
 
(d)
Form of 7.000% Notes due 2019, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 5, 2009, SEC File No. 001-16751.
 
 
 
 
 
 
(e)
Form of 4.350% Notes due 2020, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 12, 2010, SEC File No. 001-16751.
 
 
 
 
 
 
(f)
Form of 5.800% Notes due 2040, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 12, 2010, SEC File No. 001-16751.
 
 
 
 
 
(g)
Form of 2.375% Notes due 2017, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 15, 2011.
 
 
 
 
 
(h)
Form of 3.700% Notes due 2021, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 15, 2011.
 
 
 
 
 
(i)
Form of 3.125% Notes due 2022, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 7, 2012.
 
 
 
 
 
(j)
Form of 4.625% Notes due 2042, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 7, 2012.
 
 
 
 
 
(k)
Form of 1.875% Notes due 2018, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 10, 2012.
 
 
 
 
 
(l)
Form of 3.300% Notes due 2023, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 10, 2012.
 
 
 

- 157 -


Exhibit
Number
 
 
Exhibit
 
 
 
 
 
 
(m)
Form of 4.650% Notes due 2043, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 10, 2012.
 
 
 
 
 
(n)
Form of 2.300% Notes due 2018, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 31, 2013.
 
 
 
 
 
 
(o)
Form of 5.100% Notes due 2044, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 31, 2013.
 
 
 
 
 
 
(p)
Form of 2.250% Notes due 2019, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 12, 2014.
 
 
 
 
 
 
(q)
Form of 3.500% Notes due 2024, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 12, 2014.
 
 
 
 
 
 
(r)
Form of 4.650% Notes due 2044, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 12, 2014.
 
 
 
 
 
 
(s)
Form of 4.850% Notes due 2054, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 12, 2014.
 
 
 
 
4.3

  
Indenture dated as of October 9, 2012 between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. as trustee, including the Form of the 2.750% Senior Convertible Debentures due 2042, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 9, 2012.
 
 
 
 
4.4

 
Subordinated Indenture, dated as of May 12, 2015, between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 12, 2015.
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)
First Supplemental Indenture to the Subordinated Indenture, dated as of May 12, 2015, between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, including the Form of 1.90% Remarketable Subordinated Notes due 2028, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 12, 2015.
 
 
 
 
4.5

 
Purchase Contract and Pledge Agreement, dated as of May 12, 2015, between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Purchase Contract Agent, Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent and Securities Intermediary, including the Form of Remarketing Agreement, Form of Corporate Units Certificate and Form of Treasury Units Certificate, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 12, 2015.
 
 
 
4.6

  
Upon the request of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Company will furnish copies of any other instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of the Company or its subsidiaries.
 
 
 
10.1

Anthem 2001 Stock Incentive Plan, amended and restated as of January 1, 2003, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1(iii) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003, SEC File No. 001-16751.
 
 
 
 
 
(a)
Form of Stock Incentive Plan General Stock Option Grant Agreement as of March 1, 2006, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1(b) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006, SEC File No. 001-16751.
 
 
 
10.2

Anthem Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective December 2, 2014, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 2, 2014.
 
 
 
 
 
(a)
Form of Incentive Compensation Plan Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2006 Incentive Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(j) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007, SEC File No. 001-16751.
 
 
 
 
 
(b)
Form of Incentive Compensation Plan Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement for 2009 under the 2006 Incentive Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(m) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, SEC File No. 001-16751.
 
 
 

- 158 -


Exhibit
Number
 
 
Exhibit
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)
Form of Incentive Compensation Plan Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(o) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010, SEC File No. 001-16751.
 
 
 
 
 
(d)
Form of Incentive Compensation Plan Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement for 2013, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(s) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013.
 
 
 
 
 
 
(e)
Form of Incentive Compensation Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for 2013, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(t) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013.
 
 
(f)
Form of Incentive Compensation Plan Performance Share Award Agreement for 2013, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(u) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013.
 
 
 
 
 
 
(g)
Form of Incentive Compensation Plan Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement for 2014, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(p) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2014.
 
 
 
 
 
 
(h)
Form of Incentive Compensation Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for 2014, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(q) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2014.
 
 
 
 
(i)
Form of Incentive Compensation Plan Performance Share Award Agreement for 2014, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(r) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2014.
 
 
 
 
 
 
(j)
Form of Incentive Compensation Plan Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement for 2015, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(n) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2015.
 
 
 
 
 
 
(k)
Form of Incentive Compensation Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for 2015, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(o) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2015.
 
 
 
 
 
 
(l)
Form of Incentive Compensation Plan Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement for 2015, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(p) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2015.
 
 
 
10.3

*
Anthem, Inc. Comprehensive Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective December 2, 2014, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014.
 
 
10.4

*
Anthem, Inc. Executive Agreement Plan, as amended and restated effective December 2, 2014, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014.
 
 
10.5

*
Anthem, Inc. Executive Salary Continuation Plan, as amended and restated effective December 2, 2014.
 
 
10.6

*
Anthem, Inc. Directed Executive Compensation Plan amended effective January 1, 2014, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013.
 
 
10.7

*
Anthem, Inc. Board of Directors Compensation Program, as amended effective December 9, 2015.
 
 
10.8

*
Anthem Board of Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective December 2, 2014, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014.
 
 
10.9

Amerigroup Corporation 2009 Equity Incentive Plan effective May 7, 2009, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on December 26, 2012 (Registration No. 333-185675).
 
 
 

- 159 -


Exhibit
Number
 
 
Exhibit
 
 
 
 
10.10

(a)
Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and Wayne S. DeVeydt, incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 2, 2006, SEC File No. 001-16751.
 
 
 
 
 
(b)
Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and each of the following: Brian T. Griffin, Peter D. Haytaian, Gloria McCarthy, Martin Silverstein, M.D., Jose D. Tomas and Thomas C. Zielinski, incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 10.41 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007, SEC File No. 001-16751.
 
 
 
 
 
(c)
Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and Joseph R. Swedish, incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 12, 2013.
 
 
 
 
 
 
(d)
Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and Craig E. Sammit, incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014.
 
 
 
 
10.11

*
Offer Letter, by and between WellPoint, Inc. and Joseph R. Swedish, dated as of February 6, 2013, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 12, 2013.
 
 
 
 
10.12

 
Blue Cross License Agreement by and between Blue Cross Blue Shield Association and the Company, including revisions, if any, adopted by the Member Plans through September 18, 2015.
 
 
10.13

 
Blue Shield License Agreement by and between Blue Cross Blue Shield Association and the Company, including revisions, if any, adopted by the Member Plans through September 18, 2015.
 
 
10.14

 
Undertakings to California Department of Managed Health Care, dated October 15, 2012, delivered by Blue Cross of California, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.
 
 
 
10.15

 
Commitment letter, dated as of July 23, 2015, by and among Anthem, Inc., Bank of America, N.A., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Credit Suisse AG, UBS AG and UBS Securities LLC, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 27, 2015.
 
 
 
 
 
(a)
Bridge Facility Joinder Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2015, among Anthem, Inc. and the other parties thereto, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on September 30, 2015 (Registration No. 333-207218).
 
 
 
21

 
Subsidiaries of the Company.
 
 
23

 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
 
 
31.1

 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Exchange Act Rules, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
31.2

 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Exchange Act Rules, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
32.1

 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
32.2

 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
101

 
The following materials from Anthem, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015, formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets; (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Income; (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income; (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows; (v) the Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity; (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and (vii) Financial Statement Schedule II.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
*
 
Indicates management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements.


- 160 -



Exhibit 10.5











Anthem, Inc.
Executive Salary Continuation Plan












    


Effective January 1, 2006
Amended and Restated Effective December 2, 2014

Article 1: Definitions
Capitalized terms used in the Plan have the following meanings:

1.1
“Authorized Health Care Provider” means a person who is licensed to practice medicine and such other persons as are included by operation of state law. In no circumstances will a family member of an executive be an Authorized Health Care Provider for purposes of that executive’s claim for benefits under this Plan.
1.2
“Employer” means Anthem, Inc. (“Anthem”) and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
1.3
“Leave of Absence Team” or “LOA Team” means the division of HRSolutions to which the Employer has delegated operational responsibility for the Plan.
1.4
“Participant” means an individual with an Anthem, Inc. title of Vice President or above who has completed 90 days of active employment (at any level). In no event will an executive be eligible for benefits under this Plan if he or she is eligible to receive disability benefits under another plan, contract, or other employment arrangement offered by the Employer. A Participant’s coverage under the Plan ends upon the date his or her employment with the Employer terminates for any reason unless the Participant is receiving benefits under the Plan at the time of the termination of employment.
1.5
“Plan” means this Anthem, Inc. Executive Salary Continuation Plan, as now in effect and as hereafter amended from time to time.
1.6
“Disability” means a medical or behavioral health condition which is not work related, which continues for more than seven consecutive days, and which results in a Participant’s inability to perform the essential duties of his or her job. The Employer will establish such reasonable procedures as in its discretion it deems appropriate to determine whether a Disability exists under the terms of the Plan. These procedures may include review of medical records by the LOA Team or its designee.
1.7
“Disability Absence” means a leave of absence for which salary continuation is provided under the terms of this Plan.
1.8
“New Period of Disability” means (1) when an Participant returns to work from a Disability Absence for at least one full business day and later qualifies for benefits under this Plan due to an unrelated condition; or (2) when an Participant returns to work from a Disability Absence for 90 or more days and subsequently begins another Disability Absence, whether or not for the same or a related condition.
1.9
“Recurrent Disability” means (1) when an Participant returns to work after a Disability Absence without exhausting the 180-day maximum benefit under this Plan and again becomes disabled from the same or a related condition within 90 calendar days of the end of the prior Disability Absence; (2) when an Participant incurs additional absences within 90 calendar days of a prior return to work as a result of the same or a related condition; or (3) when a subsequent period of Disability begins

2
    


for an unrelated condition before the Participant completes one full day of work following the prior Disability Leave.

Article 2: Plan Benefits

2.1      Filing a Claim for Benefits

To begin the process for obtaining benefits under the Plan, a Participant must notify the Leave of Absence Team of his or her disability and request a claim form. This step is called the Initial Notice. A Participant may appoint an authorized representative to make the Initial Notice and/or to take any other actions on his or her behalf.

The Participant must return the completed claim form to the LOA Team within 21 calendar days of the Initial Notice. Failure to return the completed claim form within this time period will result in a denial of benefits unless the Participant submits credible evidence that the delay was reasonable due to circumstances beyond his or her control.

Benefits may be provided retroactively for a period of leave that occurred up to 30 calendar days prior to the Initial Notice to the LOA Team. Benefits are not available for portions of leaves that occurred more than 30 days prior to the Initial Notice.

2.2     The Claim Determination Process

The LOA Team reviews the completed claim form and determines whether it contains sufficient information to approve or deny benefits. The LOA Team requires a certification substantiating the necessity and anticipated duration of the leave from an Authorized Health Care Provider who is treating the Participant for the condition for which the benefits are requested. The LOA Team may require such additional medical records and/or a second or third medical opinion from an Authorized Health Care Provider of its choice as it deems appropriate to determine a claim. In reaching a decision, the LOA Team will consider the diagnosis and nature of health care being received.

To receive benefits under the Plan, a Participant must have a non-work related total disability that lasts at least eight full consecutive days, or a partial disability as explained in Section 2.3. For the purposes of this Plan, a total disability is a condition which renders the Participant unable to perform substantially all of the normal duties of his or her job. Unless an exception is warranted due to reasonable cause, to qualify for benefits the Participant must receive treatment for the disabling condition within seven days of the last day worked and receive continuing treatment thereafter for the condition. In all cases, for benefits to be received, the effect of the care must be of demonstrable medical value for the disabling condition to effectively attain and/or maintain maximum medical improvement. Maximum medical improvement is the level at which, based on reasonable medical probability, further material recovery from, or lasting improvement to, an injury or sickness can no longer be reasonably anticipated.

A complete claim form accompanied by a provider certification and any other necessary medical information will be approved or denied within 45 days of receipt. In the event an incomplete claim is submitted, meaning that additional information is needed, the LOA Team will notify the

3
    


Participant of the additional information or documentation necessary to make a decision. Notice to the Participant of the need for additional information will suspend the running of the 45-day decision period. The 45-day decision period will begin running again when the LOA Team receives the additional information. The LOA Team will provide up to two 30-day periods for submission of the necessary information. If sufficient information is not submitted within that time period for the LOA Team to make a decision on the claim, the claim is treated as denied.

When a claim for Disability benefits is approved, the Participant is notified of the duration of the approved benefit period. When a claim is denied, the Participant is notified of the reason for the denial, including a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claim to be approved, with an explanation of why such additional information or material is necessary.

Additionally, if an internal rule, guideline, protocol or other criterion was relied upon in making the denial decision, that criterion will either be included in the denial notice or the notice will state that such a criterion was relied upon and is available without charge to the Participant upon request.

2.3     Commencement and Duration of Benefits

The Plan provides Participants with benefits under the Plan beginning on the eighth consecutive day of an absence due to a Disability. If a Participant does not remain completely disabled during the seven day waiting period, he or she will not qualify for benefits under the Plan. During this waiting period, the Participant will be required to use any available PTO time or other supplemental disability time during the waiting period to the extent consistent with applicable law.
 
When a claim for Disability benefits is approved, the approval notice will define the period of approved benefits. The benefit period will be determined based on the certification received from the Authorized Health Care Provider, the nature and expected duration of the disability and other relevant factors.

If the Disability continues past the initial period of approved benefits, the Participant may file a claim for an extension of benefits, together with a certification from an Authorized Health Care Provider in support of the extension. Claims for extension are due within fourteen days of (1) the expiration of the previously approved benefit period, or (2) notice of approval of the prior benefit period, whichever occurs later. Claims for extension will be reviewed and determined in accordance with the process set forth in Section 2.2 above.

The maximum duration of benefits under the Plan is 180 calendar days, inclusive of the seven day waiting period. Partial days are counted as whole days for the purpose of computing the 180 day maximum. If the Participant continues to be disabled after 180 days and has elected coverage under Anthem’s Long Term Disability Plan, he or she may begin to receive benefits under that plan upon exhaustion of Disability benefits and approval of the long term disability claim.

Recurrent Disabilities are treated as extensions of the first Disability Absence. Satisfaction of the waiting period for the first period of Disability applies to Recurrent Disabilities, so benefits may commence without a waiting period. A single 180-day maximum benefit period

4
    


applies to an initial Disability Absence and all Recurrent Disabilities. The LOA Team determines in its discretion whether a subsequent condition is the same as or related to the initial condition.

For a New Period of Disability, a new waiting period will be imposed before Disability benefits commence, and a new 180-day maximum benefit period will apply.

2.4     Benefit Levels

The benefit for total disability under the Plan consists of 100% of weekly base salary. Benefits will be reduced to the extent they are duplicated by benefits from other payors, including without limitation severance and state disability programs.

To receive benefits for a partial disability, a Participant must first have a period of total disability which meets the criteria set forth in Section 2.2, including a duration of at least eight consecutive days. This eight-day period cannot be satisfied with days of partial attendance.

Following the period of total disability, the Authorized Health Care Provider who is treating the disabling condition must provide proof satisfactory to the LOA Team that the Participant is unable to perform substantially all of the normal duties of his or her job for a portion of the period that comprises his or her normal weekly work schedule. The Authorized Health Care Provider must submit in writing to the LOA Team the number of hours which the Participant can work or a weekly reduced set schedule.

The partial disability period must begin within 30 calendar days of the date a covered total disability ends and while the Participant is eligible for benefits under the Plan.

Unless an exception is warranted due to reasonable cause, during the partial disability period the Participant must receive continuing treatment for the disabling condition. In all cases, for benefits to be received, the effect of the care must be of demonstrable medical value for the disabling condition to effectively attain and/or maintain maximum medical improvement. Maximum medical improvement is the level at which, based on reasonable medical probability, further material recovery from, or lasting improvement to, an injury or sickness can no longer be reasonably anticipated.

If the Employer can reasonably accommodate a Participant’s restrictions due to a disability to permit the Participant to return to work, the Participant will not be eligible for benefits under the Plan and will be expected to return to work.

2.5     Exclusions

This Plan does not provide benefits for a disability caused by or resulting from any of the following:

War, declared or undeclared, or any act of war;
Active participation in a riot or insurrection;
Participation in the commission of a felony;

5
    


Any cause which does not require the regular care and attendance of an Authorized Health Care Provider;
Any illness or injury for which Worker’s Compensation benefits are payable, whether related to current or past employment;
Cosmetic procedures, plastic surgery, reconstructive surgery, or any other treatment or care connected with or incidental to treatment that is primarily intended to improve the Participant’s appearance. Benefits are provided for disabilities that result from treatment that is intended to restore bodily function, however, or to correct a deformity resulting from disease, accidental injury, birth defects, or prior therapeutic processes.

2.6     Termination of Benefits

Disability benefits will end when the first of the following occurs: (1) the disability ends; (2) the 180-day maximum benefit is exhausted as set forth above; (3) the Participant’s coverage under the Plan ends as set forth in Article I, 1.4.

Article 3: Privacy Rights

The Employer or its designee will need to access personal information, including medical information, in order to administer benefits under the Plan. The use and disclosure of medical information is performed in accordance with applicable laws.

Article 4: General Provisions

4.1     Amendment or Termination of the Plan

Anthem has the right to amend or terminate the Plan at any time.

4.2     Non-Alienation and Assignment

No benefit under this Plan shall be subject to anticipation, sale, assignment, transfer, encumbrance, pledge, charge, attachment, garnishment, execution, or any other voluntary or involuntary alienation.

4.3     Successors and Assigns

This Plan shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of Anthem.



6
    


Exhibit 10.7

ANTHEM, INC.
BOARD OF DIRECTORS COMPENSATION PROGRAM
(AS AMENDED EFFECTIVE DECEMBER 9, 2015)
 
Directors who are employed by Anthem, Inc. or its subsidiaries do not receive compensation for serving as Directors. However, Directors who are not employees of Anthem, Inc. or its subsidiaries are entitled to receive the following compensation:

CASH COMPENSATION—Retainers
 
Annual Board Retainer:
 
$95,000 for all Directors paid quarterly in advance (in four equal installments of $23,750) on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1.

Annual Committee Retainer:
 
$15,000 for Audit Committee members paid quarterly in advance (in four equal installments of $3,750) on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1.
 
$10,000 for the members of each other Committee of the Board of Directors paid quarterly in advance (in four equal installments of $2,500) on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1.

Annual Retainer for Non-Executive Chair of Board:

$225,000 for the Non-Executive Chair of the Board, if any, paid quarterly in advance (in four equal installments of $56,250) on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1.
 
Annual Retainer for Lead Director:

$30,000 for the Lead Director of the Board, if any, paid quarterly in advance (in four equal installments of $7,500) on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1.

Annual Retainer for Committee Chairs:
 
$25,000 for the Chair of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors paid quarterly in advance (in four equal installments of $6,250) on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1.
 
$15,000 for the Chair of each other Committee of the Board of Directors paid quarterly in advance (in four equal installments of $3,750) on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1.  

If a Director is elected to the Board, appointed to a Committee or becomes the Non-Executive Chair or Lead Director of the Board or a Committee Chair on a date other than the first day of a calendar quarter, the retainers described above will be pro-rated based on days served in the applicable position.

STOCK COMPENSATION
 
Annual Full Value Share Grant:
 
Each Director will receive on the date of the Anthem, Inc. annual meeting of shareholders, subject to the deferral described below, an annual grant of a number of shares equal in value to $175,000 (the “Annual Full Value Share Grant”). The exact number of shares for each Annual Full Value Share Grant will be calculated using the following formula:





Exhibit 10.7

[$175,000] ÷ [the closing price of the Anthem, Inc. common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on the date of the annual meeting of shareholders] = Number of shares of the Annual Full Value Share Grant.

  Partial Value Share Grants:

Any Director who joins the Board of Directors after the date of the Anthem, Inc. annual meeting of shareholders (the “Effective Date”) shall receive a pro-rated share grant (the “Partial Value Share Grant”) on the first business day of the month following the Effective Date (unless the Effective Date is on the first business day of a month, in which case, the grant shall be made on the Effective Date). The Partial Value Share Grant shall be subject to the deferral described below. The exact number of shares of the Partial Value Share Grant will be calculated using the following formula:
 
[$175,000 x (the number of days from the Effective Date to the first annual meeting of shareholders after the Effective Date ÷ 365)] ÷ the closing price of the Anthem, Inc. common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on the first business day of the month following the Effective Date (unless the Effective Date is on the first business day of a month, in which case, the closing price on the Effective Date shall be used) = Number of shares of the Partial Value Share Grant.

Deferral of Share Grants:
 
Share grants will be deferred for a minimum period of five years from the (1) grant date for Annual Full Value Share Grants and (2) the date of the annual meeting of shareholders that immediately precedes the Effective Date for Partial Value Share Grants (each a “Deferral Period”) in accordance with the terms of the Director Deferred Compensation Plan. Such grants shall not be distributed to the Directors until the earlier of the expiration of the Deferral Period or the date on which a Director ceases to be a member of the Board of Directors.

      Director Ownership Guidelines:
 
Each Director shall have the obligation to own at least $500,000 of Anthem, Inc. common stock (including deferred shares and phantom stock, but not options) commencing on the fifth anniversary of the date such Director became a member of the Board of Directors.

MISCELLANEOUS
 
Annual Physical Exam:
 
Anthem, Inc. will pay the cost of an annual physical examination for each Director.
 
Expenses:
 
Anthem, Inc. will reimburse each Director for all travel, lodging and other expenses incurred in connection with attendance at and/or participation in any and all Board of Directors and Committee meetings and related matters.
 
 




Exhibit 10.12

BLUE CROSS LICENSE AGREEMENT
(Includes revisions, if any, adopted by Member Plans through their September 18, 2015 meeting)
This agreement by and between Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association ("BCBSA") and the Blue Cross Plan, known as _____________________ (the "Plan").
Preamble
WHEREAS, the Plan and/or its predecessor(s) in interest (collectively the "Plan") had the right to use the BLUE CROSS and BLUE CROSS Design service marks (collectively the "Licensed Marks") for health care plans in its service area, which was essentially local in nature;
WHEREAS, the Plan was desirous of assuring nationwide protection of the Licensed Marks, maintaining uniform quality controls among Plans, facilitating the provision of cost effective health care services to the public and otherwise benefiting the public;
WHEREAS, to better attain such ends, the Plan and the predecessor of BCBSA in 1972 simultaneously executed the BCA License Agreement (s) and the Ownership Agreement; and
WHEREAS, BCBSA and the Plan desire to supercede said Agreement(s) and to revise certain provisions of the Ownership Agreement to reflect their current practices and to assure the continued integrity of the Licensed Marks and of the BLUE CROSS system;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:



Agreement
1. BCBSA hereby grants to the Plan, upon the terms and conditions of this License Agreement (“Agreement” or “Primary License Agreement”, the right to use BLUE CROSS in its trade and/or corporate name (the "Licensed Name"), and the right to use the Licensed Marks, in the sale, marketing and administration of health care plans and related services in the Service Area set forth and defined in paragraph 5 below. As used herein, health care plans and related services shall include acting as a nonprofit health care plan, a for-profit health care plan, or mutual health insurer operating on a not-for-profit or for-profit basis, under state law; financing access to health care services; when working with a bank that holds the relevant license to use the Licensed Name and Marks, offering: (i) tax-favored savings accounts for medical expenses and means for accessing such accounts, such as debit cards or checks, that are provided solely to support access to such tax-favored savings accounts, all pursuant to such license, or (ii) prepaid rewards cards that are provided for completion of a wellness program, all pursuant to such license; providing health care management and administration; administering, but not underwriting, non-health portions of Worker’s Compensation insurance; delivering health care services, except hospital services (as defined in the Guidelines to Membership Standards Applicable to Regular Members); and performing the Eligibility and Enrollment functions of HR administration for all benefit plans offered by a group account to its members, including benefit plans not provided by the Plan, provided that the Plan has contracted to provide Health Coverage under the Licensed Marks to the account (as the terms “Health Coverage,” “Eligibility” and “Enrollment” are defined in Exhibit 4, Paragraph 2.t.).
2. The Plan may use the Licensed Marks and Name in connection with the offering of: i) health care plans and related services in the Service Area through Controlled Affiliates, provided that each such Controlled Affiliate is separately licensed to use the Licensed Marks and Name under the terms and conditions contained in the Agreement attached as Exhibit 1 hereto (the "Controlled Affiliate License Agreement"); and: ii) insurance coverages offered by life insurers under the applicable law in the Service Area, other than those which the Plan may offer in its own name, provided through Controlled Affiliates, provided that each such Controlled Affiliate is separately licensed to use the Licensed Marks and Name under the terms and conditions contained in the Agreement attached as Exhibit 1A hereto (the "Controlled Affiliate License Agreement Applicable to Life Insurance Companies") or the Agreement attached as Exhibit 1A1 hereto (the “Controlled Affiliate Trademark License Agreement for Life and Disability Insurance Products”) and further provided that the offering of such services does not and will not dilute or tarnish the unique value of the Licensed Marks and Name; and iii)administration and underwriting of Workers’ Compensation Insurance Controlled Affiliates, provided that each such Controlled Affiliate is separately licensed to use the Licensed Marks and Name under the terms and conditions contained in the Agreement attached as Exhibit 1 hereto (the “Controlled Affiliate License.”); and iv) regional Medicare Advantage PPO products in cooperation with one or more other Plans through jointly-held Controlled Affiliates, provided that each such Controlled Affiliate is separately licensed to use the Licensed Marks and Name under the terms and conditions contained in the Agreement attached as Exhibit 1B hereto (the “Controlled Affiliate License Agreement Applicable to Regional Medicare Advantage PPO Products”); and v) regional Medicare Part D Prescription Drug Plan products in cooperation with one or more other Plans through jointly-held Controlled Affiliates, provided that each such Controlled Affiliate is separately licensed to use the Licensed Marks and Name under the terms and conditions contained in the Agreement attached as Exhibit 1C hereto (the “Controlled Affiliate License Agreement Applicable to Regional Medicare Part D Prescription Drug Plan Products”). As used herein, a Controlled Affiliate is defined as an entity organized and operated in such a manner that it is subject to the bona fide control of a Plan or Plans and, if the entity meets the standards of Paragraph 2a.B but not Paragraph2a.A, the entity, its owners, and persons
Amended as of September 19, 2014




with authority to select or appoint members or board members, other than a Plan or Plans, have received written approval of BCBSA. Absent written approval by BCBSA of an alternative method of control, bona fide control shall have the meaning set forth in Paragraphs 2a. and 2b.
2a. With respect to the Controlled Affiliate Licenses authorized in clauses i) through iii) of Paragraph 2, bona fide control shall mean that a Plan (the “Sponsoring Plan”) authorized to use the Licensed Marks in the Service Area of the Controlled Affiliate pursuant to this Primary License Agreement with BCBSA must have:
A.
The legal authority, directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries: (a) to select members of the Controlled Affiliate's governing body having more than 50% voting control thereof; (b) to exercise control over the policy and operations of the Controlled Affiliate; (c) to prevent any change in the articles of incorporation, bylaws or other establishing or governing documents of the Controlled Affiliate with which the Sponsoring Plan does not concur. In addition, the Sponsoring Plan directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries shall own more than 50% of any for-profit Controlled Affiliate, provided that in instances where the Sponsoring Plan formed a publicly traded Controlled Affiliate Licensee and such publicly traded Controlled Affiliate Licensee owns and controls other Controlled Affiliate Licensees, the Sponsoring Plan directly or indirectly shall own and control more than 50% of any Controlled Affiliate that is indirectly owned and controlled by the publicly traded Controlled Affiliate Licensee; or
B.
The legal authority directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries (a) to select members of the Controlled Affiliate's governing body having not less than 50% voting control thereof; (b) to prevent any change in the articles of incorporation, bylaws or other establishing or governing documents of the Controlled Affiliate with which the Sponsoring Plan does not concur; (c) to exercise control over the policy and operations of the Controlled Affiliate at least equal to that exercised by persons or entities (jointly or individually) other than the Sponsoring Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in (a) through (c) hereof, the Controlled Affiliate’s establishing or governing documents must also require written approval by the Sponsoring Plan before the Controlled Affiliate can:
1.
Change its legal and/or trade name;
2.
Change the geographic area in which it operates;
3.
Change any of the types of businesses in which it engages;
4.
Create, or become liable for by way of guarantee, any indebtedness, other than indebtedness arising in the ordinary course of business;
5.
Sell any assets, except for sales in the ordinary course of business or sales of equipment no longer useful or being replaced;
6.
Make any loans or advances except in the ordinary course of business;
Amended as of March 26, 2015



7.
Enter into any arrangement or agreement with any party directly or indirectly affiliated with any of the owners of the Controlled Affiliate or persons or entities with the authority to select or appoint members or board members of the Controlled Affiliate, other than the Sponsoring Plan or other Plans (excluding owners of stock holdings of under 5% in a publicly traded Controlled Affiliate);
8.
Conduct any business other than under the Licensed Marks and Name;
9.
Take any action that the Sponsoring Plan or BCBSA reasonably believes will adversely affect the Licensed Marks or Names.
In addition, the Sponsoring Plan directly or indirectly through wholly owned subsidiaries shall own at least 50% of any for-profit Controlled Affiliate, provided that in instances where the Sponsoring Plan formed a publicly traded Controlled Affiliate Licensee and such publicly traded Controlled Affiliate Licensee owns and controls other Controlled Affiliate Licensees, the Sponsoring Plan directly or indirectly shall own and control at least 50% of any Controlled Affiliate that is indirectly owned and controlled by the publicly traded Controlled Affiliate Licensee; or
C.    With respect to a Controlled Affiliate that is 100% controlled by Plans
including the Sponsoring Plan and which offers solely Medicaid products and services, the legal authority together with such other Plans (a) to select all members of the Controlled Affiliate’s governing body; (b) to prevent any change in the articles of incorporation, bylaws or other establishing or governing documents of the Controlled Affiliate; (c) to exercise control over the policy and operations of the Controlled Affiliate. In addition, the Sponsoring Plan and such other Plans shall own 100% of any for-profit Controlled Affiliate, with the Sponsoring Plan and such other Plans each having an ownership interest. Such 100% control and ownership by Plans shall be direct or, if indirect, solely through affiliates that are licensed to use marks owned by BCBSA. Further, the Sponsoring Plan and such other Plans shall execute the “Addendum to Controlled Affiliate License” attached as Exhibit B to Exhibit 1 attached hereto.
2b.    With respect to the Controlled Affiliate License Agreements authorized in clauses iv) and v) of Paragraph 2, bona fide control shall mean that the Controlled Affiliate is organized and operated in such a manner that it meets the following requirements:
A.    The Controlled Affiliate is owned or controlled by two or more Plans authorized to use the Licensed Marks pursuant to this License Agreement with BCBSA (for purposes of this subparagraph A. through subparagraph C., the “Controlling Plans”); and
Amended as of March 26, 2015



B.
Each Controlling Plan is authorized pursuant to this Agreement to use the Licensed Marks in a geographic area in the Region (as that term is defined in such Controlled Affiliate License Agreements) and every geographic area in the Region is so licensed to at least one of the Controlling Plans; and
C.
The Controlling Plans must have the legal authority directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries (a) to select members of the Controlled Affiliate’s governing body having not less than 100% voting control thereof; (b) to prevent any change in the articles of incorporation, bylaws or other establishing or governing documents of the Controlled Affiliate with which the Controlling Plans do not concur; and (c) to exercise control over the policy and operations of the Controlled Affiliate. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in (a) through (c) of this subparagraph E., the Controlled Affiliate’s establishing or governing documents must also require written approval by each of the Controlling Plans before the Controlled Affiliate can:
1.
Change its legal and/or trade names;
2.
Change the geographic area in which it operates (except such approval shall not be required with respect to business of the Controlled Affiliate conducted under the Licensed Marks within the Service Area of one of the Controlling Plans pursuant to a separate controlled affiliate license agreement with BCBSA sponsored by such Controlling Plan);
3.
Change any of the type(s) of businesses in which it engages (except such approval shall not be required with respect to business of the Controlled Affiliate conducted under the Licensed Marks within the Service Area of one of the Controlling Plans pursuant to a separate controlled affiliate license agreement with BCBSA sponsored by such Controlling Plan);
4.
Take any action that any Controlling Plan or BCBSA reasonably believes will adversely affect the Licensed Marks and Name.
In addition, the Controlling Plans directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries shall own 100% of any for-profit Controlled Affiliate.
Amended as of June 19, 2014







3.    With respect to a Controlled Affiliate that is not licensed to use the Licensed Marks and Name, the Plan may, in communications that contain the Licensed Marks or Name, indicate its corporate relationship to the Affiliate and permit such Affiliate to indicate its corporate relationship to the Plan, solely in the circumstances, style and manner specified by BCBSA from time-to-time in regulations of general application consistent with the avoidance of confusion or mistake or the dilution or tarnishment of the Licensed Marks and Name. No rights are hereby created in any Controlled Affiliate to use the Licensed Marks or Name in its own name or otherwise.

4.    The Plan recognizes the importance of a comprehensive national network of independent BCBSA licensees which are committed to strengthening the Licensed Marks and Name. The Plan further recognizes that its actions within its Service Area may affect the value of the Licensed Marks and Name nationwide. The Plan agrees (a) to maintain in good standing its membership in BCBSA; (b) promptly to pay its dues to BCBSA, said dues to represent the royalties for this License Agreement; (c) materially to comply with all applicable laws; (d) to comply with the Membership Standards Applicable to Regular Members of BCBSA, a current copy of which is attached as Exhibit 2 hereto; and (e) reasonably to permit BCBSA, upon a written, good faith request and during reasonable business hours, to inspect the Plan's books and records necessary to ascertain compliance herewith. As to other Plans and third parties, BCBSA shall maintain the confidentiality of all documents and information furnished by the Plan pursuant hereto, or pursuant to the Membership Standards, and clearly designated by the Plan as containing proprietary information of the Plan.
5. The rights hereby granted are exclusive to the Plan within the geographical area(s) served by the Plan on June 30, 1972, and/or as to which the Plan has been granted a subsequent license, which is hereby defined as the "Service Area," except that BCBSA reserves the right to use the Licensed Marks in said Service Area, and except to the extent that said Service Area may overlap areas served by one or more other licensed Blue Cross Plans as of said date or subsequent license, as to which overlapping areas the rights hereby granted are nonexclusive as to such other Plan or Plans only.
Amended as of June 19, 2014




6.    Except as expressly provided by BCBSA with respect to National Accounts, Government Programs and certain other necessary and collateral uses, the current rules and regulations governing which are attached as Exhibit 3 and Exhibit 4 hereto, and are contained in other documents referenced herein, or as expressly provided herein, the Plan may not use the Licensed Marks and Name outside the Service Area or in connection with other goods and services, nor may the Plan use the Licensed Marks or Name in a manner which is intended to transfer in the Service Area the goodwill associated therewith to another mark or name. Nothing herein shall be construed to prevent the Plan from engaging in lawful activity anywhere under other marks and names not confusingly similar to the Licensed Marks and Name, provided that engaging in such activity does and will not dilute or tarnish the unique value of the Licensed Marks and Name. In addition to any and all remedies available hereunder, BCBSA may impose monetary fines on the Plan for the Plan’s use of the Licensed Marks and Names outside the Service Area, and provided that the procedure used in imposing a fine is consistent with procedures specifically prescribed by BCBSA from time to time in regulations of general application. In the case of regional Medicare Advantage PPO and regional Medicare Part D Prescription Drug Plan products offered by consenting and participating Plans in a region that includes the Service Areas, or portions thereof, of more than one Plan, such fine may be imposed jointly on the consenting and participating Plans for use of the Licensed Marks and Name in any geographic area of the region in which a Plan having exclusive rights to the Licensed Marks and Name does not consent to and participate in such offering, provided that the basis for imposition of such fine is consistent with rules specifically prescribed by BCBSA from time to time in regulations of general application.
7. The Plan agrees that it will display the Licensed Marks and Name only in such form, style and manner as shall be specifically prescribed by BCBSA from time-to-time in regulations of general application in order to prevent impairment of the distinctiveness of the Licensed Marks and Name and the goodwill pertaining thereto. The Plan shall cause to appear on all materials on or in connection with which the Licensed Marks or Name are used such legends, markings and notices as BCBSA may reasonably request in order to give appropriate notice of service mark or other proprietary rights therein or pertaining thereto.
8. BCBSA agrees that: (a) it will not grant any other license effective during the term of this License Agreement for the use of the Licensed Marks or Name which is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Plan hereunder; and (b) it will not itself use the Licensed Marks in derogation of the rights of the Plan or in a manner to deprive the Plan of the full benefits of this License Agreement, provided that BCBSA shall have the right to use the Licensed Marks in conjunction with any national offering under the Federal Employees Health Benefits Program in the manner set forth in Exhibit 4, Paragraph 4 (including subparagraphs) to this License Agreement. The Plan agrees that it will not attack the title of BCBSA in and to the Licensed Marks or Name or attack the validity of the Licensed Marks or of this License Agreement. The Plan further agrees that all use by it of the Licensed Marks and Name or any similar mark or name shall inure to the benefit of BCBSA, and the Plan shall cooperate with BCBSA in effectuating the assignment to BCBSA of any service mark or trademark registrations of the Licensed Marks or any similar mark or name held by the Plan or a Controlled Affiliate of the Plan, all or any portion of which registration consists of the Licensed Marks.
Amended as of November 16, 2006




9. (a). Should the Plan fail to comply with the provisions of paragraphs 2-4,
6, 7 and/or 12, and not cure such failure within thirty (30) days of receiving written notice thereof (or commence curing such failure within such thirty day period and continue diligent efforts to complete the curing of such failure if such curing cannot reasonably be completed within such thirty day period), BCBSA shall have the right to issue a notice that the Plan is in a state of noncompliance. Except as to the termination of a Plan's License Agreement or the merger of two or more Plans, disputes as to noncompliance, and all other disputes between or among BCBSA, the Plan, other Plans and/or Controlled Affiliates, shall be submitted promptly to mediation and mandatory dispute resolution pursuant to the rules and regulations of BCBSA, a current copy of which is attached as Exhibit 5 hereto, and shall be timely presented and resolved. The mandatory dispute resolution panel shall have authority to issue orders for specific performance and assess monetary penalties. If a state of noncompliance as aforesaid is undisputed by the Plan or is found to exist by a mandatory dispute resolution panel and is uncured as provided above, BCBSA shall have the right to seek judicial enforcement of the License Agreement. Except, however, as provided in paragraphs 9(d)(iii), 15(a)(i)-(viii), and 15(a)(x) below, no Plan's license to use the Licensed Marks and Name may be finally terminated for any reason without the affirmative vote of three-fourths of the Plans and three-fourths of the total then current weighted vote of all the Plans.
(b). Notwithstanding any other provision of this License Agreement, a Plan's license to use the Licensed Marks and Name may be forthwith terminated by the affirmative vote of three-fourths of the Plans and three-fourths of the total then current weighted vote of all the Plans at a special meeting expressly called by BCBSA for the purpose on ten (10) days written notice to the Plan advising of the specific matters at issue and granting the Plan an opportunity to be heard and to present its response to Member Plans for: (i) failure to comply with any minimum capital or liquidity requirement under the Membership Standard on Financial Responsibility; or (ii) impending financial insolvency; or (iii) the pendency of any action instituted against the Plan seeking its dissolution or liquidation or its assets or seeking appointment of a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for any of its property or business or seeking the declaration or establishment of a trust for any of its property of business, unless this License Agreement has been earlier terminated under paragraph 15(a); or (iv) such other reason as is determined in good faith immediately and irreparably to threaten the integrity and reputation of BCBSA, the Plans and/or the Licensed Marks.
Amended as of November 16, 2006



(c). To the extent not otherwise provided therein, neither: (i) the Membership Standards Applicable to Regular Members of BCBSA; nor (ii) the rules and regulations governing Government Programs and certain other uses; nor (iii) the rules and regulations governing mediation and mandatory dispute resolution, may be amended unless and until each such amendment is first adopted by the affirmative vote of three-fourths of the Plans and of three-fourths of the total then current weighted vote of all the Plans. The rules and regulations governing National Accounts and other national programs required by the Membership Standards Applicable to Regular Members of BCBSA (Exhibit 2) are contained, in addition to those set forth in Exhibit 3, in the following documents, as amended from time to time: (1) the Inter-Plan Programs Policies and Provisions; (2) Inter-Plan Medicare Advantage Program Policies and Provisions. The voting requirements specified in rules and regulations governing such national programs may not be amended unless and until each such amendment is first adopted by the affirmative vote of three-fourths of the Plans and of three-fourths of the total then current weighted vote of all the Plans.
Amended as of November 21, 2014




(d). The Plan may operate as a for-profit company on the following conditions:
(i) The Plan shall discharge all responsibilities which it has to the Association and to other Plans by virtue of this Agreement and the Plan's membership in BCBSA.
(ii) The Plan shall not use the licensed Marks and Name, or any derivative thereof, as part of its legal name or any symbol used to identify the Plan in any securities market. The Plan shall use the licensed Marks and Name as part of its trade name within its service area for the sale, marketing and administration of health care and related services in the service area.
(iii) Plan's license to use the Licensed Marks and Name shall automatically terminate effective: (a) thirty days after the Plan knows, or there is an SEC filing indicating that, any Institutional Investor, has become the Beneficial Owner of securities representing 10% or more of the voting power of the Plan (“Excess Institutional Voter”), unless such Excess Institutional Voter shall cease to be an Excess Institutional Voter prior to such automatic termination becoming effective; (b) thirty days after the Plan knows, or there is an SEC filing indicating that, any Noninstitutional Investor has become the Beneficial Owner of securities representing 5% or more of the voting power of the Plan (“Excess Noninstitutional Voter”) unless such Excess Noninstitutional Voter shall cease to be an Excess Noninstitutional Voter prior to such automatic termination becoming effective; (c) thirty days after the Plan knows, or there is an SEC filing indicating that, any Person has become the Beneficial Owner of 20% or more of the Plan’s then outstanding common stock or other equity securities which (either by themselves or in combination) represent an ownership interest of 20% or more pursuant to determinations made under paragraph 9(d)(iv) below (“Excess Owner”), unless such Excess Owner shall cease to be an Excess Owner prior to such automatic termination becoming effective; (d) ten business days after individuals who at the time the Plan went public constituted the Board of Directors of the Plan (together with any new directors whose election to the Board was approved by a vote of 2/3 of the directors then still in office who were directors at the time the Plan went public or whose election or nomination was previously so approved) (the "Continuing Directors") cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors; or (e) ten business days after the Plan consolidates with or merges with or into any person or conveys, assigns, transfers or sells all or substantially all of its assets to any person other than a merger in which the Plan is the surviving entity and immediately after which merger, no person is an Excess Institutional Voter, an Excess Noninstitutional Voter or an Excess Owner: provided that, if requested by the affected Plan in a writing received by BCBSA prior to such automatic termination becoming effective, the provisions of this paragraph 9(d)(iii) may be waived, in whole or in part,
Amended as of September 17, 1997



upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested Plans and a majority of the total then current weighted vote of the disinterested Plans. Any waiver so granted may be conditioned upon such additional requirements (including but not limited to imposing new and independent grounds for termination of this License) as shall be approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested Plans and a majority of the total then current weighted vote of the disinterested Plans. If a timely waiver request is received, no automatic termination shall become effective until the later of: (1) the conclusion of the applicable time period specified in paragraphs 9(d)(iii)(a)-(d) above, or (2) the conclusion of the first Member Plan meeting after receipt of such a waiver request.
In the event that the Plan's license to use the Licensed Marks and Name is terminated pursuant to this Paragraph 9(d)(iii), the license may be reinstated in BCBSA’s sole discretion if, within 30 days of the date of such termination, the Plan demonstrates that the Person referred to in clause (a), (b) or (c) of the preceding paragraph is no longer an Excess Institutional Voter, an Excess Noninstitutional Voter or an Excess Owner.
(iv) The Plan shall not issue any class or series of security other than (i) shares of common stock having identical terms or options or derivatives of such common stock, (ii) non-voting, non-convertible debt securities or (iii) such other securities as the Plan may approve, provided that BCBSA receives notice at least thirty days prior to the issuance of such securities, including a description of the terms for such securities, and BCBSA shall have the authority to determine how such other securities will be counted in determining whether any Person is an Excess Institutional Voter, Excess Noninstitutional Voter or an Excess Owner.
(v) For purposes of paragraph 9(d)(iii), the following definitions shall apply:
(a) "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and in effect on November 17, 1993 (the "Exchange Act").
(b) A Person shall be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of and shall be deemed to "beneficially own" any securities:
(i)    which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or
Associates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly;



Amended as of September 17, 1997




(ii) which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates has (A) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; or (B) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the Beneficial Owner of, or to beneficially own, any security if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such security (1) arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in response to a public proxy or consent solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act and (2) is not also then reportable on Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act (or any comparable or successor report); or
(iii) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person (or any Affiliate or Associate thereof) with which such Person (or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates) has any agreement, arrangement or understanding (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities) relating to the acquisition, holding, voting (except to the extent contemplated by the proviso to (b)(ii)(B) above) or disposing of any securities of the Plan.
Notwithstanding anything in this definition of Beneficial Ownership to the contrary, the phrase "then outstanding," when used with reference to a Person's Beneficial Ownership of securities of the Plan, shall mean the number of such securities then issued and outstanding together with the number of such securities not then actually issued and outstanding which such Person would be deemed to own beneficially hereunder.
(c) A Person shall be deemed an “Institutional Investor” if (but only if) such Person (i) is an entity or group identified in the SEC’s Rule 13d-1(b)(1)(ii) as constituted on June 1, 1997, and (ii) every filing made by such Person with the SEC under Regulation 13D-G (or any successor Regulation) with respect to such Person’s Beneficial Ownership of Plan securities shall have contained a certification identical to the one required by item 10 of SEC Schedule 13G as constituted on June 1, 1997.
(d) “Noninstitutional Investor” means any Person who is not an Institutional Investor.
(e) "Person" shall mean any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, trust, association, joint venture or other entity, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.
Amended as of September 17, 1997



10. This License Agreement shall remain in effect: (a) until terminated as provided herein; or (b) until this and all such other License Agreements are terminated by the affirmative vote of three-fourths of the Plans and three-fourths of the total then current weighted vote of all the Plans; or (c) until termination of aforesaid Ownership Agreement; or (d) until terminated by the Plan upon eighteen (18) months written notice to BCBSA or upon a shorter notice period approved by BCBSA in writing at its sole discretion.
11. Except as otherwise provided in paragraph 15 below or by the affirmative vote of three-fourths of the Plans and three-fourths of the total then current weighted vote of all the Plans, or unless this and all such other License Agreements are simultaneously terminated by force of law, the termination of this License Agreement for any reason whatsoever shall cause the reversion to BCBSA of all rights in and to the Licensed Marks and Name, and the Plan agrees that it will promptly discontinue all use of the Licensed Marks and Name, will not use them thereafter, and will promptly, upon written notice from BCBSA, change its corporate name so as to eliminate the Licensed Name therefrom.
12. The license hereby granted to Plan to use the Licensed Marks and Name is and shall be personal to the Plan so licensed and shall not be assignable by any act of the Plan, directly or indirectly, without the written consent of BCBSA. Said license shall not be assignable by operation of law, nor shall Plan mortgage or part with possession or control of this license or any right hereunder, and the Plan shall have no right to grant any sublicense to use the Licensed Marks and Name.
13. BCBSA shall maintain appropriate service mark registrations of the Licensed Marks and BCBSA shall take such lawful steps and proceedings as may be necessary or proper to prevent use of the Licensed Marks by any person who is not authorized to use the same. Any actions or proceedings undertaken by BCBSA under the provisions of this paragraph shall be at BCBSA's sole cost and expense. BCBSA shall have the sole right to determine whether or not any legal action shall be taken on account of unauthorized use of the Licensed Marks, such right not to be unreasonably exercised. The Plan shall report any unlawful usage of the Licensed Marks to BCBSA in writing and agrees, free of charge, to cooperate fully with BCBSA's program of enforcing and protecting the service mark rights, trade name rights and other rights in the Licensed Marks.
14. The Plan hereby agrees to save, defend, indemnify and hold BCBSA and any other Plan(s) harmless from and against all claims, damages, liabilities and costs of every kind, nature and description which may arise as a result of the activities of the Plan or of any hospital, medical group, clinic or other provider of health services that is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by Plan. BCBSA hereby agrees to save, defend, indemnify and hold the Plan and any other Plan(s) harmless from and against all claims, damages, liabilities And costs of every kind, nature and description which may arise exclusively and directly as a result of the activities of BCBSA.

Amended as of June 21, 2012




15.    (a). This Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the occurrence of any
of the following events: (i) a voluntary petition shall be filed by the Plan or by BCBSA seeking bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement with creditors or other relief under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or any other law governing insolvency or debtor relief, or (ii) an involuntary petition or proceeding shall be filed against the Plan or BCBSA seeking bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement with creditors or other relief under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or any other law governing insolvency or debtor relief and such petition or proceeding is consented to or acquiesced in by the Plan or BCBSA or is not dismissed within sixty (60) days of the date upon which the petition or other document commencing the proceeding is served upon the Plan or BCBSA respectively, or (iii) an order for relief is entered against the Plan or BCBSA in any case under the bankruptcy laws of the United States, or the Plan or BCBSA is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent (as that term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in the state of Illinois) by any court of competent jurisdiction, or (iv) the Plan or BCBSA makes a general assignment of its assets for the benefit of creditors, or (v) any government or any government official, office, agency, branch, or unit assumes control of the Plan or delinquency proceedings (voluntary or involuntary) are instituted, or (vi) an action is brought by the Plan or BCBSA seeking its dissolution or liquidation of its assets or seeking the appointment of a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for any of its property or business, or (vii) an action is instituted by any governmental entity or officer against the Plan or BCBSA seeking its dissolution or liquidation of its assets or seeking appointment of a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for any of its property or business and such action is consented to or acquiesced in by the Plan or BCBSA or is not dismissed within one hundred thirty (130) days of the date upon which the pleading or other document commencing the action is served upon the Plan or BCBSA respectively, provided that if the action is stayed or its prosecution is enjoined, the one hundred thirty (130) day period is tolled for the duration of the stay or injunction, and provided further, that the Association’s Board of Directors may toll or extend the 130 day period at any time prior to its expiration, or (viii) a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for any of the Plan's or BCBSA's property or business is appointed, or the Plan or BCBSA is ordered dissolved or liquidated, or (ix) the Plan shall fail to pay its dues and shall not cure such failure within thirty (30) days of receiving written notice thereof, or (x) if, due to regulatory action, the Plan together with any applicable Controlled Affiliate becomes unable to do business using the Names and Marks in any State or portion thereof included in its Service Area, provided that: (i) automatic termination shall not occur prior to the exhaustion by any such Plan of its rights to appeal or challenge such regulatory action; and (ii) in the event the Plan is licensed to do business using the Names and Marks in multiple States or portions of States, the termination of its License Agreement shall be solely limited to the State(s) or portions thereof in which the regulatory action applies. By not appealing or challenging such regulatory action within the time prescribed by law or regulation, and in any event no later than 120 days after such action is taken, a Plan shall be deemed to have exhausted its rights to appeal or challenge, and automatic termination shall proceed.




Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, a declaration or a request for declaration of the existence of a trust over any of the Plan’s or BCBSA’s property or business shall not in itself be deemed to constitute or seek appointment of a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for purposes of subparagraphs 15(a)(vii) and (viii) of this Agreement.

Amended as of March 26, 2015




(b). BCBSA, or the Plans (as provided and in addition to the rights conferred in Paragraph 10(b) above), may terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice upon the occurrence of either of the following events: (a) the Plan or BCBSA becomes insolvent (as that term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code enacted in the state of Illinois), or (b) any final judgment against the Plan or BCBSA remains unsatisfied or unbonded of record for a period of sixty (60) days or longer.
(c). If this License Agreement is terminated as to BCBSA for any reason stated in subparagraphs 15(a) and (b) above, the ownership of the Licensed Marks shall revert to each of the Plans as provided in the Ownership Agreement.
(d). Upon termination of this License Agreement or any Controlled Affiliate License Agreement of a Larger Controlled Affiliate, as defined in Exhibit 1 to this License Agreement, the following conditions shall apply, except that, in the event of a partial termination of this Agreement pursuant to Paragraph 15 (a)(x)(ii) of this Agreement, the notices, national account listing, payment and audit right listed below shall be applicable solely with respect to the geographic area for which the Plan’s license to use the Licensed Names and Marks is terminated:
(i)
The terminated entity shall send a notice through the U.S. mails, with first class postage affixed, to all individual and group customers, providers, brokers and agents of products or services sold, marketed, underwritten or administered by the terminated entity or its Controlled Affiliates under the Licensed Marks and Name. The form and content of the notice shall be specified by BCBSA and shall, at a minimum, notify the recipient of the termination of the license, the consequences thereof, and instructions for obtaining alternate products or services licensed by BCBSA, subject to any conflicting state law and state regulatory requirements. This notice shall be mailed within 15 days after termination or, if termination is pursuant to paragraph 10(d) of this Agreement, within 15 days after the written notice to BCBSA described in paragraph 10(d).
(ii)
The terminated entity shall deliver to BCBSA within five days of a request by BCBSA a listing of national accounts in which the terminated entity is involved (in a Control, Participating or Servicing capacity), identifying the national account and the terminated entity's role therein. For those accounts where the terminated entity is the Control Plan, the Plan must also indicate the Participating and Servicing Plans in the national account syndicate.

Amended as of June 16, 2005




(iii)    Unless the cause of termination is an event stated in paragraph
15(a) or (b) above respecting BCBSA, the Plan and its Licensed Controlled Affiliates shall be jointly liable for payment to BCBSA of an amount equal to the Re-Establishment Fee (described below) multiplied by the number of Licensed Enrollees of the terminated entity and its Licensed Controlled Affiliates; provided that if any other Plan is permitted by BCBSA to use marks or names licensed by BCBSA in the Service Area established by this Agreement, the Re-Establishment Fee shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Licensed Enrollees of the terminated entity and its Licensed Controlled Affiliates and the denominator of which is the total number of Licensed Enrollees in the Service Area. The Re-Establishment Fee shall be indexed to a base fee of $80. The Re-Establishment Fee through December 31, 2005 shall be $80. The Re-Establishment Fee for calendar years after December 31, 2005 shall be adjusted on January 1 of each calendar year up to and including January 1, 2010 and shall be the base fee multiplied by 100% plus the cumulative percentage increase or decrease in the Plans’ gross administrative expense (standard BCBSA definition) per Licensed Enrollee since December 31, 2004. The adjustment shall end on January 1, 2011, at which time the Re-Establishment Fee shall be fixed at the then-current amount and no longer automatically adjusted. For example, if the Plans’ gross administrative expense per Licensed Enrollee was $278.60, $285.00 and $290.00 for calendar year end 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively, the January 1, 2007 Re-Establishment Fee would be $83.27 (100% of the base fee plus $1.84 for calendar year 2005 and $1.43 for calendar year 2006). Licensed Enrollee means each and every person and covered dependent who is enrolled as an individual or member of a group receiving products or services sold, marketed or administered under marks or names licensed by BCBSA as determined at the earlier of (a) the end of the last fiscal year of the terminated entity which ended prior to termination or (b) the fiscal year which ended before any transactions causing the termination began. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount payable pursuant to this subparagraph (d)(iii) shall be due only to the extent that, in BCBSA's opinion, it does not cause the net worth of the Plan to fall below 100% of the Health Risk-Based Capital formula or its equivalent under any successor formula, as set forth in the applicable financial responsibility standards established by BCBSA (provided such equivalent is approved for purposes of this sub paragraph by the affirmative vote of three-fourths of the Plans and
Amended as of June 16, 2005




three-fourths of the total then current weighted vote of all the Plans), measured as of the date of termination and adjusted for the value of any transactions not made in the ordinary course of business. This payment shall not be due in connection with transactions exclusively by or among Plan or their affiliates, including reorganizations, combinations or mergers, where the BCBSA Board of Directors determines that the license termination does not result in a material diminution in the number of Licensed Enrollees or the extent of their coverage. At least 50% of the Re Establishment Fee shall be awarded to the Plan (or Plans) that receive the new license(s) for the service area(s) at issue;
provided, however, that such award shall not become due or payable until all disputes, if any, regarding the amount of and BCBSA’s right to such Re-Establishment Fee have been finally resolved; and provided further that the award shall be based on the final amount actually received by BCBSA. The Board of Directors shall adopt a resolution which it may amend from time to time that shall govern BCBSA’s use of its portion of the award. In the event that the terminated entity’s license is reinstated by BCBSA or is deemed to have remained in effect without interruption by a court of competent jurisdiction, BCBSA shall reimburse the Plan (and/or its Licensed Controlled Affiliates, as the case may be) for
payments made under this subparagraph only to the extent that such payments exceed the amounts due to BCBSA pursuant to subparagraph 15(d)(vi) and any costs associated with
reestablishing the Service Area, including any payments made by BCBSA to a Plan or Plans (or their Licensed Controlled Affiliates) for purposes of replacing the terminated entity.
(iv)    The terminated entity shall comply with all financial settlement
procedures set forth in BCBSA’s License Termination Contingency Plan, as amended from time to time and shall work diligently and in good faith with BCBSA, any Alternative Control Licensee or Replacement Licensee and any existing or potential new account for Blue-branded products and services to minimize the disruption of termination, and honor, to the fullest extent possible, the desire of accounts to continue to receive or obtain Blue-branded products and services through a new Licensee (“Transition”). Such diligence and good faith on the part of the terminated entity shall include, but not be limited to: (a) working cooperatively with BCBSA to protect the Names and Marks from potential harm; (b) cooperating with BCBSA’s use of the Names and Marks in the terminated entity’s former service area during the termination and Transition; (c) transmitting, upon the request of an
Amended as of June 16, 2005




existing Blue account or of BCBSA with consent and on behalf of an existing Blue account, all member and account-data relating to the Federal Employee Program to BCBSA, and all member and account data relating to other programs to an Alternative Control Licensee or Replacement Licensee; (d) working with BCBSA and the Alternative Control or Replacement Licensee with respect to potential new Blue accounts headquartered in the terminated entity’s former service area; (e) continuing to service Blue accounts during the Transition; (f) continuing to comply with National Programs, Federal Employee Program and NASCO policies and procedures and all voluntary BCBSA programs, policies and performance standards, such as Away From Home Care, including being responsible for payment of all penalties for non-compliance duly levied in conformity with the License Agreements, Membership Standards, or the Federal Employee Program agreements, that may arise during the Transition; (g) maintaining and providing access to its provider networks, as defined by Federal Employee Program agreements and National Account Program Policies and Provisions, and Inter-Plan Programs Policies and Provisions, and making those networks and discounts available to members and providers who participate in National Programs and the Federal Employee Program during the Transition; (h) maintaining its technical connections and processing capabilities during the Transition; and (i) working diligently to conclude all financial settlements and account reconciliations as negotiated in the termination transition agreement.
(v)
Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, BCBSA shall have the right, with the approval of its Board of Directors, to assess additional fines against the terminated entity during the Transition in the event it fails to maintain and provide access to provider networks as defined by Federal Employee Program agreements, National Account Program Policies and Provisions, and Inter-Plan Programs Policies and Provisions, and/or pass on applicable discounts. Such fines shall be in addition to any other assessments, fees or liquidated damages payable herein, or under existing policies and programs and shall be imposed to make whole BCBSA and/or the Plans. Terminated entity shall pay any such fines to BCBSA no later than 30 days after they are approved by the Board of Directors.
(vi)
BCBSA shall have the right to examine and audit and/or hire at terminated entity’s expense a third-party auditor to examine and audit the books and records of the terminated entity and its Licensed Controlled Affiliates to verify compliance with the terms and requirements this paragraph 15(d).
Amended as of November 16, 2006




(vii)
Subsequent to termination of this Agreement, the terminated entity and its affiliates, agents, and employees shall have an ongoing and continuing obligation to protect all BCBSA and Blue Licensee data that was acquired or accessed during the period this
Agreement was in force, including but not limited to all confidential processes, pricing, provider, discount and other strategic and competitively sensitive information (“Blue Information”) from disclosure, and shall not, either alone or with another entity,
disclose such Blue Information or use it in any manner to compete
without the express written permission of BCBSA.
(viii)
As to a breach of 15 (d) (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (vi), or (vii) the parties agree that the obligations are immediately enforceable in a court of competent jurisdiction. As to a breach of 15 (d) (i), (ii), (iv), (vi), or (vii) by the Plan, the parties agree there is no adequate remedy at law and BCBSA is entitled to obtain specific performance.
(ix)
In the event that the terminated entity’s license is reinstated by BCBSA or is deemed to have remained in effect without
interruption by a court of competent jurisdiction, the Plan and its Licensed Controlled Affiliates shall be jointly liable for reimbursing BCBSA the reasonable costs incurred by BCBSA in connection with the termination and the reinstatement or court action, and any associated legal proceedings, including but not limited to: outside legal fees, consulting fees, public relations fees, advertising costs, and costs incurred to develop, lease or establish an interim provider network. Any amount due to BCBSA under this subparagraph may be waived in whole or in part by the BCBSA Board of Directors in its sole discretion.
(e). BCBSA shall be entitled to enjoin the Plan or any related party in a court of competent jurisdiction from entry into any transaction which would result in a termination of this License Agreement unless the License Agreement has been terminated pursuant to paragraph 10 (d) of this Agreement upon the required six (6) month written notice.
(f). BCBSA acknowledges that it is not the owner of assets of the Plan.
Amended as of June 16, 2005



16. This Agreement supersedes any and all other agreements between the parties with respect to the subject matter herein, and contains all of the covenants and agreements of the parties as to the licensing of the Licensed Marks and Name. This Agreement may be amended only by the affirmative vote of three-fourths of the Plans and three-fourths of the total then current weighted vote of all the Plans as officially recorded by the BCBSA Corporate Secretary.
17. If any provision or any part of any provision of this Agreement is judicially declared unlawful, each and every other provision, or any part of any provision, shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding such judicial declaration.
18. No waiver by BCBSA or the Plan of any breach or default in performance on the part of BCBSA or the Plan or any other licensee of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or default in performance of said terms, covenants or conditions.
19a.    All notices provided for hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sent in duplicate by regular mail to BCBSA or the Plan at the address currently published for each by BCBSA and shall be marked respectively to the attention of the President and, if any, the General Counsel, of BCBSA or the Plan.
19b.    Except as provided in paragraphs 9(b), 9(d)(iii), 15(a), and 15(b) above, this
Agreement may be terminated for a breach only upon at least 30 days’ written notice to the Plan advising of the specific matters at issue and granting the Plan an opportunity to be heard and to present its response to the Member Plans.
19c.    For all provisions of this Agreement referring to voting, the term ‘Plans’ shall
mean all entities licensed under the Blue Cross License Agreement and/or the Blue Shield License Agreement, and in all votes of the Plans under this Agreement the Plans shall vote together. For weighted votes of the Plans, the Plan shall have a number of votes equal to the number of weighted votes (if any) that it holds as a Blue Cross Plan plus the number of weighted votes (if any) that it holds as a Blue Shield Plan. For all other votes of the Plans, the Plan shall have one vote. For all questions requiring an affirmative three-fourths weighted vote of the Plans, the requirement shall be deemed satisfied with a lesser weighted vote unless the greater of: (i) 6/52 or more of the Plans (rounded to the nearest whole number, with 0.5 or multiples thereof being rounded to the next higher whole number) fail to cast weighted votes in favor of the question; or (ii) three (3) of the Plans fail to cast weighted votes in favor of the question. Notwithstanding the foregoing provision, if there are thirty-nine (39) Plans, the requirement of an affirmative three-fourths weighted vote shall be deemed satisfied with a lesser weighted vote unless four (4) or more Plans fail to cast weighted votes in favor of the question.
Amended as of June 16, 2006




20. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to constitute the parties hereto as partners or joint venturers, or either as the agent of the other, and Plan shall have no right to bind or obligate BCBSA in any way, nor shall it represent that it has any right to do so. BCBSA shall have no liability to third parties with respect to any aspect of the business, activities, operations, products, or services of the Plan.
21. This Agreement shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this License Agreement to be executed, effective as of the date of last signature written below.
BLUE CROSS AND BLUE SHIELD ASSOCIATION
By ______________________________________    
Title _____________________________________
Date _____________________________________

PLAN:

By _______________________________________    
Title ______________________________________
Date ______________________________________





EXHIBIT 1
BLUE CROSS
CONTROLLED AFFILIATE LICENSE AGREEMENT
( Includes revisions adopted by Member Plans through their September 18, 2015 meeting )
This Agreement by and among Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association ("BCBSA")
and_________    (“Controlled Affiliate"), a Controlled Affiliate of the Blue Cross Plan, known as
___________ ("Plan" or “Sponsoring Plan”), which is also a Party signatory hereto.
WHEREAS, BCBSA is the owner of the BLUE CROSS and BLUE CROSS Design service marks;
WHEREAS, Plan and Controlled Affiliate desire that the latter be entitled to use the BLUE CROSS and BLUE CROSS Design service marks (collectively the "Licensed Marks") as service marks and be entitled to use the term BLUE CROSS in a trade name ("Licensed Name");
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1.     GRANT OF LICENSE
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, BCBSA hereby grants to Controlled Affiliate the right to use the Licensed Marks and Name in connection with, and only in connection with: (i) health care plans and related services, as defined in BCBSA's License Agreement with Plan, and administering the non-health portion of workers’ compensation insurance, and (ii) underwriting the indemnity portion of workers’ compensation insurance, provided that Controlled Affiliate’s total premium revenue comprises less than 15 percent of the Sponsoring Plan’s net subscription revenue.
This grant of rights is non-exclusive and is limited to the Service Area served by the Plan. Subject to paragraph 3A(3) of this Agreement, Controlled Affiliate may use the Licensed Marks and Name in its legal name on the following conditions: (i) the legal name must be approved in advance, in writing, by BCBSA; (ii) Controlled Affiliate shall not do business outside the Service Area under any name or mark; and (iii) Controlled Affiliate shall not use the Licensed Marks and Name, or any derivative thereof, as part of any name or symbol used to identify itself in any securities market, unless such Controlled Affiliate is a not-for-profit company which may use the Licensed Marks and Name, or an approved derivative therefor, to identify itself in debt securities markets. Controlled Affiliate may use the Licensed Marks and Name in its Trade Name only with the prior, written, consent of BCBSA.
Amended as of March 26, 2015



2. QUALITY CONTROL
A. Controlled Affiliate agrees to use the Licensed Marks and Name only in connection with the licensed services and further agrees to be bound by the conditions regarding quality control shown in attached Exhibit A as they may be amended by BCBSA from time-to-time.
B. Controlled Affiliate agrees to comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws.
C. Controlled Affiliate agrees that it will provide on an annual basis (or more often if reasonably required by Plan or by BCBSA) a report or reports to Plan and BCBSA demonstrating Controlled Affiliate's compliance with the requirements of this Agreement including but not limited to the quality control provisions of this paragraph and the attached Exhibit A.
D. Controlled Affiliate agrees that Plan and/or BCBSA may, from time-to-time, upon reasonable notice, review and inspect the manner and method of Controlled Affiliate's rendering of service and use of the Licensed Marks and Name.
E. As used herein, a Controlled Affiliate is defined as an entity organized and operated in such a manner, that the Sponsoring Plan has:
(1)    The legal authority directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries:
(a) to select members of the Controlled Affiliate’s governing body having not less than 50% voting control thereof; and
(b) to prevent any change in the articles of incorporation, bylaws or other establishing or governing documents of the Controlled Affiliate with which the Sponsoring Plan does not concur; and
(c) to exercise control over the policy and operations of the Controlled Affiliate at least equal to that exercised by persons or entities (jointly or individually) other than the Sponsoring Plan; and
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in (a) through (c) hereof, the Controlled Affiliate’s establishing or governing documents must also require written approval by the Sponsoring Plan before the Controlled Affiliate can:
(i) change its legal and/or trade names;
(ii) change the geographic area in which it operates;

Amended as of September 19, 2014




(iii)
change any of the type(s) of businesses in which it engages;
(iv)
create, or become liable for by way of guarantee, any
indebtedness, other than indebtedness arising in the ordinary course of business;
(v)
sell any assets, except for sales in the ordinary
course of business or sales of equipment no longer useful or being replaced;
(vi)
make any loans or advances except in the ordinary course of business;
(vii)
enter into any arrangement or agreement with any
party directly or indirectly affiliated with any of the owners or persons or entities with the authority to select or appoint members or board members of the Controlled Affiliate, other than the Sponsoring Plan or other Plans (excluding owners of stock holdings of under 5% in a publicly traded Controlled Affiliate);
(viii)
conduct any business other than under the Licensed Marks and Name;
(ix)
take any action that the Sponsoring Plan or BCBSA reasonably believes will adversely affect the Licensed Marks and Name.
In addition, the Sponsoring Plan directly or indirectly through wholly owned subsidiaries shall own at least 50% of any for-profit Controlled Affiliate, provided that in instances where the Sponsoring Plan formed a publicly traded Controlled Affiliate Licensee and such publicly traded Controlled Affiliate Licensee owns and controls other Controlled Affiliate Licensees, the Sponsoring Plan directly or indirectly shall own and control at least 50% of any Controlled Affiliate that is indirectly owned and controlled by the publicly traded Controlled Affiliate Licensee.
Or
(2)    the legal authority directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries:
(a)    to select members of the Controlled Affiliate’s governing body having more than 50%
voting control thereof and to:
Amended as of March 26, 2015



(b) to prevent any change in the articles of incorporation, bylaws or other establishing or governing documents of the Controlled Affiliate with which the Sponsoring Plan does not concur; and
(c) to exercise control over the policy and operations of the Controlled Affiliate.
In addition, the Sponsoring Plan directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries shall own more than 50% of any for-profit Controlled Affiliate, provided that in instances where the Sponsoring Plan formed a publicly traded Controlled Affiliate Licensee and such publicly traded Controlled Affiliate Licensee owns and controls other Controlled Affiliate Licensees, the Sponsoring Plan directly or indirectly shall own and control more than 50% of any Controlled Affiliate that is indirectly owned and controlled by the publicly traded Controlled Affiliate Licensee.

Or
(3) With respect to a Controlled Affiliate that is 100% controlled by Plans including the
Sponsoring Plan and which offers solely Medicaid products and services, the legal authority together with such other Plans:
(a)
to select all members of the Controlled Affiliate’s governing body; and
(b)
to prevent any change in the articles of incorporation, bylaws or other establishing or governing documents of the Controlled Affiliate; and
(c)
to exercise control over the policy and operations of the Controlled Affiliate.
In addition, the Sponsoring Plan and such other Plans shall own 100% of any for-profit Controlled Affiliate with the Sponsoring Plan and such other Plans each having an ownership interest. Such control and ownership by Plans must be direct or, if indirect, solely through affiliates that are licensed to use marks owned by BCBSA. Further, the Sponsoring Plan and such other Plans shall execute the Addendum to Controlled Affiliate License attached hereto as Exhibit B.
3.      FOR-PROFIT, PUBLICLY TRADED LICENSEES
A.    The Controlled Affiliate may operate as a for-profit publicly traded company on
the following conditions:
(1) The Controlled Affiliate shall discharge all responsibilities which it has to the Association and to other Plans by virtue of this Agreement.
(2) The Controlled Affiliate shall provide 90 days advance written notice to BCBSA prior to the initial filing with the SEC.
Amended as of March 26, 2015



(3) The Controlled Affiliate shall not use the Licensed Marks and Name, or any derivative thereof, as part of its legal name or any symbol used to identify the Controlled Affiliate in any securities market. The Controlled Affiliate shall use the Licensed Marks and Name as part of its trade name within its service area for the sale, marketing and administration of health care and related services in the service area.
(4) The Controlled Affiliate’s license to use the Licensed Marks and Name shall automatically terminate effective: (a) thirty days after the Controlled Affiliate knows, or there is an SEC filing indicating that, any Institutional Investor, has become the Beneficial Owner of securities representing 10% or more of the voting power of the Controlled Affiliate (“Excess Institutional Voter”), unless such Excess Institutional Voter shall cease to be an Excess Institutional Voter prior to such automatic termination becoming effective; (b) thirty days after the Controlled Affiliate knows, or there is an SEC filing indicating that, any Noninstituional Investor, other than a Plan or Plans or Controlled Affiliate Licensee or Licensees has become the Beneficial Owner of securities representing 5% or more of the voting power of the Controlled Affiliate (“Excess Noninstitutional Voter”) unless such Excess Noninstitutional Voter shall cease to be an Excess Noninstitutional Voter prior to such automatic termination becoming effective; (c) thirty days after the Controlled Affiliate knows, or there is an SEC filing indicating that, any Person has become the Beneficial Owner, other than a Plan or Plans or Controlled Affiliate Licensee or Licensees, of 20% or more of the Controlled Affiliate’s then outstanding common stock or other equity securities which (either by themselves or in combination) represent an ownership interest of 20% or more pursuant to determinations made under paragraph 3A(4) below (“Excess Owner”), unless such Excess Owner shall cease to be an Excess Owner prior to such automatic termination becoming effective; (d) ten business days after individuals who at the time the Controlled Affiliate went public constituted the Board of Directors of the Controlled Affiliate (together with any new directors whose election to the Board was approved by a vote of 2/3 of the directors then still in office who were directors at the time the Controlled Affiliate went public or whose election or nomination was previously so approved) (the “Continuing Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors; or (e) ten business days after the Controlled Affiliate consolidates with or merges with or into any person or conveys, assigns, transfers or sells all or substantially all of its assets to any person other than a merger in which the Sponsoring Plan is the surviving entity and immediately after which merger, no person is an Excess Institutional Voter, an Excess Noninstitutional Voter or an Excess Owner: provided that, if requested by the affected Controlled Affiliate in a writing received by BCBSA prior to such automatic termination becoming effective, the provisions of this paragraph 3A(4) may be waived, in whole or in part, upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested Plans and majority of the total then current weighted vote of the disinterested Plans. Any waiver so granted may be conditioned upon such additional requirements (including but not limited to imposing new and independent grounds for termination of this License) as shall be approved by
Amended as of March 26, 2015




the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested Plans and a majority of the total then current weighted vote of the disinterested Plans. If a timely waiver request is received, no automatic termination shall become effective until the later of: (1) the conclusion of the applicable time period specified in paragraphs 3A(4) (a)-(d) above, or (2) the conclusion of the first Member Plan meeting after receipt of such a waiver request.
In the event that the Controlled Affiliate’s license, or any other license, to use the Licensed Marks and Name is terminated pursuant to Paragraph 3A(4), the license may be reinstated in BCBSA’s sole discretion if, within 30 days of the date of such termination, the Controlled Affiliate demonstrates that the Person referred to in clause (a), (b), or (c) of the preceding paragraph is no longer an Excess Institutional Voter, an Excess Noninstitutional Voter or an Excess Owner.
(5) The Controlled Affiliate shall not issue any class or series of security other than (i) shares of common stock having identical terms or options or derivatives of such common stock, (ii) non-voting, non-convertible debt securities or (iii) such other securities as the Controlled Affiliate may approve, provided that BCBSA receives notice at least thirty days prior to the issuance of such securities, including a description of the terms for such securities, and BCBSA shall have the authority to determine how such other securities will be counted in determining whether any Person is an Excess Institutional Voter, Excess Noninstitutional Voter or an Excess Owner.
(6) For purposes of paragraph 3A(4) above, the following definitions shall apply:
(i) “Affiliate” and “Associate” shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and in effect on November 17, 1993 (the “Exchange Act”).
(ii) A Person shall be deemed the “Beneficial Owner” of and shall be deemed to “beneficially own” any securities:
(1) which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly;
(2) which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates has (A) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; or (B) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the Beneficial Owner of, or to
Amended as of March 26, 2015




beneficially own, any security if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such security (1) arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in response to a public proxy or consent solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act and (2) is not also then reportable on Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act (or any comparable or successor report); or
(3)    which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person
(or any Affiliate or Associate thereof) with which such Person (or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates) has any agreement, arrangement or understanding (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities) relating to the acquisition, holding, voting (except to the extent contemplated by the proviso to (ii)2(B) above) or disposing of any securities of the Controlled Affiliate.
Notwithstanding anything in this definition of Beneficial Ownership to the contrary, the phrase “then outstanding,” when used with reference to a Person’s Beneficial Ownership of securities of the Controlled Affiliate, shall mean the number of such securities then issued and outstanding together with the number of such securities not then actually issued and outstanding which such Person would be deemed to own beneficially hereunder.
(iii) A Person shall be deemed an “Institutional Investor” if (but only if) such Person (i) is an entity or group identified in the SEC’s Rule 13d-1(b)(1)(ii) as constituted on June 1, 1997, and (ii) every filing made by such Person with the SEC under Regulation 13D-G (or any successor Regulation) with respect to such Person’s Beneficial Ownership of Plan securities shall have contained a certification identical to the one required by item 10 of SEC Schedule 13G as constituted on June 1, 1997.
(iv) “Noninstitutional Investor” means any Person who is not an Institutional Investor.
(v) “Person” shall mean any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, trust, association, joint venture or other entity, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.
4.
SERVICE MARK USE
A.    Controlled Affiliate recognizes the importance of a comprehensive national
network of independent BCBSA licensees which are committed to strengthening the Licensed Marks and Name. The Controlled Affiliate further recognizes that its actions within its Service Area may affect the value of the Licensed Marks and Name nationwide.
Amended March 26, 2015




B. Controlled Affiliate shall at all times make proper service mark use of the Licensed Marks and Name, including but not limited to use of such symbols or words as BCBSA shall specify to protect the Licensed Marks and Name and shall comply with such rules (generally applicable to Controlled Affiliates licensed to use the Licensed Marks and Name) relative to service mark use, as are issued from time-to-time by BCBSA. Controlled Affiliate recognizes and agrees that all use of the Licensed Marks and Name by Controlled Affiliate shall inure to the benefit of BCBSA.
C. Controlled Affiliate may not directly or indirectly use the Licensed Marks and Name in a manner that transfers or is intended to transfer in the Service Area the goodwill associated therewith to another mark or name, nor may Controlled Affiliate engage in activity that may dilute or tarnish the unique value of the Licensed Marks and Name.
D. If Controlled Affiliate meets the standards of 2E(1) but not 2E(2) above and any of Controlled Affiliate's advertising or promotional material is reasonably determined by BCBSA and/or the Plan to be in contravention of rules and regulations governing the use of the Licensed Marks and Name, Controlled Affiliate shall for ninety (90) days thereafter obtain prior approval from BCBSA of advertising and promotional efforts using the Licensed Marks and Name, approval or disapproval thereof to be forthcoming within five (5) business days of receipt of same by BCBSA or its designee. In all advertising and promotional efforts, Controlled Affiliate shall observe the Service Area limitations applicable to Plan.
E. Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan’s License Agreement with BCBSA or in this Agreement, Controlled Affiliate shall use its best efforts to promote and build the value of the Licensed Marks and Name.
5. SUBLICENSING AND ASSIGNMENT
Controlled Affiliate shall not, directly or indirectly, sublicense, transfer, hypothecate, sell, encumber or mortgage, by operation of law or otherwise, the rights granted hereunder and any such act shall be voidable at the sole option of Plan or BCBSA. This Agreement and all rights and duties hereunder are personal to Controlled Affiliate.
6. INFRINGEMENT
Controlled Affiliate shall promptly notify Plan and Plan shall promptly notify BCBSA of any suspected acts of infringement, unfair competition or passing off that may occur in relation to the Licensed Marks and Name. Controlled Affiliate shall not be
entitled to require Plan or BCBSA to take any actions or institute any proceedings to prevent infringement, unfair competition or passing off by third parties. Controlled Affiliate agrees to render to Plan and BCBSA, without charge, all reasonable assistance in connection with any matter pertaining to the protection of the Licensed Marks and Name by BCBSA.
Amended as of March 26, 2015



7. LIABILITY INDEMNIFICATION
Controlled Affiliate and Plan hereby agree to save, defend, indemnify and hold BCBSA harmless from and against all claims, damages, liabilities and costs of every kind, nature and description (except those arising solely as a result of BCBSA's negligence) that may arise as a result of or related to: (i) Controlled Affiliate's rendering of services under the Licensed Marks and Name; or (ii) the activities of any hospital, medical group, clinic or other provider of health services that is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by Plan or Controlled Affiliate.
8. LICENSE TERM
A. Except as otherwise provided herein, the license granted by this Agreement shall remain in effect for a period of one (1) year and shall be automatically extended for additional one (1) year periods unless terminated pursuant to the provisions herein.
B. This Agreement and all of Controlled Affiliate's rights hereunder shall immediately terminate without any further action by any party or entity in the event that: (i) the Plan ceases to be authorized to use the Licensed Marks and Name; or (ii) pursuant to Paragraph 15(a)(x) of the Blue Cross License Agreement the Plan ceases to be authorized to use the Licensed Names and Marks in the geographic area served by the Controlled Affiliate provided, however, that if the Controlled Affiliate is serving more than one State or portions thereof, the termination of this Agreement shall be limited to the State(s) or portions thereof in which the Plan’s license to use the Licensed
Marks and Names is terminated. By not appealing or challenging such regulatory action within the time prescribed by law or regulation, and in any event no later than 120 days after such action is taken, a Plan shall be deemed to have exhausted its rights to appeal or challenge, and automatic termination shall proceed.
C. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, this license to use the Licensed Marks and Name may be forthwith terminated by the Plan or the affirmative vote of the majority of the Board of Directors of BCBSA present and voting at a special meeting expressly called by BCBSA for the purpose on ten (10) days written notice to the Plan advising of the specific matters at issue and granting the Plan an opportunity to be heard and to present its response to the Board for: (1) failure to comply with any applicable minimum capital or liquidity requirement under the quality control standards of this Agreement; or (2) failure to comply with the "Organization and Governance" quality control standard of this Agreement; or (3) impending financial insolvency; or (4) for a Smaller Controlled Affiliate (as defined in Exhibit A), failure to comply with any of the applicable requirements of Standards 2, 3, 4, 5 or 7 of attached Exhibit A; or (5) the pendency of any action instituted against the Controlled Affiliate seeking its dissolution or liquidation of its assets or seeking appointment of a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for any of its property or business or seeking the declaration or establishment of a trust for any of its property or business, unless
Amended as of March 26, 2015



this Controlled Affiliate License Agreement has been earlier terminated under paragraph 8(E); or (6) failure by a Controlled Affiliate that meets the standards of 2E(1) but not 2E(2) above to obtain BCBSA's written consent to a change in the identity of any owner, in the extent of ownership, or in the identity of any person or entity with the authority to select or appoint members or board members, provided that as to publicly traded Controlled Affiliates this provision shall apply only if the change affects a person or entity that owns at least 5% of the Controlled Affiliate's stock before or after the change; or (7) such other reason as is determined in good faith immediately and irreparably to threaten the integrity and reputation of BCBSA, the Plans, any other licensee including Controlled Affiliate and/or the Licensed Marks and Name.
D. Except as otherwise provided in Paragraphs 8(B), 8(C) or 8(E) herein, should Controlled Affiliate fail to comply with the provisions of this Agreement and not cure such failure within thirty (30) days of receiving written notice thereof (or commence a cure within such thirty day period and continue diligent efforts to complete the cure if such curing cannot reasonably be completed within such thirty day period) BCBSA or the Plan shall have the right to issue a notice that the Controlled Affiliate is in a state of noncompliance. If a state of noncompliance as aforesaid is undisputed by the Controlled Affiliate or is found to exist by a mandatory dispute resolution panel and is uncured as provided above, BCBSA shall have the right to seek judicial enforcement of the Agreement or to issue a notice of termination thereof. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, any disputes as to the termination of this License pursuant to Paragraphs 8(B), 8(C) or 8(E) of this Agreement shall not be subject to mediation and mandatory dispute resolution. All other disputes between BCBSA, the Plan and/or Controlled Affiliate shall be submitted promptly to mediation and mandatory dispute resolution. The mandatory dispute resolution panel shall have authority to issue orders for specific performance and assess monetary penalties. Except, however, as provided in Paragraphs 8(B) and 8(E) of this Agreement, this license to use the Licensed
Marks and Name may not be finally terminated for any reason without the affirmative vote of a majority of the present and voting members of the Board of Directors of BCBSA.
E. This Agreement and all of Controlled Affiliate’s rights hereunder shall immediately terminate without any further action by any party or entity in the event that:
(1) Controlled Affiliate shall no longer comply with item 2(E) above;
(2) Appropriate dues, royalties and other payments for Controlled
Affiliate pursuant to paragraph 10 hereof, which are the royalties for this License Agreement, are more than sixty (60) days in arrears to BCBSA; or
(3) Any of the following events occur: (i) a voluntary petition shall be filed by Controlled Affiliate seeking bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement with creditors or other relief under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or any other law governing insolvency or debtor relief, or (ii) an involuntary petition or proceeding shall be filed against Controlled
Amended as of March 26, 2015



Affiliate seeking bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement with creditors or other relief under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or any other law governing insolvency or debtor relief and such petition or proceeding is consented to or acquiesced in by Controlled Affiliate or is not dismissed within sixty (60) days of the date upon which the petition or other document commencing the proceeding is served upon the Controlled Affiliate, or (iii) an order for relief is entered against Controlled Affiliate in any case under the bankruptcy laws of the United States, or Controlled Affiliate is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent as those terms are defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in the State of Illinois by any court of competent jurisdiction, or (iv) Controlled Affiliate makes a general assignment of its assets for the benefit of creditors, or (v) any government or any government official, office, agency, branch, or unit assumes control of Controlled Affiliate or delinquency proceedings (voluntary or involuntary) are instituted, or (vi) an action is brought by Controlled Affiliate seeking its dissolution or liquidation of its assets or seeking the appointment of a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for any of its property or business, or (vii) an action is instituted by any governmental entity or officer against Controlled Affiliate seeking its dissolution or liquidation of its assets or seeking the appointment of a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for any of its property or business and such action is consented to or acquiesced in by Controlled Affiliate or is not dismissed within one hundred thirty (130) days of the date upon which the pleading or other document commencing the action is served upon the Controlled Affiliate, provided that if the action is stayed or its prosecution is enjoined, the one hundred thirty (130) day period is tolled for the duration of the stay or injunction, and provided further, that the Association’s Board of Directors may toll or extend the 130 day period at any time prior to its expiration, or (viii) a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for any of Controlled Affiliate's property or business is appointed or the Controlled Affiliate is ordered dissolved or liquidated. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, a declaration or a request for declaration of the existence of a trust over any of the Controlled Affiliate’s property or business shall not in itself be deemed to constitute or seek appointment of a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for purposes of subparagraphs 8(E)(3)(vii) and (viii) of this Agreement.
(4)    The for-profit, publicly traded Controlled Affiliate is terminated pursuant to
Paragraph 3A(4) of this Agreement. In which case, the licenses of any Controlled Affiliates directly or indectly owned by the terminated for-profit, publicly traded Controlled Affiliate also shall immediately terminate as provided for in paragraph 3A(4) of this Agreement.
F.    Upon termination of this Agreement for cause or otherwise, Controlled Affiliate
agrees that it shall immediately discontinue all use of the Licensed Marks and Name, including any use in its trade name.
Amended as of March 26, 2015



G. Upon termination of this Agreement, Controlled Affiliate shall immediately notify all of its customers that it is no longer a licensee of BCBSA and, if directed by the Association’s Board of Directors, shall provide instruction on how the customer can contact BCBSA or a designated licensee to obtain further information on securing coverage. The notification required by this paragraph shall be in writing and in a form approved by BCBSA. The BCBSA shall have the right to audit the terminated entity's books and records to verify compliance with this paragraph.
H. In the event this Agreement terminates pursuant to 8(B) hereof, or in the event the Controlled Affiliate is a Larger Controlled Affiliate (as defined in Exhibit A), upon termination of this Agreement, the provisions of Paragraph 8.G. shall not apply and the following provisions shall apply, except that, in the event of a partial termination of this Agreement pursuant to Paragraph 8(B)(ii) of this Agreement, the notices, national account listing, payment, and audit right listed below shall be applicable solely with respect to the geographic area for which the Plan’s license to use the Licensed Names and Marks is terminated.
(1) The Controlled Affiliate shall send a notice through the U.S. mails, with first class postage affixed, to all individual and group customers, providers, brokers and agents of products or services sold, marketed, underwritten or administered by the Controlled Affiliate under the Licensed Marks and Name. The form and content of the notice shall be specified by BCBSA and shall, at a minimum, notify the recipient of the termination of the license, the consequences thereof, and instructions for obtaining alternate products or services licensed by BCBSA, subject to any conflicting state law and state regulatory requirements. This notice shall be mailed within 15 days after termination.
(2) The Controlled Affiliate shall deliver to BCBSA within five days of a request by BCBSA a listing of national accounts in which the Controlled Affiliate is involved (in a control, participating or servicing capacity), identifying the national account and the Controlled Affiliate’s role therein.
(3) Unless the cause of termination is an event respecting BCBSA stated in paragraph 15(a) or (b) of the Plan’s license agreement with BCBSA to use the Licensed Marks and Name, the Controlled Affiliate, the Plan, and any other Licensed Controlled Affiliates of the Plan shall be jointly liable for payment to BCBSA of an amount equal to the Re-Establishment Fee (desribed below) multiplied by the number of Licensed Enrollees of the Controlled Affiliate; provided that if any other Plan is permitted by BCBSA to use marks or names licensed by BCBSA in the Service Area established by this Agreement, the Re-Establishment Fee shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Licensed Enrollees of the Controlled Affiliate, the Plan, and any other Licensed Controlled Affiliates and the denominator of which is the total number of Licensed Enrollees in the Service Area.
Amended as of March 26, 2015
The Re-Establishment Fee shall be indexed to a base fee of $80. The Re-Establishment Fee through December 31, 2005 shall be $80. The Re-establishment Fee for calendar years after December 31,



2005 shall be adjusted on January 1 of each calendar year up to and including January 1, 2010 and shall be the base fee multiplied by 100% plus the cumulative
percentage increase or decrease in the Plans’ gross administrative expense (standard BCBSA definition) per Licensed Enrollee since December 31, 2004. The adjustment shall end on January 1, 2011, at which time the Re-Establishment Fee shall be fixed at the then-current amount and no longer automatically adjusted. For example, if the Plans’ gross administrative expense per Licensed Enrollee was $278.60, $285.00 and $290.00 for calendar year end 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively, the January 1, 2007 Re-Establishment Fee would be $83.27 (100% of base fee plus $1.84 for calendar year 2005 and $1.43 for calendar year 2006). Licensed Enrollee means each and every person and covered dependent who is enrolled as an individual or member of a group receiving products or services sold, marketed or administered under marks or names licensed by BCBSA as determined at the earlier of (i) the end of the last fiscal year of the terminated entity which ended prior to termination or (ii) the fiscal year which ended before any transactions causing the termination began. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount payable pursuant to this subparagraph H. (3) shall be due only to the extent that, in BCBSA’s opinion, it does not cause the net worth of the Controlled Affiliate, the Plan or any other Licensed Controlled Affiliates of the Plan to fall below 100% of the Health Risk-Based Capital formula, or its equivalent under any successor formula, as set forth in the applicable financial responsibility standards established by BCBSA (provided such equivalent is approved for purposes of this sub paragraph by the affirmative vote of three-fourths of the Plans and three-fourths of the total then current weighted vote of all the Plans); measured as of the date of termination, and adjusted for the value of any transactions not made in the ordinary course of business. This payment shall not be due in connection with transactions exclusively by or among Plans or their affiliates, including reorganizations, combinations or mergers, where the BCBSA Board of Directors determines that the license termination does not result in a material diminution in the number of Licensed Enrollees or the extent of their coverage. At least 50% of the Re-Establishment Fee shall be awarded to the Plan (or Plans) that receive the new license(s) for the service area(s) at issue; provided, however, that such award shall not become due or payable until all disputes, if any, regarding the amount of and BCBSA’s right to such Re-Establishment Fee have been finally resolved; and provided further that the award shall be based on the final amount actually received by BCBSA. The Board of Directors shall adopt a resolution which it may amend from time to time that shall govern BCBSA’s use of its portion of the award. In the event that the Controlled Affiliate’s license is reinstated by BCBSA or is deemed to have remained in effect without interruption by a court of competent jurisdiction, BCBSA shall reimburse the Controlled Affiliate (and/or the Plan or its other Licensed Controlled Affiliates, as the case may be) for payments made under this subparagraph 8.H.(3) only to the extent that such payments exceed the amounts due to BCBSA pursuant to paragraph 8.M. and any costs associated with reestablishing the Service Area, including payments made by BCBSA to a Plan or Plans (or their Licensed Controlled Affiliates) for purposes of replacing the Controlled Affiliate.
Amended as of March 26, 2015



(4) BCBSA shall have the right to examine and audit and/or hire at
terminated entity’s expense a third party auditor to examine and audit the books and records of the Controlled Affiliate, the Plan, and any other Licensed Controlled Affiliates of the Plan to verify compliance with this paragraph 8.H.
(5) Subsequent to termination of this Agreement, the terminated entity
and its affiliates, agents, and employees shall have an ongoing and continuing obligation to protect all BCBSA and Blue Licensee data that was acquired or accessed during the period this Agreement was in force, including but not limited to all confidential processes, pricing, provider, discount and other strategic and competitively sensitive information (“Blue Information”) from disclosure, and shall not, either alone or with another entity, disclose such Blue Information or use it in any manner to compete without the express written permission of BCBSA.
(6) As to a breach of 8.H.(1), (2), (3), (4) or (5) the parties agree that the obligations are immediately enforceable in a court of competent jurisdiction. As to a breach of 8.H.(1), (2) or (4) by the Controlled Affiliate, the parties agree there is no adequate remedy at law and BCBSA is entitled to obtain specific performance.
I. This Agreement shall remain in effect until terminated by the Controlled Affiliate or the Plan upon not less than eighteen (18) months written notice to the Association or upon a shorter notice period approved by BCBSA in writing at its sole discretion, or until terminated as otherwise provided herein. The Plan’s right to terminate without cause upon such notice is unfettered and may be exercised in the Plan’s sole discretion.
J. In the event the Controlled Affiliate is a Smaller Controlled Affiliate (as defined in Exhibit A), the Controlled Affiliate agrees to be jointly liable for the amount described in H.3. and M. hereof upon termination of the BCBSA license agreement of any Larger Controlled Affiliate of the Plan.
K. BCBSA shall be entitled to enjoin the Controlled Affiliate or any related party in a court of competent jurisdiction from entry into any transaction which would result in a termination of this Agreement unless the Plan’s license from BCBSA to use the Licensed Marks and Names has been terminated pursuant to 10(d) of the Plan’s license agreement upon the required 18 months written notice.
L. BCBSA acknowledges that it is not the owner of assets of the Controlled Affiliate.
M. In the event that the Plan has more than 50 percent voting control of the Controlled Affiliate under Paragraph 2(E)(2) above and is a Larger Controlled Affiliate (as defined in Exhibit A), then the vote called for in Paragraphs 8(C) and 8(D) above shall require the affirmative vote of three-fourths of the Plans and three-fourths of the total then current weighted vote of all the Plans.
Amended as of March 26, 2015



N.    In the event this Agreement terminates and is subsequently reinstated by
BCBSA or is deemed to have remained in effect without interruption by a court of competent jurisdiction, the Controlled Affiliate, the Plan, and any other Licensed Controlled Affiliates of the Plan shall be jointly liable for reimbursing BCBSA the reasonable costs incurred by BCBSA in connection with the termination and the reinstatement or court action, and any associated legal proceedings, including but not limited to: outside legal fees, consulting fees, public relations fees, advertising costs, and costs incurred to develop, lease or establish an interim provider network. Any amount due to BCBSA under this subparagraph may be waived in whole or in part by the BCBSA Board of Directors in its sole discretion.
9. DISPUTE RESOLUTION
The parties agree that any disputes between them or between or among either of them and one or more Plans or Controlled Affiliates of Plans that use in any manner the Blue Cross and Blue Cross Marks and Name are subject to the Mediation and Mandatory Dispute Resolution process attached to and made a part of Plan's License from BCBSA to use the Licensed Marks and Name as Exhibit 5 as amended from time-to-time, which documents are incorporated herein by reference as though fully set forth herein.
10. LICENSE FEE
Controlled Affiliate will pay to BCBSA a fee for this License determined pursuant to the formula(s) set forth in Exhibit C.
11. JOINT VENTURE
Nothing contained in the Agreement shall be construed as creating a joint venture, partnership, agency or employment relationship between Plan and Controlled Affiliate or between either and BCBSA.
12. NOTICES AND CORRESPONDENCE
Notices regarding the subject matter of this Agreement or breach or termination thereof shall be in writing and shall be addressed in duplicate to the last known address of each other party, marked respectively to the attention of its President and, if any, its General Counsel.
13. COMPLETE AGREEMENT
This Agreement contains the complete understandings of the parties in relation to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may only be amended by the affirmative vote of three-fourths of the Plans and three-fourths of the total then current weighted vote of all the Plans as officially recorded by the BCBSA Corporate Secretary.
Amended as of March 26, 2015



14. SEVERABILITY
If any term of this Agreement is held to be unlawful by a court of competent jurisdiction, such findings shall in no way affect the remaining obligations of the parties hereunder and the court may substitute a lawful term or condition for any unlawful term or condition so long as the effect of such substitution is to provide the parties with the benefits of this Agreement.
15. NONWAIVER
No waiver by BCBSA of any breach or default in performance on the part of Controlled Affiliate or any other licensee of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or default in performance of said terms, covenants or conditions.
15A. VOTING
For all provisions of this Agreement referring to voting, the term ‘Plans’ shall mean all entities licensed under the Blue Cross License Agreement and/or the Blue Shield License Agreement, and in all votes of the Plans under this Agreement the Plans shall vote together. For weighted votes of the Plans, the Plan shall have a number of votes equal to the number of weighted votes (if any) that it holds as a Blue Cross Plan plus the number of weighted votes (if any) that it holds as a Blue Shield Plan. For all other votes of the Plans, the Plan shall have one vote. For all questions requiring an affirmative three-fourths weighted vote of the Plans, the requirement shall be deemed satisfied with a lesser weighted vote unless the greater of: (i) 6/52 or more of the Plans (rounded to the nearest whole number, with 0.5 or multiples thereof being rounded to the next higher whole number) fail to cast weighted votes in favor of the question; or (ii) three (3) of the Plans fail to cast weighted votes in favor of the question.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provision, if there are thirty-nine (39) Plans, the requirement of an affirmative three-fourths weighted vote shall be deemed satisfied with a lesser weighted vote unless four (4) or more Plans fail to cast weighted votes in favor of the question.
Amended as of March 26, 2015



THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY BLANK.




16. GOVERNING LAW
This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Illinois.
17. HEADINGS
The headings inserted in this agreement are for convenience only and shall have no bearing on the interpretation hereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this License Agreement to be executed and effective as of the date of last signature written below.
Controlled Affiliate:
By:     
Date:
    
Plan:
By:     
Date:
    
BLUE CROSS AND BLUE SHIELD ASSOCIATION
By:     
Date:
    





Amended as of March 26, 2015




EXHIBIT A
CONTROLLED AFFILIATE LICENSE STANDARDS September 2015
PREAMBLE
For purposes of definition:
A "smaller Controlled Affiliate:" (1) comprises less than fifteen percent (15%) of Sponsoring Plan's and its licensed Controlled Affiliates' total member enrollment (as reported on the BCBSA Quarterly Enrollment Report, excluding rider and freestanding coverage, and treating an entity seeking licensure as licensed);* or (2) underwrites the indemnity portion of workers’ compensation insurance and has total premium revenue less than 15 percent of the Sponsoring Plan’s net subscription revenue.
A "larger Controlled Affiliate" comprises fifteen percent (15%) or more of Sponsoring Plan's and its licensed Controlled Affiliates' total member enrollment (as reported on the BCBSA Quarterly Enrollment Report, excluding rider and freestanding coverage, and treating an entity seeking licensure as licensed.)*
Changes in Controlled Affiliate status:
If any Controlled Affiliate's status changes regarding: its Plan ownership level, its risk acceptance or direct delivery of medical care, the Controlled Affiliate shall notify BCBSA within thirty (30) days of such occurrence in writing and come into compliance with the applicable standards within six (6) months.
If a smaller Controlled Affiliate’s health and workers’ compensation administration business reaches or surpasses fifteen percent (15%) of the total member enrollment of the Sponsoring Plan and licensed Controlled Affiliates, the Controlled Affiliate shall:
Amended as of September 19, 2014



EXHIBIT A (continued)
1.
Within thirty (30) days, notify BCBSA of this fact in writing, including evidence that the Controlled Affiliate meets the minimum liquidity and capital (BCBSA “Health Risk-Based Capital (HRBC)” as defined by the NAIC and state-established minimum reserve) requirements of the larger Controlled Affiliate Financial Responsibility standard; and
2.
Within six (6) months after reaching or surpassing the fifteen percent (15%) threshold, demonstrate compliance with all license requirements for a larger Controlled Affiliate.
If a Controlled Affiliate that underwrites the indemnity portion of workers’ compensation insurance receives a change in rating or proposed change in rating, the Controlled Affiliate shall notify BCBSA within 30 days of notification by the external rating agency.
*For purposes of this calculation, The numerator equals:
Applicant Controlled Affiliate's member enrollment, as defined in BCBSA's Quarterly Enrollment Report (excluding rider and freestanding coverage).
The denominator equals:
Numerator PLUS Sponsoring Plan and all other licensed Controlled Affiliates' member enrollment, as reported in BCBSA's Quarterly Enrollment Report (excluding rider and freestanding coverage).
Amended as of September 19, 2002



EXHIBIT A (continued)




EXHIBIT A (continued)
Standard 1 - Organization and Governance
1A.)    The Standard for more than 50% Plan control is:
A Controlled Affiliate shall be organized and operated in such a manner that a Plan authorized to use the Licensed Marks in the Service Area of the Controlled Affiliate pursuant to the separate Primary License Agreement with BCBSA, (the “Sponsoring Plan”), has the legal authority, directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries: 1) to select members of the Controlled Affiliate’s governing body having more than 50% voting control thereof; and 2) to prevent any change in the articles of incorporation, bylaws or other establishing or governing documents of the Controlled Affiliate with which the Sponsoring Plan does not concur; and 3) to exercise control over the policy and operations of the Controlled Affiliate. In addition, the Sponsoring Plan directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries shall own more than 50% of any for-profit Controlled Affiliate.
1B.)    The Standard for 50% Plan control is:
A Controlled Affiliate shall be organized and operated in such a manner that a Plan authorized to use the Licensed Marks in the Service Area of the Controlled Affiliate pursuant to the separate Primary License Agreement with BCBSA, (the “Sponsoring Plan”), has the legal authority, directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries:



1)
to select members of the Controlled Affiliate’s governing body having not less than 50% voting control thereof; and
2)
to prevent any change in the articles of incorporation, bylaws or other establishing or governing documents of the Controlled Affiliate with which the Sponsoring Plan does not concur; and
3)
to exercise control over the policy and operations of the Controlled Affiliate at least equal to that exercised by persons or entities (jointly or individually) other than the Sponsoring Plan.
Amended as of September 19, 2014



EXHIBIT A (continued)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in 1) through 3) hereof, the Controlled Affiliate’s establishing or governing documents must also require written approval by Sponsoring Plan before the Controlled Affiliate can:
change the geographic area in which it operates
change its legal and/or trade names
change any of the types of businesses in which it engages
create, or become liable for by way of guarantee, any indebtedness, other than indebtedness arising in the ordinary course of business
sell any assets, except for sales in the ordinary course of business or sales of equipment no longer useful or being replaced
make any loans or advances except in the ordinary course of business
enter into any arrangement or agreement with any party directly or indirectly affiliated with any of the owners or persons or entities with the authority to select or appoint members or board members of the Controlled Affiliate, other than the Sponsoring Plan or other Plans (excluding owners of stock holdings of under 5% in a publicly traded Controlled Affiliate)
conduct any business other than under the Licensed Marks and Name
take any action that the Sponsoring Plan or BCBSA reasonably believes will adversely affect the Licensed Marks and Name.
In addition, the Sponsoring Plan directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries shall own at least 50% of any for-profit Controlled Affiliate.
Amended September 19, 2014




1C.)     The Standard for 100% Plan control but less than 50% Sponsoring Plan Control:
A Controlled Affiliate shall be organized and operated in such a manner that (i) it offers solely Medicaid products and services; and (ii) a Plan authorized to use the Licensed Marks in the Service Area of the Controlled Affiliate pursuant to the separate Primary License Agreement with BCBSA (the “Sponsoring Plan,) has the legal authority together with Other Plans:
1)
to select all members of the Controlled Affiliate’s governing body; and
2)
to prevent any change in the articles of incorporation, bylaws, or other establishing or governing documents of the Controlled Affiliate; and
3)
to exercise control over the policy and operations of the Controlled Affiliate.
In addition, the Sponsoring Plan and such other Plans shall own 100% of any for-profit Controlled Affiliate, with the Sponsoring Plan and such other Plans each having an ownership interest. Such 100% control and ownership by Plans shall be direct or, if indirect, solely through affiliates that are licensed to use marks owned by BCBSA. Further, the Sponsoring Plan and such other Plans shall execute the Addendum to Controlled Affiliate License.
Amended September 19, 2014



EXHIBIT A (continued)
Standard 2 - Financial Responsibility
A Controlled Affiliate shall be operated in a manner that provides reasonable financial assurance that it can fulfill all of its contractual obligations to its customers. If a risk-assuming Controlled Affiliate ceases operations for any reason, Blue Cross and/or Blue Cross Plan coverage will be offered to all Controlled Affiliate subscribers without exclusions, limitations or conditions based on health status. If a nonrisk-assuming Controlled Affiliate ceases operations for any reason, Sponsoring Plan will provide for services to its customers. The requirements of the preceding two sentences shall apply to all lines of business unless a line of business is specially exempted from the requirement(s) by the BCBSA Board of Directors.
Standard 3 - State Licensure/Certification
3A.)    The Standard for a Controlled Affiliate that employs, owns or contracts on a substantially exclusive basis for medical services is:
A Controlled Affiliate shall maintain unimpaired licensure or certification for its medical care providers to operate under applicable state laws.
3B.)    The Standard for a Controlled Affiliate that does not employ, own or contract on a substantially exclusive basis for medical services is:
A Controlled Affiliate shall maintain unimpaired licensure or certification to operate under applicable state laws.
Standard 4 - Certain Disclosures
A Controlled Affiliate shall make adequate disclosure in contracting with third parties and in disseminating public statements of 1) the structure of the Blue Cross and Blue Shield System; and 2) the independent nature of every licensee; and 3) the Controlled Affiliate's financial condition.
Amended as of September 19, 2014



EXHIBIT A (continued)
Standard 5 - Reports and Records for Certain Smaller Controlled Affiliates
For a smaller Controlled Affiliate that does not underwrite the indemnity portion of workers’ compensation insurance, the Standard is:
A Controlled Affiliate and/or its Sponsoring licensed Plan shall furnish, on a timely and accurate basis, reports and records relating to these Standards and the License Agreements between BCBSA and Controlled Affiliate.
Standard 6 - Other Standards for Larger Controlled Affiliates Standards 6(A) - (I) that follow apply to larger Controlled Affiliates. Standard 6(A): Board of Directors
A Controlled Affiliate Governing Board shall act in the interest of its Corporation in providing cost-effective health care services to its customers. A Controlled Affiliate shall maintain a governing Board, which shall control the Controlled Affiliate, composed of a majority of persons other than providers of health care services, who shall be known as public members. A public member shall not be an employee of or have a financial interest in a health care provider, nor be a member of a profession which provides health care services.
Standard 6(B): Responsiveness to Customers
A Controlled Affiliate shall be operated in a manner responsive to customer needs and requirements.
Standard 6(C): Participation in National Programs
A Controlled Affiliate shall effectively and efficiently participate in each national program as from time to time may be adopted by the Member Plans for the purposes of providing portability of membership between the licensees and ease of claims processing for customers receiving benefits outside of the Controlled Affiliate's Service Area.
Amended as of September 19, 2014



EXHIBIT A (continued)
Such programs are applicable to licensees, and include:
1.
BlueCard Program;
2.
Inter-Plan Teleprocessing System (ITS);
3.
National Account Programs;
4.
Business Associate Agreement for Blue Cross and Blue Shield Licensees, effective April 14, 2003; and
5. Inter-Plan Medicare Advantage Program. Standard Standard 6(D): Financial Performance Requirements
In addition to requirements under the national programs listed in Standard 6C: Participation in National Programs, a Controlled Affiliate shall take such action as required to ensure its financial performance in programs and contracts of an inter-licensee nature or where BCBSA is a party.
Standard 6(E): Cooperation with Plan Performance Response Process
A Controlled Affiliate shall cooperate with BCBSA's Board of Directors and its Brand Enhancement & Protection Committee in the administration of the Plan Performance Response Process and in addressing Controlled Affiliate performance problems identified thereunder.
Standard 6(F): Independent Financial Rating
A Controlled Affiliate shall obtain a rating of its financial strength from an independent rating agency approved by BCBSA's Board of Directors for such purpose.
Standard 6(G): Local and National Best Efforts
Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan’s License Agreement with BCBSA or in this License Agreement, during each year, a Controlled Affiliate shall use its best efforts to promote and build the value of the Blue Cross Mark.
Amended as of November 21, 2014




EXHIBIT A (continued)
Standard 6(H): Financial Responsibility
A Controlled Affiliate shall be operated in a manner that provides reasonable financial assurance that it can fulfill all of its contractual obligations to its customers.
Standard 6(I): Reports and Records
A Controlled Affiliate shall furnish to BCBSA on a timely and accurate basis reports and records relating to compliance with these Standards and the License Agreements between BCBSA and Controlled Affiliate. Such reports and records are the following:
A)
BCBSA Controlled Affiliate Licensure Information Request; and
B)
Biennial trade name and service mark usage material, including disclosure material; and
C)
Changes in the ownership and governance of the Controlled Affiliate, including changes in its charter, articles of incorporation, or bylaws, changes in a Controlled Affiliate's Board composition, or changes in the identity of the Controlled Affiliate's Principal Officers, and changes in risk acceptance, contract growth, or direct delivery of medical care; and
D)
Semi-annual “Health Risk-Based Capital (HRBC) Report”as defined by the NAIC, Annual Certified Audit Report, Insurance Department Examination Report, Annual Statement filed with State Insurance Department (with all attachments), and
Amended as of November 17, 2011




EXHIBIT A (continued)
Standard 6(J): Control by Unlicensed Entities Prohibited
No Controlled Affiliate shall cause or permit an entity other than a Plan or a Licensed Controlled Affiliate thereof to obtain control of the Controlled Affiliate or to acquire a substantial portion of its assets related to licensable services.
Standard 7 - Other Standards for Risk-Assuming Workers’ Compensation Controlled Affiliates
Standards 7(A) - (E) that follow apply to Controlled Affiliates that underwrite the indemnity portion of workers’ compensation insurance.
Standard 7 (A): Financial Responsibility
A Controlled Affiliate shall be operated in a manner that provides reasonable financial assurance that it can fulfill all of its contractual obligations to its customers.
Standard 7(B): Reports and Records
A Controlled Affiliate shall furnish, on a timely and accurate basis, reports and records relating to compliance with these Standards and the License Agreements between BCBSA and the Controlled Affiliate. Such reports and records are the following:
A.
BCBSA Controlled Affiliate Licensure Information Request; and
B.
Biennial trade name and service mark usage materials, including disclosure materials; and
C.
Annual Certified Audit Report, Annual Statement as filed with the State Insurance Department (with all attachments), Annual NAIC’s Risk-Based Capital Worksheets for Property and Casualty Insurers; and
D.
Quarterly Estimated Risk-Based Capital for Property and Casualty Insurers, Insurance Department Examination Report; and
Amended as of November 17, 2011



EXHIBIT A (continued)
E.
Notification of all changes and proposed changes to independent ratings within 30 days of receipt and submission of a copy of all rating reports; and
F.
Changes in the ownership and governance of the Controlled Affiliate including changes in its charter, articles of incorporation, or bylaws, changes in a Controlled Affiliate’s Board composition, Plan control, state license status, operating area, the Controlled Affiliate’s Principal Officers or direct delivery of medical care.
Standard 7(C): Loss Prevention
A Controlled Affiliate shall apply loss prevention protocol to both new and existing business.
Standard 7(D): Claims Administration
A Controlled Affiliate shall maintain an effective claims administration process that includes all the necessary functions to assure prompt and proper resolution of medical and indemnity claims.
Standard 7(E): Disability and Provider Management
A Controlled Affiliate shall arrange for the provision of appropriate and necessary medical and rehabilitative services to facilitate early intervention by medical professionals and timely and appropriate return to work.
Amended as of November 16, 2000



EXHIBIT A (continued)
Standard 8 - Cooperation with Controlled Affiliate License Performance Response Process Protocol
A Controlled Affiliate and its Sponsoring Plan shall cooperate with BCBSA’s Board of Directors and its Brand Enhancement & Protection Committee in the administration of the Controlled Affiliate License Performance Response Process Protocol (ALPRPP) and in addressing Controlled Affiliate
compliance problems identified thereunder.
Standard 9(A) - Participation in National Programs by Smaller Controlled Affiliates that were former Primary Licensees
A smaller controlled affiliate that formerly was a Primary Licensee shall
effectively and efficiently participate in certain national programs from time to time as may be adopted by Member Plans for the purposes of providing ease of claims processing for customers receiving benefits outside of the Controlled Affiliate’s service area and be subject to certain relevant financial and reporting requirements.
A.    National program requirements include:
BlueCard Program;
Inter-Plan Teleprocessing System (ITS);
National Account Programs.
B.    Financial Requirements include:
Standard 6(D): Financial Performance Requirements and Standard 6(H): Financial Responsibility; or
A financial guarantee covering the Controlled Affiliate’s Inter-Plan Programs obligations in a form, and from a guarantor, acceptable to BCBSA.
Amended as of November 21, 2014




EXHIBIT A (continued)
Standard 9(A) - Participation in National Programs by Smaller Controlled Affiliates that were former Primary Licensees
C.    Reporting requirements include:
The Semi-annual Health Risk-Based Capital (HRBC) Report.
Amended as of June 13, 2002




EXHIBIT A (continued)
Standard 9(B) - Participation in National Programs by Smaller Controlled Affiliates
A smaller controlled affiliate shall participate in national programs in accordance with BlueCard and other relevant Policies and Provisions shall effectively and efficiently participate in national programs from time to time as may be adopted by Member Plans for the purposes of providing ease of claims processing for customers receiving benefits outside of the controlled affiliate’s service area and be subject to certain relevant financial and reporting requirements.
A.    National program requirements include:
BlueCard Program;
Inter-Plan Teleprocessing System (ITS);
National Account Programs.
B.    Financial Requirements include:
Standard 6(D): Financial Performance Requirements and Standard 6(H): Financial Responsibility; or
A financial guarantee covering the Controlled Affiliate’s Inter-Plan Programs obligations in a form, and from a guarantor, acceptable to BCBSA.
Amended as of June 20, 2013



EXHIBIT A (continued)
Standard 10 - Participation in Inter-Plan Medicare Advantage Program
A smaller controlled affiliate for which this standard applies pursuant to the Preamble section of Exihibit A of the Controlled Affiliate License Agreement shall effectively and efficiently participate in certain national programs from time to time as may be adopted by Member Plans for the purposes of providing ease of claims processing for customers receiving benefits outside of the controlled affiliate’s service area.
National program requirements include:
A.    Inter-Plan Medicare Advantage Program.
Standard 11: Participation in Master Business Associate Agreement by Smaller Controlled Affiliate Licensees
Effective April 14, 2003, all smaller controlled affiliates shall comply with the terms of the Business Associate Agreement for Blue Cross and Blue Shield Licensees to the extent they perform the functions of a business associate or subcontractor to a business associate, as defined by the Business Associate Agreement.
Amended as of September 19, 2014




EXHIBIT B
ADDENDUM TO CONTROLLED AFFILIATE LICENSE TO BE EXECUTED BY CONTROLLED AFFILIATES LICENSED UNDER CONTROLLED AFFILIATE LICENSE STANDARD 1C.
ADDENDUM TO CONTROLLED AFFILIATE LICENSE
This Addendum is made to that certain Blue Cross Controlled Affiliate License Agreement executed by and among Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association
(“Licensor”), _______________________________    (“Controlled Affiliate Licensee”)
and______________________________________________    (“Sponsoring Plan”)
dated the _____ day of___________________    , _____ (“Agreement”). The parties to
this Addendum are Licensor, Controlled Affiliate Licensee, Sponsoring Plan, and the undersigned other Plans (‘Other Plans”). This Addendum is made and shall be deemed effective as of the date of the Agreement.
WHEREAS, the Sponsoring Plan asserts that it can serve the Medicaid market in its Service Area more efficiently and with less risk though a Medicaid enterprise jointly owned and controlled with other Plans than through a wholly owned and controlled Medicaid enterprise;
WHEREAS, in such circumstance Controlled Affiliate License Standard 1C. permits the licensing of a Controlled Affiliate that is less than 50% owned and controlled by the Sponsoring Plan but which is 100% owned and controlled by Plans including the Sponsoring Plan, subject to certain conditions;
WHEREAS, one such condition is that the Sponsoring Plan and all such other owning and controlling Plans enter into this Addendum.;
NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, including the promises and covenants set forth herein, the parties agree as follows:
1.
The Sponsoring Plan shall participate operationally in Controlled Affiliate’s business that is conducted under the Licensed Marks. The parties understand that participation may take many forms, one of which should be providing a network of providers in the Service Area of the Controlled Affiliate for the Medicaid services being offered under the Agreement and being involved in network development and provider relations.
2.
Each of the Other Plans agrees that (i) it will cooperate fully with the Sponsoring Plan and BCBSA as needed to enable Sponsoring Plan and
Amended September 19 2014



Controlled Affiliate Licensee to meet their obligations to Licensor under the Agreement and all associated rules and regulations of Licensor, including the Brand Regulations, (ii) it will not take any action, either individually or jointly with any of the Other Plans, that would cause Sponsoring Plan or Controlled Affiliate Licensee to violate the Agreement, and (iii) it will not fail to take any action, either individually or jointly with any of the Other Plans, where such failure would cause Sponsoring Plan or Controlled Affiliate Licensee to violate the Agreement.
3. Each of the Other Plans acknowledges that it has reviewed the Agreement and understands that Sponsoring Plan has the right to terminate the Agreement without cause upon notice as provided in Paragraph 7 of the Agreement, and that such right is unfettered and may be exercised by Sponsoring Plan in its sole discretion.
WHEREFORE, by signing below the parties agree to be bound to the terms stated herein.
BLUE CROSS BLUE SHIELD ASSOCIATION
By:     
[Controlled Affiliate Licensee]
By:     
[Sponsoring Plan]
By:     
[Other Plan 1]
By:     
[Other Plan 2]
By:     
Amended September 19 2014



EXHIBIT C
ROYALTY FORMULA FOR SECTION 9 OF THE CONTROLLED AFFILIATE LICENSE AGREEMENT
Controlled Affiliate will pay BCBSA a fee for this license in accordance with the following formula:
FOR RISK PRODUCTS:
For Controlled Affiliates not underwriting the indemnity portion of workers’ compensation insurance:
An amount equal to its pro rata share of Sponsoring Plan's dues payable to BCBSA computed with the addition of the Controlled Affiliate's members using the Marks on health care plans and related services as reported on the Quarterly Enrollment Report with BCBSA. The payment by Sponsoring Plan of its dues to BCBSA, including that portion described in this paragraph, will satisfy the requirement of this paragraph, and no separate payment will be necessary.
For Controlled Affiliates underwriting the indemnity portion of workers’ compensation insurance:
An amount equal to 0.35 percent of the gross revenue per annum of Controlled Affiliate arising from products using the marks; plus, an annual fee of $5,000 per license for a Controlled Affiliate subject to Standard 7.
Amended as of September 19, 2014



EXHIBIT C (continued)
FOR NONRISK PRODUCTS:
For third-party administrative business, an amount equal to its pro rata share of Sponsoring Plan’s dues payable to BCBSA computed with the addition of the Controlled Affiliate’s members using the Marks on health care plans and related services as reported on the Quarterly Enrollment Report with BCBSA. The payment by Sponsoring Plan of its dues to BCBSA, including that portion described in this paragraph, will satisfy the requirement of this paragraph, and no separate payment will be necessary.
For non-third party administrative business (e.g., case management, provider networks, etc.), an amount equal to 0.24 percent of the gross revenue per annum of Controlled Affiliate arising from products using the marks; plus:
1)
An annual fee of $5,000 per license for a Controlled Affiliate subject to Standard 6 D.
2)
An annual fee of $2,000 per license for all other Controlled Affiliates.
The foregoing shall be reduced by one-half where both a BLUE CROSS® and BLUE SHIELD® License are issued to the same Controlled Affiliate. In the event that any license period is greater or less than one (1) year, any amounts due shall be prorated. Royalties under this formula will be calculated, billed and paid in arrears.
Amended as of September 19, 2014







EXHIBIT 1A
CONTROLLED AFFILIATE LICENSE AGREEMENT APPLICABLE TO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANIES
(Includes revisions adopted by Member Plans through their September 18, 2015 meeting)
This agreement by and among Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association
("BCBSA")__________________________________    ("Controlled Affiliate"), a
Controlled Affiliate of the Blue Cross Plan(s), known as
__________________________________________    ("Plan").
WHEREAS, BCBSA is the owner of the BLUE CROSS and BLUE CROSS Design service marks;
WHEREAS, the Plan and the Controlled Affiliate desire that the latter be entitled to use the BLUE CROSS and BLUE CROSS Design service marks (collectively the "Licensed Marks") as service marks and be entitled to use the term BLUE CROSS in a trade name ("Licensed Name");
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. GRANT OF LICENSE
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, BCBSA hereby grants to the Controlled Affiliate the exclusive right to use the licensed Marks and Names in connection with and only in connection with those life insurance and related services authorized by applicable state law, other than health care plans and related services (as defined in the Plan's License Agreements with BCBSA) which services are not separately licensed to Controlled Affiliate by BCBSA, in the Service Area served by the Plan, except that BCBSA reserves the right to use the Licensed Marks and Name in said Service Area, and except to the extent that said Service Area may overlap the area or areas served by one or more other licensed Blue Cross Plans as of the date of this License as to which overlapping areas the rights hereby granted are non-exclusive as to such other Plan or Plans and their respective Licensed Controlled Affiliates only. Controlled Affiliate cannot use the Licensed Marks or Name outside the Service Area or in its legal or trade name; provided, however, that if and only for so long as Controlled Affiliate also holds a Blue Cross Controlled Affiliate License Agreement applicable to health care plans and related services, Controlled Affiliate may use the Licensed Marks and Name in its legal and trade name according to the terms of such license agreement.
Amended as of June 12, 2003




2. QUALITY CONTROL
A.     Controlled Affiliate agrees to use the Licensed Marks and Name only in relation to the sale, marketing and rendering of authorized products and further agrees to be bound by the conditions regarding quality control shown in Exhibit A as it may be amended by BCBSA from time-to-time.
B. Controlled Affiliate agrees that Plan and/or BCBSA may, from time-to-time, upon reasonable notice, review and inspect the manner and method of Controlled Affiliate's rendering of service and use of the Licensed Marks and Name.
C. Controlled Affiliate agrees that it will provide on an annual basis (or more often if reasonably required by Plan or by BCBSA) a report to Plan and BCBSA demonstrating Controlled Affiliate's compliance with the requirements of this Agreement including but not limited to the quality control provisions of Exhibit A.
D. As used herein, a Controlled Affiliate is defined as an entity organized and operated in such a manner that it is subject to the bona fide control of a Plan or Plans. Absent written approval by BCBSA of an alternative method of control, bona fide control shall mean the legal authority, directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries: (a) to select members of the Controlled Affiliate's governing body having not less than 51% voting control thereof; (b) to exercise operational control with respect to the governance thereof; and (c) to prevent any change in its articles of incorporation, bylaws or other governing documents deemed inappropriate. In addition, a Plan or Plans shall own at least 51% of any for-profit Controlled Affiliate. If the Controlled Affiliate is a mutual company, the Plan or its designee(s) shall have and maintain, in lieu of the requirements of items (a) and (c) above, proxies representing 51% of the votes at any meeting of the policyholders and shall demonstrate that there is no reason to believe this such proxies shall be revoked by sufficient policyholders to reduce such percentage below 51%.
3. SERVICE MARK USE
Controlled Affiliate shall at all times make proper service mark use of the Licensed Marks, including but not limited to use of such symbols or words as BCBSA shall specify to protect the Licensed Marks, and shall comply with such rules (applicable to all Controlled Affiliates licensed to use the Marks) relative to service mark use, as are issued from time-to-time by BCBSA. If there is any public reference to the affiliation between the Plan and the Controlled Affiliate, all of the Controlled Affiliate's licensed services in the Service Area of the Plan shall be rendered under the Licensed Marks. Controlled Affiliate recognizes and agrees that all use of the Licensed Marks by Controlled Affiliate shall inure to the benefit of BCBSA.




4. SUBLICENSING AND ASSIGNMENT
Controlled Affiliate shall not sublicense, transfer, hypothecate, sell, encumber or mortgage, by operation of law or otherwise, the rights granted hereunder and any such act shall be voidable at the option of Plan or BCBSA. This Agreement and all rights and duties hereunder are personal to Controlled Affiliate.
5. INFRINGEMENTS
Controlled Affiliate shall promptly notify Plan and BCBSA of any suspected acts of infringement, unfair competition or passing off which may occur in relation to the Licensed Marks. Controlled Affiliate shall not be entitled to require Plan or BCBSA to take any actions or institute any proceedings to prevent infringement, unfair competition or passing off by third parties. Controlled Affiliate agrees to render to Plan and BCBSA, free of charge, all reasonable assistance in connection with any matter pertaining to the protection of the Licensed Marks by BCBSA.
6. LIABILITY INDEMNIFICATION
Controlled Affiliate hereby agrees to save, defend, indemnify and hold Plan and BCBSA harmless from and against all claims, damages, liabilities and costs of every kind, nature and description which may arise as a result of Controlled Affiliate's rendering of health care services under the Licensed Marks.
7. LICENSE TERM
The license granted by this Agreement shall remain in effect for a period of one (1) year and shall be automatically extended for additional one (1) year periods upon evidence satisfactory to the Plan and BCBSA that Controlled Affiliate meets the then applicable quality control standards, unless one of the parties hereto notifies the other party of the termination hereof at least sixty (60) days prior to expiration of any license period.
This Agreement may be terminated by the Plan or by BCBSA for cause at any time provided that Controlled Affiliate has been given a reasonable opportunity to cure and shall not effect such a cure within thirty (30) days of receiving written notice of the intent to terminate (or commence a cure within such thirty day period and continue diligent efforts to complete the cure if such curing cannot reasonably be completed within such thirty day period). By way of example and not for purposes of limitation, Controlled Affiliate's failure to abide by the quality control provisions of Paragraph 2, above, shall be considered a proper ground for cancellation of this Agreement.



This Agreement and all of Controlled Affiliate's rights hereunder shall immediately terminate without any further action by any party or entity in the event that:
A. Controlled Affiliate shall no longer comply with Standard No. 1 (Organization and Governance) of Exhibit A or, following an opportunity to cure, with the remaining quality control provisions of Exhibit A, as it may be amended from time-to-time; or
B. Plan ceases to be authorized to use the Licensed Marks; or
C. Appropriate dues for Controlled Affiliate pursuant to item 8 hereof, which are the royalties for this License Agreement are more than sixty (60) days in arrears to BCBSA.
Upon termination of this Agreement for cause or otherwise, Controlled Affiliate agrees that it shall immediately discontinue all use of the Licensed Marks including any use in its trade name.
In the event of any disagreement between Plan and BCBSA as to whether grounds exist for termination or as to any other term or condition hereof, the decision of BCBSA shall control, subject to provisions for mediation or mandatory dispute resolution in effect between the parties.
Upon termination of this Agreement, Licensed Controlled Affiliate shall immediately notify all of its customers that it is no longer a licensee of the Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association and provide instruction on how the customer can contact the Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association or a designated licensee to obtain further information on securing coverage. The written notification required by this paragraph shall be in writing and in a form approved by the Association. The Association shall have the right to audit the terminated entity's books and records to verify compliance with this paragraph.




8. DUES
Controlled Affiliate will pay to BCBSA a fee for this license in accordance with the following formula:
An annual fee of five thousand dollars ($5,000) per license, plus
.05% of gross revenue per year from branded group products, plus
.5% of gross revenue per year from branded individual products plus
.14% of gross revenue per year from branded individual annuity products.
The foregoing percentages shall be reduced by one-half where both a BLUE CROSS® and BLUE SHIELD® license are issued to the same entity. In the event that any License period is greater or less than one (1) year, any amounts due shall be prorated. Royalties under this formula will be calculated, billed and paid in arrears.
Plan will promptly and timely transmit to BCBSA all dues owed by Controlled Affiliate as determined by the above formula and if Plan shall fail to do so, Controlled Affiliate shall pay such dues directly.
Amended as of November 20, 1997



9. JOINT VENTURE
Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as creating a joint venture, partnership, agency or employment relationship between Plan and Controlled Affiliate or between either and BCBSA.
9A . VOTING
For all provisions of this Agreement referring to voting, the term ‘Plans’ shall mean all entities licensed under the Blue Cross License Agreement and/or the Blue Shield License Agreement, and in all votes of the Plans under this Agreement the Plans shall vote together. For weighted votes of the Plans, the Plan shall have a number of votes equal to the number of weighted votes (if any) that it holds as a Blue Cross Plan plus the number of weighted votes (if any) that it holds as a Blue Shield Plan. For all other votes of the Plans, the Plan shall have one vote. For all questions requiring an affirmative three-fourths weighted vote of the Plans, the requirement shall be deemed satisfied with a lesser weighted vote unless the greater of: (i) 6/52 or more of the Plans (rounded to the nearest whole number, with 0.5 or multiples thereof being rounded to the next higher whole number) fail to cast weighted votes in favor of the question; or (ii) three (3) of the Plans fail to cast weighted votes in favor of the question. Notwithstanding the foregoing provision, if there are thirty-nine (39) Plans, the requirement of an affirmative three-fourths weighted vote shall be deemed satisfied with a lesser weighted vote unless four (4) or more Plans fail to cast weighted votes in favor of the question.
10. NOTICES AND CORRESPONDENCE
Notices regarding the subject matter of this Agreement or breach or termination thereof shall be in writing and shall be addressed in duplicate to the last known address of each other party, marked respectively to the attention of its President and, if any, its General Counsel.
Amended as of June 16, 2005





11. COMPLETE AGREEMENT
This Agreement contains the complete understandings of the parties in relation to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may only be amended by a writing executed by all parties.
12. SEVERABILITY
If any term of this Agreement is held to be unlawful by a court of competent jurisdiction, such finding shall in no way effect the remaining obligations of the parties hereunder and the court may substitute a lawful term or condition for any unlawful term or condition so long as the effect of such substitution is to provide the parties with the benefits of this Agreement.
13. NONWAIVER
No waiver by BCBSA of any breach or default in performance on the part of the Controlled Affiliate or any other licensee of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or default in performance of said terms, covenants or conditions.
14. GOVERNING LAW
This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Illinois.




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this License Agreement to be executed, effective as of the date of last signature written below.
BLUE CROSS AND BLUE SHIELD ASSOCIATION
By:     
Date:
    
Controlled Affiliate:
By:     
Date:
    
Plan:
By:     
Date:
    




EXHIBIT A
CONTROLLED AFFILIATE LICENSE STANDARDS
LIFE INSURANCE COMPANIES
Page 1 of 2
PREAMBLE
The standards for licensing Life Insurance Companies (Life and Health Insurance companies, as defined by state statute) are established by BCBSA and are subject to change from time-to-time upon the affirmative vote of three-fourths (3/4) of the Plans and three-fourths (3/4) of the total weighted vote of all Plans. Each Licensed Plan is required to use a standard controlled affiliate license form provided by BCBSA and to cooperate fully in assuring that the licensed Life Insurance Company maintains compliance with the license standards.
An organization meeting the following standards shall be eligible for a license to use the Licensed Marks within the service area of its sponsoring Licensed Plan to the extent and the manner authorized under the Controlled Affiliate License applicable to Life Insurance Companies and the principal license to the Plan.
Standard 1 - Organization and Governance
The LIC shall be organized and operated in such a manner that it is controlled by a licensed Plan or Plans which have, directly or indirectly: 1) not less than 51% of the voting control of the LIC; and 2) the legal ability to prevent any change in the articles of incorporation, bylaws or other establishing or governing documents of the LIC with which it does not concur; and 3) operational control of the LIC.
If the LIC is a mutual company, the Plan or its designee(s) shall have and maintain, in lieu of the requirements of items 1 and 2 above, proxies representing at least 51% of the votes at any policyholder meeting and shall demonstrate that there is no reason to believe such proxies shall be revoked by sufficient policyholders to reduce such percentage below 51%.
Standard 2 - State Licensure
The LIC must maintain unimpaired licensure or certificate of authority to operate under applicable state laws as a life and health insurance company in each state in which the LIC does business.




EXHIBIT A
CONTROLLED AFFILIATE LICENSE STANDARDS
LIFE INSURANCE COMPANIES
Page 2 of 2
Standard 3 - Records and Examination
The LIC and its sponsoring licensed Plan(s) shall maintain and furnish, on a timely and accurate basis, such records and reports regarding the LIC as may be required in order to establish compliance with the license agreement. The LIC and its sponsoring licensed Plan(s) shall permit BCBSA to examine the affairs of the LIC and shall agree that BCBSA's board may submit a written report to the chief executive officer(s) and the board(s) of directors of the sponsoring Plan(s).
Standard 4 - Mediation
The LIC and its sponsoring Plan(s) shall agree to use the then-current BCBSA mediation and mandatory dispute resolution processes, in lieu of a legal action between or among another licensed controlled affiliate, a licensed Plan or BCBSA.
Standard 5 - Financial Responsibility
The LIC shall maintain adequate financial resources to protect its customers and meet its business obligations.
Standard 6 - Cooperation with Affiliate License Performance Response Process Protocol
The LIC and its Sponsoring Plan(s) shall cooperate with BCBSA’s Board of Directors and its Brand Enhancement & Protection Committee in the administration of the Affiliate License Performance Response Process Protocol (ALPRPP) and in addressing LIC compliance problems identified thereunder.




Exhibit 1A1
CONTROLLED AFFILIATE
TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT
FOR LIFE AND DISABILTY INSURANCE PRODUCTS
This Agreement by and among Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association
("BCBSA") and______________________     , (“Life and Disability Controlled
Affiliate”) which is a company offering life and disability insurance products
owned and controlled by    ,    ,
______________     ( individually, “Sponsoring Plan” and when referred to
collectively, “Sponsoring Plans”).
Whereas, BCBSA is the owner of the BLUE CROSS and BLUE SHIELD word and design service marks and any derivatives thereof (“Licensed Marks”);
Whereas, each Sponsoring Plan is licensed separately by BCBSA to use one or more of the Licensed Marks in a particular Service Area;
Whereas, the Sponsoring Plans and the Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate desire that the latter be entitled to use the appropriate Licensed Marks in connection with life and disability insurance products in some or all of such Sponsoring Plans’ Service Areas and in the Service Areas of other Regular Member Plans, as defined in the BCBSA By-laws, (“Blue Plans”) consistent with the terms of this Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1.     GRANT OF LICENSE
A. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, BCBSA hereby grants to the Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate the limited right to use the Licensed Marks in connection with and only in connection with the following life and disability insurance products authorized by state law: (1) Group: Term Life, Long Term Disability, Whole Life, Benefit Life, Universal Life; (2)
Individual: Term Life, Whole Life, Dependent Life, Spouse Life; (3)
Other: Disability Income, Short Term Disability, Long Term Disability, Income Replacement; and (4) such other life and disability products approved by BCBSA in writing (“Licensed Products”) in the Service Areas served by the Sponsoring Plans or in the Service Area or Areas of one or more other licensed Blue Plans, provided that such Blue Plans have consented to such use as authorized by this Agreement. Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate may not use the Licensed Marks in its legal or trade name.
B. Notwithstanding that the license granted to Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate is a license to use all of the Licensed Marks, Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate may only use those of the Licensed Marks in




the Service Area of a Sponsoring Plan or other consenting Blue Plan as described below that such Plan is authorized to use as a Blue Plan pursuant to its separate license agreements with BCBSA.
C. Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate may use the Licensed Marks in the Service Areas of Sponsoring Plans or in the Service Area of a Blue Plan that is not a signatory to this Agreement only after such Sponsoring Plan(s) or non-signatory Blue Plan consents to such use by executing a written consent in substantially the same form as the Consent Agreement attached as Exhibit B.
D. The following provisions apply with respect to Consent Agreements once such agreements have been fully and properly executed:
(1) All sales, marketing and advertising materials developed by
and proposed for use by Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate in the Service Area of Sponsoring Plan or consenting Blue Plan (hereinafter, such consenting Sponsoring Plan or consenting Blue Plan collectively referred to “Consenting Plan(s)”) must clearly identify the Consenting Plan (for example, a statement on such materials that reads “This product is offered with the cooperation of Blue Cross and/or Blue Shield of [Geography]”);
(2) To the extent the Consenting Plan has separate divisions or
other Affiliates that use the Licensed Marks in distinct geographic areas within its Service Area, consent obtained under this Agreement may be limited to one or more of such specific geographic areas as specified by the Consenting Plan in its signed Consent Agreement. For purposes of this entire Agreement, all references to the Service Area of a Sponsoring Plan, Blue Plan or Consenting Plan may include the entire Service Area or a distinct geographic area within such Service Area as specified in this Section 1 D (2);
(3) Where BCBSA has licensed two or more Blue Plans to use
the same Licensed Marks in the same Service Area, in addition to the requirements set forth in Section D (1) above, the sales, marketing and advertising materials referenced in such section above must be communicated to the Consenting Plan’s existing and prospective accounts through or with the approval of such Consenting Plan, and the personnel of such Consenting Plan must actively participate in all sales and marketing activities conducted by Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate in the same Service Area, including participating in meetings (whether in-person or via telephone, video or internet conference) with both existing and prospective accounts of the Consenting Plan;
(4) Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate shall be entitled to use
in a Service Area only those Licensed Marks that the Consenting Plan has been granted by BCBSA the license to use under its Blue Plan license




(5) agreements (for example, if a Consenting Plan is licensed to
use only the Blue Cross Marks in its Service Area, the materials used by Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate in that Service Area may only contain or reference the Blue Cross Marks and not the Blue Shield Marks).
(6) If a Consent Agreement is terminated, Life and Disability
Controlled Affiliate shall, unless BCBSA and the Consenting Plan agree in their sole discretion to a phase out in writing, immediately (i) cease all use of the Licensed Marks, including in connection with any and all sales and marketing of the Licensed Products in the Service Area where consent has been terminated, and (ii) notify its customers that it is no longer a licensee and provide instruction on how the customer can contact BCBSA or a designated licensee to obtain further information on securing coverage. The notification required by this paragraph shall be in writing and in form approved by BCBSA.
2. QUALITY CONTROL
A. Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate agrees to use the Licensed Marks only in relation to the sale, marketing and administration of the Licensed Products and further agrees to be bound by the conditions regarding quality control shown in Exhibit A and the Guidelines to Administer the Standards for Trademark License Agreement for Life and Disability Insurance Products attached thereto.
B. Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate agrees that BCBSA may, from time-to-time, upon reasonable notice, review and inspect the manner and method of Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate's rendering of service and use of the Licensed Marks.
C. Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate agrees that it will provide on an annual basis (or more often if reasonably required by BCBSA) a report to BCBSA demonstrating Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate's compliance with the requirements of this Agreement including but not limited to the quality control provisions of Exhibit A.
D. As used herein, a Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate is defined as: An entity organized and operated in such a manner that it is 100% owned and controlled by Sponsoring Plans. Absent written approval by BCBSA of an alternative method of control, control shall mean the legal authority, directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries: (a) to select members of the Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate's governing body having not less than 100% voting control thereof; (b) to exercise operational control with respect to the governance thereof; and (c) to prevent any change in its articles of incorporation, bylaws or other governing documents deemed inappropriate. In addition, a Sponsoring Plan or Plans shall own at least 100% of any for profit Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate.




3. SERVICE MARK USE
Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate shall at all times make proper service mark use of the Licensed Marks and shall ensure all uses of the Licensed Marks comply with the BCBSA Brand Regulations, as amended by BCBSA from time to time. Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate recognizes and agrees that all use of the Licensed Marks by Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate shall inure to the benefit of BCBSA.
4. SUBLICENSING AND ASSIGNMENT
The license hereby granted to Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate to use the Licensed Marks is and shall be personal to Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate and shall not be assignable by any act of the Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate, directly or indirectly, without the written consent of BCBSA. Said license shall not be assignable by operation of law, nor shall Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate mortgage or part with possession or control of this license or any right hereunder, and the Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate shall have no right to grant any sublicense to use the Licensed Marks.
5. INFRINGEMENTS
Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate shall promptly notify BCBSA of any suspected acts of infringement, unfair competition or passing off which may occur in relation to the Licensed Marks. Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate shall not be entitled to require BCBSA to take any actions or institute any proceedings to prevent infringement, unfair competition or passing off by third parties. Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate agrees to render to BCBSA, free of charge, all reasonable assistance in connection with any matter pertaining to the protection of the Licensed Marks by BCBSA. BCBSA shall have sole control of the defense and resolution of any claim of infringement brought or threatened by others.
6. LIABILITY INDEMNIFICATION
Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate hereby agrees to save, defend, indemnify and hold BCBSA harmless from and against all claims, damages, liabilities and costs of every kind, nature and description which may arise as a result of Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate's conduct.
7. LICENSE TERM
A. The license granted by this Agreement shall remain in effect for a
period of one (1) year and shall be automatically extended for additional one (1) year periods, unless either BCBSA or Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate notifies the other party in writing of the termination hereof at least sixty (60) days prior to expiration of any license period.



B. This Agreement may be terminated by BCBSA for cause at any time provided that Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate has been given a reasonable opportunity to cure and shall not effect such a cure within thirty (30) days of receiving written notice of the intent to terminate (or commence a cure within such thirty day period and continue diligent efforts to complete the cure if such curing cannot reasonably be completed within such thirty day period). By way of example and not for purposes of limitation, Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate's failure to abide by the conditions regarding use of the Licensed Marks set forth in Section 1 of this Agreement or the quality control provisions of Section 2 (other than with respect to Section 2 D which is subject to immediate termination as stated in Section 7 C (1) below) shall be considered proper grounds for termination of this Agreement.
C. This Agreement and all of Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate's
rights hereunder shall immediately terminate without any further action by any party or entity in the event that:
(1) Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate shall no longer comply with Section 2 D (or Standard No. 1 (Organization and Governance) of Exhibit A); or
(2) Any Sponsoring Plan ceases to be authorized to use the Licensed Marks; or
(3) Appropriate fees for Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement are more than sixty (60) days in arrears to BCBSA.
Upon termination of this Agreement for cause or otherwise, Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate agrees that it shall immediately discontinue all use of the Licensed Marks.
In the event of any disagreement between Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate and BCBSA as to whether grounds exist for termination or as to any other term or condition hereof, the decision of BCBSA shall control, subject to provisions for mediation or mandatory dispute resolution in effect between the parties.
Upon termination of this Agreement, Licensed Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate shall immediately notify all of its customers that it is no longer a licensee of BCBSA and provide instruction on how the customer can contact BCBSA or a designated licensee to obtain further information on securing coverage. The notification required by this paragraph shall be in writing and in a form approved by BCBSA. BCBSA shall have the right to audit the terminated entity's books and records to verify compliance with this paragraph.




8.     ROYALTIES
Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate will pay to BCBSA a fee for this license in accordance with the following formula:
An annual fee of five thousand dollars ($5,000) per license, plus
.05% of gross revenue per year from group products sold under the Licensed Marks, plus
.5% of gross revenue per year from individual products sold under the Licensed Marks
In the event that any license period is greater or less than one (1) year, any amounts due shall be prorated. Royalties under this formula will be calculated, billed and paid in arrears.
Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate will promptly and timely transmit to BCBSA all fees owed by Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate as determined by the above formula.
9. JOINT VENTURE
Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as creating a joint venture, partnership, agency or employment relationship between any Sponsoring Plan and Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate or between among them and/or BCBSA.
10. VOTING
For all provisions of this Agreement referring to voting, the term ‘Plans’ shall mean all entities licensed under the Blue Cross License Agreement and/or the Blue Shield License Agreement, and in all votes of the Plans under this Agreement the Plans shall vote together. For weighted votes of the Plans, the Plan shall have a number of votes equal to the number of weighted votes (if any) that it holds as a Blue Cross Plan plus the number of weighted votes (if any) that it holds as a Blue Shield Plan. For all other votes of the Plans, the Plan shall have one vote. For all questions requiring an affirmative three-fourths weighted vote of the Plans, the requirement shall be deemed satisfied with a lesser weighted vote unless the greater of: (i) 6/52 or more of the Plans (rounded to the nearest whole number, with 0.5 or multiples thereof being rounded to the next higher whole number) fail to cast weighted votes in favor of the question; or (ii) three (3) of the Plans fail to cast weighted votes in favor of the question. Notwithstanding the foregoing provision, if there are thirty-nine (39) Plans, the requirement of an affirmative three-fourths weighted vote shall be deemed satisfied with a lesser weighted vote unless four (4) or more Plans fail to cast weighted votes in favor of the question.




11. NOTICES AND CORRESPONDENCE
Notices regarding the subject matter of this Agreement or breach or termination thereof shall be in writing and shall be addressed in duplicate to the last known address of each other party, marked respectively to the attention of its President and, if any, its General Counsel.
12. COMPLETE AGREEMENT
This Agreement contains the complete understandings of the parties in relation to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may only be amended by: (a) a writing signed by all parties; or (b) a writing approved by the affirmative vote of three-fourths of the Blue Plans and three-fourths of the total then current weighted vote of all the Blue Plans as officially recorded by the BCBSA Corporate Secretary. Upon such adoption by the Blue Plans, this Agreement and all other Trademark License Agreements for Life and Disability Insurance Products then in effect shall simultaneously be amended.
13. SEVERABILITY
If any term of this Agreement is held to be unlawful by a court of competent jurisdiction, such finding shall in no way affect the remaining obligations of the parties hereunder and the court may substitute a lawful term or condition for any unlawful term or condition so long as the effect of such substitution is to provide the parties with the benefits of this Agreement.
14. NONWAIVER
No waiver by BCBSA of any breach or default in performance on the part of the Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate or any other licensee of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or default in performance of said terms, covenants or conditions.
15. GOVERNING LAW
This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Illinois.




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this License Agreement to be executed, effective as of the date of last signature written below.
BLUE CROSS AND BLUE SHIELD ASSOCIATION
By:     
Date:
    
Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate:
By:     
Date:
    
Sponsoring Plan:
By:     
Date:
    
Name:                             
Sponsoring Plan:
By:     
Date:
    
Name:                             
[Add other Sponsoring Plans as necessary]




EXHIBIT A
LICENSE STANDARDS APPLICABLE TO TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT FOR LIFE AND DISABILITY INSURANCE PRODUCTS Page 1 of 2
Standard 1 - Organization and Governance
Any Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate licensed under the Trademark License Agreement for Life and Disability Insurance Products (“licensee”) shall be organized and operated in such a manner that it is an entity organized and operated in such a manner that it is 100% owned and controlled by Sponsoring Plans. Absent written approval by BCBSA of an alternative method of control, control shall mean the legal authority, directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries: (a) to select members of the Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate's governing body having not less than 100% voting control thereof; (b) to exercise operational control with respect to the governance thereof; and (c) to prevent any change in its articles of incorporation, bylaws or other governing documents deemed inappropriate. In addition, a Sponsoring Plan or Plans shall own at least 100% of any for profit Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate.
Standard 2 - State Licensure
The licensee must maintain unimpaired licensure or certificate of authority to operate under applicable state laws as a life company in each state in which the licensee does business.
Standard 3 - Records and Examination
The licensee shall maintain and furnish, on a timely and accurate basis, such records and reports regarding the licensee as may be required in order to establish compliance with the Agreement. The licensee shall permit BCBSA to examine the affairs of the licensee and shall agree that BCBSA's board may submit a written report to the chief executive officer(s) and the board(s) of directors of the Sponsoring Plan(s).
Standard 4 - Mediation
The licensee, its Sponsoring Plan(s) and all consenting Blue Plans shall agree to use the then-current BCBSA mediation and mandatory dispute resolution processes, in lieu of a legal action between or among another licensed Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate, a Sponsoring Plan and or consenting Blue Plan or BCBSA.




EXHIBIT A
LICENSE STANDARDS APPLICABLE TO TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT FOR LIFE AND DISABILITY INSURANCE PRODUCTS Page 2 of 2
Standard 5 - Financial Responsibility
The licensee shall maintain adequate financial resources to protect its customers and meet its business obligations.
Standard 6 - Cooperation with BCBSA Governance
The licensee shall cooperate with BCBSA’s Board of Directors and its Brand Enhancement & Protection Committee in the administration of and in addressing licensee compliance problems that may be identified in connection with the operation or administration of the Trademark License Agreement for Life and Disability Insurance Products.




EXHIBIT B
CONSENT AGREEMENT
This Consent Agreement is made and entered into by and among the undersigned
Blue Plan, and________________________    (“Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate”),
and the Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association (“BCBSA”) and shall be deemed
effective on_________________________    (“Effective Date”).
Whereas, BCBSA owns the Blue Cross and Blue Shield word and design service marks and any derivative mark thereof (the “Brands”);
Whereas, the undersigned Blue Plan is licensed to use one or more of the Brands within a specific geographic area (“Service Area”);
Whereas Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate is licensed by BCBSA to use one or more of the Brands to offer life and disability insurance products (“Products”) as defined and authorized in the Trademark License Agreement for Life and Disability Insurance Products (“Life and Disability License Agreement”);
Whereas neither the Blue Plan nor its affiliates offer the Products under any of the Brands in such Blue Plan’s Service Area or portion thereof where Blue Plan has consented to sale of the Products by Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate; and
Whereas BCBSA and the undersigned Blue Plan desire to consent to Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate’s use of the Brands in Blue Plan’s Service Area consistent with the terms of the Life and Disability License Agreement and this Consent Agreement.
Now, therefore, in consideration of the obligations and conditions stated in this Agreement, Blue Plan, Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate and BCBSA agree as follows:
1.
Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate may market, sell, administer and underwrite the Products in Blue Plan’s Service Area under the Brands licensed to Blue Plan in such Service Area subject to the terms of this Consent Agreement, the Life and Disability License Agreement and Blue Plan’s license agreement(s) with BCBSA. Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate’s rights under the Brands to offer the Products under the Brands are limited to offering the Products only under the Brand(s) licensed to the consenting Blue Plan.
2.
Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate shall work with the undersigned Blue
Plan to develop a written sales and marketing agreement that identifies the relationship between it and Blue Plan for the sales, marketing and customer service for the Products. The term of the sales and marketing agreement shall be the same as the term of this Consent Agreement.



3.
All sales, marketing and advertising materials developed by and proposed for use by Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate in a consenting Blue Plan’s Service Area must clearly identify the consenting Blue Plan (for example, a statement on such materials that reads “This product is offered with the cooperation of Blue Cross and/or Blue Shield of [Geography]”);
4.
Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate may use the Brands to sell the Products in the following Service Area or portion thereof as designated by Blue Plan:
_________________________________________________________________
5.
If two or more Blue Plans to use the same Licensed Marks in the same Service Area, Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate shall work with the consenting Blue Plan in the following manner: (a) the sales, marketing and advertising materials must be communicated to the consenting Blue Plan’s existing and prospective accounts through or with the approval of such Blue Plan, and (b) the personnel of such Blue Plan must actively participate in all sales and marketing activities conducted by Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate in the same Service Area, including participating in meetings (whether in-person or via telephone, video or internet conference) with both existing and prospective accounts of the consenting Blue Plan;
6.
Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate shall be entitled to use in a Service Area only those Licensed Marks that the consenting Blue Plan has been granted by BCBSA the license to use under its license agreement (for example, if a consenting Blue Plan is licensed to use only the Blue Cross Marks in its Service Area, the materials used by Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate in that Service Area may only contain or reference the Blue Cross Marks and not the Blue Shield Marks).
7.
If this Consent Agreement is terminated, Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate shall, unless each BCBSA and the Blue Plan agree in their sole discretion to a phase out in writing, immediately (i) cease all use of the Licensed Marks, including in connection with any and all sales and marketing of the Licensed Products in the Service Area where consent has been terminated, and (ii) notify its customers that it is no longer a licensee of BCBSA and provide instruction on how the customer can contact BCBSA or a designated licensee to obtain further information on securing coverage. The notification required by this paragraph shall be in writing and in form approved by BCBSA.




8.
The term of this Consent Agreement shall be one year from the Effective Date. Unless either Blue Plan or Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate provides the other party with written notice of its desire not to renew this Consent Agreement at least 60 days prior to expiration of the term or any extended term or unless terminated as provided in Paragraph 9 below, this Consent Agreement shall automatically renew for subsequent one year periods.
9.    This Consent Agreement may be terminated as follows:
A.
Upon mutual written consent of Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate and Blue Plan;
B.
By Blue Plan or Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate upon 60 days advance written notice to the non-terminating party and BCBSA; or
C.
By Blue Plan immediately if Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate does not comply with this Consent Agreement or the sales protocol agreement.
10. This Consent Agreement shall automatically terminate if Blue Plan’s primary licensee agreement terminates for any reason or if the Life and Disability License Agreement terminates for any reason.
Agreed and Accepted by: [Blue Plan]:
By:     
Title:
    
BLUE CROSS AND BLUE SHIELD ASSOCIATION:
By:     
Title:
    
LIFE AND DISABILITY CONTROLLED AFFILIATE:
By:     
Title:
    



Exhibit 1B
BLUE CROSS
CONTROLLED AFFILIATE LICENSE AGREEMENT
APPLICABLE TO REGIONAL MEDICARE ADVANTAGE PPO PRODUCTS
(Adopted by Member Plans at their September 18, 2015 meeting)
This Agreement by and among Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association
("BCBSA") and_________    (“Controlled Affiliate"), a Controlled Affiliate of the Blue
Cross Plan(s), known as______________     ("Controlling Plans"), each of which is also a
Party signatory hereto.
WHEREAS, BCBSA is the owner of the BLUE CROSS and BLUE CROSS Design service marks;
WHEREAS, under the Medicare Modernization Act, companies may apply to and be awarded a contract by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) to offer Medicare Advantage PPO products in geographic regions designated by CMS (hereafter “regional MAPPO products”).
WHEREAS, some of the CMS-designated regions include the Service Areas, or portions thereof, of more than one Plan.
WHEREAS, the Controlling Plans and Controlled Affiliate desire that the latter be entitled to use the BLUE CROSS and BLUE CROSS Design service marks (collectively the "Licensed Marks") as service marks and be entitled to use the term BLUE CROSS in a trade name ("Licensed Name") to offer regional MAPPO products in a region that includes the Service Areas, or portions thereof, of more than one Controlling Plan;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1.     GRANT OF LICENSE
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, BCBSA hereby grants to Controlled Affiliate the right to use the Licensed Marks and Name in connection with, and only in connection with the sale, marketing and administration of regional MAPPO products and related services.
This grant of rights is non-exclusive and is limited to the following states:
__________________    (the “Region”). Controlled Affiliate may use the Licensed



Marks and Name in its legal name on the following conditions: (i) the legal name must be approved in advance, in writing, by BCBSA; (ii) Controlled Affiliate shall not do business outside the Region under any name or mark except business conducted in the Service Area of a Controlling Plan provided that Controlled Affiliate is separately licensed by BCBSA to use the Licensed Marks and Name in connection with health care plans and related services in the Service Area of such Controlling Plan; and (iii) Controlled Affiliate shall not use the Licensed Marks and Name, or any derivative thereof, as part of any name or symbol used to identify itself in any securities market. Controlled Affiliate may use the Licensed Marks and Name in its Trade Name only with the prior, written, consent of BCBSA.
2. QUALITY CONTROL
A. Controlled Affiliate agrees to use the Licensed Marks and Name only in connection with the licensed services and further agrees to be bound by the conditions regarding quality control shown in attached Exhibit A as they may be amended by BCBSA from time-to-time.
B. Controlled Affiliate agrees to comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws.
C. Controlled Affiliate agrees that it will provide on an annual basis (or more often if reasonably required by the Controlling Plans or by BCBSA) a report or reports to the Controlling Plans and BCBSA demonstrating Controlled Affiliate's compliance with the requirements of this Agreement including but not limited to the quality control provisions of this paragraph and the attached Exhibit A.
D. Controlled Affiliate agrees that the Controlling Plans and/or BCBSA may, from time-to-time, upon reasonable notice, review and inspect the manner and method of Controlled Affiliate's rendering of service and use of the Licensed Marks and Name.
E. As used herein, a Controlled Affiliate is defined as an entity organized and operated in such a manner, that it meets the following requirements:
(1) Controlled Affiliate is owned or controlled by two or more Controlling Plans;
(2) Each Controlling Plan is authorized pursuant to a separate Blue
Cross License Agreement to use the Licensed Marks in a geographic area in the Region and every geographic area in the Region is so licensed to at least one of the Controlling Plans; and




(3)    The Controlling Plans must have the legal authority directly or
indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries:
(a) to select members of the Controlled Affiliate’s governing body having not less than 100% voting control thereof;
(b) to prevent any change in the articles of incorporation, bylaws or other establishing or governing documents of the Controlled Affiliate with which the Controlling Plans do not concur;
(c) to exercise control over the policy and operations of the Controlled Affiliate; and
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in (a) through (c) hereof, the Controlled Affiliate’s establishing or governing documents must also require written approval by each of the Controlling Plans before the Controlled Affiliate can:
(i)
change its legal and/or trade names;
(ii)
change the geographic area in which it operates (except such approval shall not be required with respect to business of the Controlled Affiliate conducted under the Licensed Marks within the Service Area of one of the Controlling Plans pursuant to a separate controlled affiliate license agreement with BCBSA sponsored by such Controlling Plan);
(iii)
change any of the type(s) of businesses in which it engages (except such approval shall not be required with respect to business of the Controlled Affiliate conducted under the Licensed Marks within the Service Area of one of the Controlling Plans pursuant to a separate controlled affiliate license agreement with BCBSA sponsored by such Controlling Plan);
(iv)
take any action that any Controlling Plan or BCBSA reasonably believes will adversely affect the Licensed Marks and Name.




In addition, the Controlling Plans directly or indirectly through wholly owned subsidiaries shall own 100% of any for-profit Controlled Affiliate.
3.
SERVICE MARK USE
A. Controlled Affiliate recognizes the importance of a comprehensive national network of independent BCBSA licensees which are committed to strengthening the Licensed Marks and Name. The Controlled Affiliate further recognizes that its actions within the Region may affect the value of the Licensed Marks and Name nationwide.
B. Controlled Affiliate shall at all times make proper service mark use of the Licensed Marks and Name, including but not limited to use of such symbols or words as BCBSA shall specify to protect the Licensed Marks and Name and shall comply with such rules (generally applicable to Controlled Affiliates licensed to use the Licensed Marks and Name) relative to service mark use, as are issued from time-to-time by BCBSA. Controlled Affiliate recognizes and agrees that all use of the Licensed Marks and Name by Controlled Affiliate shall inure to the benefit of BCBSA.
C. Controlled Affiliate may not directly or indirectly use the Licensed Marks and Name in a manner that transfers or is intended to transfer in the Region the goodwill associated therewith to another mark or name, nor may Controlled Affiliate engage in activity that may dilute or tarnish the unique value of the Licensed Marks and Name.
D. Controlled Affiliate shall use its best efforts to promote and build the value of the Licensed Marks and Name in connection with the sale, marketing and administration of regional MAPPO products and related services.
4.     SUBLICENSING AND ASSIGNMENT
Controlled Affiliate shall not, directly or indirectly, sublicense, transfer, hypothecate, sell, encumber or mortgage, by operation of law or otherwise, the rights granted hereunder and any such act shall be voidable at the sole option of any Controlling Plan or BCBSA. This Agreement and all rights and duties hereunder are personal to Controlled Affiliate.




5. INFRINGEMENT
Controlled Affiliate shall promptly notify the Controlling Plans and the Controlling Plans shall promptly notify BCBSA of any suspected acts of infringement, unfair competition or passing off that may occur in relation to the Licensed Marks and Name. Controlled Affiliate shall not be entitled to require the Controlling Plans or BCBSA to take any actions or institute any proceedings to prevent infringement, unfair competition or passing off by third parties. Controlled Affiliate agrees to render to the Controlling Plans and BCBSA, without charge, all reasonable assistance in connection with any matter pertaining to the protection of the Licensed Marks and Name by BCBSA.
6. LIABILITY INDEMNIFICATION
Controlled Affiliate and the Controlling Plans hereby agree to save, defend, indemnify and hold BCBSA harmless from and against all claims, damages, liabilities and costs of every kind, nature and description (except those arising solely as a result of BCBSA's negligence) that may arise as a result of or related to Controlled Affiliate's rendering of services under the Licensed Marks and Name.
7. LICENSE TERM
A. Except as otherwise provided herein, the license granted by this Agreement shall remain in effect for a period of one (1) year and shall be automatically extended for additional one (1) year periods unless terminated pursuant to the provisions herein.
B. This Agreement and all of Controlled Affiliate's rights hereunder shall immediately terminate without any further action by any party or entity in the event that: (i) any one of the Controlling Plans ceases to be authorized to use the Licensed Marks and Name; or (ii) pursuant to Paragraph 15(a)(x) of the Blue Cross License Agreement any one of the Controlling Plans ceases to be authorized to use the Licensed Names and Marks in the Region.
C. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, this license to use the Licensed Marks and Name may be forthwith terminated by the Controlling Plans or the affirmative vote of the majority of the Board of Directors of BCBSA present and voting at a special meeting expressly called by BCBSA for the purpose on ten (10) days written notice to the Controlling Plans advising of the specific matters at issue and granting the Controlling Plans an opportunity to be heard and to present their response to the Board for: (1) failure to comply with any applicable minimum capital or liquidity requirement under the quality control standards of this



Agreement; or (2) failure to comply with the "Organization and Governance" quality control standard of this Agreement; or (3) impending financial insolvency; or (4) failure to comply with any of the applicable requirements of Standards 2, 3, 4, or 5 of attached Exhibit A; or (5) the pendency of any action instituted against the Controlled Affiliate seeking its dissolution or liquidation of its assets or seeking appointment of a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for any of its property or business or seeking the declaration or establishment of a trust for any of its property or business, unless this Controlled Affiliate License Agreement has been earlier terminated under paragraph 7(E); or (6) such other reason as is determined in good faith immediately and irreparably to threaten the integrity and reputation of BCBSA, the Plans (including the Controlling Plans), any other licensee including Controlled Affiliate and/or the Licensed Marks and Name.
D. Except as otherwise provided in Paragraphs 7(B), 7(C) or 7(E) herein, should Controlled Affiliate fail to comply with the provisions of this Agreement and not cure such failure within thirty (30) days of receiving written notice thereof (or commence a cure within such thirty day period and continue diligent efforts to complete the cure if such curing cannot reasonably be completed within such thirty day period) BCBSA or the Controlling Plans shall have the right to issue a notice that the Controlled Affiliate is in a state of noncompliance. If a state of noncompliance as aforesaid is undisputed by the Controlled Affiliate or is found to exist by a mandatory dispute resolution panel and is uncured as provided above, BCBSA shall have the right to seek judicial enforcement of the Agreement or to issue a notice of termination thereof. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, any disputes as to the termination of this License pursuant to Paragraphs 7(B), 7(C) or 7(E) of this Agreement shall not be subject to mediation and mandatory dispute resolution. All other disputes between or among BCBSA, any of the Controlling Plans and/or Controlled Affiliate shall be submitted promptly to mediation and mandatory dispute resolution. The mandatory dispute resolution panel shall have authority to issue orders for specific performance and assess monetary penalties. Except, however, as provided in Paragraphs 7(B) and 7(E) of this Agreement, this license to use the Licensed Marks and Name may not be finally terminated for any reason without the affirmative vote of a majority of the present and voting members of the Board of Directors of BCBSA.
E. This Agreement and all of Controlled Affiliate's rights hereunder shall immediately terminate without any further action by any party or entity in the event that:
(1) Controlled Affiliate shall no longer comply with item 2(E) above;
(2) Appropriate dues, royalties and other payments for Controlled Affiliate pursuant to paragraph 9 hereof, which are the royalties for this License Agreement, are more than sixty (60) days in arrears to BCBSA; or




(3) Any of the following events occur: (i) a voluntary petition shall be filed
by Controlled Affiliate seeking bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement with creditors or other relief under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or any other law governing insolvency or debtor relief, or (ii) an involuntary petition or proceeding shall be filed against Controlled Affiliate seeking bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement with creditors or other relief under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or any other law governing insolvency or debtor relief and such petition or proceeding is consented to or acquiesced in by Controlled Affiliate or is not dismissed within sixty (60) days of the date upon which the petition or other document commencing the proceeding is served upon the Controlled Affiliate, or (iii) an order for relief is entered against Controlled Affiliate in any case under the bankruptcy laws of the United States, or Controlled Affiliate is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent as those terms are defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in the State of Illinois by any court of competent jurisdiction, or (iv) Controlled Affiliate makes a general assignment of its assets for the benefit of creditors, or (v) any government or any government official, office, agency, branch, or unit assumes control of Controlled Affiliate or delinquency proceedings (voluntary or involuntary) are instituted, or (vi) an action is brought by Controlled Affiliate seeking its dissolution or liquidation of its assets or seeking the appointment of a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for any of its property or business, or (vii) an action is instituted by any governmental entity or officer against Controlled Affiliate seeking its dissolution or liquidation of its assets or seeking the appointment of a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for any of its property or business and such action is consented to or acquiesced in by Controlled Affiliate or is not dismissed within one hundred thirty (130) days of the date upon which the pleading or other document commencing the action is served upon the Controlled Affiliate, provided that if the action is stayed or its prosecution is enjoined, the one hundred thirty (130) day period is tolled for the duration of the stay or injunction, and provided further, that the Association’s Board of Directors may toll or extend the 130 day period at any time prior to its expiration, or (viii) a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for any of Controlled Affiliate's property or business is appointed or the Controlled Affiliate is ordered dissolved or liquidated. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, a declaration or a request for declaration of the existence of a trust over any of the Controlled Affiliate’s property or business shall not in itself be deemed to constitute or seek appointment of a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for purposes of subparagraphs 7(E)(3)(vii) and (viii) of this Agreement.
F. Upon termination of this Agreement for cause or otherwise, Controlled
Affiliate agrees that it shall immediately discontinue all use of the Licensed Marks and Name, including any use in its trade name, except to the extent that it continues to be authorized to use the Licensed Marks within the Service Area of one of the Controlling Plans pursuant to a separate controlled affiliate license agreement with BCBSA sponsored by such Controlling Plan.



G. Upon termination of this Agreement, Controlled Affiliate shall
immediately notify all of its customers to whom it provides products or services under the Licensed Marks pursuant to this Agreement that it is no longer a licensee of BCBSA and, if directed by the Association’s Board of Directors, shall provide instruction on how the customer can contact BCBSA or a designated licensee to obtain further information on securing coverage. The notification required by this paragraph shall be in writing and in a form approved by BCBSA. The BCBSA shall have the right to audit the terminated entity's books and records to verify compliance with this paragraph.
H. In the event this Agreement terminates pursuant to 7(B) hereof, upon
termination of this Agreement the provisions of Paragraph 7(G) shall not apply and the following provisions shall apply, except that, in the event that Controlled Affiliate is separately licensed by BCBSA to use the Licensed Marks in the Service Area of a Controlling Plan and termination of this Agreement is due to a partial termination of such Controlling Plan’s license pursuant to Paragraph 15(a)(x)(ii) of the Blue Cross License Agreement, the notices, national account listing, payment, and audit right listed below shall be applicable solely with respect to the Region and the geographic area for which the Controlling Plan’s license to use the Licensed Names and Marks is terminated:
(1) The Controlled Affiliate shall send a notice through the U.S.
mails, with first class postage affixed, to all individual and group customers, providers, brokers and agents of products or services sold, marketed, underwritten or administered by the Controlled Affiliate under the Licensed Marks and Name. The form and content of the notice shall be specified by BCBSA and shall, at a minimum, notify the recipient of the termination of the license, the consequences thereof, and instructions for obtaining alternate products or services licensed by BCBSA. This notice shall be mailed within 15 days after termination.
(2) The Controlled Affiliate shall deliver to BCBSA within five days
of a request by BCBSA a listing of national accounts in which the Controlled Affiliate is involved (in a control, participating or servicing capacity), identifying the national account and the Controlled Affiliate’s role therein.
(3) Unless the cause of termination is an event respecting BCBSA
stated in paragraph 15(a) or (b) of the Plan’s license agreement with BCBSA to use the Licensed Marks and Name, the Controlled Affiliate, the Controlling Plans, and any other Licensed Controlled Affiliates of the Controlling Plans shall be jointly liable for payment to BCBSA of an amount equal to $25 multiplied by the number of Licensed Enrollees of the Controlled Affiliate; provided that if any Plan other than a Controlling Plan is permitted by BCBSA to use marks or names licensed by BCBSA in a geographic area in the Region, the payment for Licensed Enrollees in such geographic area shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Licensed Enrollees of the Controlled Affiliate, the Controlling Plans, and




any other Licensed Controlled Affiliates of the Controlling Plans in such geographic area and the denominator of which is the total number of Licensed Enrollees in such geographic area. Licensed Enrollee means each and every person and covered dependent who is enrolled as an individual or member of a group receiving products or services sold, marketed or administered under marks or names licensed by BCBSA as determined at the earlier of (i) the end of the last fiscal year of the terminated entity which ended prior to termination or (ii) the fiscal year which ended before any transactions causing the termination began. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount payable pursuant to this subparagraph H. (3) shall be due only to the extent that, in BCBSA’s opinion, it does not cause the net worth of the Controlled Affiliate, the Controlling Plans or any other Licensed Controlled Affiliates of the Controlling Plans to fall below 100% of the Health Risk-Based Capital formula, or its equivalent under any successor formula, as set forth in the applicable financial responsibility standards established by BCBSA (provided such equivalent is approved for purposes of this subparagraph by the affirmative vote of three-fourths of the Plans and three-fourths of the total then current weighted vote of all the Plans); measured as of the date of termination, and adjusted for the value of any transactions not made in the ordinary course of business. This payment shall not be due in connection with transactions exclusively by or among Plans (including the Controlling Plans) or their affiliates, including reorganizations, combinations or mergers, where the BCBSA Board of Directors determines that the license termination does not result in a material diminution in the number of Licensed Enrollees or the extent of their coverage. In the event that the Controlled Affiliate’s license is reinstated by BCBSA or is deemed to have remained in effect without interruption by a court of competent jurisdiction, BCBSA shall reimburse the Controlled Affiliate (and/or the Controlling Plans or their other Licensed Controlled Affiliates, as the case may be) for payments made under this subparagraph 7.H.(3) only to the extent that such payments exceed the amounts due to BCBSA pursuant to paragraph 7.K. and any costs associated with reestablishing the terminated Controlling Plan’s Service Area or the Region, including any payments made by BCBSA to a Plan or Plans (including the other Controlling Plans), or their Licensed Controlled Affiliates, for purposes of replacing the Controlled Affiliate.
(4) BCBSA shall have the right to audit the books and records of
the Controlled Affiliate, the Controlling Plans, and any other Licensed Controlled Affiliates of the Controlling Plans to verify compliance with this paragraph 7.H.
(5) As to a breach of 7.H.(1), (2), (3) or (4), the parties agree that the obligations are immediately enforceable in a court of competent jurisdiction. As to a breach of 7.H.(1), (2) or (4) by the Controlled Affiliate, the parties agree there is no adequate remedy at law and BCBSA is entitled to obtain specific performance.




I. BCBSA shall be entitled to enjoin the Controlled Affiliate or any related
party in a court of competent jurisdiction from entry into any transaction which would result in a termination of this Agreement unless a Controlling Plan’s license from BCBSA to use the Licensed Marks and Names has been terminated pursuant to 10(d) of such Controlling Plan’s license agreement upon the required 6 month written notice.
J. BCBSA acknowledges that it is not the owner of assets of the
Controlled Affiliate.
K. In the event this Agreement terminates and is subsequently reinstated
by BCBSA or is deemed to have remained in effect without interruption by a court of competent jurisdiction, the Controlled Affiliate, the Controlling Plans, and any other Licensed Controlled Affiliates of the Controlling Plans shall be jointly liable for reimbursing BCBSA the reasonable costs incurred by BCBSA in connection with the termination and the reinstatement or court action, and any associated legal proceedings, including but not limited to: outside legal fees, consulting fees, public relations fees, advertising costs, and costs incurred to develop, lease or establish an interim provider network. Any amount due to BCBSA under this subparagraph may be waived in whole or in part by the BCBSA Board of Directors in its sole discretion.
8. DISPUTE RESOLUTION
The parties agree that any disputes between or among them or between or among any of them and one or more Plans or Controlled Affiliates of Plans that use in any manner the Blue Cross and Blue Cross Marks and Name are subject to the Mediation and Mandatory Dispute Resolution process attached to and made a part of each Controlling Plan’s License from BCBSA to use the Licensed Marks and Name as Exhibit 5 as amended from time-to-time, which documents are incorporated herein by reference as though fully set forth herein.
9. LICENSE FEE
Controlled Affiliate will pay to BCBSA a fee for this License determined pursuant to the formula(s) set forth in Exhibit B.
10. JOINT VENTURE
Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as creating a joint venture, partnership, agency or employment relationship between the Controlling Plans and Controlled Affiliate or between either and BCBSA.
11. NOTICES AND CORRESPONDENCE
Notices regarding the subject matter of this Agreement or breach or termination thereof shall be in writing and shall be addressed in duplicate to the last



known address of each other party, marked respectively to the attention of its President and, if any, its General Counsel.
12. COMPLETE AGREEMENT
This Agreement contains the complete understandings of the parties in relation to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may only be amended by the affirmative vote of three-fourths of the Plans and three-fourths of the total then current weighted vote of all the Plans as officially recorded by the BCBSA Corporate Secretary.
13. SEVERABILITY
If any term of this Agreement is held to be unlawful by a court of competent jurisdiction, such findings shall in no way affect the remaining obligations of the parties hereunder and the court may substitute a lawful term or condition for any unlawful term or condition so long as the effect of such substitution is to provide the parties with the benefits of this Agreement.
14. NONWAIVER
No waiver by BCBSA of any breach or default in performance on the part of Controlled Affiliate or any other licensee of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or default in performance of said terms, covenants or conditions.
14A.      VOTING
For all provisions of this Agreement referring to voting, the term ‘Plans’ shall mean all entities licensed under the Blue Cross License Agreement and/or the Blue Shield License Agreement, and in all votes of the Plans under this Agreement the Plans shall vote together. For weighted votes of the Plans, the Plan shall have a number of votes equal to the number of weighted votes (if any) that it holds as a Blue Cross Plan plus the number of weighted votes (if any) that it holds as a Blue Shield Plan. For all other votes of the Plans, the Plan shall have one vote. For all questions requiring an affirmative three-fourths weighted vote of the Plans, the requirement shall be deemed satisfied with a lesser weighted vote unless the greater of: (i) 6/52 or more of the Plans (rounded to the nearest whole number, with 0.5 or multiples thereof being rounded to the next higher whole number) fail to cast weighted votes in favor of the question; or (ii) three (3) of the Plans fail to cast weighted votes in favor of the question. Notwithstanding the foregoing provision, if there are thirty-nine (39) Plans, the requirement of an affirmative three-fourths weighted vote shall be deemed satisfied with a lesser weighted vote unless four (4) or more Plans fail to cast weighted votes in favor of the question.




15. GOVERNING LAW
This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Illinois.
16. HEADINGS
The headings inserted in this agreement are for convenience only and shall have no bearing on the interpretation hereof.




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this License Agreement to be executed and effective as of the date of last signature written below.
Controlled Affiliate:
By:     
Date:
    
Controlling Plan:
By:     
Date:
    
Controlling Plan:
By:     
Date:
    
BLUE CROSS AND BLUE SHIELD ASSOCIATION
By:     
Date:
    




EXHIBIT A
CONTROLLED AFFILIATE LICENSE STANDARDS APPLICABLE TO REGIONAL MEDICARE
ADVANTAGE PPO PRODUCTS
September 2015
PREAMBLE
The standards for licensing Controlled Affiliates for Medicare Advantage PPO Products are established by BCBSA and are subject to change from time-to-time upon the affirmative vote of three-fourths (3/4) of the Plans and three-fourths (3/4) of the total weighted vote. Each Controlling Plan is required to use a standard Controlled Affiliate license form provided by BCBSA and to cooperate fully in assuring that the licensed Controlled Affiliate maintains compliance with the license standards.
Standard 1 - Organization and Governance
A Controlled Affiliate is defined as an entity organized and operated in such a manner, that it meets the following requirements:
(1) Controlled Affiliate is owned or controlled by two or more Controlling Plans;
(2) Each Controlling Plan is authorized pursuant to a separate Blue Cross License Agreement to use the Licensed Marks in a geographic area in the Region and every geographic area in the Region is so licensed to at least one of the Controlling Plans; and
(3) The Controlling Plans must have the legal authority directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries:
(a)
to select members of the Controlled Affiliate’s governing body
having not less than 100% voting control thereof;
(b)
prevent any change in the articles of incorporation, bylaws or
other establishing or governing documents of the Controlled Affiliate with which the Controlling Plans do not concur;
(c)
exercise control over the policy and operations of the Controlled
Affiliate; and




EXHIBIT A (continued)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in (a) through (c) hereof, the Controlled Affiliate’s establishing or governing documents must also require written approval by each of the Controlling Plans before the Controlled Affiliate can:
(i)
change its legal and/or trade names;
(ii)
change the geographic area in which it operates (except such approval shall not be required with respect to business of the Controlled Affiliate conducted under the Licensed Marks within the Service Area of one of the Controlling Plans pursuant to a separate controlled affiliate license agreement with BCBSA sponsored by such Controlling Plan);
(iii)
change any of the type(s) of businesses in which it engages (except such approval shall not be required with respect to business of the Controlled Affiliate conducted under the Licensed Marks within the Service Area of one of the Controlling Plans pursuant to a separate controlled affiliate license agreement with BCBSA sponsored by such Controlling Plan);
(iv)
take any action that any Controlling Plan or BCBSA reasonably believes will adversely affect the Licensed Marks and Name.
In addition, the Controlling Plans directly or indirectly through wholly owned subsidiaries shall own 100% of any for-profit Controlled Affiliate.
Standard 2 - Financial Responsibility
A Controlled Affiliate shall be operated in a manner that provides reasonable financial assurance that it can fulfill all of its contractual obligations to its customers.
Standard 3 - State Licensure/Certification
A Controlled Affiliate shall maintain appropriate and unimpaired licensure and certifications.



EXHIBIT A (continued)
Standard 4 - Certain Disclosures
A Controlled Affiliate shall make adequate disclosure in contracting with third parties and in disseminating public statements of:
a. the structure of the Blue Cross and Blue Shield System; and
b. the independent nature of every licensee.
Standard 5 - Reports and Records for Controlled Affiliates
A Controlled Affiliate and/or its Controlling Plans shall furnish, on a timely and accurate basis, reports and records relating to these Standards and the License Agreements between BCBSA and Controlled Affiliate.
Standard 6 - Best Efforts
During each year, a Controlled Affiliate shall use its best efforts to promote and build the value of the Blue Cross Marks.
Standard 7 - Participation in Certain National Programs
A Controlled Affiliate shall effectively and efficiently participate in certain national programs from time to time as may be adopted by Member Plans for the purposes of providing ease of claims processing for customers receiving benefits outside of the Controlled Affiliate’s service area.
National program requirements include:
a. Inter-Plan Teleprocessing System (ITS); and
b. Inter-Plan Medicare Advantage Program.
Standard 8 - Participation in Master Business Associate Agreement
Controlled Affiliates shall comply with the terms of the Business Associate Agreement for Blue Cross and Blue Shield Licensees to the extent they perform the functions of a business associate or subcontractor to a business associate, as defined by the Business Associate Agreement.
Amended as of November 15, 2007




EXHIBIT B
ROYALTY FORMULA FOR SECTION 9 OF THE
CONTROLLED AFFILIATE LICENSE AGREEMENTS
APPLICABLE TO REGIONAL MEDICARE ADVANTAGE PPO PRODUCTS
Controlled Affiliate will pay BCBSA a fee for this license in accordance with the following formula:
An amount equal to its pro rata share of each Controlling Plan dues payable to BCBSA computed with the addition of the Controlled Affiliate's members using the Marks on regional MAPPO products and related services as reported on the Quarterly Enrollment Report with BCBSA. The payment by each Controlling Plan of its dues to BCBSA, including that portion described in this paragraph, will satisfy the requirement of this paragraph, and no separate payment will be necessary.
Amended as of June 14, 2007




Exhibit 1C
BLUE CROSS
CONTROLLED AFFILIATE LICENSE AGREEMENT
APPLICABLE TO REGIONAL MEDICARE PART D PRESCRIPTION DRUG PLAN
PRODUCTS
(Adopted by Member Plans at theirSeptember 18, 2015 meeting)
This Agreement by and among Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association
("BCBSA") and_________    (“Controlled Affiliate"), a Controlled Affiliate of the Blue
Cross Plan(s), known as______________     ("Controlling Plans"), each of which is also a
Party signatory hereto.
WHEREAS, BCBSA is the owner of the BLUE CROSS and BLUE CROSS Design service marks;
WHEREAS, under the Medicare Modernization Act, companies may apply to and be awarded a contract by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) to offer Medicare Part D Prescription Drug Plan products in geographic regions designated by CMS (hereafter “regional PDP products).”
WHEREAS, some of the CMS-designated regions include the Service Areas, or portions thereof, of more than one Plan.
WHEREAS, the Controlling Plans and Controlled Affiliate desire that the latter be entitled to use the BLUE CROSS and BLUE CROSS Design service marks (collectively the "Licensed Marks") as service marks and be entitled to use the term BLUE CROSS in a trade name ("Licensed Name") to offer regional PDP products in a region that includes the Service Areas, or portions thereof, of more than one Controlling Plan;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1.     GRANT OF LICENSE
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, BCBSA hereby grants to Controlled Affiliate the right to use the Licensed Marks and Name in connection with, and only in connection with the sale, marketing and administration of regional PDP products and related services.
This grant of rights is non-exclusive and is limited to the following states:
___________________    (the “Region”). Controlled Affiliate may use the Licensed




Marks and Name in its legal name on the following conditions: (i) the legal name must be approved in advance, in writing, by BCBSA; (ii) Controlled Affiliate shall not do business outside the Region under any name or mark except business conducted in the Service Area of a Controlling Plan provided that Controlled Affiliate is separately licensed by BCBSA to use the Licensed Marks and Name in connection with health care plans and related services in the Service Area of such Controlling Plan; and (iii) Controlled Affiliate shall not use the Licensed Marks and Name, or any derivative thereof, as part of any name or symbol used to identify itself in any securities market. Controlled Affiliate may use the Licensed Marks and Name in its Trade Name only with the prior, written, consent of BCBSA.
2.
QUALITY CONTROL
A. Controlled Affiliate agrees to use the Licensed Marks and Name only in connection with the licensed services and further agrees to be bound by the conditions regarding quality control shown in attached Exhibit A as they may be amended by BCBSA from time-to-time.
B. Controlled Affiliate agrees to comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws.
C. Controlled Affiliate agrees that it will provide on an annual basis (or more often if reasonably required by the Controlling Plans or by BCBSA) a report or reports to the Controlling Plans and BCBSA demonstrating Controlled Affiliate's compliance with the requirements of this Agreement including but not limited to the quality control provisions of this paragraph and the attached Exhibit A.
D. Controlled Affiliate agrees that the Controlling Plans and/or BCBSA may, from time-to-time, upon reasonable notice, review and inspect the manner and method of Controlled Affiliate's rendering of service and use of the Licensed Marks and Name.
E. As used herein, a Controlled Affiliate is defined as an entity organized and operated in such a manner, that it meets the following requirements:
(1) Controlled Affiliate is owned or controlled by two or more Controlling Plans;
(2) Each Controlling Plan is authorized pursuant to a separate Blue
Cross License Agreement to use the Licensed Marks in a geographic area in the Region and every geographic area in the Region is so licensed to at least one of the Controlling Plans; and




(3)    The Controlling Plans must have the legal authority directly or indirectly
through wholly-owned subsidiaries:
(a) to select members of the Controlled Affiliate’s governing
Body having not less than 100% voting control thereof;
(b) to prevent any change in the articles of incorporation,
bylaws or other establishing or governing documents of the Controlled Affiliate with which the Controlling Plans do not concur;
(c)
to exercise control over the policy and operations of the
Controlled Affiliate; and
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in (a) through (c) hereof, the Controlled Affiliate’s establishing or governing documents must also require written approval by each of the Controlling Plans before the Controlled Affiliate can:
(i)    change its legal and/or trade names;
(ii)    change the geographic area in which it operates
(except such approval shall not be required with respect to business of the Controlled Affiliate conducted under the Licensed Marks within the Service Area of one of the Controlling Plans pursuant to a separate controlled affiliate license agreement with BCBSA sponsored by such Controlling Plan);
(iii) change any of the type(s) of businesses in which it engages (except such approval shall not be required with respect to business of the Controlled Affiliate conducted under the Licensed Marks within the Service Area of one of the Controlling Plans pursuant to a separate controlled affiliate license agreement with BCBSA sponsored by such Controlling Plan);
(iv) take any action that any Controlling Plan or BCBSA reasonably believes will adversely affect the Licensed Marks and Name.
In addition, the Controlling Plans directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries shall own 100% of any for-profit Controlled Affiliate.
3.      SERVICE MARK USE
A.    Controlled Affiliate recognizes the importance of a comprehensive
national network of independent BCBSA licensees which are committed to strengthening the Licensed Marks and Name. The Controlled Affiliate further recognizes that its actions within the Region may affect the value of the Licensed Marks and Name nationwide.



B. Controlled Affiliate shall at all times make proper service mark use of the Licensed Marks and Name, including but not limited to use of such symbols or words as BCBSA shall specify to protect the Licensed Marks and Name and shall comply with such rules (generally applicable to Controlled Affiliates licensed to use the Licensed Marks and Name) relative to service mark use, as are issued from time-to-time by BCBSA. Controlled Affiliate recognizes and agrees that all use of the Licensed Marks and Name by Controlled Affiliate shall inure to the benefit of BCBSA.
C. Controlled Affiliate may not directly or indirectly use the Licensed Marks and Name in a manner that transfers or is intended to transfer in the Region the goodwill associated therewith to another mark or name, nor may Controlled Affiliate engage in activity that may dilute or tarnish the unique value of the Licensed Marks and Name.
D. Controlled Affiliate shall use its best efforts to promote and build the value of the Licensed Marks and Name in connection with the sale, marketing and administration of regional PDP products and related services.
4. SUBLICENSING AND ASSIGNMENT
Controlled Affiliate shall not, directly or indirectly, sublicense, transfer, hypothecate, sell, encumber or mortgage, by operation of law or otherwise, the rights granted hereunder and any such act shall be voidable at the sole option of any Controlling Plan or BCBSA. This Agreement and all rights and duties hereunder are personal to Controlled Affiliate.
5. INFRINGEMENT
Controlled Affiliate shall promptly notify the Controlling Plans and the Controlling Plans shall promptly notify BCBSA of any suspected acts of infringement, unfair competition or passing off that may occur in relation to the Licensed Marks and Name. Controlled Affiliate shall not be entitled to require the Controlling Plans or BCBSA to take any actions or institute any proceedings to prevent infringement, unfair competition or passing off by third parties. Controlled Affiliate agrees to render to the Controlling Plans and BCBSA, without charge, all reasonable assistance in connection with any matter pertaining to the protection of the Licensed Marks and Name by BCBSA.
6. LIABILITY INDEMNIFICATION
Controlled Affiliate and the Controlling Plans hereby agree to save, defend, indemnify and hold BCBSA harmless from and against all claims, damages,
liabilities and costs of every kind, nature and description (except those arising solely



as a result of BCBSA's negligence) that may arise as a result of or related to Controlled Affiliate's rendering of services under the Licensed Marks and Name.
7.     LICENSE TERM
A. Except as otherwise provided herein, the license granted by this Agreement shall remain in effect for a period of one (1) year and shall be automatically extended for additional one (1) year periods unless terminated pursuant to the provisions herein.
B. This Agreement and all of Controlled Affiliate's rights hereunder shall immediately terminate without any further action by any party or entity in the event that: (i) any one of the Controlling Plans ceases to be authorized to use the Licensed Marks and Name; or (ii) pursuant to Paragraph 15(a)(x) of the Blue Cross License Agreement any one of the Controlling Plans ceases to be authorized to use the Licensed Names and Marks in the Region.
C. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, this license to use the Licensed Marks and Name may be forthwith terminated by the Controlling Plans or the affirmative vote of the majority of the Board of Directors of BCBSA present and voting at a special meeting expressly called by BCBSA for the purpose on ten (10) days written notice to the Controlling Plans advising of the specific matters at issue and granting the Controlling Plans an opportunity to be heard and to present their response to the Board for: (1) failure to comply with any applicable minimum capital or liquidity requirement under the quality control standards of this Agreement; or (2) failure to comply with the "Organization and Governance" quality control standard of this Agreement; or (3) impending financial insolvency; or (4) failure to comply with any of the applicable requirements of Standards 2, 3, 4, or 5 of attached Exhibit A; or (5) the pendency of any action instituted against the Controlled Affiliate seeking its dissolution or liquidation of its assets or seeking appointment of a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for any of its property or business or seeking the declaration or establishment of a trust for any of its property or business, unless this Controlled Affiliate License Agreement has been earlier terminated under paragraph 7(E); or (6) such other reason as is determined in good faith immediately and irreparably to threaten the integrity and reputation of BCBSA, the Plans (including the Controlling Plans), any other licensee including Controlled Affiliate and/or the Licensed Marks and Name.
D. Except as otherwise provided in Paragraphs 7(B), 7(C) or 7(E) herein, should Controlled Affiliate fail to comply with the provisions of this Agreement and not cure such failure within thirty (30) days of receiving written notice thereof (or commence a cure within such thirty day period and continue diligent efforts to complete the cure if such curing cannot reasonably be completed within such thirty day period) BCBSA or the Controlling Plans shall have the right to issue a notice that



the Controlled Affiliate is in a state of noncompliance. If a state of noncompliance as aforesaid is undisputed by the Controlled Affiliate or is found to exist by a mandatory dispute resolution panel and is uncured as provided above, BCBSA shall have the right to seek judicial enforcement of the Agreement or to issue a notice of termination thereof. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, any disputes as to the termination of this License pursuant to Paragraphs 7(B), 7(C) or 7(E) of this Agreement shall not be subject to mediation and mandatory dispute resolution. All other disputes between or among BCBSA, any of the Controlling Plans and/or Controlled Affiliate shall be submitted promptly to mediation and mandatory dispute resolution. The mandatory dispute resolution panel shall have authority to issue orders for specific performance and assess monetary penalties. Except, however, as provided in Paragraphs 7(B) and 7(E) of this Agreement, this license to use the Licensed Marks and Name may not be finally terminated for any reason without the affirmative vote of a majority of the present and voting members of the Board of Directors of BCBSA.
E.    This Agreement and all of Controlled Affiliate's rights hereunder shall
immediately terminate without any further action by any party or entity in the event that:
(1) Controlled Affiliate shall no longer comply with item 2(E) above;
(2) Appropriate dues, royalties and other payments for Controlled Affiliate pursuant to paragraph 9 hereof, which are the royalties for this License Agreement, are more than sixty (60) days in arrears to BCBSA; or
(3) Any of the following events occur: (i) a voluntary petition shall
be filed by Controlled Affiliate seeking bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement with creditors or other relief under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or any other law governing insolvency or debtor relief, or (ii) an involuntary petition or proceeding shall be filed against Controlled Affiliate seeking bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement with creditors or other relief under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or any other law governing insolvency or debtor relief and such petition or proceeding is consented to or acquiesced in by Controlled Affiliate or is not dismissed within sixty (60) days of the date upon which the petition or other document commencing the proceeding is served upon the Controlled Affiliate, or (iii) an order for relief is entered against Controlled Affiliate in any case under the bankruptcy laws of the United States, or Controlled Affiliate is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent as those terms are defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in the State of Illinois by any court of competent jurisdiction, or (iv) Controlled Affiliate makes a general assignment of its assets for the benefit of creditors, or (v) any government or any government official, office, agency, branch, or unit assumes control of Controlled Affiliate or delinquency proceedings (voluntary or involuntary) are instituted, or (vi) an action is brought by Controlled Affiliate seeking its



dissolution or liquidation of its assets or seeking the appointment of a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for any of its property or business, or (vii) an action is instituted by any governmental entity or officer against Controlled Affiliate seeking its dissolution or liquidation of its assets or seeking the appointment of a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for any of its property or business and such action is consented to or acquiesced in by Controlled Affiliate or is not dismissed within one hundred thirty (130) days of the date upon which the pleading or other document commencing the action is served upon the Controlled Affiliate, provided that if the action is stayed or its prosecution is enjoined, the one hundred thirty (130) day period is tolled for the duration of the stay or injunction, and provided further, that the Association’s Board of Directors may toll or extend the 130 day period at any time prior to its expiration, or (viii) a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for any of Controlled Affiliate's property or business is appointed or the Controlled Affiliate is ordered dissolved or liquidated. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, a declaration or a request for declaration of the existence of a trust over any of the Controlled Affiliate’s property or business shall not in itself be deemed to constitute or seek appointment of a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for purposes of subparagraphs 7(E)(3)(vii) and (viii) of this Agreement.
F. Upon termination of this Agreement for cause or otherwise, Controlled Affiliate agrees that it shall immediately discontinue all use of the Licensed Marks and Name, including any use in its trade name, except to the extent that it continues to be authorized to use the Licensed Marks within the Service Area of one of the Controlling Plans pursuant to a separate controlled affiliate license agreement with BCBSA sponsored by such Controlling Plan.
G. Upon termination of this Agreement, Controlled Affiliate shall immediately notify all of its customers to whom it provides products or services under the Licensed Marks pursuant to this Agreement that it is no longer a licensee of BCBSA and, if directed by the Association’s Board of Directors, shall provide instruction on how the customer can contact BCBSA or a designated licensee to obtain further information on securing coverage. The notification required by this paragraph shall be in writing and in a form approved by BCBSA. The BCBSA shall have the right to audit the terminated entity's books and records to verify compliance with this paragraph.
H. In the event this Agreement terminates pursuant to 7(B) hereof, upon termination of this Agreement the provisions of Paragraph 7(G) shall not apply and the following provisions shall apply, except that, in the event that Controlled Affiliate is separately licensed by BCBSA to use the Licensed Marks in the Service Area of a Controlling Plan and termination of this Agreement is due to a partial termination of such Controlling Plan’s license pursuant to Paragraph 15(a)(x)(ii) of the Blue Cross




License Agreement, the notices, national account listing, payment, and audit right listed below shall be applicable solely with respect to the Region and the geographic area for which the Controlling Plan’s license to use the Licensed Names and Marks is terminated:
(1) The Controlled Affiliate shall send a notice through the U.S.
mails, with first class postage affixed, to all individual and group customers, providers, brokers and agents of products or services sold, marketed, underwritten or administered by the Controlled Affiliate under the Licensed Marks and Name. The form and content of the notice shall be specified by BCBSA and shall, at a minimum, notify the recipient of the termination of the license, the consequences thereof, and instructions for obtaining alternate products or services licensed by BCBSA. This notice shall be mailed within 15 days after termination.
(2) The Controlled Affiliate shall deliver to BCBSA within five days
of a request by BCBSA a listing of national accounts in which the Controlled Affiliate is involved (in a control, participating or servicing capacity), identifying the national account and the Controlled Affiliate’s role therein.
(3) Unless the cause of termination is an event respecting BCBSA
stated in paragraph 15(a) or (b) of the Plan’s license agreement with BCBSA to use the Licensed Marks and Name, the Controlled Affiliate, the Controlling Plans, and any other Licensed Controlled Affiliates of the Controlling Plans shall be jointly liable for payment to BCBSA of an amount equal to $25 multiplied by the number of Licensed Enrollees of the Controlled Affiliate; provided that if any Plan other than a Controlling Plan is permitted by BCBSA to use marks or names licensed by BCBSA in a geographic area in the Region, the payment for Licensed Enrollees in such geographic area shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Licensed Enrollees of the Controlled Affiliate, the Controlling Plans, and any other Licensed Controlled Affiliates of the Controlling Plans in such geographic area and the denominator of which is the total number of Licensed Enrollees in such geographic area. Licensed Enrollee means each and every person and covered dependent who is enrolled as an individual or member of a group receiving products or services sold, marketed or administered under marks or names licensed by BCBSA as determined at the earlier of (i) the end of the last fiscal year of the terminated entity which ended prior to termination or (ii) the fiscal year which ended before any transactions causing the termination began. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount payable pursuant to this subparagraph H. (3) shall be due only to the extent that, in BCBSA’s opinion, it does not cause the net worth of the Controlled Affiliate, the Controlling Plans or any other Licensed Controlled Affiliates of the Controlling Plans to fall below 100% of the Health Risk-Based Capital formula, or its equivalent under any successor formula, as set forth in the applicable financial responsibility standards established by BCBSA (provided such equivalent is approved for purposes of this subparagraph by the affirmative vote of three-fourths




of the Plans and three-fourths of the total then current weighted vote of all the Plans); measured as of the date of termination, and adjusted for the value of any transactions not made in the ordinary course of business. This payment shall not be due in connection with transactions exclusively by or among Plans (including the Controlling Plans) or their affiliates, including reorganizations, combinations or mergers, where the BCBSA Board of Directors determines that the license termination does not result in a material diminution in the number of Licensed Enrollees or the extent of their coverage. In the event that the Controlled Affiliate’s license is reinstated by BCBSA or is deemed to have remained in effect without interruption by a court of competent jurisdiction, BCBSA shall reimburse the Controlled Affiliate (and/or the Controlling Plans or their other Licensed Controlled Affiliates, as the case may be) for payments made under this subparagraph 7.H.(3) only to the extent that such payments exceed the amounts due to BCBSA pursuant to paragraph 7.K. and any costs associated with reestablishing the terminated Controlling Plan’s Service Area or the Region, including any payments made by BCBSA to a Plan or Plans (including the other Controlling Plans), or their Licensed Controlled Affiliates, for purposes of replacing the Controlled Affiliate.
(4) BCBSA shall have the right to audit the books and records of
the Controlled Affiliate, the Controlling Plans, and any other Licensed Controlled Affiliates of the Controlling Plans to verify compliance with this paragraph 7.H.
(5) As to a breach of 7.H.(1), (2), (3) or (4), the parties agree that
the obligations are immediately enforceable in a court of competent jurisdiction. As to a breach of 7.H.(1), (2) or (4) by the Controlled Affiliate, the parties agree there is no adequate remedy at law and BCBSA is entitled to obtain specific performance.
I. BCBSA shall be entitled to enjoin the Controlled Affiliate or any related
party in a court of competent jurisdiction from entry into any transaction which would result in a termination of this Agreement unless a Controlling Plan’s license from BCBSA to use the Licensed Marks and Names has been terminated pursuant to 10(d) of such Controlling Plan’s license agreement upon the required 6 month written notice.
J. BCBSA acknowledges that it is not the owner of assets of the
Controlled Affiliate.
K. In the event this Agreement terminates and is subsequently reinstated
by BCBSA or is deemed to have remained in effect without interruption by a court of competent jurisdiction, the Controlled Affiliate, the Controlling Plans, and any other Licensed Controlled Affiliates of the Controlling Plans shall be jointly liable for reimbursing BCBSA the reasonable costs incurred by BCBSA in connection with the




termination and the reinstatement or court action, and any associated legal proceedings, including but not limited to: outside legal fees, consulting fees, public relations fees, advertising costs, and costs incurred to develop, lease or establish an interim provider network. Any amount due to BCBSA under this subparagraph may be waived in whole or in part by the BCBSA Board of Directors in its sole discretion.
8. DISPUTE RESOLUTION
The parties agree that any disputes between or among them or between or among any of them and one or more Plans or Controlled Affiliates of Plans that use in any manner the Blue Cross and Blue Cross Marks and Name are subject to the Mediation and Mandatory Dispute Resolution process attached to and made a part of each Controlling Plan’s License from BCBSA to use the Licensed Marks and Name as Exhibit 5 as amended from time-to-time, which documents are incorporated herein by reference as though fully set forth herein.
9. LICENSE FEE
Controlled Affiliate will pay to BCBSA a fee for this License determined pursuant to the formula(s) set forth in Exhibit B.
10. JOINT VENTURE
Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as creating a joint venture, partnership, agency or employment relationship between the Controlling Plans and Controlled Affiliate or between either and BCBSA.
11. NOTICES AND CORRESPONDENCE
Notices regarding the subject matter of this Agreement or breach or termination thereof shall be in writing and shall be addressed in duplicate to the last known address of each other party, marked respectively to the attention of its President and, if any, its General Counsel.
12. COMPLETE AGREEMENT
This Agreement contains the complete understandings of the parties in relation to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may only be amended by the affirmative vote of three-fourths of the Plans and three-fourths of the total then current weighted vote of all the Plans as officially recorded by the BCBSA Corporate Secretary.




13. SEVERABILITY
If any term of this Agreement is held to be unlawful by a court of competent jurisdiction, such findings shall in no way affect the remaining obligations of the parties hereunder and the court may substitute a lawful term or condition for any unlawful term or condition so long as the effect of such substitution is to provide the parties with the benefits of this Agreement.
14. NONWAIVER
No waiver by BCBSA of any breach or default in performance on the part of Controlled Affiliate or any other licensee of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or default in performance of said terms, covenants or conditions.
14A.      VOTING
For all provisions of this Agreement referring to voting, the term ‘Plans’ shall mean all entities licensed under the Blue Cross License Agreement and/or the Blue Shield License Agreement, and in all votes of the Plans under this Agreement the Plans shall vote together. For weighted votes of the Plans, the Plan shall have a number of votes equal to the number of weighted votes (if any) that it holds as a Blue Cross Plan plus the number of weighted votes (if any) that it holds as a Blue Shield Plan. For all other votes of the Plans, the Plan shall have one vote. For all questions requiring an affirmative three-fourths weighted vote of the Plans, the requirement shall be deemed satisfied with a lesser weighted vote unless the greater of: (i) 6/52 or more of the Plans (rounded to the nearest whole number, with 0.5 or multiples thereof being rounded to the next higher whole number) fail to cast weighted votes in favor of the question; or (ii) three (3) of the Plans fail to cast weighted votes in favor of the question. Notwithstanding the foregoing provision, if there are thirty-nine (39) Plans, the requirement of an affirmative three-fourths weighted vote shall be deemed satisfied with a lesser weighted vote unless four (4) or more Plans fail to cast weighted votes in favor of the question.
15. GOVERNING LAW
This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Illinois.
16. HEADINGS
The headings inserted in this agreement are for convenience only and shall have no bearing on the interpretation hereof.



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this License Agreement to be executed and effective as of the date of last signature written below.
Controlled Affiliate:
By:     
Date:
    
Controlling Plan:
By:     
Date:
    
Controlling Plan:
By:     
Date:
    
BLUE CROSS AND BLUE SHIELD ASSOCIATION
By:     
Date:
    




EXHIBIT A
CONTROLLED AFFILIATE LICENSE STANDARDS APPLICABLE TO REGIONAL MEDICARE
PART D PRESCRIPTION DRUG PLAN PRODUCTS September 2015
PREAMBLE
The standards for licensing Controlled Affiliates for Medicare Part D Prescription Drug Plan Products are established by BCBSA and are subject to change from time-to-time upon the affirmative vote of three-fourths (3/4) of the Plans and three-fourths (3/4) of the total weighted vote. Each Controlling Plan is required to use a standard Controlled Affiliate license form provided by BCBSA and to cooperate fully in assuring that the licensed Controlled Affiliate maintains compliance with the license standards.



Standard 1 - Organization and Governance
A Controlled Affiliate is defined as an entity organized and operated in such a manner, that it meets the following requirements:
(1) Controlled Affiliate is owned or controlled by two or more Controlling Plans;
(2) Each Controlling Plan is authorized pursuant to a separate Blue Cross License Agreement to use the Licensed Marks in a geographic area in the Region and every geographic area in the Region is so licensed to at least one of the Controlling Plans; and
(3) The Controlling Plans must have the legal authority directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries:
(a) to select members of the Controlled Affiliate’s governing
body having not less than 100% voting control thereof;
(b) prevent any change in the articles of incorporation, bylaws or
other establishing or governing documents of the Controlled Affiliate with which the Controlling Plans do not concur;
(c) exercise control over the policy and operations of the
Controlled Affiliate; and















EXHIBIT A (continued)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in (a) through (c) hereof, the Controlled Affiliate’s establishing or governing documents must also require written approval by each of the Controlling Plans before the Controlled Affiliate can:
(i)
change its legal and/or trade names;
(ii)
change the geographic area in which it operates (except such approval shall not be required with respect to business of the Controlled Affiliate conducted under the Licensed Marks within the Service Area of one of the Controlling Plans pursuant to a separate controlled affiliate license agreement with BCBSA sponsored by such Controlling Plan);
(iii)
change any of the type(s) of businesses in which it engages (except such approval shall not be required with respect to business of the Controlled Affiliate conducted under the Licensed Marks within the Service Area of one of the Controlling Plans pursuant to a separate controlled affiliate license agreement with BCBSA sponsored by such Controlling Plan);
(iv)
take any action that any Controlling Plan or BCBSA reasonably believes will adversely affect the Licensed Marks and Name.
In addition, the Controlling Plans directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries shall own 100% of any for-profit Controlled Affiliate.
Standard 2 - Financial Responsibility
A Controlled Affiliate shall be operated in a manner that provides reasonable financial assurance that it can fulfill all of its contractual obligations to its customers.
Standard 3 - State Licensure/Certification
A Controlled Affiliate shall maintain appropriate and unimpaired licensure and certifications.




EXHIBIT A (continued)
Standard 4 - Certain Disclosures
A Controlled Affiliate shall make adequate disclosure in contracting with third parties and in disseminating public statements of:
a. the structure of the Blue Cross and Blue Shield System; and
b. the independent nature of every licensee.
Standard 5 - Reports and Records for Controlled Affiliates
A Controlled Affiliate and/or its Controlling Plans shall furnish, on a timely and accurate basis, reports and records relating to these Standards and the License Agreements between BCBSA and Controlled Affiliate.
Standard 6 - Best Efforts
During each year, a Controlled Affiliate shall use its best efforts to promote and build the value of the Blue Cross Marks.
Standard 7 - Participation in Master Business Associate Agreement
Controlled Affiliates shall comply with the terms of the Business Associate Agreement for Blue Cross and Blue Shield Licensees to the extent they perform the functions of a business associate or subcontractor to a business associate, as defined by the Business Associate Agreement.




EXHIBIT B
ROYALTY FORMULA FOR SECTION 9 OF THE
CONTROLLED AFFILIATE LICENSE AGREEMENTS
APPLICABLE TO REGIONAL MEDICARE PART D PRESCRIPTION DRUG PLAN PRODUCTS
Controlled Affiliate will pay BCBSA a fee for this license in accordance with the following formula:
An amount equal to its pro rata share of each Controlling Plan dues payable to BCBSA computed with the addition of the Controlled Affiliate's members using the Marks on regional PDP products and related services as reported on the Quarterly Enrollment Report with BCBSA. The payment by each Controlling Plan of its dues to BCBSA, including that portion described in this paragraph, will satisfy the requirement of this paragraph, and no separate payment will be necessary.
Amended as of June 14, 2007



EXHIBIT 2
Membership Standards Page 1 of 5
Preamble
The Membership Standards apply to all organizations seeking to become or to continue as Regular Members of the Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association. Any organization seeking to become a Regular Member must be found to be in substantial compliance with all Membership Standards at the time membership is granted and the organization must be found to be in substantial compliance with all Membership Standards for a period of two (2) years preceding the date of its application. If Membership is sought by an entity which controls or is controlled by one or more Plans, such compliance shall be determined on the basis of compliance by such Plan or Plans.
The Regular Member Plans shall have authority to interpret these Standards.
A Regular Member Plan that operates as a “Shell Holding Company” is defined as an entity that assumes no underwriting risk and has less than 1% of the consolidated enterprise assets (excludes investments in subsidiaries) and less than 5% of the consolidated enterprise net general and administrative expenses.
A Regular Member Plan that operates as a “Hybrid Holding Company” is defined as an entity that assumes no underwriting risk and has either more than 1% of the consolidated enterprise assets (excludes investments in subsidiaries) or more than 5% of the consolidated enterprise net general and administrative expenses.
Standard 1:    A Plan shall maintain a governing Board, which shall control
the Plan and ensure that the Plan follows appropriate practices of corporate governance. A Plan's Board shall not be controlled by any special interest group, shall make an annual determination that a majority of its directors are independent, and shall act in the best interest of its Corporation and its customers. The Board shall be composed of a majority of persons other than providers of health care services, who shall be known as public members. A public member shall not be an employee of or have a financial interest in a health care provider, nor be a member of a profession which provides health care services.
Amended as of March 15, 2007



EXHIBIT 2
Membership Standards Page 2 of 5
Standard 2:    A Plan shall furnish to the Association on a timely and
accurate basis reports and records relating to compliance with these Standards and the License Agreements between the Association and the Plans. Such reports and records are the following:
A.
BCBSA Membership Information Request;
B.
Biennial trade name and service mark usage material, including disclosure material under Standard 7;
C.
Changes in the governance of the Plan, including changes in a Plan's Charter, Articles of Incorporation, or Bylaws, changes in a Plan's Board composition, or changes in the identity of the Plan's Principal Officers;
D.
Quarterly Financial Report, Semi-annual “Health Risk-Based Capital (HRBC) Report” as defined by the NAIC, Annual Budget, Annual Certified Audit Report, Insurance Department Examination Report, Annual Statement filed with State Insurance Department (with all attachments), Plan, Subsidiary and Affiliate Report; and
Plans that are a Shell Holding Company as defined in the Preamble hereto are required to furnish only a calendar year-end “Health Risk-Based Capital (HRBC) Report” as defined by the NAIC.







Amended as of November 17, 2011



EXHIBIT 2
Membership Standards Page 3 of 5
E. Quarterly Enrollment Report, Quarterly Member Touchpoint Measures Index (MTM) through 12/31/2011, and Semi-annual MTM Index starting 1/1/2012 and thereafter.
For purposes of MTM reporting only, a Plan shall file a separate MTM report for each Geographic Market.
Standard 3:    A Plan shall be operated in a manner that provides
reasonable financial assurance that it can fulfill its contractual obligations to its customers.
Standard 4:    A Plan shall be operated in a manner responsive to
customer needs and requirements.
Standard 5:    A Plan shall effectively and efficiently participate in each
national program as from time to time may be adopted by the Member Plans for the purposes of providing portability of membership between the Plans and ease of claims processing for customers receiving benefits outside of the Plan's Service Area.
Such programs are applicable to Blue Cross and Blue Shield Plans, and include:
A.
Inter-Plan Teleprocessing System (ITS);
B.
BlueCard Program;
C.
National Account Programs;
D.
Business Associate Agreement for Blue Cross and Blue Shield Licensees, effective April 14, 2003; and
E.
Inter-Plan Medicare Advantage Program.
Amended as of November 21, 2014



EXHIBIT 2
Membership Standards Page 4 of 5
Standard 6:    In addition to requirements under the national programs
listed in Standard 5: Participation in National Programs, a Plan shall take such action as required to ensure its financial performance in programs and contracts of an inter-Plan nature or where the Association is a party.
Standard 7:    A Plan shall make adequate disclosure in contracting with
third parties and in disseminating public statements of (i) the structure of the Blue Cross and Blue Shield System, (ii) the independent nature of every Plan, and (iii) the Plan's financial condition.
Standard 8:    A Plan shall cooperate with the Association's Board of
Directors and its Brand Enhancement & Protection Committee in the administration of the Plan Performance Response Process and in addressing Plan performance problems identified thereunder.
Standard 9:    A Plan shall obtain a rating of its financial strength from an
independent rating agency approved by the Association's
Board of Directors for such purpose.
Standard 10:    Notwithstanding any other provision in this License
Agreement, during each year, a Plan and its Controlled Affiliate(s) engaged in providing licensable services (excluding Life Insurance and Charitable Foundation Services) shall use their best efforts to promote and build the value of the Blue Cross Marks.
Standard 11:    Neither a Plan nor any Larger Controlled Affiliate shall
cause or permit an entity other than a Plan or a Licensed Controlled Affiliate thereof to obtain control of the Plan or Larger Controlled Affiliate or to acquire a substantial portion of its assets related to licensable services.
Amended as of June 16, 2005



EXHIBIT 2

Membership Standards Page 5 of 5
Standard 12:    No provider network, or portion thereof, shall be rented or
otherwise made available to a National Competitor if the Licensed Marks or Names are used in any way with such network.
A provider network may be rented or otherwise made available, provided there is no use of the Licensed Marks or Names with respect to the network being rented.
Standard 13:    Each Plan shall operate in a manner to reasonably: 1)
protect the security and confidentiality of Personally Identifiable Information (PII) and Protected Health Information (PHI); 2) protect the Brands from reputational damage; and 3) cooperate with BCBSA and other Plans if a data security incident or data breach occurs.

















Amended as of June 18, 2015



EXHIBIT 3
GUIDELINES WITH RESPECT TO USE OF
LICENSED NAME AND MARKS IN CONNECTION WITH NATIONAL ACCOUNTS
Page 1 of 3
1. The strength of the Blue Cross/Blue Cross National Accounts mechanism, and the continued provision of cost effective, quality health care benefits to National Accounts, are predicated on locally managed provider networks coordinated on a national scale in a manner consistent with effective service to National Account customers and consistent with the preservation of the integrity of the Blue Cross/Blue Shield system and the Licensed Marks. These guidelines shall be interpreted in keeping with such ends.
2. A National Account is an entity with employee and/or retiree locations in more than one Plan's Service Area. Unless otherwise agreed, a National Account is deemed located in the Service Area in which the corporate headquarters of the National Account is located. A local plant, office or division headquarters of an entity may be deemed a separate National Account when that local plant, office or division headquarters 1) has employee locations in more than one Service Area, and 2) has independent health benefit decision-making authority for the employees working at such local plant, office or division headquarters and for employees working at other locations outside the Service Area. In such a case, the local plant, office or division headquarters is a National Account that is deemed located in the Service Area in which such local plant, office or division headquarters is located. The Control Plan of a National Account is the Plan in whose Service Area the National Account is located. A participating ("Par") Plan is a Plan in whose Service Area the National Account has employee and/or retiree locations, but in which the National Account is not located. In the event that a National Account parent company consolidates health benefit-decision making for itself and its wholly-owned subsidiary companies, the parent company and the subsidiary companies shall be considered one National Account. The Control Plan for such a National Account shall be the Plan in whose Service Area the parent company headquarters is located.
3. The National Account Guidelines enunciated herein below shall be applicable only with respect to the business of new National Accounts acquired after January 1, 1991.
4. Control Plans shall utilize National Account identification cards complying with then currently effective BCBSA graphic standards in connection with all National Accounts business to facilitate administration thereof, to minimize subscriber and provider confusion, and to reflect a commitment to cooperation among Plans.
Amended as of June 12, 2003



EXHIBIT 3 Page 2 of 3
5. Disputes among Plans and/or BCBSA as to the interpretation or implementation of these Guidelines or as to other National Accounts issues shall be submitted to mediation and mandatory dispute resolution as provided in the License Agreement. For two years from the effective date of the License Agreement, however, such disputes shall be subject to mediation only, with the results of such mediation to be collected and reported in order to establish more definitive operating parameters for National Accounts business and to serve as ground rules for future binding dispute resolution.
6. The Control Plan may use the BlueCard Program (as defined by IPPC) to deliver benefits to employees and non-Medicare eligible retirees in a Participating Plan’s service area if an alternative arrangement with the Participating Plan cannot be negotiated. The Participating Plan’s minimum servicing requirement for those employees and non-Medicare retirees in its service area is to deliver benefits using the BlueCard Program. Account delivery is subject to the policies, provisions and procedures of the BlueCard Program.
7. For provider payments in a Participating Plan’s area (on non-BlueCard claims), payment to the provider may be made by the Participating Plan or the Control Plan at the Participating Plan's option. If the Participating Plan elects to pay the provider, it may not withhold payment of a claim verified by the Control Plan or its designated processor, and payment must be in conformity with service criteria established by the Board of Directors of BCBSA (or an authorized committee thereof) to assure prompt payment, good service and minimum confusion with providers and subscribers. The Control Plan, at the Participating Plan's request, will also assure that measures are taken to protect the confidentiality of the data pertaining to provider reimbursement levels and profiles.
Amended as of June 14, 1996



EXHIBIT 3 Page 3 of 3
8. The Control Plan, in its financial agreements with a National Account, is expected to reasonably reflect the aggregate amount of differentials passed along to the Control Plan by all Participating Plans in a National Account.
9. Other than in contracting with health care providers or soliciting such contracts in areas contiguous to a Plan's Service Area in order to serve its subscribers or those of its licensed Controlled Affiliate residing or working in its Service Area, a Control Plan may not use the Licensed Marks and/or Name, as a tag line or otherwise, to negotiate directly with providers outside its Service Area.
Amended as of March 13, 2003



EXHIBIT 4
GOVERNMENT PROGRAMS AND CERTAIN OTHER USES
Page 1 of 14
1. A Plan and its licensed Controlled Affiliate may use the Licensed Marks and Name in bidding on and executing a contract to serve a Government Program, and in thereafter communicating with the Government concerning the Program. With respect, however, to such contracts entered into after the 1st day of January, 1991, the Licensed Marks and Name will not be used in communications or transactions with beneficiaries or providers in the Government Program located outside a Plan's Service Area, unless the Plan can demonstrate to the satisfaction of BCBSA's governing body that such a restriction on use of the Licensed Marks and Name will jeopardize its ability to procure the contract for the Government Program. As to both existing and future contracts for Government Programs, Plans will discontinue use of the Licensed Marks and Name as to beneficiaries and Providers outside their Service Area as expeditiously as circumstances reasonably permit. Effective January 1, 1995, except as provided in the first sentence above, all use by a Plan of the Licensed Marks and Name in Government Programs outside of the Plan's Service Area shall be discontinued. Incidental communications outside a Plan's Service Area with resident or former resident beneficiaries of the Plan, and other categories of necessary incidental communications approved by BCBSA, are not prohibited. For purposes of this Paragraph 1, the term “Government Programs” shall mean Medicare Part A, Medicare Part B and other non-risk government programs.
2. In connection with activity otherwise in furtherance of the License Agreement, a Plan and its Controlled Affiliates that are licensed to use the Licensed Marks and Name in its Service Area pursuant to the Controlled Affiliate License Agreements authorized in clauses a) through c) of Paragraph 2 of the Plan’s License Agreement with BCBSA may use the Licensed Marks and Name outside the Plan’s Service Area in the following circumstances which are deemed legitimate and necessary and not likely to cause consumer confusion:
2.1    Common Business Communications
a.
sending letterhead, envelopes, and similar items solely for administrative purposes (e.g., not for purposes of marketing, advertising, promoting, selling or soliciting the sale of health care plans and related services);
b.
distributing business cards other than in marketing and selling;
c.
advertising in publications or electronic media solely to persons for employment;
Amended as of June 19, 2014



EXHIBIT 4 Page 2 of 14
2.2    Marketing Spillover
a.
advertising in print, electronic or other media which serve, as a substantial market, the Service Area of the Plan or licensed Controlled Affiliate, provided that no Plan or Controlled Affiliate may advertise outside its Service Area on the national broadcast and cable networks and that advertisements in national print media are limited to the smallest regional edition encompassing the Service Area;
b.
advertising by direct mail where the addressee's zip code plus 4 includes, at least in part, the Plan's Service Area or that of a licensed Controlled Affiliate;
2.3    Provider Contracting
a.
contracting with health care providers or soliciting such contracts in areas contiguous to the Plan's Service Area in order to serve its subscribers or those of such licensed Controlled Affiliates residing or working in its service area;
b.
issuing a small sign containing the legal name or trade name of the Plan or such licensed Controlled Affiliates for display by a provider to identify the latter as a participating provider of the Plan or Controlled Affiliate;
c.
negotiating rates with a health care provider for services to a specific member, provided that all of the following conditions are met:
(1)
the health care provider does not have a contract, applicable to the services rendered or to be rendered, with the Licensee (or any of the Licensees in the case of overlapping Service Areas) in whose Service Area the health care provider is located; and
(2)
the Plan or Controlled Affiliate reasonably determines that the member did/does not have a reasonable opportunity to access a participating provider whose contract applies to the services rendered or to be rendered; and
(3)
at least one of the following circumstances exists:
Amended as of June 19, 2014




EXHIBIT 4
Page 3 of 14
(i)
the member received emergency services and the Plan or Controlled Affiliate knows or reasonably anticipates that the charges on the claim will meet or exceed $5,000; or

(ii)
a provider, in consultation pre- or post- treatment with the Plan or Controlled Affiliate, makes/made a treatment recommendation or referral to a non-par provider or to a par provider whose contract does not apply to the services to be rendered; or
(iii)
the member inadvertently accessed a non-par provider or non-contracted services in the course of receiving services from a par provider (e.g., the member sees a non-par consulting specialist in a participating hospital); and
(4)    the Licensee (and in the case of overlapping Service Areas,
all of the Licensees) in whose Service Area the health care provider is located consent(s) in advance.
d.    contracting with a pharmacy management organization
(“Pharmacy Intermediary”) to gain access to a national or regional pharmacy network to provide self-administered prescription drugs to deliver a pharmacy benefit for all of the Plan’s or licensed Controlled Affiliate’s members nationwide, provided, however, that the Pharmacy Intermediary may not use the Licensed Marks or Name in contracting with the pharmacy providers in such network;
Amended as of June 19, 2014



EXHIBIT 4
Page 4 of 14
e.
contracting with the corporate owner of a national or regional retail pharmacy chain to gain access to the pharmacies in the chain to provide self-administered prescription drugs to deliver a pharmacy benefit for all of the Plan’s or licensed Controlled Affiliate’s members nationwide, provided that (1) the Plan and the Controlled Affiliate may not contract directly with pharmacists or pharmacy stores outside the Plan’s Service Area, and (2) neither the Plan’s or the Controlled Affiliate’s name nor the Licensed Marks or Name may be posted or otherwise displayed at or by any pharmacy store outside the Plan’s Service Area;
f.
contracting with a dental management organization (“Dental Intermediary”) to gain access to a national or regional dental network to deliver a routine dental benefit for all of the Plan’s or licensed Controlled Affiliate’s members nationwide, provided, however, that the Dental Intermediary may not use the Licensed Marks or Name in contracting with the dental providers in such network;
g.
contracting with a vision management organization (“Vision Intermediary”) to gain access to a national or regional vision network to deliver a routine vision benefit for all of the Plan’s or licensed Controlled Affiliate’s members nationwide, provided, however, that the Vision Intermediary may not use the Licensed Marks or Name in contracting with the vision providers in such network;
h.
contracting with an independent clinical laboratory for analysis and clinical assessment of specimens that are collected within the Plan’s Service Area;
i.
contracting with a durable medical equipment or home medical equipment company for durable medical equipment and supplies and home medical equipment and supplies that are shipped to a location within the Plan’s Service Area;
j.
contracting with a specialty pharmaceutical company for non-routine biological therapeutics that are ordered by a health care professional located within the Plan’s Service Area;



EXHIBIT 4 Page 5 of 14
k.
contracting with a company that operates provider sites in the Plan’s Service Area, provided that the contract is solely for
services rendered at a site (e.g., hospital, mobile van) that is within the Plan’s Service Area;
l.
contracting with a company that makes health care professionals available in the Plan’s Service Area (e.g., traveling home health nurse), provided that the contract is solely for services rendered by health care professionals who are located within the Plan’s Service Area.
2.4    Services to National Accounts
a.    in conjunction with contracting with a National Account as Control
Licensee or Alternate Control Licensee (as those terms are defined in the Inter-Plan Programs Policies and Provisions (“IP Policies”)) to offer Blue-branded Health Coverage to the National Account, offering Blue-branded Health and Wellness Programs to all members of the National Account, including members who have not enrolled in the Blue-branded Health Coverage (“non-Blue Health Coverage members”), provided that:
(i)
the Plan and/or licensed Controlled Affiliate has no contact or interaction with providers outside of the Plan’s Service Area, except as specifically provided in the IP Policies and in 2.4 (b); and
(ii)
if in accordance with IP Policies another Licensee is soliciting or servicing under the Brands a local plant, office or division of the account that is outside of the Plan’s Service Area, the Plan and/or licensed Controlled Affiliate may not offer Blue-branded Health and Wellness Programs to any employees working at such local plant, office or division without the consent of such other Licensee; and
(iii)
if the Plan and/or licensed Controlled Affiliate provides an information card to the non-Blue Health Coverage members, the card may not display the Symbols in the masthead, must contain a prominent disclosure conveying that it is not a health insurance card, and otherwise must be designed so that it is dissimilar to a Blue member identification card.
Amended as of March 26, 2015



EXHIBIT 4 Page 6 of 14
For purposes of this subparagraph a, the following definitions apply:
“Health and Wellness Program” shall mean a program that includes at least one of the following elements or a related element:
– Health Risk Assessment and/or Preventive Screenings
– Exercise and Fitness Programs
– Health and Wellness Events (e.g., attendance at a health fair, a
5K walk)
– Nutrition and Weight Management
– Health Education (e.g., smoking cessation classes)
– Prenatal and Parenting Education
– Disease or Chronic Condition Management
The above listing is intended to represent examples of the types of programs that may be offered, and other programs, including those offered through different media such as the internet or telephonically, may also be deemed Health and Wellness programs.
“Health Coverage” shall mean providing or administering medical, surgical, hospital, major medical, or catastrophic coverage, or any HMO, PPO, POS or other managed care plan for the foregoing services.
2.4    Services to National Accounts (continued)
b.    as part of a Health and Wellness Program that is otherwise
compliant with Brand Regulation 4.11.4(a), contracting with a health and wellness organization to gain access to providers to deliver a discrete health and wellness event (“Event”) held at a National Account’s worksite outside of the Licensee’s Service Area, provided that:
(i) the services delivered at the Event are limited to fingerstick screenings for cholesterol and glucose, seasonal flu immunizations, blood pressure measurements, body mass index measurements, and other routine screenings, immunizations and measurements; and
(ii) neither such services nor their costs are applied as claims against any benefit plan; and
(iii) the Event is presented during one or more limited periods during a benefit year and is available to all employees at the
worksite.    


Amended as of June 19, 2014



EXHIBIT 4 Page 7 of 14
c.    in conjunction with contracting with a National Account as Control
Licensee or Alternate Control Licensee to offer Blue-branded Health Coverage to the National Account, performing the Eligibility and Enrollment functions of HR administration for all benefit plans offered by the National Account to its members, including benefit plans that are not underwritten or administered by the Plan, provided that:
(i)
in performing such functions, the Plan and/or licensed Controlled Affiliate does not use the Brands in any communications with health care providers outside of the Plan’s Service Area, and otherwise limits its use of the Brands outside of the Service Area to communications with the account’s members, the other benefit plan providers with which the account has contracted and other reasonably necessary communications to perform such functions; and
(ii)
if in accordance with IP Policies another Licensee is soliciting or servicing under the Brands a local plant, office or division of the account that is outside of the Plan’s Service Area, the Plan and/or licensed Controlled Affiliate may not perform Eligibility and Enrollment functions for employees working at such local plant, office or division without the consent of such other Licensee;
For purposes of this subparagraph b, the following definitions apply: “Health Coverage” has the meaning set forth in subparagraph 2.4.a.












Amended as of March 26, 2015



EXHIBIT 4 Page 8 of 14
“Eligibility” means services that manage the account’s eligibility data and determine or process determinations relating to eligibility for benefit plans offered by the account to its employees, including such services as:
monitoring and auditing data to ensure that only entitled individuals are enrolled in each such benefit plan;
review of eligibility documentation (e.g. marriage licenses, birth certificates, student status verification letters, employment records);
identification of key member segments such as over-age dependents, part-time employees, employees reaching certain milestones (e.g. Medicare-eligible, retirees);
termination of coverage for those individuals found to be ineligible for coverage under a benefit plan, and, if applicable, generation of a COBRA event; and
management of “hour-banking” for union environments in which union members can bank hours to remain eligible for benefits.
“Enrollment” means services that enroll eligible individuals and their spouses/dependents or terminate or change their enrollment in the account’s benefit plans on an ongoing basis and during open enrollment periods, including such services as:
the coordination of each step in open enrollment process from project planning and system set-up to the generation of confirmation statements;
ongoing enrollment support for new hires and changes due to life events and work status adjustments;
evidence of insurability (EOI) administration for life and disability coverage;
transmission of eligibility/enrollment information to the account’s benefit plan providers;
review and reconciliation of error reports received from the account’s benefit plan providers; and
transmission of information to the account’s payroll system (e.g., benefit deductions, employee demographic data).



Amended as of November 18, 2010



EXHIBIT 4 Page 9 of 14
2.5 Knowledge Sharing
a.
submitting scholarly articles authored or co-authored by the Plan or Controlled Affiliate or its respective employees for publication in peer-reviewed journals;
b.
permitting an internal representative of the Licensee (e.g., officer, employee) to speak or present at a conference or symposium outside of the Licensee’s Service Area regarding either (i) healthcare financing, administration, delivery or policy, or (ii) topics within the representative’s functional discipline or expertise at the Licensee, for which the event sponsor will issue communications to promote, administer, and/or recap the event that will identify the Licensee’s representative as a participant. The communications outside of the Licensee’s Service Area that mention the Licensee’s representative shall be limited to materials and digital media provided to attendees, on-site signage, advertising in relevant trade publications, direct mail and email to attendees and prospective attendees, and the sponsor’s website. Participation in any conference or symposium outside of the Licensee’s Service Area may not be for the purpose of marketing or selling products or services.
If the Licensee’s representative wishes to use the Brands in any manner, including use in his/her title, when participating as a speaker or presenter outside of the Licensee’s Service Area about a topic that is not related to healthcare financing, administration, delivery, or policy, or to topics within the representative’s functional discipline or expertise at the Licensee, the Licensee must notify BCBSA and receive prior approval from BCBSA before participating;
Amended as of March 26, 2015



EXHIBIT 4
Page 10 of 14
2.6 Other Uses
a.
entering into a license agreement between and among BCBSA, the Plan and a debit card issuer located outside the Plan’s Service Area, and entering into a corresponding operating agreement or agreements, in order to offer a debit card bearing the Licensed Marks and Name to eligible persons as defined by the aforementioned license agreement;
b.
appearing in communications issued by an independent third party to recognize outstanding performance of the Plan or Controlled Affiliate or a member of the Plan’s or Controlled Affiliate’s senior management as part of an established program of the third party for which the Plan has provided information to be considered for the recognition, provided that such use complies with regulations of general application specifically prescribed by BCBSA from time to time;
c.
to identify itself as being a joint sponsor of an event, program or activity along with other Plans or such Plans’ licensed Controlled Affiliates, provided that such use complies with regulations of general application specifically prescribed by BCBSA from time to time;
d.
hosting meetings or events (collectively, “events”) in Washington, D.C. related to policy and business issues in the Licensee’s Service Area, or hosting events in conjunction with the assemblies or conventions of national political parties. Such events may not involve marketing or selling products or services. Use of the Brands outside the Licensee’s Service Area in connection with such events shall be limited to materials and digital media provided to attendees and prospective attendees and onsite signage. For any such events in Washington, D.C. that are open to attendees other than government officials or their staffs, or are briefings open to all Congressional staff, or are otherwise likely to receive media coverage, the Licensee is required to provide advance notice to BCBSA. For events hosted outside of Washington, D.C. in conjunction with the assemblies or conventions of national political parties, the Licensee is required to provide advance notice to BCBSA and to the local Plan;
Amended as of March 26, 2015



EXHIBIT 4 Page 11 of 14
e. permitting an affiliate that is not licensed to use the Licensed
Marks to identify its corporate relationship with the Plan, provided that such use complies with regulations of general application specifically prescribed by BCBSA from time to time.
3.    In connection with activity otherwise in furtherance of the License
Agreement, a Controlled Affiliate that is licensed to use the Licensed Marks and Name pursuant to a Controlled Affiliate License Agreement authorized in clauses d) or e) of Paragraph 2 of the Plan’s License Agreement with BCBSA may use the Licensed Marks and Name outside the Region (as that term is defined in such respective Controlled Affiliate License Agreements) in the following circumstances which are deemed legitimate and necessary and not likely to cause consumer confusion:
a.
sending letterhead, envelopes, and similar items solely for administrative purposes (e.g., not for purposes of marketing, advertising, promoting, selling or soliciting the sale of health care plans and related services);
b.
distributing business cards other than in marketing and selling;
c.
contracting with health care providers or soliciting such contracts in areas contiguous to the Region in order to serve its subscribers residing in the Region, provided that the Controlled Affiliate may not use the names of any of its Controlling Plans in connection with such contracting unless the provider is located in a geographic area that is also contiguous to such Controlling Plan’s Service Area;
d.
issuing a small sign containing the legal name or trade name of the Controlled Affiliate for display by a provider to identify the latter as a participating provider of the Controlled Affiliate, provided that the Controlled Affiliate may not use the names of any of its Controlling Plans on such signs unless the provider is located in a geographic area that is also contiguous to such Controlling Plan’s Service Area;
e.
advertising in publications or electronic media solely to persons for employment;


Amended as of June 19, 2014



EXHIBIT 4
Page 12 of 14
f.
advertising in print, electronic or other media which serve, as a substantial market, the Region, provided that the Controlled Affiliate may not advertise outside its Region on the national broadcast and cable networks and that advertisements in national print media are limited to the smallest regional edition encompassing the Region, and provided further that any such advertising by the Controlled Affiliate may not reference the name of any of its Controlling Plans unless the respective Controlling Plan is authorized under paragraph 2 of this Exhibit 4 to advertise in such media;
g.
advertising by direct mail where the addressee's zip code plus 4 includes, at least in part, the Region, provided that such
advertising by the Controlled Affiliate may not reference the name of any of its Controlling Plans unless the respective Controlling Plan is authorized under paragraph 2 of this Exhibit 4 to send direct mail to such zip code plus 4.
h.
[Intentionally left blank, pending review by the Inter-Plan Programs Committee of the applicability of the case management rule to such Controlled Affiliates.]
i.
contracting with a pharmacy management organization (“Pharmacy Intermediary”) to gain access to a national or regional pharmacy network to provide self-administered prescription drugs to deliver a pharmacy benefit for the Controlled Affiliate’s regional Medicare Advantage PPO or regional Medicare Part D Prescription Drug members enrolled under the Licensed Marks pursuant to such respective Controlled Affiliate License Agreements, provided, however, that the Pharmacy Intermediary may not use the Licensed Marks or Name in contracting with the pharmacy providers in such network;
j.
contracting with the corporate owner of a national or regional retail pharmacy chain to gain access to the pharmacies in the chain to provide self-administered prescription drugs to deliver a pharmacy benefit to the Controlled Affiliate’s regional Medicare Advantage PPO or regional Medicare Part D Prescription Drug members enrolled under the Licensed Marks pursuant to such respective




EXHIBIT 4
Page 13 of 14
Controlled Affiliate License Agreements, provided that (1) the Controlled Affiliate may not contract directly with pharmacists or pharmacy stores outside the Region, and (2) neither the Controlled Affiliate’s name nor the Licensed Marks or Name may be posted or otherwise displayed at or by any pharmacy store outside the Region;
k.
contracting with a dental management organization (“Dental Intermediary”) to gain access to a national or regional dental network to deliver a routine dental benefit for the Controlled Affiliate’s regional Medicare Advantage PPO members enrolled under the Licensed Marks pursuant to such Controlled Affiliate License Agreement, provided, however, that the Dental Intermediary may not use the Licensed Marks or Name in contracting with the dental providers in such network;
l.
contracting with a vision management organization (“Vision Intermediary”) to gain access to a national or regional vision network to deliver a routine vision benefit for the Controlled Affiliate’s regional Medicare Advantage members enrolled under the Licensed Marks pursuant to such Controlled Affiliate License Agreement, provided, however, that the Vision Intermediary may not use the Licensed Marks or Name in contracting with the vision providers in such network;
m.
contracting with an independent clinical laboratory for analysis and clinical assessment of specimens that are collected within the Controlled Affiliate’s Region;
n.
contracting with a durable medical equipment or home medical equipment company for durable medical equipment and supplies and home medical equipment and supplies that are shipped to a location within the Controlled Affiliate’s Region;
o.
contracting with a specialty pharmaceutical company for non-routine biological therapeutics that are ordered by a health care professional located within the Region;
p.
contracting with a company that operates provider sites in the Region, provided that the contract is solely for services rendered at a site (e.g., hospital, mobile van) that is within the Region;



EXHIBIT 4 Page 14 of 14
q.    contracting with a company that makes health care professionals
available in the Region (e.g., traveling home health nurse), provided that the contract is solely for services rendered by health
care professionals who are located within the Region.
4.
BCBSA shall retain the right to use the Licensed Marks in conjunction with the Federal Employee Program and with any other national offering made to federal employees pursuant to the Federal Employees Health Benefits Program (FEHBP), including the right to license such use to its vendors, but only in the following manner.
a.
the Licensed Marks may only be used by BCBSA with the term “Federal Employee Program”, “Federal”, “FEP”, or similar language identifying the program as a benefit program for federal employees;
b.
the Licensed Marks may not be used by BCBSA with the name(s) of a specific Plan or Plans and;
c.
any use by BCBSA in conjunction with a new national FEHBP program proposed after the enactment of this amendment will require the approval of the BCBSA Board of Directors.
5.
Where required by applicable state or local law or regulation, a Plan or its licensed Controlled Affiliate may submit documents that contain the Brands to, and file forms that contain the Brands with, state or local regulators in a state not included in its Service Area, provided that it gives reasonable advance notice to the local Plan of its intent to submit such documents or file such forms. Notwithstanding, in no event may a Plan or its licensed Controlled Affiliate use the Brands to register, or to obtain or maintain a license, a certificate of authority, or an equivalent document authorizing it to act as a risk-bearing entity or third party administrator in a state not included in its Service Area. If the local Plan advises BCBSA that it believes its License Agreement has been or would be violated by any submission or filing, BCBSA shall determine whether such submission or filing is required by state or local law or regulation and violates the License Agreement, subject to the Plan’s or licensed Controlled Affiliate’s rights to obtain an independent review of such determination under Paragraph 9(a) and Exhibit 5 of its License Agreement or Paragraph 8 of the Controlled Affiliate License. For purposes of this paragraph, “local Plan” is defined as each Plan whose Service Area includes all or part of the state in which the foregoing applicable state or local law or regulation has been enacted.


Amended as of March 26, 2015



EXHIBIT 5 Page 1 of 23
MEDIATION AND MANDATORY DISPUTE RESOLUTION (MMDR) RULES
The Blue Cross and Blue Shield Plans ("Plans") and the Blue Cross Blue Shield Association ("BCBSA") recognize and acknowledge that the Blue Cross and Blue Shield system is a unique nonprofit and for-profit system offering cost effective health care financing and services. The Plans and BCBSA desire to utilize Mediation and Mandatory Dispute Resolution (“MMDR”) to avoid
expensive and time-consuming litigation that may otherwise occur in the federal and state judicial systems. Even MMDR should be viewed, however, as methods of last resort, all other procedures for dispute resolution having failed. Except as otherwise provided in the License Agreements, the Plans, their Controlled Affiliates and BCBSA agree to submit all disputes to MMDR pursuant to these Rules and in lieu of litigation.
1.     Initiation of Proceedings
A. Pre-MMDR Efforts
Before filing a Complaint to invoke the MMDR process, the CEO of a complaining party, or his/her designated representative, shall undertake good faith efforts with the other side(s) to try to resolve any dispute.
B. Complaint
To commence a proceeding, the complaining party (or parties) shall provide by certified mail, return receipt requested, a written Complaint to the BCBSA Corporate Secretary (which shall also constitute service on BCBSA if it is a respondent) and to any Plan(s) and/or Controlled Affiliate(s) named therein. The Complaint shall contain:
i.
identification of the complaining party (or parties) requesting the proceeding;
ii.
identification of the respondent(s);
iii.
identification of any other persons or entities who are interested in a resolution of the dispute;
iv.
a full statement describing the nature of the dispute;
v.
identification of all of the issues that are being submitted for resolution;

Amended as of November 21, 1996



EXHIBIT 5 Page 2 of 23
vi.
the remedy sought;
vii.
a statement as to whether the complaining party (or parties) elect(s) first to pursue Mediation;

viii. any request, if applicable, that the matter be handled on an
expedited basis and the reasons therefor; and

ix.
a statement signed by the CEO of the complaining party affirming that the CEO has undertaken efforts, or has directed efforts to be undertaken, to resolve the dispute before resorting to the MMDR process.
The complaining party (or parties) shall file and serve with the Complaint copies of all documents which the party (or parties) intend(s) to offer at the Arbitration Hearing and a statement identifying the witnesses the party (or parties) intend(s) to present at the Hearing, along with a summary of each witness' expected testimony.
C.     Answer
Within twenty (20) days after receipt of the Complaint, each respondent shall serve on BCBSA and on the complaining party (or parties);
i.
a full Answer to the aforesaid Complaint;
ii.
a statement of any Counterclaims against the complaining party (or parties), providing with respect thereto the information specified in Paragraph 1.B., above;
iii.
a statement as to whether the respondent elects to first pursue Mediation; and
iv.
any request, if applicable, that the matter be handled on an expedited basis and the reasons therefor.
The respondent(s) shall file and serve with the Answer or by the date of the Initial Conference set forth in Paragraph 3.C., below, copies of all documents which the respondent(s) intend(s) to offer at the Arbitration Hearing and a statement identifying the witnesses the party (or parties) intend(s) to present at the Hearing, along with a summary of each witness' expected testimony.
Amended as of September 20, 2007



EXHIBIT 5 Page 3 of 23
D.     Reply To Counterclaim
Within ten (10) days after receipt of any Counterclaim, the complaining party (or parties) shall serve on BCBSA and on the responding party (or parties), a Reply to the Counterclaim. Such Reply must provide the same information required by Paragraph 1.C., above.
2.     Mediation
To facilitate the mediation of disputes between or among BCBSA, the Plans and/or their Controlled Affiliates, the BCBSA Board has provided for Mediation under these Rules. Mediation may be pursued in lieu of or in an effort to obviate the Mandatory Dispute Resolution process, and all parties are strongly urged, but not required, to exhaust the mediation procedure provided for herein. In the event any party refuses to proceed with Mediation, the parties shall proceed immediately to Mandatory Dispute Resolution, as provided in Section 3.
A. Selection of Mediators
If all parties agree to pursue Mediation, they shall promptly attempt to agree upon: (i) the number of mediators desired, not to exceed three mediators; and (ii) the selection of experienced mediator(s) from an independent entity to mediate all disputes set forth in the Complaint and Answer (and Counterclaim and Reply, if any). In the event the parties are unable to agree upon the selection or number of mediators, both within five (5) days of the service of the Answer or Reply to Counterclaim, whichever is later, the BCBSA Corporate Secretary shall immediately refer the matter to a nationally recognized professional ADR organization (such as CPR or JAMS) for mediation by a single mediator to be selected by the ADR organization.
B. Binding Decision
Before the Mediation Hearing described below, the BCBSA Corporate Secretary shall contact the parties to determine whether they wish to be bound by any recommendation of the selected mediator(s) for resolution of the disputes. If all wish to be bound, the Corporate Secretary will send appropriate documentation to them for their signatures before the Mediation Hearing begins.
Amended as of September 20, 2007



EXHIBIT 5 Page 4 of 23
C.     Mediation Procedure
The Mediator(s) shall apply the mediation procedures and processes provided for herein (not the rules of the ADR organization with which they are affiliated) and shall promptly advise the parties of a scheduled Mediation Hearing date. Unless a party requests an expedited procedure, or unless all parties to the proceeding agree to one or more extensions of time, the Mediation Hearing set forth below shall be completed within forty (40) days of BCBSA's receipt of the Complaint. The selected mediator(s), unless the parties otherwise agree, shall adhere to the following procedure:
i.
Each party must be represented by its CEO or other representative who has been delegated full authority to resolve the dispute. However, parties may send additional representatives as they see fit.
ii.
Each party will be given one-half hour to present its case, beginning with the complaining party (or parties), followed by the other party or parties. The parties are free to structure their presentations as they see fit, using oral statements or direct examination of witnesses. However, neither cross-examination nor questioning of opposing representatives will be permitted. At the close of each presentation, the selected mediator(s) will be given an opportunity to ask questions of the presenters and witnesses. All parties must be present throughout the Mediation Hearing. The selected mediator(s) may extend the time allowed for each party's presentation at the Mediation Hearing. The selected mediator(s) may meet in executive session, outside the presence of the parties, or may meet with the parties separately, to discuss the controversy.
iii.
After the close of the presentations, the parties will attempt to negotiate a settlement of the dispute. If the parties desire, the selected mediator(s), or any one or more of the selected mediators, will sit in on the negotiations.
Amended as of September 20, 2007



EXHIBIT 5 Page 5 of 23
iv.
After the close of the presentations, the selected mediator(s) may meet privately to agree upon a recommendation for resolution of the dispute which would be submitted to the parties for their consideration and approval. If the parties have previously agreed to be bound by the results of this procedure, this recommendation shall be binding upon the parties.
v.
The purpose of the Mediation Hearing is to assist the parties to settle their grievances short of mandatory dispute resolution. As a result, the Mediation Hearing has been designed to be as informal as possible. Rules of evidence shall not apply. There will be no transcript of the proceedings, and no party may make a tape recording of the Mediation Hearing.
vi.
In order to facilitate a free and open discussion, the Mediation proceeding shall remain confidential. A "Stipulation to Confidentiality" which prohibits future use of settlement offers, all position papers or other statements furnished to the selected mediator(s), and decisions or recommendations in any Mediation proceeding shall be executed by each party.
vii.
Upon request of the selected mediator(s), or one of the parties, BCBSA staff may also submit documentation at any time during the proceedings.
D.     Notice of Termination of Mediation
If the Mediation cannot be completed within the prescribed or agreed time period due to the lack of cooperation of any party, as determined by the selected mediator(s), or if the Mediation does not result in a final resolution of all disputes at the Mediation Hearing or within ten (10) days after the Mediation Hearing, any party or any one of the selected mediators shall so notify the BCBSA Corporate Secretary, who shall promptly issue a Notice of Termination of Mediation to all parties, to the selected mediator(s), and to the MDR Administrator. Such notice shall serve to bring the Mediation to an end and to initiate Mandatory Dispute Resolution. Upon agreement of all parties and the mediator(s), the Mediation process may continue at the same time the MDR process is invoked. In such case, the Notice of Termination of Mediation described above serves to initiate the MDR proceeding, but does not terminate mediation proceedings, which may proceed simultaneous with the MDR proceeding.
Amended as of September 20, 2007



EXHIBIT 5 Page 6 of 23
3.     Mandatory Dispute Resolution (MDR)
If any party elects not to first pursue Mediation, or if a Notice of Termination of Mediation is issued as set forth in Paragraph 2.D., above, then the unresolved disputes set forth in any Complaint and Answer (and Counterclaim and Reply, if any) shall be subject to mandatory binding arbitration (herein referred to as “MDR”).
A. MDR Administrator
The Administrator for purposes of Mandatory Arbitration shall be an independent nationally recognized entity such as CPR or JAMS, specializing in alternative dispute resolution. In the event the parties pursued Mediation with CPR, JAMS or a similar organization, that organization also shall serve as the MDR Administrator, unless all parties notify the BCBSA Corporate Secretary in writing within two (2) days of receiving the Notice of Termination of Mediation that they wish to pursue MDR with another nationally recognized organization serving as MDR Administrator.
In the event the parties (i) did not pursue Mediation, (ii) pursued mediation with a Mediator not affiliated with an ADR organization that offers a panel of arbitrators, or (iii) all parties that pursued Mediation notified the BCBSA Corporate Secretary that they wish to have an MDR Administrator that is different from the organization with which their mediator was affiliated, they shall promptly attempt to agree on a nationally recognized ADR entity that supplies a panel of arbitrators. If they reach such agreement within five (5) days of the Notice of Termination of Mediation or receipt of the Answer or Reply to Counterclaim (whichever is later), the parties shall promptly inform the BCBSA Corporate Secretary of their agreed upon ADR organization. In the event the parties are unable to reach agreement on an MDR Administrator within that timeframe, the BCBSA Corporate Secretary shall immediately refer the matter to CPR, JAMS or a similar organization for MDR.
Any person who served as a Mediator shall not serve as an arbitrator for the same or similar dispute for purposes of MDR.
B. Rules for MDR
The rules controlling all aspects of MDR shall be exclusively those provided for herein. The rules promulgated or otherwise used by the MDR Administrator organization shall not apply.
Amended as of September 20, 2007



EXHIBIT 5 Page 7 of 23
C.     Initial Conference
Within seven (7) days after a Notice of Termination has issued or the matter has otherwise been referred to an MDR Administrator, or within five (5) days after the time for filing and serving the Answer or Reply to any Counterclaim (whichever is later) if the parties elect first not to mediate, the parties shall confer with the Administrator to discuss selecting a dispute resolution panel ("the Panel"). This conference (the “Initial Conference”) may be by telephone. The parties are encouraged to agree to the composition of the Panel and to present that agreement to the Administrator at the Initial Conference. If the parties do not agree on the composition of the Panel by the time of the Initial Conference, or by any extension thereof agreed to by all parties and the Administrator, then the Panel Selection Process set forth in subparagraph D, below, shall be followed.
D. Panel Selection Process
The Administrator shall designate, prior to the Initial Conference, at least seven potential arbitrators. Each party shall be permitted to strike any designee for cause and the Administrator shall determine the sufficiency thereof in its sole discretion. The Administrator will designate a replacement for any designee so stricken. Each party shall then be permitted one peremptory strike from the list of designees. The Administrator shall set the dates for exercising all strikes, which shall be set to encourage the prompt selection of arbitrators.
After the parties exercise any designee strikes for cause and their peremptory strike against any designee of their choice, the parties shall each rank the remaining panel members in order of preference and provide the Administrator, without serving on any other party, their ranked list. The Administrator shall not disclose any party’s ranked list to members of the panel or to other parties.
From the remaining designees, and after considering opportunities to maximize, so far as possible, the collectively stated arbitrator preferences provided by the parties on their ranked lists, the Administrator shall select a three member Panel. The Panel Selection Process shall be completed no later than ten (10) days after the Initial Conference.
Each Arbitrator shall be compensated at his or her normal hourly rate or, in the absence of an established rate, at a reasonable hourly rate to be promptly fixed by the Administrator for all time spent in connection with the proceedings and shall be reimbursed for any travel and other reasonable expenses.
Amended as of September 20, 2007



EXHIBIT 5 Page 8 of 23
E.     Duties Of The Arbitrators
The Panel shall promptly designate a Presiding Arbitrator for the purposes reflected below, but shall retain the power to review and modify any ruling or other action of said Presiding Arbitrator. Each Arbitrator shall be an independent Arbitrator, shall be governed by the Code of Ethics for Arbitrators in Commercial Disputes and shall at or prior to the commencement of any Arbitration Hearing take an oath to that effect. Each Arbitrator shall promptly disclose in writing to the Panel and to the parties any circumstances, whenever arising, that might cause doubt as to such Arbitrator's compliance, or ability to comply, with said Code of Ethics, and, absent resignation by such Arbitrator, the remaining Arbitrators shall determine in their sole discretion whether the circumstances so disclosed constitute grounds for disqualification and for replacement. With respect to such circumstances arising or coming to the attention of a party after an Arbitrator's selection, a party may likewise request the Arbitrator's resignation or a determination as to disqualification by the remaining Arbitrators. With respect to a sole Arbitrator, the determination as to disqualification shall be made by the Administrator.
There shall be no ex parte communication between the parties or their counsel and any member of the Panel.
F. Panel's Jurisdiction And Authority
The Panel's jurisdiction and authority shall extend to all disputes between or among the Plans, their Controlled Affiliates, and/or BCBSA, except for those disputes excepted from these MMDR procedures as set forth in the License Agreements.
With the exception of punitive or treble damages, the Panel shall have full authority to award the relief it deems appropriate to resolve the parties' disputes, including monetary awards and injunctions, mandatory or prohibitory. The Panel has no authority to award punitive or treble damages except that the Panel may allocate or assess responsibility for punitive or treble damages assessed by another tribunal. Subject to the above limitations, the Panel may, by way of example, but not of limitation:
Amended as of September 20, 2007



EXHIBIT 5 Page 9 of 23
i.
interpret or construe the meaning of any terms, phrase or provision in any license between BCBSA and a Plan or a Controlled Affiliate relating to the use of the BLUE CROSS ® or BLUE SHIELD ® service marks.
ii.
determine whether BCBSA, a Plan or a Controlled Affiliate has violated the terms or conditions of any license between the BCBSA and a Plan or a Controlled Affiliate relating to the use of the BLUE CROSS ® or BLUE SHIELD ® service marks.
iii.
decide challenges as to its own jurisdiction.
iv.
issue such orders for interim relief as it deems appropriate pending Hearing and Award in any Arbitration.
It is understood that the Panel is expected to resolve issues based on governing principles of law, preserving to the maximum extent legally possible the continued integrity of the Licensed Marks and the BLUE CROSS/BLUE SHIELD system. The Panel shall apply federal law to all issues which, if asserted in the United States District Court, would give rise to federal question jurisdiction, 28 U.S.C. § 1331. The Panel shall apply Illinois law to all issues involving interpretation, performance or construction of any License Agreement or Controlled Affiliate License Agreement unless the agreement otherwise provides. As to other issues, the Panel shall choose the applicable law based on conflicts of law principles of the State of Illinois.
G.     Administrative Conference
Within five (5) days of the Panel being selected, the Presiding Arbitrator shall confer with the parties and the other members of the Panel and shall schedule, in writing, a conference in which the parties and the Panel shall participate (the “Administrative Conference”). The Administrative Conference shall take place no later than fifteen (15) days after the Panel is selected. At the Administrative Conference the parties and the Panel shall discuss the scheduling of the Arbitration Hearing and any other matter appropriate to be considered, including but not limited to: any written discovery in the form of requests for production of documents or requests to admit facts; the identity of any witness whose deposition a party may desire and a showing of exceptional good cause for the taking of any such deposition; the desirability of bifurcation or other separation of the issues; the need for and the type of record of conferences and hearings, including the need for transcripts; the need for expert witnesses and
Amended as of September 20, 2007




EXHIBIT 5 Page 10 of 23
how expert testimony should be presented; the appropriateness of motions to dismiss and/or for full or partial summary judgment; consideration of stipulations; the desirability of presenting any direct testimony in writing; and the necessity for any on-site inspection by the Panel. If the parties agree, the Administrative Conference may be by telephone.
H.     Discovery
i.
Requests for Production of Documents : All requests for the production of documents must be served no later than five (5) days after the date of the Initial Conference. Within twenty (20) days after receipt of a request for production of documents, a party shall (a) serve responses and objections to the request, (b) produce all responsive, non-privileged documents to the requesting party, and (c) to the extent any responsive documents are withheld on the grounds of attorney-client privilege or work product, produce a log identifying such documents in the manner specified in Fed. R. Civ. P. 26(b)(5). If, after reviewing a privilege log, the requesting party believes attorney-client privilege or work product protection was improperly claimed by the producing party with respect to any document, the requesting party may ask the Presiding Arbitrator to conduct an in-camera inspection of the same. With respect to documentary and other discovery produced in any MDR proceeding by BCBSA, the fact that a party’s CEO or other senior officers may serve on the BCBSA Board of Directors, BCBSA Board Committees or other BCBSA work groups, task forces and the like, shall not be a basis for defeating an otherwise valid claim of attorney-client privilege or work product protection over such documentary or other discovery materials by BCBSA.
ii.
Requests for Admissions : Requests for Admissions may be served up to twenty-one (21) days prior to the discovery cut-off set by the Presiding Arbitrator. A party served with Requests For Admissions must respond within twenty (20) days of receipt of said request. The good faith use of and response to Requests for Admissions is encouraged, and the Panel shall have full discretion, with reference to the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, in awarding appropriate sanctions with respect to abuse of the procedure.
Amended as of September 20, 2007



EXHIBIT 5 Page 11 of 23
iii.
Depositions : As a general rule, the parties will not be
permitted to take party or non-party deposition testimony for discovery purposes. The Presiding Arbitrator, in his or her sole discretion, shall have the authority to permit a party to take such deposition testimony upon a showing of exceptional good cause. The parties will be permitted to take de bene esse deposition 1 testimony to the fullest extent permitted by law of any witness who cannot be compelled to testify at the Arbitration Hearing. No deposition, for discovery purposes or otherwise, shall exceed three (3) hours, excluding objections and colloquy of counsel. Depositions may be recorded in any manner recognized by the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure and the parties shall specify in each notice of deposition or request for permission to take deposition testimony the manner in which such deposition shall be recorded.
iv.
Expert witness(es) : If a party intends to present the testimony of an expert witness during the oral hearing, it shall provide all other parties with a written statement setting forth the information required to be provided by Fed. R. Civ. P. 26(a)(2) (B) ten (10) days prior to the discovery cut-off set by the Presiding Arbitrator. If a party intends to present the testimony of a rebuttal expert witness during the Arbitration Hearing, it shall provide all other parties with a written statement setting forth the information required to be provided by Fed. R. Civ. P. 26(a)(2)(B) within twenty (20) days after the date on which the written statement of the expert witness whose testimony is to be rebutted was produced.
v.
Discovery cut-off : The Presiding Arbitrator shall determine the date on which the discovery period will end, but the discovery period shall not exceed thirty (30) days from the date of the Administrative Conference without the agreement of all parties.
Amended as of September 20, 2007
____________________________________________________________________
1 As used in these Rules, “de bene esse deposition” means a deposition that is not taken for discovery purposes, but is taken for the purpose of reading part or all of the deposition transcript into the record at the Arbitration Hearing, to the extent permitted by the Panel, because the witness cannot be compelled to testify at the Arbitration Hearing or has exercised a right provided under these Rules to provide deposition testimony in lieu of testimony at the Arbitration Hearing.




EXHIBIT 5 Page 12 of 23
vi.
Additional discovery : Any additional discovery will be at the discretion of the Presiding Arbitrator.
vii.
Discovery Disputes : Any discovery disputes shall be raised by motion to the Presiding Arbitrator, who is authorized to resolve all such disputes, and whose resolution will be binding on the parties unless modified by the Arbitration Panel. Prior to raising any discovery dispute with the Presiding Arbitrator, the parties shall meet and confer, telephonically or in person, in an attempt to resolve or narrow the dispute. If a party refuses to comply with a decision resolving a discovery dispute, the Panel, in keeping with Fed. R. Civ. P. 37, may refuse to allow that party to support or oppose designated claims or defenses, prohibit that party from introducing designated matters into evidence or, in extreme cases, decide an issue submitted for resolution adversely to that party.
viii. Extensions : The time for responding to discovery requests may be extended by the Presiding Arbitrator for good and sufficient cause shown. Any request for such an extension shall be made in writing.
I.     Panel Suggested Settlement/Mediation
At any point during the proceedings, the Panel at the request of any party or on its own initiative, may suggest that the parties explore settlement and that they do so at or before the conclusion of the Arbitration Hearing, and the Panel shall give such assistance in settlement negotiations as the parties may request and the Panel may deem appropriate. Alternatively, the Panel may direct the parties to endeavor to mediate their disputes as provided above, or to explore a mini-trial proceeding, or to have an independent party render a neutral evaluation of the parties’ respective positions. The Panel shall enter such sanctions as it deems appropriate with respect to any party failing to pursue in good faith such Mediation or other alternate dispute resolution methods.



Amended as of September 20, 2007



EXHIBIT 5 Page 13 of 23
J.     Subpoenas on Third Parties
Pursuant to, and consistent with, the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 9 et seq ., and subject to Paragraph 3.G(iii) above, a party may request the issuance of a subpoena on any third party, including but not limited to any third party Blue Plan or any officer, employee or director of a third party Blue Plan, to compel deposition testimony or the production of documents, and, if good and sufficient cause is shown, the Panel shall issue such a subpoena.
K. Arbitration Hearing
An Arbitration Hearing will be held within thirty (30) days after the Administrative Conference if no discovery is taken, or within thirty (30) days after the close of discovery, unless all parties and the Panel agree to extend the Arbitration Hearing date, or unless the parties agree in writing to waive the Arbitration Hearing. The parties may mutually agree on the location of the Arbitration Hearing. If the parties fail to agree, the Arbitration Hearing shall be held in Chicago, Illinois, or at such other location determined by the Presiding Arbitrator to be most convenient to the participants. The Panel will determine the date(s) and time(s) of the Arbitration Hearing(s) after consultation with all parties and shall provide reasonable notice thereof to all parties or their representatives.
L. Arbitration Hearing Memoranda
Twenty (20) days prior to the Arbitration Hearing, each party shall submit to the other party (or parties) and to the Panel an Arbitration Hearing Memorandum which sets forth the applicable law and any argument as to any relevant issue. The Arbitration Hearing Memorandum will supplement, and not repeat, the allegations, information and documents contained in or with the Complaint, Answer, Counterclaim and Reply, if any. Ten (10) days prior to the Arbitration Hearing, each party shall submit to each other party a list of all expert and fact witnesses (but not including rebuttal fact witness) that such party intends to have testify at the Arbitration Hearing and a brief summary of the testimony each such witness is expected to give. In addition, no later than five (5) days prior to the Arbitration, each party may submit to each other party and to the Panel a Response Arbitration Hearing Memorandum which sets forth any response to another party's Arbitration Hearing Memorandum.


Amended as of September 20, 2007



EXHIBIT 5 Page 14 of 23
M.     Notice For Testimony
Ten (10) days prior to the Arbitration Hearing, any party may serve a Notice on any other party (or parties) requesting the attendance at the Arbitration Hearing of any officer, employee or director of the other party (or parties) for the purpose of providing noncumulative testimony. If a party fails to produce one of its officers, employees or directors whose noncumulative testimony during the Arbitration Hearing is reasonably requested by an adverse party, the Panel may refuse to allow that party to support or oppose designated claims or defenses, prohibit that party from introducing designated matters into evidence or, in extreme cases, decide an issue submitted for mandatory dispute resolution adversely to that party; provided, however, that a party may refuse to produce a director to testify if, within two (2) days of receiving a notice requesting the attendance of such director at the Arbitration Hearing, the party agrees to make the director available for a de bene esse deposition at a mutually convenient time at any location within fifty (50) miles of the director’s primary residence chosen by the party requesting the director’s testimony. This Rule may not be used for the purpose of burdening or harassing any party, and the Presiding Arbitrator may impose such orders as are appropriate so as to prevent or remedy any such burden or harassment.
Pursuant to, and consistent with, the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 9 et seq. , twenty (20) days or more prior to the Arbitration Hearing, a party may request the issuance of a subpoena on any third party, including but not limited to any third party Blue Plan, BCBSA or any officer, employee or director of a third party Blue Plan or BCBSA for the purpose of providing noncummulative testimony at the Arbitration Hearing, and, if good and sufficient cause is shown, the Panel shall issue such a subpoena; provided however, that a director of a third party Blue Plan or BCBSA may refuse to testify if, within two (2) days of receiving a subpoena requesting the attendance of such director at the Arbitration Hearing, the director agrees to make him/herself available for a de bene esse deposition at a mutually convenient time at any location within fifty (50) miles of the director’s primary residence chosen by the party requesting the director’s testimony. Each Blue Plan agrees to waive, on its own behalf and on behalf of its directors and officers, any objection it otherwise might have to any such subpoena based on service, venue or extraterritoriality.
Amended as of September 20, 2007



EXHIBIT 5
Page 15 of 23
N.     Arbitration Hearing Procedures
i.
Attendance at Arbitration Hearing : Any person having a direct interest in the proceeding is entitled to attend the Arbitration Hearing. The Presiding Arbitrator shall otherwise have the power to require the exclusion of any witness, other than a party or other essential person, during the testimony of any other witness. It shall be discretionary with the Presiding Arbitrator to determine the propriety of the attendance of any other person.
ii.
Confidentiality : The Panel and all parties shall maintain the privacy of the Arbitration Proceeding. The parties and the Panel shall treat the Arbitration Hearing and any discovery or other proceedings or events related thereto, including any award resulting therefrom, as confidential except as otherwise necessary in connection with a judicial challenge to or enforcement of an award or unless otherwise required by law.
iii.
Stenographic Record : Any party, or if the parties do not object, the Panel, may request that a stenographic or other record be made of any Arbitration Hearing or portion thereof. The costs of the recording and/or of preparing the transcript shall be borne by the requesting party and by any party who receives a copy thereof. If the Panel requests a recording and/or a transcript, the costs thereof shall be borne equally by the parties.
iv.
Oaths : The Panel may require witnesses to testify under oath or affirmation administered by any duly qualified person and, if requested by any party, shall do so.
v.
Order of Arbitration Hearing : An Arbitration Hearing shall be opened by the recording of the date, time, and place of the Arbitration Hearing, and the presence of the Panel, the parties, and their representatives, if any. The Panel may, at the beginning of the Arbitration Hearing, ask for statements clarifying the issues involved.
Amended as of September 20, 2007



EXHIBIT 5
Page 16 of 23
Unless otherwise agreed, the complaining party (or parties) shall then present evidence to support their claim(s). The respondent(s) shall then present evidence supporting their defenses and Counterclaims, if any. The complaining party (or parties) shall then present evidence supporting defenses to the Counterclaims, if any, and rebuttal.
Witnesses for each party shall submit to questions by adverse parties and/or the Panel.
The Panel has the discretion to vary these procedures, but shall afford a full and equal opportunity to all parties for the presentation of any material and relevant evidence.
vi. Evidence : The parties may offer such evidence as is relevant and material to the dispute and shall produce such evidence as the Panel may deem necessary to an understanding and resolution of the dispute. Unless good cause is shown, as determined by the Panel or agreed to by all other parties, no party shall be permitted to offer evidence at the Arbitration Hearing which was not disclosed prior to the Arbitration Hearing by that party. The Panel may receive and consider the
evidence of witnesses by affidavit upon such terms as the Panel deems appropriate.
The Panel shall be the judge of the relevance and materiality of the evidence offered, and conformity to legal rules of evidence, other than enforcement of the attorney-client privilege and the work product protection, shall not be necessary. The Federal Rules of Evidence shall be considered by the Panel in conducting the Arbitration Hearing but those rules shall not be controlling. All evidence shall be taken in the presence of the Panel and all of the parties, except where any party is in default or has waived the right to be present.
Settlement offers by any party in connection with Mediation or MDR proceedings, decisions or recommendations of the selected mediators, and a party's position papers or statements furnished to the selected mediators shall not be admissible evidence or considered by the Panel without the consent of all parties.



EXHIBIT 5 Page 17 of 23
vii. Closing of Arbitration Hearing : The Presiding Arbitrator shall specifically inquire of all parties whether they have any further proofs to offer or witnesses to be heard. Upon receiving negative replies or if he or she is satisfied that the record is complete, the Presiding Arbitrator shall declare the Arbitration Hearing closed with an appropriate notation made on the record. Subject to being reopened as provided below, the time within which the Panel is required to make the award shall commence to run, in the absence of contrary agreement by the parties, upon the closing of the Arbitration Hearing.
With respect to complex disputes, the Panel may, in its sole discretion, defer the closing of the Arbitration Hearing for a period of up to thirty (30) days after the presentation of proofs in order to permit the parties to submit post-hearing briefs and argument, as the Panel deems appropriate, prior to making an award.
For good cause, the Arbitration Hearing may be reopened for up to thirty (30) days on the Panel's initiative, or upon application of a party, at any time before the award is made
O.     Awards
An Award must be in writing and shall be made promptly by the Panel and, unless otherwise agreed by the parties or specified by law, no later than thirty (30) days from the date of closing the Arbitration Hearing. If all parties so request, the Award shall contain findings of fact and conclusions of law. The Award, and all other rulings and determinations by the Panel, may be by a majority vote.
Parties shall accept as legal delivery of the Award the placing of the Award or a true copy thereof in the mail addressed to a party or its representative at its last known address or personal service of the Award on a party or its representative.
Awards are binding only on the parties to the Arbitration and are not binding on any non-parties to the Arbitration and may not be used or cited as precedent in any other proceeding.
Amended as of September 20, 2007



EXHIBIT 5 Page 18 of 23
After the expiration of twenty (20) days from initial delivery, the Award (with corrections, if any) shall be final and binding on the parties, and the parties shall undertake to carry out the Award without delay.
Proceedings to confirm, modify or vacate an Award shall be conducted in conformity with and controlled by the Federal Arbitration Act. 9 U.S.C. § 1, et seq .
P.     Return of Documents
Within sixty (60) days after the Award and the conclusion of any judicial proceedings with respect thereto, each party and the Panel shall return any documents produced by any other party, including all copies thereof. If a party receives a discovery request in any other proceeding which would require it to produce any documents produced to it by any other party in a proceeding hereunder, it shall not produce such documents without first notifying the producing party and giving said party reasonable time to respond, if appropriate, to the discovery request.
4.     Miscellaneous
A.     Expedited Procedures
Any party to a Mediation may direct a request for an expedited Mediation Hearing to the Chairman of the Mediation Committee, to the selected Mediators, and to all other parties at any time. The Chairman of the Mediation Committee, or at his or her direction, the then selected Mediators, shall grant any request which is supported by good and sufficient reasons. If such a request is granted, the Mediation shall be completed within as short a period as practicable, as determined by the Chairman of the Mediation Committee or, at his or her direction, the then selected Mediators.
Any party to an Arbitration may direct a request for expedited proceedings to the Administrator, to the Panel, and to all other parties at any time. The Administrator, or the Presiding Arbitrator if the Panel has been selected, shall grant any such request which is supported by good and sufficient reasons. If such a request is granted, the Arbitration shall be completed within as short a time as practicable, as determined by the Administrator and/or the Presiding Arbitrator.
Amended as of September 20, 2007



EXHIBIT 5 Page 19 of 23
B.     Temporary or Preliminary Injunctive Relief
Any party may seek temporary or preliminary injunctive relief with the filing of a Complaint or at any time thereafter. If such relief is sought prior to the time that an Arbitration Panel has been selected, then the Administrator shall select a single Arbitrator who is a lawyer who has no interest in the subject matter of the dispute, and no connection to any of the parties, to hear and determine the request for temporary or preliminary injunction. If such relief is sought after the time that an Arbitration Panel has been selected, then the Arbitration Panel will hear and determine the request. The request for temporary or preliminary injunctive relief will be determined with reference to the temporary or preliminary injunction standards set forth in Fed. R. Civ. P. 65.
C. Defaults and Proceedings in the Absence of a Party
Whenever a party fails to comply with the MDR Rules in a manner deemed material by the Panel, the Panel shall fix a reasonable time for compliance and, if the party does not comply within said period, the Panel may enter an Order of default or afford such other relief as it deems appropriate. Arbitration may proceed in the event of a default or in the absence of any party who, after due notice, fails to be present or fails to obtain an extension. An Award shall not be made solely on the default or absence of a party, but the Panel shall require the party who is present to submit such evidence as the Panel may require for the making of findings, determinations, conclusions, and Awards.
D. Notice
Each party shall be deemed to have consented that any papers, notices, or process necessary or proper for the initiation or continuation of a proceeding under these rules or for any court action in connection therewith may be served on a party by mail addressed to the party or its representative at its last known address or by personal service, in or outside the state where the MDR proceeding is to be held.
The Corporate Secretary and the parties may also use facsimile transmission, telex, telegram, or other written forms of electronic communication to give the notices required by these rules.




EXHIBIT 5 Page 20 of 23
E.     Expenses
The expenses of witnesses shall be paid by the party causing or requesting the appearance of such witnesses. All expenses of the MDR proceeding, including compensation, required travel and other reasonable expenses of the Panel, and the cost of any proof produced at the direct request of the Panel, shall be borne equally by the parties and shall be paid periodically on a timely basis, unless they agree otherwise or unless the Panel in the Award assesses such expenses, or any part thereof against any party (or parties). In exceptional cases, the Panel may award reasonable attorneys' fees as an item of expense, and the Panel shall promptly determine the amount of such fees based on affidavits or such other proofs as the Panel deems sufficient.
F. Disqualification or Disability of A Panel Member
In the event that any Arbitrator of a Panel with more than one Arbitrator should become disqualified, resign, die, or refuse or be unable to perform or discharge his or her duties after the commencement of MDR but prior to the rendition of an Award, and the parties are unable to agree upon a replacement, the remaining Panel member(s):
i.
shall designate a replacement, subject to the right of any party to challenge such replacement for cause.
ii.
shall decide the extent to which previously held hearings shall be repeated.
If the remaining Panel members consider the proceedings to have progressed to a stage as to make replacement impracticable, the parties may agree, as an alternative to the recommencement of the Mandatory Dispute Resolution process, to resolution of the dispute by the remaining Panel members.
In the event that a single Arbitrator should become disqualified, resign, die, or refuse or be unable to perform or discharge his or her duties after the commencement of MDR but prior to the rendition of an Award, and the parties are unable to agree upon a replacement, the Administrator shall appoint a successor, subject to the right of any party to challenge such successor for cause, and the successor shall decide the extent to which previously held proceedings shall be repeated.




EXHIBIT 5 Page 21 of 23
G.     Extensions of Time
Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 3.H.(viii.), any time limit set forth in these Rules may be extended upon agreement of the parties and approval of: (1) the Mediator if the proceeding is then in Mediation; (2) the Administrator if the proceeding is in Arbitration, but no Arbitration Panel has been selected; or (3) the Arbitration Panel, if the proceeding is in Arbitration and the Arbitration Panel has been selected.
H. Intervention
The Plans, their Controlled Affiliates, and BCBSA, to the extent subject to MMDR pursuant to their License Agreements, shall have the right to move to intervene in any pending Arbitration. A written motion for intervention shall be made to: (1) the Administrator, if the proceeding is in Arbitration, but no Arbitration Panel has been selected; or (2) the Arbitration Panel, if the proceeding is in Arbitration and the Arbitration Panel has been selected. The written motion for intervention shall be delivered to the BCBSA Corporate Secretary (which shall also constitute service on the BCBSA if it is a respondent) and to any Plan(s) and/or Controlled Affiliate(s) which are parties to the proceeding. Any party to the proceeding can submit written objections to the motion to intervene. The motion for intervention shall be granted upon good cause shown. Intervention also may be allowed by stipulation of the parties to the Arbitration proceeding. Intervention shall be allowed upon such terms as the Arbitration Panel decides.
I. BCBSA Assistance in Resolution of Disputes
The resources and personnel of the BCBSA may be requested by any member Plan at any time to try to resolve disputes with another Plan.
J. Neutral Evaluation
The parties can voluntarily agree at any time to have an independent party render a neutral evaluation of the parties’ respective positions.
Amended as of September 20, 2007



EXHIBIT 5
Page 22 of 23
K.     Recovery of Attorney Fees and Expenses
i.     Motions to Compel
Nothwithstanding any other provisions of these Rules, any Party subject to the License Agreements (for purposes of this Section K and all of its subsections only hereinafter referred to collectively and individually as a “Party”) that initiates a court action or administrative proceeding solely to compel adherence to these Rules shall not be determined to have violated these Rules by initiating such action or proceeding.
ii     Recovery of Fees, Expenses and Costs
The Arbitration Panel may, in its sole discretion, award a Party its reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses and costs associated with a filing to compel adherence to these Rules and/or reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses and costs incurred in responding to an action filed in violation of these Rules; provided, however, that neither fees, expenses, nor costs shall be awarded by the Arbitration Panel if the Party from which the award is sought can demonstrate to the Arbitration panel, in its sole discretion, that it did not violate these Rules or that it had reasonable grounds for believing that its action did not violate these Rules.
iii     Requests for Reimbursement
For purposes of this Section K, any Party may request reimbursement of fees, expenses and/or costs by submitting said request in writing to the Arbitration Panel at any time before an award is delivered pursuant Paragraph to 3.O above with a copy to the Party from which reimbursement is sought, explaining why it is entitled to such reimbursement. The Party from which reimbursement is sought shall have twenty (20) days to submit a response to such request to the Arbitration Panel with a copy to the Party seeking reimbursement.
Amended as of September 20, 2007



EXHIBIT 5 Page 23 of 23
L.    Calculation of Time and Deadlines
In computing any period of time prescribed or allowed under these rules, the day of the act or event from which the designated period of time begins to run shall not be included. The last day of the period so computed shall be included, unless it is a Saturday, a Sunday, or a legal holiday, in which event the period runs until the end of the next day which is not one of the aforementioned days. When the period of time prescribed is less than six (6) days, intermediate Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays shall be excluded in the computation. As used in this rule, “legal holiday” includes New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Columbus Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day and any other day appointed as a holiday by the President or the Congress of the United States.
Amended as of September 20, 2007



Exhibit 10.13

BLUE SHIELD LICENSE AGREEMENT
(Includes revisions, if any, adopted by Member Plans through their September 18, 2015 meeting)
This agreement by and between Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association
("BCBSA") and The Blue Shield Plan, known as___________________    (the "Plan").
Preamble
WHEREAS, the Plan and/or its predecessor(s) in interest (collectively the "Plan") had the right to use the BLUE SHIELD and BLUE SHIELD Design service marks (collectively the "Licensed Marks") for health care plans in its service area, which was essentially local in nature;
WHEREAS, the Plan was desirous of assuring nationwide protection of the Licensed Marks, maintaining uniform quality controls among Plans, facilitating the provision of cost effective health care services to the public and otherwise benefiting the public;
WHEREAS, to better attain such ends, the Plan and the predecessor of BCBSA executed the Agreement(s) Relating to the Collective Service Mark "Blue Shield"; and
WHEREAS, BCBSA and the Plan desire to supercede said Agreement(s) to reflect their current practices and to assure the continued integrity of the Licensed Marks and of the BLUE SHIELD system;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:




Agreement
1. BCBSA hereby grants to the Plan, upon the terms and conditions of this License Agreement (“Agreement” or “Primary License Agreement”, the right to use BLUE SHIELD in its trade and/or corporate name (the "Licensed Name"), and the right to use the Licensed Marks, in the sale, marketing and administration of health care plans and related services in the Service Area set forth and defined in paragraph 5 below. As used herein, health care plans and related services shall include acting as a nonprofit health care plan, a for-profit health care plan, or mutual health insurer operating on a not-for-profit or for-profit basis, under state law; financing access to health care services; when working with a bank that holds the relevant license to use the Licensed Name and Marks, offering: (i) tax-favored savings accounts for medical expenses and means for accessing such accounts, such as debit cards or checks, that are provided solely to support access to such tax-favored savings accounts, all pursuant to such license, or (ii) prepaid rewards cards that are provided for completion of a wellness program, all pursuant to such license; providing health care management and administration; administering, but not underwriting, non-health portions of Worker’s Compensation insurance; delivering health care services, except hospital services (as defined in the Guidelines to Membership Standards Applicable to Regular Members); and performing the Eligibility and Enrollment functions of HR administration for all benefit plans offered by a group account to its members, including benefit plans not provided by the Plan, provided that the Plan has contracted to provide Health
Coverage under the Licensed Marks to the account (as the terms “Health Coverage,” “Eligibility” and “Enrollment” are defined in Exhibit 4, Paragraph 2.t.).
2. The Plan may use the Licensed Marks and Name in connection with the offering of: i) health care plans and related services in the Service Area through Controlled Affiliates, provided that each such Controlled Affiliate is separately licensed to use the Licensed Marks and Name under the terms and conditions contained in the Agreement attached as Exhibit 1 hereto (the "Controlled Affiliate License Agreement"); and ii) insurance coverages offered by life insurers under the applicable law in the Service Area, other than those which the Plan may offer in its own name, provided through Controlled Affiliates, provided that each such Controlled Affiliate is separately licensed to use the Licensed Marks and Name under the terms and conditions contained in the Agreement attached as Exhibit 1A hereto (the "Controlled Affiliate License Agreement Applicable to Life Insurance Companies") or the Agreement attached as Exhibit 1A1 hereto (the “Controlled Affiliate Trademark License Agreement for Life and Disability Insurance Products”) and further provided that the offering of such services does not and will not dilute or tarnish the unique value of the Licensed Marks and Name; and iii) administration and underwriting of Workers’ Compensation Insurance Controlled Affiliates, provided that each such Controlled Affiliate is separately licensed to use the Licensed Marks and Name under the terms and conditions contained in the Agreement attached as Exhibit 1 hereto (the “Controlled Affiliate License.”); and iv) regional Medicare Advantage PPO Products in cooperation with one or more other Plans through jointly-held Controlled Affiliates, provided that each such Controlled Affiliate is separately licensed to use the Licensed Marks and Name under the terms and conditions contained in the Agreement attached as Exhibit 1B hereto (the “Controlled Affiliate License Agreement Applicable to Regional Medicare Advantage PPO Products”); and v) regional Medicare Part D Prescription Drug Plan products in cooperation with one or more other Plans through jointly-held Controlled Affiliates, provided that each such Controlled Affiliate is separately licensed to use the Licensed Marks and Name under the terms and conditions contained in the Agreement attached as Exhibit 1C hereto (the “Controlled Affiliate License Agreement Applicable to Regional Medicare Part D Prescription Drug Plan Products”). As used herein, a Controlled Affiliate is defined as an entity organized and operated in such a manner that it is subject to the bona fide control of a Plan or Plans and, if the entity meets the standards of Paragraph 2a.B but not Paragraph 2a.A, the entity, its owners, and persons authority to select or appoint members or board members, other than a Plan or Plans, have received written approval of BCBSA. Absent written approval by BCBSA of an alternative method of control, bona fide control shall have the meaning set forth in



Paragraphs 2a. and 2b.
2a.    With respect to the Controlled Affiliate Licenses authorized in clauses
i)through iii) of Paragraph 2, bona fide control shall mean that a Plan (the “Sponsoring Plan”) authorized to use the Licensed Marks in the Service Area of the Controlled Affiliate pursuant to this Primary License Agreement with BCBSA must have:
A.
The legal authority, directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries: (a) to select members of the Controlled Affiliate's governing body having more than 50% voting control thereof; (b) to exercise control over the policy and operations of the Controlled Affiliate; (c) to prevent any change in the articles of incorporation, bylaws or other establishing or governing documents of the Controlled Affiliate with which the Sponsoring Plan do not concur. In addition, the Sponsoring Plan directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries shall own more than 50% of any for-profit Controlled Affiliate, provided that in instances where the Sponsoring Plan formed a publicly traded Controlled Affiliate Licensee and such publicly traded Controlled Affiliate Licensee owns and controls other Controlled Affiliate Licensees, the Sponsoring Plan directly or indirectly shall own and control more than 50% of any Controlled Affiliate that is indirectly owned and controlled by the publicly traded Controlled Affiliate Licensee; or
B.
The legal authority directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries (a) to select members of the Controlled Affiliate's governing body having not less than 50% voting control thereof; (b) to prevent any change in the articles of incorporation, bylaws or other establishing or governing documents of the Controlled Affiliate with which the Sponsoring Plan do not concur; (c) to exercise control over the policy and operations of the Controlled Affiliate at least equal to that exercised by persons or entities (jointly or individually) other than the Sponsoring Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in (a) through (c) hereof, the Controlled Affiliate’s establishing or governing documents must also require written approval by the Sponsoring Plan before the Controlled Affiliate can:
1.
Change its legal and/or trade name;
2.
Change the geographic area in which it operates;
3.
Change any of the types of businesses in which it engages;
4.
Create, or become liable for by way of guarantee, any
indebtedness, other than indebtedness arising in the ordinary course of business;
5.
Sell any assets, except for sales in the ordinary course of business or sales of equipment no longer useful or being
replaced;
6.
Make any loans or advances except in the ordinary course of business;

Amended as of March 26, 2015

-2-


7.
Enter into any arrangement or agreement with any party directly or indirectly affiliated with any of the owners of the Controlled Affiliate or persons or entities with the authority to select or appoint members or board members of the Controlled Affiliate, other than the Sponsoring Plan or other Plans (excluding owners of stock holdings of under 5% in a publicly traded Controlled Affiliate);
8.
Conduct any business other than under the Licensed Marks and Name;
9.
Take any action that the Sponsoring Plan or BCBSA reasonably believes will adversely affect the Licensed Marks or Names.
In addition, the Sponsoring Plan directly or indirectly through wholly owned subsidiaries shall own at least 50% of any for-profit Controlled Affiliate, provided that in instances where the Sponsoring Plan formed a publicly traded Controlled Affiliate Licensee and such publicly traded Controlled Affiliate Licensee owns and controls other Controlled Affiliate Licensees, the Sponsoring Plan directly or indirectly shall own and control at least 50% of any Controlled Affiliate that is indirectly owned and controlled by the publicly traded Controlled Affiliate Licensee; or
C.    With respect to a Controlled Affiliate that is 100% controlled by Plans
including the Sponsoring Plan and which offers solely Medicaid products and services, the legal authority together with such other Plans (a) to select all members of the Controlled Affiliate’s governing body; (b) to prevent any change in the articles of incorporation, bylaws, or other establishing or governing documents of the Controlled Affiliate; (c) to exercise control over the policy and operations of the Controlled Affiliate. In addition, the Sponsoring Plan and such other Plans shall own 100% of any for-profit Controlled Affiliate, with the Sponsoring Plan and such other Plans each having an ownership interest. Such 100% control and ownership by Plans shall be direct or, if indirect, solely through affiliates that are licensed to use marks owned by BCBSA. Further, the Sponsoring Plan and such other Plans shall execute the “Addendum to Controlled Affiliate License” attached as Exhibit B to Exhibit 1 attached hereto.
2b.    With respect to the Controlled Affiliate License Agreements authorized in
clauses iv) and v) of Paragraph 2, bona fide control shall mean that the Controlled Affiliate is organized and operated in such a manner that it meets the following requirements:
A.    The Controlled Affiliate is owned or controlled by two or more Plans
authorized to use the Licensed Marks pursuant to this License
Amended as of March 26, 2015

-2a-


Agreement with BCBSA (for purposes of this subparagraph A. through subparagraph C., the “Controlling Plans”); and
B.
Each Controlling Plan is authorized pursuant to this Agreement to use the Licensed Marks in a geographic area in the Region (as that term is defined in such Controlled Affiliate License Agreements) and every geographic area in the Region is so licensed to at least one of the Controlling Plans; and
C.
The Controlling Plans must have the legal authority directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries (a) to select members of the Controlled Affiliate’s governing body having not less than 100% voting control thereof; (b) to prevent any change in the articles of incorporation, bylaws or other establishing or governing documents of the Controlled Affiliate with which the Controlling Plans do not concur; and (c) to exercise control over the policy and operations of the Controlled Affiliate. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in (a) through (c) of this subparagraph E., the Controlled Affiliate’s establishing or governing documents must also require written approval by each of the Controlling Plans before the Controlled Affiliate can:
1.
Change its legal and/or trade names;
2.
Change the geographic area in which it operates (except such approval shall not be required with respect to business of the Controlled Affiliate conducted under the Licensed Marks within the Service Area of one of the Controlling Plans pursuant to a separate controlled affiliate license agreement with BCBSA sponsored by such Controlling Plan);
3.
Change any of the type(s) of businesses in which it engages (except such approval shall not be required with respect to business of the Controlled Affiliate conducted under the Licensed Marks within the Service Area of one of the Controlling Plans pursuant to a separate controlled affiliate license agreement with BCBSA sponsored by such Controlling Plan);
4.
Take any action that any Controlling Plan or BCBSA reasonably believes will adversely affect the Licensed Marks and Name.
In addition, the Controlling Plans directly or indirectly through wholly- owned subsidiaries shall own 100% of any for-profit Controlled Affiliate.
Amended as of March 26, 2015
(the next page is 3)

-2b-


3. With respect to a Controlled Affiliate that is not licensed to use the Licensed Marks and Name, the Plan may, in communications that contain the Licensed Marks or Name, indicate its corporate relationship to the Affiliate and permit such Affiliate to indicate its corporate relationship to the Plan, solely in the circumstances, style and manner specified by BCBSA from time-to-time in regulations of general application consistent with the avoidance of confusion or mistake or the dilution or tarnishment of the Licensed Marks and Name. No rights are hereby created in any Controlled Affiliate to use the Licensed Marks or Name in its own name or otherwise.
4. The Plan recognizes the importance of a comprehensive national network of independent BCBSA licensees which are committed to strengthening the Licensed Marks and Name. The Plan further recognizes that its actions within its Service Area may affect the value of the Licensed Marks and Name nationwide. The Plan agrees (a) to maintain in good standing its membership in BCBSA; (b) promptly to pay its dues to BCBSA, said dues to represent the royalties for this License Agreement; (c) materially to comply with all applicable laws; (d) to comply with the Membership Standards Applicable to Regular Members of BCBSA, a current copy of which is attached as Exhibit 2 hereto; and (e) reasonably to permit BCBSA, upon a written, good faith request and during reasonable business hours, to inspect the Plan's books and records necessary to ascertain compliance herewith. As to other Plans and third parties, BCBSA shall maintain the confidentiality of all documents and information furnished by the Plan pursuant hereto, or pursuant to the Membership Standards, and clearly designated by the Plan as containing proprietary information of the Plan.
5. The rights hereby granted are exclusive to the Plan within the geographical area(s) served by the Plan on June 30, 1972, and/or as to which the Plan has been granted a subsequent license, which is hereby defined as the "Service Area," except that BCBSA reserves the right to use the Licensed Marks in said Service Area, and except to the extent that said Service Area may overlap areas served by one or more other licensed Blue Shield Plans as of said date or subsequent license, as to which overlapping areas the rights hereby granted are nonexclusive as to such other Plan or Plans only.
Amended as of June 19, 2014

-3-


6.    Except as expressly provided by BCBSA with respect to National Accounts, Government Programs and certain other necessary and collateral uses, the current rules and regulations governing which are attached as Exhibit 3 and Exhibit 4 hereto, and are contained in other documents referenced herein, or as expressly provided herein, the Plan may not use the Licensed Marks and Name outside the Service Area or in connection with other goods and services, nor may the Plan use the Licensed Marks or Name in a manner which is intended to transfer in the Service Area the goodwill associated therewith to another mark or name. Nothing herein shall be construed to prevent the Plan from engaging in lawful activity anywhere under other marks and names not confusingly similar to the Licensed Marks and Name, provided that engaging in such activity does and will not dilute or tarnish the unique value of the Licensed Marks and Name. In addition to any and all remedies available hereunder, BCBSA may impose monetary fines on the Plan for the Plan’s use of the Licensed Marks and Names outside the Service Area, and provided that the procedure used in imposing a fine is consistent with procedures specifically prescribed by BCBSA from time to time in regulations of general application. In the case of regional Medicare Advantage PPO and regional Medicare Part D Prescription Drug Plan products offered by consenting and participating Plans in a region that includes the Service Areas, or portions thereof, of more than one Plan, such fine may be imposed jointly on the consenting and participating Plans for use of the Licensed Marks and Name in any geographic area of the region in which a Plan having exclusive rights to the Licensed Marks and Name does not consent to and participate in such offering, provided that the basis for imposition of such fine is consistent with rules specifically prescribed by BCBSA from time to time in regulations of general application.
7. The Plan agrees that it will display the Licensed Marks and Name only in
such form, style and manner as shall be specifically prescribed by BCBSA from time-to-time in regulations of general application in order to prevent impairment of the distinctiveness of the Licensed Marks and Name and the goodwill pertaining thereto. The Plan shall cause to appear on all materials on or in connection with which the Licensed Marks or Name are used such legends, markings and notices as BCBSA may reasonably request in order to give appropriate notice of service mark or other proprietary rights therein or pertaining thereto.
8. BCBSA agrees that: (a) it will not grant any other license effective during
the term of this License Agreement for the use of the Licensed Marks or Name which is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Plan hereunder; and (b) it will not itself use the Licensed Marks in derogation of the rights of the Plan or in a manner to deprive the Plan of the full benefits of this License Agreement, provided that BCBSA shall have the right to use the Licensed Marks in conjunction with any national offering under the Federal Employees Health Benefits Program in the manner set forth in Exhibit 4, Paragraph 4 (including subparagraphs) to this License Agreement. The Plan agrees that it will not attack the title of BCBSA in and to the Licensed Marks or Name or attack the validity of the Licensed Marks or of this License Agreement. The Plan further agrees that all use by it of the Licensed Marks and Name or any similar mark or name shall inure to the benefit of BCBSA, and the Plan shall cooperate with BCBSA in effectuating the assignment to BCBSA of any service mark or trademark registrations of the Licensed Marks or any similar mark or name held by the Plan or a Controlled Affiliate of the Plan, all or any portion of which registration consists of the Licensed Marks.
Amended as of November 16, 2006


-3a-


9.    (a). Should the Plan fail to comply with the provisions of paragraphs 2-4,
6, 7 and/or 12, and not cure such failure within thirty (30) days of receiving written notice thereof (or commence curing such failure within such thirty day period and continue diligent efforts to complete the curing of such failure if such curing cannot reasonably be completed within such thirty day period), BCBSA shall have the right to issue a notice that the Plan is in a state of noncompliance. Except as to the termination of a Plan's License Agreement or the merger of two or more Plans, disputes as to noncompliance, and all other disputes between or among BCBSA, the Plan, other Plans and/or Controlled Affiliates, shall be submitted promptly to mediation and mandatory dispute resolution pursuant to the rules and regulations of BCBSA, a current copy of which is attached as Exhibit 5 hereto, and shall be timely presented and resolved. The mandatory dispute resolution panel shall have authority to issue orders for specific performance and assess monetary penalties. If a state of noncompliance as aforesaid is undisputed by the Plan or is found to exist by a mandatory dispute resolution panel and is uncured as provided above, BCBSA shall have the right to seek judicial enforcement of the License Agreement. Except, however, as provided in paragraphs 9(d)(iii), 15(a)(i)-(viii), and 15(a)(x) below, no Plan's license to use the Licensed Marks and Name may be finally terminated for any reason without the affirmative vote of three-fourths of the Plans and three-fourths of the total then current weighted vote of all the Plans.
(b). Notwithstanding any other provision of this License Agreement, a Plan's license to use the Licensed Marks and Name may be forthwith terminated by the affirmative vote of three-fourths of the Plans and three-fourths of the total then current weighted vote of all the Plans at a special meeting expressly called by BCBSA for the purpose on ten (10) days written notice to the Plan advising of the specific matters at issue and granting the Plan an opportunity to be heard and to present its response to Member Plans for: (i) failure to comply with any minimum capital or liquidity requirement under the Membership Standard on Financial Responsibility; or (ii) impending financial insolvency; or (iii) the pendency of any action instituted against the Plan seeking its dissolution or liquidation or its assets or seeking appointment of a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for any of its property or business or seeking the declaration or establishment of a trust for any of its property of business, unless this License Agreement has been earlier terminated under paragraph 15(a); or (iv) such other reason as is determined in good faith immediately and irreparably to threaten the integrity and reputation of BCBSA, the Plans and/or the Licensed Marks.










Amended as of March 16, 2006

-4-


(c). To the extent not otherwise provided therein, neither: (i) the Membership Standards Applicable to Regular Members of BCBSA; nor (ii) the rules and regulations governing Government Programs and certain other uses; nor (iii) the rules and regulations governing mediation and mandatory dispute resolution, may be amended unless and until each such amendment is first adopted by the affirmative vote of three-fourths of the Plans and of three-fourths of the total then current weighted vote of all the Plans. The rules and regulations governing National Accounts and other national programs required by the Membership Standards Applicable to Regular Members of BCBSA (Exhibit 2) are contained, in addition to those set forth in Exhibit 3, in the following documents, as amended from time to time: (1) the Inter-Plan Programs Policies and Provisions; (2) Inter-Plan Medicare Advantage Program Policies and Provisions. The voting requirements specified in rules and regulations governing such national programs may not be amended unless and until each such amendment is first adopted by the affirmative vote of three-fourths of the Plans and of three-fourths of the total then current weighted vote of all the Plans.

-4a-


(d). The Plan may operate as a for-profit company on the following conditions:

(i) The Plan shall discharge all responsibilities which it has to the Association and to other Plans by virtue of this Agreement and the Plan's membership in BCBSA.
(ii) The Plan shall not use the licensed Marks and Name, or any derivative thereof, as part of its legal name or any symbol used to identify the Plan in any securities market. The Plan shall use the Licensed Marks and Name as part of its trade name within its service area for the sale, marketing and administration of health care and related services in the service area.
(iii) The Plan's license to use the Licensed Marks and Name shall automatically terminate effective: (a) thirty days after the Plan knows, or there is an SEC filing indicating that, any Institutional Investor, has become the Beneficial Owner of securities representing 10% or more of the voting power of the Plan (“Excess Institutional Voter”), unless such Excess Institutional Voter shall cease to be an Excess Institutional Voter prior to such automatic termination becoming effective; (b) thirty days after the Plan knows, or there is an SEC filing indicating that, any Noninstitutional Investor has become the Beneficial Owner of securities representing 5% or more of the voting power of the Plan (“Excess Noninstitutional Voter”) unless such Excess Noninstitutional Voter shall cease to be an Excess Noninstitutional Voter prior to such automatic termination becoming effective; (c) thirty days after the Plan knows, or there is an SEC filing indicating that, any Person has become the Beneficial Owner of 20% or more of the Plan’s then outstanding common stock or other equity securities which (either by themselves or in combination) represent an ownership interest of 20% or more pursuant to determinations made under paragraph 9(d)(iv) below (“Excess Owner”), unless such Excess Owner shall cease to be an Excess Owner prior to such automatic termination becoming effective; (d) ten business days after individuals who at the time the Plan went public constituted the Board of Directors of the Plan (together with any new directors whose election to the Board was approved by a vote of 2/3 of the directors then still in office who were directors at the time the Plan went public or whose election or nomination was previously so approved) (the "Continuing Directors") cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors; or (e) ten business days after the Plan consolidates with or merges with or into any person or conveys, assigns, transfers or sells all or substantially all of its assets to any person other than a merger in which the Plan is the surviving entity and immediately after which merger, no person is an Excess Institutional Voter, an Excess Noninstitutional Voter or an Excess Owner: provided that, if requested by the affected Plan in a writing received by BCBSA prior to such automatic termination
Amended as of September 17, 1997

-5-


becoming effective, the provisions of this paragraph 9(d)(iii) may be waived, in whole or in part, upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested Plans and a majority of the total then current weighted vote of the disinterested Plans. Any waiver so granted may be conditioned upon such additional requirements (including but not limited to imposing new and independent grounds for termination of this License) as shall be approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested Plans and a majority of the total then current weighted vote of the disinterested Plans. If a timely waiver request is received, no automatic termination shall become effective until the later of: (1) the conclusion of the applicable time period specified in paragraphs 9(d)(iii)(a)-(d) above, or (2) the conclusion of the first Member Plan meeting after receipt of such a waiver request.
In the event that the Plan's license to use the Licensed Marks and Name is terminated pursuant to this Paragraph 9(d)(iii), the license may be reinstated in BCBSA’s sole discretion if, within 30 days of the date of such termination, the Plan demonstrates that the Person referred to in clause (a), (b) or (c) of the preceding paragraph is no longer an Excess Institutional Voter, an Excess Noninstitutional Voter or an Excess Owner.
(iv) The Plan shall not issue any class or series of security other than (i) shares of common stock having identical terms or options or derivatives of such common stock, (ii) non-voting, non-convertible debt securities or (iii) such other securities as the Plan may approve, provided that BCBSA receives notice at least thirty days prior to the issuance of such securities, including a description of the terms for such securities, and BCBSA shall have the authority to determine how such other securities will be counted in determining whether any Person is an Excess Institutional Voter, Excess Noninstitutional Voter or an Excess Owner.
(v)    For purposes of paragraph 9(d)(iii), the following definitions
shall apply:
(a)     "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and in effect on November 17, 1993 (the "Exchange Act").
(b)    A Person shall be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of
and shall be deemed to "beneficially own" any securities:


Amended as of September 17, 1997

-5a-


(i)    which such Person or any of such
Person's Affiliates or Associates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly;
(ii) which such Person or any of such
Person's Affiliates or Associates has (A) the right to acquire (whether
such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; or (B) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the Beneficial Owner of, or to beneficially own, any security if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such security (1) arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in response to a public proxy or consent solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act and (2) is not also then reportable on Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act (or any comparable or successor report); or
(iii) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person (or any Affiliate or Associate thereof) with which such Person (or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates) has any agreement, arrangement or understanding (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities) relating to the acquisition, holding, voting (except to the extent contemplated by the proviso to (b)(ii)(B) above) or disposing of any securities of the Plan.
Notwithstanding anything in this definition of Beneficial Ownership to the contrary, the phrase "then outstanding," when used with reference to a Person's Beneficial Ownership of securities of the Plan, shall mean the number of such securities then issued and outstanding together with the number of such securities not then actually issued and outstanding which such Person would be deemed to own beneficially hereunder.
(c) A Person shall be deemed an “Institutional Investor” if (but only if) such Person (i) is an entity or group identified in the SEC’s Rule 13d-1(b)(1)(ii) as constituted on June 1, 1997, and (ii) every filing made by such Person with the SEC under Regulation 13D-G (or any successor Regulation) with respect to such Person’s Beneficial Ownership of Plan securities shall have contained a certification identical to the one required by item 10 of SEC Schedule 13G as constituted on June 1, 1997.
(d)
“Noninstitutional Investor” means any Person who is not an Institutional Investor.
(e) Person" shall mean any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, trust, association, joint venture or other entity, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.
(The next page is page 6)
Amended as of September 17, 1997

-5b-


10. This License Agreement shall remain in effect: (a) until terminated as provided herein; or (b) until this and all such other License Agreements are terminated by the affirmative vote of three-fourths of the Plans and three-fourths of the total then current weighted vote of all the Plans; (c) until terminated by the Plan upon eighteen (18) months written notice to BCBSA or upon a shorter notice period approved by BCBSA in writing at its sole discretion.
11. Except as otherwise provided in paragraph 15 below or by the affirmative vote of three-fourths of the Plans and three-fourths of the total then current weighted vote of all the Plans, or unless this and all such other License Agreements are simultaneously terminated by force of law, the termination of this License Agreement for any reason whatsoever shall cause the reversion to BCBSA of all rights in and to the Licensed Marks and Name, and the Plan agrees that it will promptly discontinue all use of the Licensed Marks and Name, will not use them thereafter, and will promptly, upon written notice from BCBSA, change its corporate name so as to eliminate the Licensed Name therefrom.
12. The license hereby granted to Plan to use the Licensed Marks and Name is and shall be personal to the Plan so licensed and shall not be assignable by any act of the Plan, directly or indirectly, without the written consent of BCBSA. Said license shall not be assignable by operation of law, nor shall Plan mortgage or part with possession or control of this license or any right hereunder, and the Plan shall have no right to grant any sublicense to use the Licensed Marks and Name.
13. BCBSA shall maintain appropriate service mark registrations of the Licensed Marks and BCBSA shall take such lawful steps and proceedings as may be necessary or proper to prevent use of the Licensed Marks by any person who is not authorized to use the same. Any actions or proceedings undertaken by BCBSA under the provisions of this paragraph shall be at BCBSA's sole cost and expense. BCBSA shall have the sole right to determine whether or not any legal action shall be taken on account of unauthorized use of the Licensed Marks, such right not to be unreasonably exercised. The Plan shall report any unlawful usage of the Licensed Marks to BCBSA in writing and agrees, free of charge, to cooperate fully with BCBSA's program of enforcing and protecting the service mark rights, trade name rights and other rights in the Licensed Marks.
14. The Plan hereby agrees to save, defend, indemnify and hold BCBSA And any other Plan(s) harmless from and against all claims, damages, liabilities and Costs of every kind, nature and description which may arise as a result of the activitie of the Plan or of any hospital, medical group, clinic or other provider of health services that is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by Plan. BCBSA hereby agrees tosave, defend, indemnify and hold the Plan and any other Plan(s) harmless from and against all claims, damages, liabilities and costs of every kind, nature and description which may arise exclusively and directly as a result of the activities of BCBSA.
Amended as of June 21, 2012

-6-


15.    (a). This Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the occurrence of
any of the following events: (i) a voluntary petition shall be filed by the Plan or by BCBSA seeking bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement with creditors or other relief under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or any other law governing insolvency or debtor relief, or (ii) an involuntary petition or proceeding shall be filed against the Plan or BCBSA seeking bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement with creditors or other relief under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or any other law governing insolvency or debtor relief and such petition or proceeding is consented to or acquiesced in by the Plan or BCBSA or is not dismissed within sixty (60) days of the date upon which the petition or other document commencing the proceeding is served upon the Plan or BCBSA respectively, or (iii) an order for relief is entered against the Plan or BCBSA in any case under the bankruptcy laws of the United States, or the Plan or BCBSA is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent (as that term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in the state of Illinois) by any court of competent jurisdiction, or (iv) the Plan or BCBSA makes a general assignment of its assets for the benefit of creditors, or (v) any government or any government official, office, agency, branch, or unit assumes control of the Plan or delinquency proceedings (voluntary or involuntary) are instituted, or (vi) an action is brought by the Plan or BCBSA seeking its dissolution or liquidation of its assets or seeking the appointment of a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for any of its property or business, or (vii) an action is instituted by any governmental entity or officer against the Plan or BCBSA seeking its dissolution or liquidation of its assets or seeking appointment of a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for any of its property or business and such action is consented to or acquiesced in by the Plan or BCBSA or is not dismissed within one hundred thirty (130) days of the date upon which the pleading or other document commencing the action is served upon the Plan or BCBSA respectively, provided that if the action is stayed or its prosecution is enjoined, the one hundred thirty (130) day period is tolled for the duration of the stay or injunction, and provided further, that the Association’s Board of Directors may toll or extend the 130 day period at any time prior to its expiration, or (viii) a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for any of the Plan's or BCBSA's property or business is appointed, or the Plan or BCBSA is ordered dissolved or liquidated, or (ix) the Plan shall fail to pay its dues and shall not cure such failure within thirty (30) days of receiving written notice thereof, or (x) if, due to regulatory action, the Plan together with any applicable Controlled Affiliate becomes unable to do business using the Names and Marks in any State or portion thereof included in its Service Area, provided that: (i) automatic termination shall not occur prior to the exhaustion by any such Plan of its rights to appeal or challenge such regulatory action; and (ii) in the event the Plan is licensed to do business using the Names and Marks in multiple States or portions of States, the termination of its License Agreement shall be solely limited to the State(s) or portions thereof in which the regulatory action applies. By not appealing or challenging such regulatory action within the time prescribed by law or regulation, and in any event no later than 120 days after such action is taken, a Plan shall be deemed to have exhausted its rights to appeal or challenge, and automatic termination shall proceed.

-7-


Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, a declaration or a
request for declaration of the existence of a trust over any of the Plan’s or BCBSA’s property or business shall not in itself be deemed to constitute or seek appointment of a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for purposes of subparagraphs 15(a)(vii) and (viii) of this Agreement.
Amended as of September 14, 2004

-7a-


(b). BCBSA, or the Plans (as provided and in addition to the rights conferred in Paragraph 10(b) above), may terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice upon the occurrence of either of the following events: (a) the Plan or BCBSA becomes insolvent (as that term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code enacted in the state of Illinois), or (b) any final judgment against the Plan or BCBSA remains unsatisfied or unbonded of record for a period of sixty (60) days or longer.
(c). If this License Agreement is terminated as to BCBSA for any reason stated in subparagraphs 15(a) and (b) above, the ownership of the Licensed Marks shall revert to each of the Plans.
(d). Upon termination of this License Agreement or any Controlled Affiliate License Agreement of a Larger Controlled Affiliate, as defined in Exhibit 1 to this License Agreement, the following conditions shall apply, except that, in the event of a partial termination of this Agreement pursuant to Paragraph 15 (a)(x)(ii) of this Agreement, the notices, national account listing, payment and audit right listed below shall be applicable solely with respect to the geographic area for which the Plan’s license to use the Licensed Names and Marks is terminated:
(i)
The terminated entity shall send a notice through the U.S. mails, with first class postage affixed, to all individual and group customers, providers, brokers and agents of products or services sold, marketed, underwritten or administered by the terminated entity or its Controlled Affiliates under the Licensed Marks and Name. The form and content of the notice shall be specified by BCBSA and shall, at a minimum, notify the recipient of the termination of the license, the consequences thereof, and instructions for obtaining alternate products or services licensed by BCBSA, subject to any conflicting state law and state regulatory requirements. This notice shall be mailed within 15 days after termination or, if termination is pursuant to paragraph 10(d) of this Agreement, within 15 days after the written notice to BCBSA described in paragraph 10(d).
(ii)
The terminated entity shall deliver to BCBSA within five days of a request by BCBSA a listing of national accounts in which the terminated entity is involved (in a Control, Participating or Servicing capacity), identifying the national account and the terminated entity's role therein. For those accounts where the terminated entity is the Control Plan, the Plan must also indicate the Participating and Servicing Plans in the national account syndicate.

Amended as of June 16, 2005

-8-


(iii)
Unless the cause of termination is an event stated in paragraph 15(a) or (b) above respecting BCBSA, the Plan and its Licensed Controlled Affiliates shall be jointly liable for payment to BCBSA of an amount equal to the Re-Establishment Fee (described below) multiplied by the number of Licensed Enrollees of the terminated entity and its Licensed Controlled Affiliates; provided that if any other Plan is permitted by BCBSA to use marks or names licensed by BCBSA in the Service Area established by this Agreement, the Re-Establishment Fee shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Licensed Enrollees of the terminated entity and its Licensed Controlled Affiliates and the denominator of which is the total number of Licensed Enrollees in the Service Area. The Re-Establishment Fee shall be indexed to a base fee of $80. The Re-Establishment Fee through December 31, 2005 shall be $80. The Re-Establishment Fee for calendar years after December 31, 2005 shall be adjusted on January 1 of each calendar year up to and including January 1, 2010 and shall be the base fee multiplied by 100% plus the cumulative percentage increase or decrease in the Plans’ gross administrative expense (standard BCBSA definition) per Licensed Enrollee since December 31, 2004. The adjustment shall end on January 1, 2011, at which time the Re-Establishment Fee shall be fixed at the then-current amount and no longer automatically adjusted. For example, if the Plans’ gross administrative expense per Licensed Enrollee was $278.60, $285.00 and $290.00 for calendar year end 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively, the January 1, 2007 Re-Establishment Fee would be $83.27 (100% of the base fee plus $1.84 for calendar year 2005 and $1.43 for calendar year 2006). Licensed Enrollee means each and every person and covered dependent who is enrolled as an individual or member of a group receiving products or services sold, marketed or administered under marks or names licensed by BCBSA as determined at the earlier of (a) the end of the last fiscal year of the terminated entity which ended prior to termination or (b) the fiscal year which ended before any transactions causing the termination began. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount payable pursuant to this subparagraph (d)(iii) shall be due only


Amended as of June 16, 2005


-8a-


to the extent that, in BCBSA's opinion, it does not cause the net worth of the Plan to fall below 100% of the Health Risk-Based Capital formula or its equivalent under any successor formula, as set forth in the applicable financial responsibility standards established by BCBSA (provided such equivalent is approved for purposes of this sub paragraph by the affirmative vote of three-fourths of the Plans and three-fourths of the total then current weighted vote of all the Plans), measured as of the date of termination and adjusted for the value of any transactions not made in the ordinary course of business. This payment shall not be due in connection with transactions exclusively by or among Plan or their affiliates, including reorganizations, combinations or mergers, where the BCBSA Board of Directors determines that the license termination does not result in a material diminution in the number of Licensed Enrollees or the extent of their coverage. At least 50% of the Re-Establishment Fee shall be awarded to the Plan (or Plans) that receive the new license(s) for the service area(s) at issue; provided, however, that such award shall not become due or payable until all disputes, if any, regarding the amount of and BCBSA’s right to such Re-Establishment Fee have been finally resolved; and provided further that the award shall be based on the final amount actually received by BCBSA. The Board of Directors shall adopt a resolution which it may amend from time to time that shall govern BCBSA’s use of its portion of the award. In the event that the terminated entity’s license is reinstated by BCBSA or is deemed to have remained in effect without interruption by a court of competent jurisdiction, BCBSA shall reimburse the Plan (and/or its Licensed Controlled Affiliates, as the case may be) for payments made under this subparagraph only to the extent that such payments exceed the amounts due to BCBSA pursuant to subparagraph 15(d)(vi) and any costs associated with reestablishing the Service Area, including any payments made by BCBSA to a Plan or Plans (or their Licensed Controlled Affiliates) for purposes of replacing the terminated entity.
(iv)    The terminated entity shall comply with all financial
settlement procedures set forth in BCBSA’s License Termination Contingency Plan, as amended from time to time and shall work diligently and in good faith with

Amended as of June 16, 2005

-8b-


BCBSA, any Alternative Control Licensee or Replacement Licensee and any existing or potential new account for Blue-branded products and services to minimize the disruption of termination, and honor, to the fullest extent possible, the desire of accounts to continue to receive or obtain Blue-branded products and services through a new Licensee (“Transition”). Such diligence and good faith on the part of the terminated entity shall include, but not be limited to: (a) working cooperatively with BCBSA to protect the Names and Marks from potential harm; (b) cooperating with BCBSA’s use of the Names and Marks in the terminated entity’s former service area during the termination and Transition; (c) transmitting, upon the request of an existing Blue account or of BCBSA with consent and on behalf of an existing Blue account, all member and account-data relating to the Federal Employee Program to BCBSA, and all member and account data relating to other programs to an Alternative Control Licensee or Replacement Licensee; (d) working with BCBSA and the Alternative Control or Replacement Licensee with respect to potential new Blue accounts headquartered in the terminated entity’s former service area; (e) continuing to service Blue accounts during the Transition; (f) continuing to comply with National Programs, Federal Employee Program and NASCO policies and procedures and all voluntary BCBSA programs, policies and performance standards, such as Away From Home Care, including being responsible for payment of all penalties for non-compliance duly levied in conformity with the License Agreements, Membership Standards, or the Federal Employee Program agreements, that may arise during the Transition; (g) maintaining and providing access to its provider networks, as defined by Federal Employee Program agreements and National Account Program Policies and Provisions, and Inter-Plan Programs Policies and Provisions, and making those networks and discounts available to members and providers who participate in National Programs and the Federal Employee Program during the Transition; (h) maintaining its technical connections and processing capabilities during the Transition; and (i) working diligently to conclude all financial settlements and account reconciliations as negotiated in the termination transition agreement.

Amended as of November 16, 2006

-8c-


(v)
Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement,
BCBSA shall have the right, with the approval of its Board of Directors, to assess additional fines against the terminated entity during the Transition in the event it fails to maintain and provide access to provider networks as defined by Federal Employee Program agreements, National Account Program Policies and Provisions, and Inter-Plans Programs Policies and Provisions, and/or pass on applicable discounts. Such fines shall be in addition to any other assessments, fees or liquidated damages payable herein, or under existing policies and programs and shall be imposed to make whole BCBSA and/or the Plans. Terminated entity shall pay any such fines to BCBSA no later than 30 days after they are approved by the Board of Directors.
(vi)
BCBSA shall have the right to examine and audit and/or hire at terminated entity’s expense a third-party auditor to examine and audit the books and records of the terminated entity and its Licensed Controlled Affiliates to verify compliance with the terms and requirements of this paragraph 15(d).
(vii)
Subsequent to termination of this Agreement, the terminated entity and its affiliates, agents, and employees shall have an ongoing and continuing obligation to protect all BCBSA and Blue Licensee data that was acquired or accessed during the period this Agreement was in force, including but not limited to all confidential processes, pricing, provider, discount and other strategic and competitively sensitive information (“Blue Information”) from disclosure, and shall not, either alone or with another entity, disclose such Blue Information or use it in any manner to compete without the express written permission of BCBSA.
(viii)
As to a breach of 15 (d) (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (vi), or (vii) the parties agree that the obligations are immediately enforceable in a court of competent jurisdiction. As to a breach of 15 (d) (i), (ii), (iv), (vi), or (vii) by the Plan, the parties agree there is no adequate remedy at law and BCBSA is entitled to obtain specific performance.
Amended as of November 16, 2006

-8d-


(ix)
In the event that the terminated entity’s license is reinstated by BCBSA or is deemed to have remained in effect without interruption by a court of competent jurisdiction, the Plan and its Licensed Controlled Affiliates shall be jointly liable for reimbursing BCBSA the reasonable costs incurred by BCBSA in connection with the termination and the reinstatement or court action, and any associated legal proceedings, including but not limited to: outside legal fees, consulting fees, public relations fees, advertising costs, and costs incurred to develop, lease or establish an interim provider network. Any amount due to BCBSA under this subparagraph may be waived in whole or in part by the BCBSA Board of Directors in its sole discretion.
(e). BCBSA shall be entitled to enjoin the Plan or any related party in a court of competent jurisdiction from entry into any transaction which would result in a termination of this License Agreement unless the License Agreement has been terminated pursuant to paragraph 10 (d) of this Agreement upon the required six (6) month written notice.
(f). BCBSA acknowledges that it is not the owner of assets of the Plan.
Amended as of June 16, 2006

-8e-


16.
This Agreement supersedes any and all other agreements between the parties with respect to the subject matter herein, and contains all of the covenants and agreements of the parties as to the licensing of the Licensed Marks and Name. This Agreement may be amended only by the affirmative vote of three-fourths of the Plans and three-fourths of the total then current weighted vote of all the Plans as officially recorded by the BCBSA Corporate Secretary.
17.
If any provision or any part of any provision of this Agreement is judicially declared unlawful, each and every other provision, or any part of any provision, shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding such judicial declaration.
18.
No waiver by BCBSA or the Plan of any breach or default in performance on the part of BCBSA or the Plan or any other licensee of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or default in performance of said terms, covenants or conditions.
19a.
All notices provided for hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sent in duplicate by regular mail to BCBSA or the Plan at the address currently published for each by BCBSA and shall be marked respectively to the attention of the President and, if any, the General Counsel, of BCBSA or the Plan.


-8f-


19b
Except as provided in paragraphs 9(b), 9(d)(iii), 15(a), and 15(b) above, this Agreement may be terminated for a breach only upon at least 30 days’ written notice to the Plan advising of the specific matters at issue and granting the Plan an opportunity to be heard and to present its response to the Member Plans.
19c
For all provisions of this Agreement referring to voting, the term ‘Plans’ shall mean all entities licensed under the Blue Cross License Agreement and/or the Blue Shield License Agreement, and in all votes of the Plans under this Agreement the Plans shall vote together. For weighted votes of the Plans, the Plan shall have a number of votes equal to the number of weighted votes (if any) that it holds as a Blue Cross Plan plus the number of weighted votes (if any) that it holds as a Blue Shield Plan. For all other votes of the Plans, the Plan shall have one vote. For all questions requiring an affirmative three-fourths weighted vote of the Plans, the requirement shall be deemed satisfied with a lesser weighted vote unless the greater of: (i) 6/52 or more of the Plans (rounded to the nearest whole number, with 0.5 or multiples thereof being rounded to the next higher whole number) fail to cast weighted votes in favor of the question; or (ii) three (3) of the Plans fail to cast weighted votes in favor of the question. Notwithstanding the foregoing provision, if there are thirty-nine (39) Plans, the requirement of an affirmative three-fourths weighted vote shall be deemed satisfied with a lesser weighted vote unless four (4) or more Plans fail to cast weighted votes in favor of the question.
Amended as of June 16, 2006
(The next page is page 9)

-8g-


20.
Nothing herein contained shall be construed to constitute the parties hereto as partners or joint venturers, or either as the agent of the other, and Plan shall have no right to bind or obligate BCBSA in any way, nor shall it represent that it has any right to do so. BCBSA shall have no liability to third parties with respect to any aspect of the business, activities, operations, products, or services of the Plan.
21.
This Agreement shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this License Agreement to be executed, effective as of the date of last signature written below.
BLUE CROSS AND BLUE SHIELD ASSOCIATION
By ______________________________________    
Title _____________________________________    
Date                             
Plan:
By_________________________________________    
Title______________________________________    
Date                             


-9-


EXHIBIT 1
BLUE SHIELD
CONTROLLED AFFILIATE LICENSE AGREEMENT
(Includes revisions adopted by Member Plans through their September 18, 2015 meeting)
This Agreement by and among Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association
("BCBSA") and___________    (“Controlled Affiliate"), a Controlled Affiliate of the Blue Shield
Plan, known as_____________     ("Plan" or “Sponsoring Plan”), which is also a Party
signatory hereto.
WHEREAS, BCBSA is the owner of the BLUE SHIELD and BLUE SHIELD Design service marks;
WHEREAS, Plan and Controlled Affiliate desire that the latter be entitled to use the BLUE SHIELD and BLUE SHIELD Design service marks (collectively the "Licensed Marks") as service marks and be entitled to use the term BLUE SHIELD in a trade name ("Licensed Name");
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual
agreements hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1.     GRANT OF LICENSE
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, BCBSA hereby grants to Controlled Affiliate the right to use the Licensed Marks and Name in connection with, and only in connection with: (i) health care plans and related services, as defined in BCBSA's License Agreement with Plan, and administering the non-health portion of workers’ compensation insurance, and (ii) underwriting the indemnity portion of workers’ compensation insurance, provided that Controlled Affiliate’s total premium revenue comprises less than 15 percent of the Sponsoring Plan’s net subscription revenue.
This grant of rights is non-exclusive and is limited to the Service Area served by the Plan. Subject to Paragraph 3A(3) of this Agreement, Controlled Affiliate may use the Licensed Marks and Name in its legal name on the following conditions: (i) the legal name must be approved in advance, in writing, by BCBSA; (ii) Controlled Affiliate shall not do business outside the Service Area under any name or mark; and (iii) Controlled Affiliate shall not use the Licensed Marks and Name, or any derivative thereof, as part of any name or symbol used to identify itself in any securities market, unless such Controlled Affiliate is a not-for-profit company which may use the Licensed Marks and Name, or an approved derivative therefor, to identify itself in debt securities markets. Controlled Affiliate may use the Licensed Marks and Name in its Trade Name only with the prior, written, consent of BCBSA.
Amended as of March 26, 2015




2. QUALITY CONTROL
A.    Controlled Affiliate agrees to use the Licensed Marks and Name only in
connection with the licensed services and further agrees to be bound by the conditions regarding quality control shown in attached Exhibit A as they may be amended by BCBSA from time-to-time.
B.    Controlled Affiliate agrees to comply with all applicable federal, state and local
laws.
C. Controlled Affiliate agrees that it will provide on an annual basis (or more often if reasonably required by Plan or by BCBSA) a report or reports to Plan and BCBSA demonstrating Controlled Affiliate's compliance with the requirements of this Agreement including but not limited to the quality control provisions of this paragraph and the attached Exhibit A.
D. Controlled Affiliate agrees that Plan and/or BCBSA may, from time-to-time, upon reasonable notice, review and inspect the manner and method of Controlled Affiliate's rendering of service and use of the Licensed Marks and Name.
E. As used herein, a Controlled Affiliate is defined as an entity organized and operated in such a manner, that the Sponsoring Plan has:
(1)    The legal authority directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries:
(a) to select members of the Controlled Affiliate’s governing body having not less than 50% voting control thereof; and
(b) to prevent any change in the articles of incorporation, bylaws or other establishing or governing documents of the Controlled Affiliate with which the Sponsoring Plan does not concur; and
(c) to exercise control over the policy and operations of the Controlled Affiliate at least equal to that exercised by persons or entities (jointly or individually) other than the Sponsoring Plan; and
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in (a) through (c) hereof, the Controlled Affiliate’s establishing or governing documents must also require written approval by the Sponsoring Plan before the Controlled Affiliate can:
(i)
change its legal and/or trade names;
(ii)
change the geographic area in which it operates;
(iii)
change any of the type(s) of businesses in which it engages;
Amended as of September 19, 2014




(iv)
create, or become liable for by way of guarantee, any indebtedness, other than indebtedness arising in the ordinary course of business;
(v)
sell any assets, except for sales in the ordinary course of business or sales of equipment no longer useful or being replaced;
(vi)
make any loans or advances except in the ordinary course of business;
(vii)
enter into any arrangement or agreement with any party directly or indirectly affiliated with any of the owners or persons or entities with the authority to select or appoint members or board members of the Controlled Affiliate, other than the Sponsoring Plan or other Plans (excluding owners of stock holdings of under 5% in a publicly traded Controlled Affiliate);
(viii)
conduct any business other than under the Licensed Marks and Name;
(ix)
take any action that Sponsoring Plan or BCBSA reasonably believes will adversely affect the Licensed Marks and Name.
In addition, the Sponsoring Plan directly or indirectly through wholly owned subsidiaries shall own at least 50% of any for-profit Controlled Affiliate, provided that in instances where the Sponsoring Plan formed a publicly traded Controlled Affiliate Licensee and such publicly traded Controlled Affiliate Licensee owns and controls other Controlled Affiliate Licensees, the Sponsoring Plan directly or indirectly shall own and control at least 50% of any Controlled Affiliate that is indirectly owned and controlled by the publicly traded Controlled Affiliate Licensee.
Or
(2)    The legal authority directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries;
(a)
to select members of the Controlled Affiliate’s governing body having more
than 50% voting control thereof and to:
(b)
to prevent any change in the articles of incorporation, bylaws or other
establishing or governing documents of the Controlled Affiliate with which the Sponsoring Plan do not concur; and
c)    to exercise control over the policy and operations of the Controlled
Affiliate.
Amended as of March 26, 2015




In addition, the Sponsoring Plan directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries shall own more than 50% of any for-profit Controlled Affiliate, provided that in instances where the Sponsoring Plan formed a publicly traded Controlled Affiliate Licensee and such publicly traded Controlled Affiliate Licensee owns and controls other Controlled Affiliate Licensees, the Sponsoring Plan directly or indirectly shall own and control more than 50% of any Controlled Affiliate that is indirectly owned and controlled by the publicly traded Controlled Affiliate Licensee.

Or
(3)    With respect to a Controlled Affiliate that is 100% controlled by Plans including
the Sponsoring Plan and which offers solely Medicaid products and services, the legal authority together with such other Plans:
(a)
to select all members of the Controlled Affiliate’s governing body; and
(b)
to prevent any change in the articles of incorporation, bylaws or other establishing or governing documents of the Controlled Affiliate; and
(c)
to exercise control over the policy and operations of the Controlled Affiliate.
In addition, the Sponsoring Plan and such other Plans shall own 100% of any for-profit Controlled Affiliate, with the Sponsoring Plan and such other Plans each having an ownership interest. Such control and ownership by Plans must be direct or, if indirect, solely through affiliates that are licensed to use marks owned by BCBSA. Further, the Sponsoring Plan and such other Plans shall execute the Addendum to Controlled Affiliate License attached hereto as Exhibit B.
3.    FOR-PROFIT, PUBLICLY TRADED LICENSEES
A.    The Controlled Affiliate may operate as a for-profit publicly traded
company on the following conditions:
(1)
The Controlled Affiliate shall discharge all responsibilities which it has to the Association and to other Plans by virtue of this Agreement.
(2)
The Controlled Affiliate shall provide 90 days advance written notice to BCBSA prior to the initial filing with the SEC.
(3)
The Controlled Affiliate shall not use the Licensed Marks and Name, or any derivative thereof, as part of its legal name or any symbol used to identify the Controlled Affiliate in any securities market. The Controlled Affiliate shall use the Licensed Marks and Name as part of its trade name within its service area for the sale, marketing and administration of health care and related services in the service area.
Amended as of March 26, 2015




(4)    The Controlled Affiliate’s license to use the Licensed Marks and Name
shall automatically terminate effective: (a) thirty days after the Controlled Affiliate knows, or there is an SEC filing indicating that, any Institutional Investor, has become the Beneficial Owner of securities representing 10% or more of the voting power of the Controlled Affiliate (“Excess Institutional Voter”), unless such Excess Institutional Voter shall cease to be an Excess Institutional Voter prior to such automatic termination becoming effective; (b) thirty days after the Controlled Affiliate knows, or there is an SEC filing indicating that, any Noninstitutional Investor, other than a Plan or Plans or Controlled Affiliate licensee or licensees has become the Beneficial Owner of securities representing 5% or more of the voting power of the Controlled Affiliate (“Excess Noninstitutional Voter”) unless such Excess Noninstitutional Voter shall cease to be an Excess Noninstitutional Voter prior to such automatic termination becoming effective; (c) thirty days after the Controlled Affiliate knows, or there is an SEC filing indicating that, any Person has become the Beneficial Owner, other than a Plan or Plans or Controlled Affiliate licensee or licensees, of 20% or more of the Controlled Affiliate’s then outstanding common stock or other equity securities which (either by themselves or in combination) represent an ownership interest of 20% or more pursuant to determinations made under Paragraph 3A(4) below (“Excess Owner”), unless such Excess Owner shall cease to be an Excess Owner prior to such automatic termination becoming effective; (d) ten business days after individuals who at the time the Controlled Affiliate went public constituted the Board of Directors of the Controlled Affiliate (together with any new directors whose election to the Board was approved by a vote of 2/3 of the directors then still in office who were directors at the time the Controlled Affiliate went public or whose election or nomination was previously so approved) (the “Continuing Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors; or (e) ten business days after the Controlled Affiliate consolidates with or merges with or into any person or conveys, assigns, transfers or sells all or substantially all of its assets to any person other than a merger in which the Sponsoring Plan is the surviving entity and immediately after which merger, no person is an Excess Institutional Voter, an Excess Noninstitutional Voter or an Excess Owner: provided that, if requested by the affected Controlled Affiliate in a writing received by BCBSA prior to such automatic termination becoming effective, the provision of this paragraph 3A(4) may be waived, in whole or in part, upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested Plans and a majority of the total then current weighted vote of the disinterested Plans. Any waiver so granted may be conditioned upon such additional requirements (including but not limited to imposing new and independent grounds for termination of this License) as shall be approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested Plans and a majority of the total then current weighted vote of the disinterested Plans. If a timely waiver request is received, no automatic termination shall become effective until the later of: (1) the conclusion of the applicable time period specified in paragraphs 3A(4)(a)-(d) above, or (2) the conclusion of the first Member Plan meeting after receipt of such a waiver request.
Amended as of March 26, 2015




In the event that the Controlled Affiliate’s license, or any other license, to use the Licensed Marks and Name is terminated pursuant to Paragraph 3A(4), the license may be reinstated in BCBSA’s sole discretion if, within 30 days of the date of such termination, the Controlled Affiliate demonstrates that the Person referred to in clause (a), (b) or (c) of the preceding paragraph is no longer an Excess Institutional Voter, an Excess Noninstitutional Voter or an Excess Owner.
(5) The Controlled Affiliate shall not issue any class or series of security other than (i) shares of common stock having identical terms or options or derivatives of such common stock, (ii) non-voting, non-convertible debt securities, or (iii) such other securities as the Controlled Affiliate may approve, provided that BCBSA receives notice at least thirty days prior to the issuance of such securities, including a description of the terms for such securities, and BCBSA shall have the authority to determine how such other securities will be counted in determining whether any Person is an Excess Institutional Voter, Excess Noninstitutional Voter or an Excess Owner.
(6) For purposes of paragraph 3(A) above, the following definitions shall apply:
(i) “Affiliate” and “Associate” shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and in effect on November 17, 1993 (the “Exchange Act”).
(ii) A Person shall be deemed the “Beneficial Owner” of and shall be deemed to “beneficially own” any securities:
(1) which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly;
(2) which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates has (A) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; or (B) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the Beneficial Owner of, or to beneficially own, any security if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such security (1) arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in response to a public proxy or consent solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act and (2) is not also then reportable on Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act (or any comparable or successor report); or
Amended as of March 26, 2015




(3)    which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other
Person (or any Affiliate or Associate thereof) with which such Person (or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates) has any agreement, arrangement or understanding (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities) relating to the acquisition, holding, voting (except to the extent contemplated by the proviso to (ii)2(B) above) or disposing of any securities of the Controlled Affiliate.
Notwithstanding anything in this definition of Beneficial Ownership to the contrary, the phrase “then outstanding”, when used with reference to a Person’s Beneficial Ownership of securities of the Controlled Affiliate, shall mean the number of such securities then issued and outstanding together with the number of such securities not then actually issued and outstanding which such Person would be deemed to own beneficially hereunder.
(iii) A Person shall be deemed an “Institutional Investor” if (but only if) such Person (i) is an entity or group identified in the SEC’s Rule 13d-1(b)(1)(ii) as constituted on June 1, 1997, and (ii) every filing made by such Person with the SEC under Regulation 13D-G (or any successor Regulation) with respect to such Person’s Beneficial Ownership of Plan securities shall have contained a certification identical to the one required by item 1 of SEC Schedule 13G as constituted on June 1, 1997.
(iv) “Noninstitutional Investor” means any Person who is not an Institutional Investor.
(v) “Person” shall mean any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, trust, association, joint venture or other entity, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.
4. SERVICE MARK USE
A. Controlled Affiliate recognizes the importance of a comprehensive national network of independent BCBSA licensees which are committed to strengthening the Licensed Marks and Name. The Controlled Affiliate further recognizes that its actions within its Service Area may affect the value of the Licensed Marks and Name nationwide.
B. Controlled Affiliate shall at all times make proper service mark use of the Licensed Marks and Name, including but not limited to use of such symbols or words as BCBSA shall specify to protect the Licensed Marks and Name and shall comply with such rules (generally applicable to Controlled Affiliates licensed to use the Licensed
Amended as of March 26, 2015




Marks and Name) relative to service mark use, as are issued from time-to-time by BCBSA. Controlled Affiliate recognizes and agrees that all use of the Licensed Marks and Name by Controlled Affiliate shall inure to the benefit of BCBSA.
C. Controlled Affiliate may not directly or indirectly use the Licensed Marks and Name in a manner that transfers or is intended to transfer in the Service Area the goodwill associated therewith to another mark or name, nor may Controlled Affiliate engage in activity that may dilute or tarnish the unique value of the Licensed Marks and Name.
D. If Controlled Affiliate meets the standards of 2E(1) but not 2E(2) above and any of Controlled Affiliate's advertising or promotional material is reasonably determined by BCBSA and/or the Plan to be in contravention of rules and regulations governing the use of the Licensed Marks and Name, Controlled Affiliate shall for ninety (90) days thereafter obtain prior approval from BCBSA of advertising and promotional efforts using the Licensed Marks and Name, approval or disapproval thereof to be forthcoming within five (5) business days of receipt of same by BCBSA or its designee. In all advertising and promotional efforts, Controlled Affiliate shall observe the Service Area limitations applicable to Plan.
E. Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan’s License Agreement with BCBSA or in this Agreement, Controlled Affiliate shall use its best efforts to promote and build the value of the Licensed Marks and Name.
5. SUBLICENSING AND ASSIGNMENT
Controlled Affiliate shall not, directly or indirectly, sublicense, transfer,
hypothecate, sell, encumber or mortgage, by operation of law or otherwise, the rights granted hereunder and any such act shall be voidable at the sole option of Plan or BCBSA. This Agreement and all rights and duties hereunder are personal to Controlled Affiliate.
6. INFRINGEMENT
Controlled Affiliate shall promptly notify Plan and Plan shall promptly notify BCBSA of any suspected acts of infringement, unfair competition or passing off that may occur in relation to the Licensed Marks and Name. Controlled Affiliate shall not be entitled to require Plan or BCBSA to take any actions or institute any proceedings to prevent infringement, unfair competition or passing off by third parties. Controlled Affiliate agrees to render to Plan and BCBSA, without charge, all reasonable assistance in connection with any matter pertaining to the protection of the Licensed Marks and Name by BCBSA.
Amended as of September 19, 2014




7. LIABILITY INDEMNIFICATION
Controlled Affiliate and Plan hereby agree to save, defend, indemnify and hold BCBSA harmless from and against all claims, damages, liabilities and costs of every kind, nature and description (except those arising solely as a result of BCBSA's negligence) that may arise as a result of or related to: (i) Controlled Affiliate's rendering of services under the Licensed Marks and Name; or (ii) the activities of any hospital, medical group, clinic or other provider of health services that is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by Plan or Controlled Affiliate.
8. LICENSE TERM
A. Except as otherwise provided herein, the license granted by this Agreement shall remain in effect for a period of one (1) year and shall be automatically extended for additional one (1) year periods unless terminated pursuant to the provisions herein.
B. This Agreement and all of Controlled Affiliate's rights hereunder shall immediately terminate without any further action by any party or entity in the event that: (i) the Plan ceases to be authorized to use the Licensed Marks and Name; or (ii) pursuant to Paragraph 15(a)(x) of the Blue Cross License Agreement the Plan ceases to be authorized to use the Licensed Names and Marks in the geographic area served by the Controlled Affiliate provided, however, that if the Controlled Affiliate is serving more than one State or portions thereof, the termination of this Agreement shall be limited to the State(s) or portions thereof in which the Plan’s license to use the Licensed Marks and Names is terminated. By not appealing or challenging such regulatory action within the time prescribed by law or regulation, and in any event no later than 120 days after such action is taken, a Plan shall be deemed to have exhausted its rights to appeal or challenge, and automatic termination shall proceed.
C. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, this license to use the Licensed Marks and Name may be forthwith terminated by the Plan or the
affirmative vote of the majority of the Board of Directors of BCBSA present and voting at a special meeting expressly called by BCBSA for the purpose on ten (10) days written notice to the Plan advising of the specific matters at issue and granting the Plan an opportunity to be heard and to present its response to the Board for: (1) failure to comply with any applicable minimum capital or liquidity requirement under the quality control standards of this Agreement; or (2) failure to comply with the "Organization and Governance" quality control standard of this Agreement; or (3) impending financial insolvency; or (4) for a Smaller Controlled Affiliate (as defined in Exhibit A), failure to comply with any of the applicable requirements of Standards 2, 3, 4, 5 or 7 of attached Exhibit A; or (5) the pendency of any action instituted against the Controlled Affiliate seeking its dissolution or liquidation of its assets or seeking appointment of a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for any of its property or business or seeking the declaration or establishment of a trust for any of its property or business, unless this Controlled Affiliate License Agreement has been earlier terminated under paragraph
Amended as of March 26, 2015




8(E); or (6) failure by a Controlled Affiliate that meets the standards of 2E(1) but not 2E(2) above to obtain BCBSA's written consent to a change in the identity of any owner, in the extent of ownership, or in the identity of any person or entity with the authority to select or appoint members or board members, provided that as to publicly traded Controlled Affiliates this provision shall apply only if the change affects a person or entity that owns at least 5% of the Controlled Affiliate's stock before or after the change; or (7) such other reason as is determined in good faith immediately and irreparably to threaten the integrity and reputation of BCBSA, the Plans, any other licensee including Controlled Affiliate and/or the Licensed Marks and Name.
D. Except as otherwise provided in Paragraphs 8(B), 8(C) or 8(E) herein, should Controlled Affiliate fail to comply with the provisions of this Agreement and not cure such failure within thirty (30) days of receiving written notice thereof (or commence a cure within such thirty day period and continue diligent efforts to complete the cure if such curing cannot reasonably be completed within such thirty day period) BCBSA or the Plan shall have the right to issue a notice that the Controlled Affiliate is in a state of noncompliance. If a state of noncompliance as aforesaid is undisputed by the Controlled Affiliate or is found to exist by a mandatory dispute resolution panel and is uncured as provided above, BCBSA shall have the right to seek judicial enforcement of the Agreement or to issue a notice of termination thereof. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, any disputes as to the termination of this License pursuant to Paragraphs 8(B), 8(C) or 8(E) of this Agreement shall not be subject to mediation and mandatory dispute resolution. All other disputes between BCBSA, the Plan and/or Controlled Affiliate shall be submitted promptly to mediation and mandatory dispute resolution. The mandatory dispute resolution panel shall have authority to issue orders for specific performance and assess monetary penalties. Except, however, as provided in Paragraphs 8(B) and 8(E) of this Agreement, this license to use the Licensed Marks and Name may not be finally terminated for any reason without the affirmative vote of a majority of the present and voting members of the Board of Directors of BCBSA.
E. This Agreement and all of Controlled Affiliate's rights hereunder shall immediately terminate without any further action by any party or entity in the event that:
(1) Controlled Affiliate shall no longer comply with item 2(E) above;
(2) Appropriate dues, royalties and other payments for Controlled Affiliate pursuant to paragraph 10 hereof, which are the royalties for this License Agreement, are more than sixty (60) days in arrears to BCBSA; or
(3) Any of the following events occur: (i) a voluntary petition shall be
filed by Controlled Affiliate seeking bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement with creditors or other relief under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or any other law governing insolvency or debtor relief, or (ii) an involuntary petition or proceeding shall be filed against Controlled Affiliate seeking bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement with creditors or other relief under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or any other law governing insolvency or debtor relief and such petition or proceeding is consented to or acquiesced in by Controlled Affiliate or is not dismissed within sixty (60) days of
Amended as of March 26, 2015





the date upon which the petition or other document commencing the proceeding is served upon the Controlled Affiliate, or (iii) an order for relief is entered against Controlled Affiliate in any case under the bankruptcy laws of the United States, or Controlled Affiliate is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent as those terms are defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in the State of Illinois by any court of competent jurisdiction, or (iv) Controlled Affiliate makes a general assignment of its assets for the benefit of creditors, or (v) any government or any government official, office, agency, branch, or unit assumes control of Controlled Affiliate or delinquency proceedings (voluntary or involuntary) are instituted, or (vi) an action is brought by Controlled Affiliate seeking its dissolution or liquidation of its assets or seeking the appointment of a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for any of its property or business, or (vii) an action is instituted by any governmental entity or officer against Controlled Affiliate seeking its dissolution or liquidation of its assets or seeking the appointment of a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for any of its property or business and such action is consented to or acquiesced in by Controlled Affiliate or is not dismissed within one hundred thirty (130) days of the date upon which the pleading or other document commencing the action is served upon the Controlled Affiliate, provided that if the action is stayed or its prosecution is enjoined, the one hundred thirty (130) day period is tolled for the duration of the stay or injunction, and provided further, that the Association’s Board of Directors may toll or extend the 130 day period at any time prior to its expiration, or (viii) a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for any of Controlled Affiliate's property or business is appointed or the Controlled Affiliate is ordered dissolved or liquidated. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, a declaration or a request for declaration of the existence of a trust over any of the Controlled Affiliate’s property or business shall not in itself be deemed to constitute or seek appointment of a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for purposes of subparagraphs 8(E)(3)(vii) and (viii) of this Agreement.
(4)    The for-profit, publicly traded Controlled Affiliate is terminated
pursuant to Paragraph 3A(4) of this Agreement. In which case, the licenses of any controlled Affiliates directly or indirectly owned by the terminated for profit, publicly traded Controlled Affiliate also shall immediately terminate as provided for in paragraph 3A(4) of this Agreement
F. Upon termination of this Agreement for cause or otherwise, Controlled Affiliate agrees that it shall immediately discontinue all use of the Licensed Marks and Name, including any use in its trade name.
G. Upon termination of this Agreement, Controlled Affiliate shall immediately notify all of its customers that it is no longer a licensee of BCBSA and, if directed by the Association’s Board of Directors, shall provide instruction on how the customer can contact BCBSA or a designated licensee to obtain further information on securing coverage. The notification required by this paragraph shall be in writing and in a form approved by BCBSA. The BCBSA shall have the right to audit the terminated entity's books and records to verify compliance with this paragraph.
Amended as of March 26, 2015




H.    In the event this Agreement terminates pursuant to 8(b) hereof, or in the
event the Controlled Affiliate is a Larger Controlled Affiliate (as defined in Exhibit A), upon termination of this Agreement, the provisions of Paragraph 8.G. shall not apply and the following provisions shall apply, except that, in the event of a partial termination of this Agreement pursuant to Paragraph 8(B)(ii) of this Agreement, the notices, national account listing, payment, and audit right listed below shall be applicable solely with respect to the geographic area for which the Plan’s license to use the Licensed Names and Marks is terminated:
(1) The Controlled Affiliate shall send a notice through the U.S. mails, with first class postage affixed, to all individual and group customers, providers, brokers and agents of products or services sold, marketed, underwritten or administered by the Controlled Affiliate under the Licensed Marks and Name. The form and content of the notice shall be specified by BCBSA and shall, at a minimum, notify the recipient of the termination of the license, the consequences thereof, and instructions for obtaining alternate products or services licensed by BCBSA, subject to any conflicting state law and state regulatory requirements. This notice shall be mailed within 15 days after termination.
(2) The Controlled Affiliate shall deliver to BCBSA within five days of a request by BCBSA a listing of national accounts in which the Controlled Affiliate is involved (in a control, participating or servicing capacity), identifying the national account and the Controlled Affiliate’s role therein.
(3) Unless the cause of termination is an event respecting BCBSA stated in paragraph 15(a) or (b) of the Plan’s license agreement with BCBSA to use the Licensed Marks and Name, the Controlled Affiliate, the Plan, and any other Licensed Controlled Affiliates of the Plan shall be jointly liable for payment to BCBSA of an amount equal to the Re-Establishment Fee (described below) multiplied by the number of Licensed Enrollees of the Controlled Affiliate; provided that if any other Plan is permitted by BCBSA to use marks or names licensed by BCBSA in the Service Area established by this Agreement, the Re-Establishment Fee shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Licensed Enrollees of the Controlled Affiliate, the Plan, and any other Licensed Controlled Affiliates and the denominator of which is the total number of Licensed Enrollees in the Service Area.
The Re-Establishment Fee shall be indexed to a base fee of $80. The Re-Establishment Fee through December 31, 2005 shall be $80. The Re-Establishment Fee for calendar years after December 31, 2005 shall be adjusted on January 1 of each calendar year up to and including January 1, 2010 and shall be the base fee multiplied by 100% plus the cumulative percentage increase or decrease in the Plans’ gross administrative expense (standard BCBSA definition) per Licensed Enrollee since December 31, 2004. The adjustment shall end on January 1, 2011, at which time the Re-Establishment Fee shall be fixed at the then-current amount and no longer automatically adjusted. For example, if the Plans’ gross administrative expense per Licensed Enrollee was $278.60, $285.00 and $290.00 for calendar year end 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively, the January 1, 2007 Re-Establishment Fee would be $83.27 (100% of base fee plus $1.84 for calendar
Amended as of March 26, 2015




year 2005 and $1.43 for calendar year 2006. Licensed Enrollee means each and every person and covered dependent who is enrolled as an individual or member of a group receiving products or services sold, marketed or administered under marks or names licensed by BCBSA as determined at the earlier of (i) the end of the last fiscal year of the terminated entity which ended prior to termination or (ii) the fiscal year which ended before any transactions causing the termination began. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount payable pursuant to this subparagraph H. (3) shall be due only to the extent that, in BCBSA’s opinion, it does not cause the net worth of the Controlled Affiliate, the Plan or any other Licensed Controlled Affiliates of the Plan to fall below 100% of the Health Risk-Based Capital formula, or its equivalent under any successor formula, as set forth in the applicable financial responsibility standards established by BCBSA (provided such equivalent is approved for purposes of this sub paragraph by the affirmative vote of three-fourths of the Plans and three-fourths of the total then current weighted vote of all the Plans); measured as of the date of termination, and adjusted for the value of any transactions not made in the ordinary course of business. This payment shall not be due in connection with transactions exclusively by or among Plans or their affiliates, including reorganizations, combinations or mergers, where the BCBSA Board of Directors determines that the license termination does not result in a material diminution in the number of Licensed Enrollees or the extent of their coverage. At least 50% of the Re-Establishment Fee shall be awarded to the Plan (or Plans) that receive the new license(s) for the service area(s) at issue; provided, however, that such award shall not become due or payable until all disputes, if any, regarding the amount of and BCBSA’s right to such Re-Establishment Fee have been finally resolved; and provided further that the award shall be based on the final amount actually received by BCBSA. The Board of Directors shall adopt a resolution which it may amend from time to time that shall govern BCBSA’s use of its portion of the award. In the event that the Controlled Affiliate’s license is reinstated by BCBSA or is deemed to have remained in effect without interruption by a court of competent jurisdiction, BCBSA shall reimburse the Controlled Affiliate (and/or the Plan or its other Licensed Controlled Affiliates, as the case may be) for payments made under this subparagraph 8.H.(3) only to the extent that such payments exceed the amounts due to BCBSA pursuant to paragraph 8.M. and any cost associated with reestablishing the Service Area, including any payments made by BCBSA to a Plan or Plans (or their Licensed Controlled Affiliates) for purposes of replacing the Controlled Affiliate.
(4) BCBSA shall have the right to examine and audit and/or hire at terminated entity’s expense a third party auditor to examine and audit the books and records of the Controlled Affiliate, the Plan, and any other Licensed Controlled Affiliates of the Plan to verify compliance with this paragraph 8.H.
(5) Subsequent to termination of this Agreement, the terminated entity and its affiliates, agents, and employees shall have an ongoing and continuing obligation to protect all BCBSA and Blue Licensee data that was acquired or accessed during the period this Agreement was in force, including but not limited to all confidential processes, pricing, provider, discount and other strategic and competitively sensitive information (“Blue Information”) from disclosure, and shall not, either alone or with another entity, disclose such Blue Information or use it in any manner to compete without the express written permission of BCBSA.
Amended as of March 26, 2015





(6)    As to a breach of 8.H.(1), (2), (3), (4) or (5) the parties agree that
the obligations are immediately enforceable in a court of competent jurisdiction. As to a breach of 8.H.(1), (2) or (4) by the Controlled Affiliate, the parties agree there is no adequate remedy at law and BCBSA is entitled to obtain specific performance.
I. This Agreement shall remain in effect until terminated by the
Controlled Affiliate or the Plan upon not less than eighteen (18) months written notice to the Association or upon a shorter notice period approved by BCBSA in writing at its sole discretion, or until terminated as otherwise provided herein. The Plan’s right to terminate without cause upon such notice is unfettered and may be exercised in the Plan’s sole discretion.
J. In the event the Controlled Affiliate is a Smaller Controlled Affiliate
(as defined in Exhibit A), the Controlled Affiliate agrees to be jointly liable for the amount described in H.3.and M. hereof upon termination of the BCBSA license agreement of any Larger Controlled Affiliate of the Plan.
K. BCBSA shall be entitled to enjoin the Controlled Affiliate or any related party in a court of competent jurisdiction from entry into any transaction which would result in a termination of this Agreement unless the Plan’s license from BCBSA to use the Licensed Marks and Names has been terminated pursuant to 10(d) of the Plan’s license agreement upon the required 18 months written notice.
L. BCBSA acknowledges that it is not the owner of assets of the Controlled Affiliate.
M. In the event that the Plan has more than 50 percent voting control of the Controlled Affiliate under Paragraph 2(E)(2) above and is a Larger Controlled Affiliate (as defined in Exhibit A), then the vote called for in Paragraphs 8(C) and 8(D)
above shall require the affirmative vote of three-fourths of the Plans and three-fourths of the total then current weighted vote of all the Plans.
N. In the event this Agreement terminates and is subsequently reinstated by BCBSA or is deemed to have remained in effect without interruption by a court of competent jurisdiction, the Controlled Affiliate, the Plan, and any other Licensed Controlled Affiliates of the Plan shall be jointly liable for reimbursing BCBSA the reasonable costs incurred by BCBSA in connection with the termination and the reinstatement or court action, and any associated legal proceedings, including but not limited to: outside legal fees, consulting fees, public relations fees, advertising costs, and costs incurred to develop, lease or establish an interim provider network. Any amount due to BCBSA under this subparagraph may be waived in whole or in part by the BCBSA Board of Directors in its sole discretion.
Amended as of March 26, 2015




9. DISPUTE RESOLUTION
The parties agree that any disputes between them or between or among either of them and one or more Plans or Controlled Affiliates of Plans that use in any manner the Blue Shield and Blue Shield Marks and Name are subject to the Mediation and Mandatory Dispute Resolution process attached to and made a part of Plan's License from BCBSA to use the Licensed Marks and Name as Exhibit 5 as amended from time-to-time, which documents are incorporated herein by reference as though fully set forth herein.
10. LICENSE FEE
Controlled Affiliate will pay to BCBSA a fee for this License determined pursuant to the formula(s) set forth in Exhibit C.
11. JOINT VENTURE
Nothing contained in the Agreement shall be construed as creating a joint venture, partnership, agency or employment relationship between Plan and Controlled Affiliate or between either and BCBSA.
12. NOTICES AND CORRESPONDENCE
Notices regarding the subject matter of this Agreement or breach or termination thereof shall be in writing and shall be addressed in duplicate to the last known address of each other party, marked respectively to the attention of its President and, if any, its General Counsel.
13. COMPLETE AGREEMENT
This Agreement contains the complete understandings of the parties in relation to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may only be amended by the affirmative vote of three-fourths of the Plans and three-fourths of the total then current weighted vote of all the Plans as officially recorded by the BCBSA Corporate Secretary.
14. SEVERABILITY
If any term of this Agreement is held to be unlawful by a court of competent jurisdiction, such findings shall in no way affect the remaining obligations of the parties hereunder and the court may substitute a lawful term or condition for any unlawful term or condition so long as the effect of such substitution is to provide the parties with the benefits of this Agreement.
Amended as March 26, 2015





15. NONWAIVER
No waiver by BCBSA of any breach or default in performance on the part of Controlled Affiliate or any other licensee of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or default in performance of said terms, covenants or conditions.
15A. VOTING
For all provisions of this Agreement referring to voting, the term ‘Plans’ shall mean all entities licensed under the Blue Cross License Agreement and/or the Blue Shield License Agreement, and in all votes of the Plans under this Agreement the Plans shall vote together. For weighted votes of the Plans, the Plan shall have a number of votes equal to the number of weighted votes (if any) that it holds as a Blue Cross Plan plus the number of weighted votes (if any) that it holds as a Blue Shield Plan. For all other votes of the Plans, the Plan shall have one vote. For all questions requiring an affirmative three-fourths weighted vote of the Plans, the requirement shall be deemed satisfied with a lesser weighted vote unless the greater of: (i) 6/52 or more of the Plans (rounded to the nearest whole number, with 0.5 or multiples thereof being rounded to the next higher whole number) fail to cast weighted votes in favor of the question; or (ii) three (3) of the Plans fail to cast weighted votes in favor of the question. Notwithstanding the foregoing provision, if there are thirty-nine (39) Plans, the requirement of an affirmative three-fourths weighted vote shall be deemed satisfied with a lesser weighted vote unless four (4) or more Plans fail to cast weighted votes in favor of the question.
Amended as of March 26, 2015




THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY BLANK.





16. GOVERNING LAW
This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Illinois.
17. HEADINGS
The headings inserted in this agreement are for convenience only and shall have no bearing on the interpretation hereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this License Agreement to be executed and effective as of the date of last signature written below.
Controlled Affiliate:
By:_______________________________________    
Date:_____________________________________    
Plan:
By:_______________________________________    
Date: _____________________________________    
BLUE CROSS AND BLUE SHIELD ASSOCIATION
By:________________________________________    
Date: ______________________________________    
Amended as of March 26, 2015




EXHIBIT A
CONTROLLED AFFILIATE LICENSE STANDARDS September 2015
PREAMBLE
For purposes of definition:
A "smaller Controlled Affiliate:" (1) comprises less than fifteen percent (15%) of Sponsoring Plan's and its licensed Controlled Affiliates' total member enrollment (as reported on the BCBSA Quarterly Enrollment Report, excluding rider and freestanding coverage, and treating an entity seeking licensure as licensed);* or (2) underwrites the indemnity portion of workers’ compensation insurance and has total premium revenue less than 15 percent of the Sponsoring Plan’s net subscription revenue.
A "larger Controlled Affiliate" comprises fifteen percent (15%) or more of Sponsoring Plan's and its licensed Controlled Affiliates' total member enrollment (as reported on the BCBSA Quarterly Enrollment Report, excluding rider and freestanding coverage, and treating an entity seeking licensure as licensed.)*
Changes in Controlled Affiliate status:
If any Controlled Affiliate's status changes regarding: its Plan ownership level, its risk acceptance or direct delivery of medical care, the Controlled Affiliate shall notify BCBSA within thirty (30) days of such occurrence in writing and come into compliance with the applicable standards within six (6) months.
If a smaller Controlled Affiliate’s health and workers’ compensation administration business reaches or surpasses fifteen percent (15%) of the total member enrollment of the Sponsoring Plan and licensed Controlled Affiliates, the Controlled Affiliate shall:
Amended as of September 19, 2014




EXHIBIT A (continued)
1.
Within thirty (30) days, notify BCBSA of this fact in writing, including evidence that the Controlled Affiliate meets the minimum liquidity and capital (BCBSA “Health Risk-Based Capital (HRBC)” as defined by the NAIC and state-established minimum reserve) requirements of the larger Controlled Affiliate Financial Responsibility standard; and
2.
Within six (6) months after reaching or surpassing the fifteen percent (15%) threshold, demonstrate compliance with all license requirements for a larger Controlled Affiliate.
If a Controlled Affiliate that underwrites the indemnity portion of workers’ compensation insurance receives a change in rating or proposed change in rating, the Controlled Affiliate shall notify BCBSA within 30 days of notification by the external rating agency.
*For purposes of this calculation, The numerator equals:
Applicant Controlled Affiliate's member enrollment, as defined in BCBSA's Quarterly Enrollment Report (excluding rider and freestanding coverage).
The denominator equals:
Numerator PLUS Sponsoring Plan and all other licensed Controlled Affiliates' member enrollment, as reported in BCBSA's Quarterly Enrollment Report (excluding rider and freestanding coverage).
Amended as of September 19, 2014































EXHIBIT A (continued)
Standard 1 - Organization and Governance
1A.)
The Standard for more than 50% Plan control is:
A Controlled Affiliate shall be organized and operated in such a manner that a Plan authorized to use the Licensed Marks in the Service Area of the Controlled Affiliate pursuant to the separate Primary License Agreement with BCBSA, Sponsoring Plan”), has the legal authority, directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries: 1) to select members of the Controlled Affiliate’s governing body having more than 50% voting control thereof; and 2) to prevent any change in the articles of incorporation, bylaws or other establishing or governing documents of the Controlled Affiliate with which the Sponsoring Plan do not concur; and 3) to exercise control over the policy and operations of the Controlled Affiliate. In addition, the Sponsoring Plan directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries shall own more than 50% of any for-profit Controlled Affiliate.
1B.)
The Standard for 50% Plan control is:
A Controlled Affiliate shall be organized and operated in such a manner that a Plan authorized to use the Licensed Marks in the Service Area of the Controlled Affiliate pursuant to the separate Primary License Agreement with BCBSA, (the “Sponsoring Plan”), has the legal authority, directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries:
1)
to select members of the Controlled Affiliate’s governing body having not less than 50% voting control thereof; and
2)
to prevent any change in the articles of incorporation, bylaws or other establishing or governing documents of the Controlled Affiliate with which the Sponsoring Plan do not concur; and
3)
to exercise control over the policy and operations of the Controlled Affiliate at least equal to that exercised by persons or entities (jointly or individually) other than the Sponsoring Plan.
Amended September 19, 2014




EXHIBIT A (continued)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in 1) through 3) hereof, the Controlled Affiliate’s establishing or governing documents must also require written approval by the Sponsoring Plan before the Controlled Affiliate can:
change the geographic area in which it operates
change its legal and/or trade names
change any of the types of businesses in which it engages
create, or become liable for by way of guarantee, any indebtedness, other than indebtedness arising in the ordinary course of business
sell any assets, except for sales in the ordinary course of business or sales of equipment no longer useful or being replaced
make any loans or advances except in the ordinary course of business
enter into any arrangement or agreement with any party directly or indirectly affiliated with any of the owners or persons or entities with the authority to select or appoint members or board members of the Controlled Affiliate, other than the Sponsoring Plan or other Plans (excluding owners of stock holdings of under 5% in a publicly traded Controlled Affiliate)
conduct any business other than under the Licensed Marks and Name
take any action that the Sponsoring Plan or BCBSA reasonably believes will adversely affect the Licensed Marks and Name.
In addition, the Sponsoring Plan directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries shall own at least 50% of any for-profit Controlled Affiliate.
1C.) The Standard for 100% Plan control but less than 50% Sponsoring Plan Control:
A Controlled Affiliate shall be organized and operated in such a manner that (i) it offers solely Medicaid products and services; and (ii) a Plan authorized to use the Licensed Marks in the Service Area of the Controlled Affiliate pursuant to the separate Primary License Agreement with BCBSA (the “Sponsoring Plan,) has the legal authority together with Other Plans:
Amended September 19, 2014




1)
to select all members of the Controlled Affiliate’s governing body; and
2)
to prevent any change in the articles of incorporation, bylaws, or other establishing or governing documents of the Controlled Affiliate; and
3)
to exercise control over the policy and operations of the Controlled Affiliate.
In addition, the Sponsoring Plan and such other Plans shall own 100% of any for-profit Controlled Affiliate, with the Sponsoring Plan and such other Plans each having an ownership interest. Such 100% control and ownership by Plans shall be direct or, if indirect, solely through affiliates that are licensed to use marks owned by BCBSA. Further, the Sponsoring Plan and such other Plans shall execute the Addendum to Controlled Affiliate License.
Amended September 19, 2014




EXHIBIT A (continued)
Standard 2 - Financial Responsibility
A Controlled Affiliate shall be operated in a manner that provides reasonable financial assurance that it can fulfill all of its contractual obligations to its customers. If a risk-assuming Controlled Affiliate ceases operations for any reason, Blue Cross and/or Blue Cross Plan coverage will be offered to all Controlled Affiliate subscribers without exclusions, limitations or conditions based on health status. If a nonrisk-assuming Controlled Affiliate ceases operations for any reason, Sponsoring Plan will provide for services to its customers.
The requirements of the preceding two sentences shall apply to all lines of business unless a line of business is specially exempted from the requirement(s) by the BCBSA Board of Directors.
Standard 3 - State Licensure/Certification
3A.)
The Standard for a Controlled Affiliate that employs, owns or contracts on a substantially exclusive basis for medical services is:
A Controlled Affiliate shall maintain unimpaired licensure or certification for its medical care providers to operate under applicable state laws.
3B.)
The Standard for a Controlled Affiliate that does not employ, own or contract on a substantially exclusive basis for medical services is:
A Controlled Affiliate shall maintain unimpaired licensure or certification to operate under applicable state laws.
Standard 4 - Certain Disclosures
A Controlled Affiliate shall make adequate disclosure in contracting with third parties and in disseminating public statements of 1) the structure of the Blue Cross and Blue Shield System; and 2) the independent nature of every licensee; and 3) the Controlled Affiliate's financial condition.
Amended as of September 19, 2014




EXHIBIT A (continued)
Standard 5 - Reports and Records for Certain Smaller Controlled Affiliates
For a smaller Controlled Affiliate that does not underwrite the indemnity portion of workers’ compensation insurance, the Standard is:
A Controlled Affiliate and/or its Sponsoring licensed Plan shall furnish, on a timely and accurate basis, reports and records relating to these Standards and the License Agreements between BCBSA and Controlled Affiliate.
Standard 6 - Other Standards for Larger Controlled Affiliates Standards 6(A) - (I) that follow apply to larger Controlled Affiliates. Standard 6(A): Board of Directors
A Controlled Affiliate Governing Board shall act in the interest of its Corporation in providing cost-effective health care services to its customers. A Controlled Affiliate shall maintain a governing Board, which shall control the Controlled Affiliate, composed of a majority of persons other than providers of health care services, who shall be known as public members. A public member shall not be an employee of or have a financial interest in a health care provider, nor be a member of a profession which provides health care services.
Standard 6(B): Responsiveness to Customers
A Controlled Affiliate shall be operated in a manner responsive to customer needs and requirements.
Standard 6(C): Participation in National Programs
A Controlled Affiliate shall effectively and efficiently participate in each national program as from time to time may be adopted by the Member Plans for the purposes of providing portability of membership between the licensees and ease of claims processing for customers receiving benefits outside of the Controlled Affiliate's Service Area.
Amended as of September 19, 2014




EXHIBIT A (continued)
Such programs are applicable to licensees, and include:
1.
BlueCard Program;
2.
Inter-Plan Teleprocessing System (ITS);
3.
National Account Programs;
4.
Business Associate Agreement for Blue Cross and Blue Shield Licensees, effective April 14, 2003; and
5.
Inter-Plan Medicare Advantage Program.
Standard 6(D): Financial Performance Requirements
In addition to requirements under the national programs listed in Standard 6C: Participation in National Programs, a Controlled Affiliate shall take such action as required to ensure its financial performance in programs and contracts of an inter-licensee nature or where BCBSA is a party.
Standard 6(E): Cooperation with Plan Performance Response Process
A Controlled Affiliate shall cooperate with BCBSA's Board of Directors and its Brand Enhancement & Protection Committee in the administration of the Plan Performance Response Process and in addressing Controlled Affiliate performance problems identified thereunder.
Standard 6(F): Independent Financial Rating
A Controlled Affiliate shall obtain a rating of its financial strength from an independent rating agency approved by BCBSA's Board of Directors for such purpose.
Standard 6(G): Local and National Best Efforts
Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan’s License Agreement with BCBSA or in this License Agreement, during each year, a Controlled Affiliate shall use its best efforts to promote and build the value of the Blue Shield Mark.
Standard 6(H): Financial Responsibility
A Controlled Affiliate shall be operated in a manner that provides reasonable financial assurance that it can fulfill all of its contractual obligations to its customers.
Amended as of November 21, 2014




EXHIBIT A (continued)
Standard 6(I): Reports and Records
A Controlled Affiliate shall furnish to BCBSA on a timely and accurate basis reports and records relating to compliance with these Standards and the License Agreements between BCBSA and Controlled Affiliate. Such reports and records are the following:
A)
BCBSA Controlled Affiliate Licensure Information Request; and
B)
Biennial trade name and service mark usage material, including disclosure material; and
C)
Changes in the ownership and governance of the Controlled Affiliate, including changes in its charter, articles of incorporation, or bylaws, changes in a Controlled Affiliate's Board composition, or changes in the identity of the Controlled Affiliate's Principal Officers, and changes in risk acceptance, contract growth, or direct delivery of medical care; and
D)
Semi-annual “Health Risk-Based Capital (HRBC) Report” as defined by the NAIC, Annual Certified Audit Report, Insurance Department Examination Report, Annual Statement filed with State Insurance Department (with all attachments), and
Amended as of November 17, 2011




EXHIBIT A (continued)
Standard 6(J): Control by Unlicensed Entities Prohibited
No Controlled Affiliate shall cause or permit an entity other than a Plan or a Licensed Controlled Affiliate thereof to obtain control of the Controlled Affiliate or to acquire a substantial portion of its assets related to licensable services.
Standard 7 - Other Standards for Risk-Assuming Workers’ Compensation Controlled Affiliates
Standards 7(A) - (E) that follow apply to Controlled Affiliates that underwrite the indemnity portion of workers’ compensation insurance.
Standard 7 (A): Financial Responsibility
A Controlled Affiliate shall be operated in a manner that provides reasonable financial assurance that it can fulfill all of its contractual obligations to its customers.
Standard 7(B): Reports and Records
A Controlled Affiliate shall furnish, on a timely and accurate basis, reports and records relating to compliance with these Standards and the License Agreements between BCBSA and the Controlled Affiliate. Such reports and records are the following:
A.
BCBSA Controlled Affiliate Licensure Information Request; and
B.
Biennial trade name and service mark usage materials, including disclosure materials; and
C.
Annual Certified Audit Report, Annual Statement as filed with the State Insurance Department (with all attachments), Annual NAIC’s Risk-Based Capital Worksheets for Property and Casualty Insurers; and
D.
Quarterly Estimated Risk-Based Capital for Property and Casualty Insurers, Insurance Department Examination Report; and
Amended as of November 17, 2011




EXHIBIT A (continued)
E.
Notification of all changes and proposed changes to independent ratings within 30 days of receipt and submission of a copy of all rating reports; and
F.
Changes in the ownership and governance of the Controlled Affiliate including changes in its charter, articles of incorporation, or bylaws, changes in a Controlled Affiliate’s Board composition, Plan control, state license status, operating area, the Controlled Affiliate’s Principal Officers or direct delivery of medical care.
Standard 7(C): Loss Prevention
A Controlled Affiliate shall apply loss prevention protocol to both new and existing business.
Standard 7(D): Claims Administration
A Controlled Affiliate shall maintain an effective claims administration process that includes all the necessary functions to assure prompt and proper resolution of medical and indemnity claims.
Standard 7(E): Disability and Provider Management
A Controlled Affiliate shall arrange for the provision of appropriate and necessary medical and rehabilitative services to facilitate early intervention by medical professionals and timely and appropriate return to work.
Amended as of November 16, 2000




EXHIBIT A (continued)
Standard 8 - Cooperation with Controlled Affiliate License Performance Response Process Protocol
A Controlled Affiliate and its Sponsoring Plan shall cooperate with BCBSA’s Board of Directors and its Brand Enhancement & Protection Committee in the administration of the Controlled Affiliate License Performance Response Process Protocol (ALPRPP) and in addressing Controlled Affiliate
compliance problems identified thereunder.
Standard 9(A) - Participation in National Programs by Smaller Controlled Affiliates that were former Primary Licensees
A smaller controlled affiliate that formerly was a Primary Licensee shall
effectively and efficiently participate in certain national programs from time to time as may be adopted by Member Plans for the purposes of providing ease of claims processing for customers receiving benefits outside of the Controlled Affiliate’s service area and be subject to certain relevant financial and reporting requirements.
A.    National program requirements include:
BlueCard Program;
Inter-Plan Teleprocessing System (ITS);
National Account Programs.
B.    Financial Requirements include:
Standard 6(D): Financial Performance Requirements and Standard 6(H): Financial Responsibility; or
A financial guarantee covering the Controlled Affiliate’s Inter-Plan Programs obligations in a form, and from a guarantor, acceptable to BCBSA.
Amended as of November 21, 2014




EXHIBIT A (continued)
Standard 9(A) - Participation in National Programs by Smaller Controlled Affiliates that were former Primary Licensees
C.    Reporting requirements include:
The Semi-annual Health Risk-Based Capital (HRBC) Report.
Amended as of June 13, 2002




Exhibit A (continued)
Standard 9(B) - Participation in National Programs by Smaller Controlled Affiliates
A smaller controlled affiliate shall participate in national programs in accordance with BlueCard and other relevant Policies and Provisions shall effectively and efficiently participate in national programs from time to time as may be adopted by Member Plans for the purposes of providing ease of claims processing for customers receiving benefits outside of the controlled affiliate’s service area and be subject to certain relevant financial and reporting requirements.
A.    National program requirements include:
BlueCard Program;
Inter-Plan Teleprocessing System (ITS);
National Account Programs.
B.    Financial Requirements include:
Standard 6(D): Financial Performance Requirements and Standard 6(H): Financial Responsibility; or
A financial guarantee covering the Controlled Affiliate’s Inter-Plan Programs obligations in a form, and from a guarantor, acceptable to BCBSA.
Amended as of June 20, 2013





EXHIBIT A (continued)
Standard 10 - Participation in Inter-Plan Medicare Advantage Program
A smaller controlled affiliate for which this standard applies pursuant to the Preamble section of Exhibit A of the Controlled Affiliate License Agreement shall effectively and efficiently participate in certain national programs from time to time as may be adopted by Member Plans for the purposes of providing ease of claims processing for customers receiving benefits outside of the controlled affiliate’s service area.
National program requirements include:
A. Inter-Plan Medicare Advantage Program.
Standard 11: Participation in Master Business Associate Agreement by Smaller Controlled Affiliate Licensees
Effective April 14, 2003, all smaller controlled affiliates shall comply with the terms of the Business Associate Agreement for Blue Cross and Blue Shield Licensees to the extent they perform the functions of a business associate or subcontractor to a business associate, as defined by the Business Associate Agreement.









Amended as of September 19, 2014




EXHIBIT B

ADDENDUM TO CONTROLLED AFFILIATE LICENSE TO BE EXECUTED BY CONTROLLED AFFILIATES LICENSED UNDER CONTROLLED AFFILIATE LICENSE STANDARD 1C.
ADDENDUM TO CONTROLLED AFFILIATE LICENSE
This Addendum is made to that certain Blue Cross Controlled Affiliate License Agreement executed by and among Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association
(“Licensor”), _______________________________    (“Controlled Affiliate Licensee”)
and______________________________________________    (“Sponsoring Plan”)
dated the _____ day of___________________    , _____ (“Agreement”). The parties to
this Addendum are Licensor, Controlled Affiliate Licensee, Sponsoring Plan, and the undersigned other Plans (‘Other Plans”). This Addendum is made and shall be deemed effective as of the date of the Agreement.
WHEREAS, the Sponsoring Plan asserts that it can serve the Medicaid market in its Service Area more efficiently and with less risk though a Medicaid enterprise jointly owned and controlled with other Plans than through a wholly owned and controlled Medicaid enterprise;
WHEREAS, in such circumstance Controlled Affiliate License Standard 1C. permits the licensing of a Controlled Affiliate that is less than 50% owned and controlled by the Sponsoring Plan but which is 100% owned and controlled by Plans including the Sponsoring Plan, subject to certain conditions;
WHEREAS, one such condition is that the Sponsoring Plan and all such other owning and controlling Plans enter into this Addendum.;
NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, including the promises and covenants set forth herein, the parties agree as follows:
1.
The Sponsoring Plan shall participate operationally in Controlled Affiliate’s business that is conducted under the Licensed Marks. The parties understand that participation may take many forms, one of which should be providing a network of providers in the Service Area of the Controlled Affiliate for the Medicaid services being offered under the Agreement and being involved in network development and provider relations.
2.
Each of the Other Plans agrees that (i) it will cooperate fully with the Sponsoring Plan and BCBSA as needed to enable Sponsoring Plan and Controlled Affiliate Licensee to meet their obligations to Licensor under the Agreement and all associated rules and regulations of Licensor, including the Brand Regulations, (ii) it will not take any action, either individually or




3.
jointly with any of the Other Plans, that would cause Sponsoring Plan or Controlled Affiliate Licensee to violate the Agreement, and (iii) it will not fail to take any action, either individually or jointly with any of the Other Plans, where such failure would cause Sponsoring Plan or Controlled Affiliate Licensee to violate the Agreement.
4.
Each of the Other Plans acknowledges that it has reviewed the Agreement and understands that Sponsoring Plan has the right to terminate the Agreement without cause upon notice as provided in Paragraph 7 of the Agreement, and that such right is unfettered and may be exercised by Sponsoring Plan in its sole discretion.
WHEREFORE, by signing below the parties agree to be bound to the terms stated herein.
BLUE CROSS BLUE SHIELD ASSOCIATION
By:___________________________________    
[Controlled Affiliate Licensee]
By:____________________________________    
[Sponsoring Plan]
By:____________________________________    
[Other Plan 1]
By:____________________________________    
[Other Plan 2]
By:____________________________________    
Amended as of September 19, 2014




EXHIBIT C
ROYALTY FORMULA FOR SECTION 9 OF THE CONTROLLED AFFILIATE LICENSE AGREEMENT
Controlled Affiliate will pay BCBSA a fee for this license in accordance with the following formula:
FOR RISK PRODUCTS:
For Controlled Affiliates not underwriting the indemnity portion of workers’ compensation insurance:
An amount equal to its pro rata share of Sponsoring Plan's dues payable to BCBSA computed with the addition of the Controlled Affiliate's members using the Marks on health care plans and related services as reported on the Quarterly Enrollment Report with BCBSA. The payment by Sponsoring Plan of its dues to BCBSA, including that portion described in this paragraph, will satisfy the requirement of this paragraph, and no separate payment will be necessary.
For Controlled Affiliates underwriting the indemnity portion of workers’ compensation insurance:
An amount equal to 0.35 percent of the gross revenue per annum of Controlled Affiliate arising from products using the marks; plus, an annual fee of $5,000 per license for a Controlled Affiliate subject to Standard 7.
Amended as of September, 19, 2014




EXHIBIT C (continued)
FOR NONRISK PRODUCTS:
For third-party administrative business, an amount equal to its pro rata share of Sponsoring Plan’s dues payable to BCBSA computed with the addition of the Controlled Affiliate’s members using the Marks on health care plans and related services as reported on the Quarterly Enrollment Report with BCBSA. The payment by Sponsoring Plan of its dues to BCBSA, including that portion described in this paragraph, will satisfy the requirement of this paragraph, and no separate payment will be necessary.
For non-third party administrative business (e.g., case management, provider networks, etc.), an amount equal to 0.24 percent of the gross revenue per annum of Controlled Affiliate arising from products using the marks; plus:
1)
An annual fee of $5,000 per license for a Controlled Affiliate subject to Standard 6 D.
2)
An annual fee of $2,000 per license for all other Controlled Affiliates.
The foregoing shall be reduced by one-half where both a BLUE CROSS® and BLUE SHIELD® License are issued to the same Controlled Affiliate. In the event that any license period is greater or less than one (1) year, any amounts due shall be prorated. Royalties under this formula will be calculated, billed and paid in arrears.
Amended as of September 19, 2014




EXHIBIT 1A
CONTROLLED AFFILIATE LICENSE AGREEMENT APPLICABLE TO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANIES
(Includes revisions adopted by Member Plans through their September 18, 2015 meeting)
This agreement by and among Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association
("BCBSA")__________________________________    ("Controlled Affiliate"), a
Controlled Affiliate of the Blue Shield Plan(s), known as
__________________________________________    ("Plan").
WHEREAS, BCBSA is the owner of the BLUE SHIELD and BLUE SHIELD Design service marks;
WHEREAS, the Plan and the Controlled Affiliate desire that the latter be entitled to use the BLUE SHIELD and BLUE SHIELD Design service marks (collectively the "Licensed Marks") as service marks and be entitled to use the term BLUE SHIELD in a trade name ("Licensed Name");
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. GRANT OF LICENSE
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, BCBSA hereby grants to the Controlled Affiliate the exclusive right to use the licensed Marks and Names in connection with and only in connection with those life insurance and related services authorized by applicable state law, other than health care plans and related services (as defined in the Plan's License Agreements with BCBSA) which services are not separately licensed to Controlled Affiliate by BCBSA, in the Service Area served by the Plan, except that BCBSA reserves the right to use the Licensed Marks and Name in said Service Area, and except to the extent that said Service Area may overlap the area or areas served by one or more other licensed Blue Shield Plans as of the date of this License as to which overlapping areas the rights hereby granted are non-exclusive as to such other Plan or Plans and their respective Licensed Controlled Affiliates only. Controlled Affiliate cannot use the Licensed Marks or Name outside the Service Area or in its legal or trade name; provided, however, that if and only for so long as Controlled Affiliate also holds a Blue Shield Affiliate License Agreement applicable to health care plans and related services, Controlled Affiliate may use the Licensed Marks and Name in its legal and trade name according to the terms of such license agreement.
Amended as of June 12, 2003




2. QUALITY CONTROL
A. Controlled Affiliate agrees to use the Licensed Marks and Name only in relation to the sale, marketing and rendering of authorized products and further agrees to be bound by the conditions regarding quality control shown in Exhibit A as it may be amended by BCBSA from time-to-time.

B. Controlled Affiliate agrees that Plan and/or BCBSA may, from time-to-time, upon reasonable notice, review and inspect the manner and method of Controlled Affiliate's rendering of service and use of the Licensed Marks and Name.
C. Controlled Affiliate agrees that it will provide on an annual basis (or more often if reasonably required by Plan or by BCBSA) a report to Plan and BCBSA demonstrating Controlled Affiliate's compliance with the requirements of this Agreement including but not limited to the quality control provisions of Exhibit A.
D. As used herein, a Controlled Affiliate is defined as an entity organized and operated in such a manner that it is subject to the bona fide control of a Plan or Plans. Absent written approval by BCBSA of an alternative method of control, bona fide control shall mean the legal authority, directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries: (a) to select members of the Controlled Affiliate's governing body having not less than 51% voting control thereof; (b) to exercise operational control with respect to the governance thereof; and (c) to prevent any change in its articles of incorporation, bylaws or other governing documents deemed inappropriate. In addition, a Plan or Plans shall own at least 51% of any for-profit Controlled Affiliate. If the Controlled Affiliate is a mutual company, the Plan or its designee(s) shall have and maintain, in lieu of the requirements of items (a) and (c) above, proxies representing 51% of the votes at any meeting of the policyholders and shall demonstrate that there is no reason to believe this such proxies shall be revoked by sufficient policyholders to reduce such percentage below 51%.
3. SERVICE MARK USE
Controlled Affiliate shall at all times make proper service mark use of the Licensed Marks, including but not limited to use of such symbols or words as BCBSA shall specify to protect the Licensed Marks, and shall comply with such rules (applicable to all Controlled Affiliates licensed to use the Marks) relative to service mark use, as are issued from time-to-time by BCBSA. If there is any public reference to the affiliation between the Plan and the Controlled Affiliate, all of the Controlled Affiliate's licensed services in the Service Area of the Plan shall be rendered under the Licensed Marks. Controlled Affiliate recognizes and agrees that all use of the Licensed Marks by Controlled Affiliate shall inure to the benefit of BCBSA.





4.     SUBLICENSING AND ASSIGNMENT
Controlled Affiliate shall not sublicense, transfer, hypothecate, sell, encumber or mortgage, by operation of law or otherwise, the rights granted hereunder and any such act shall be voidable at the option of Plan or BCBSA. This Agreement and all rights and duties hereunder are personal to Controlled Affiliate.
5. INFRINGEMENTS
Controlled Affiliate shall promptly notify Plan and BCBSA of any suspected acts of infringement, unfair competition or passing off which may occur in relation to the Licensed Marks. Controlled Affiliate shall not be entitled to require Plan or BCBSA to take any actions or institute any proceedings to prevent infringement, unfair competition or passing off by third parties. Controlled Affiliate agrees to render to Plan and BCBSA, free of charge, all reasonable assistance in connection with any matter pertaining to the protection of the Licensed Marks by BCBSA.
6. LIABILITY INDEMNIFICATION
Controlled Affiliate hereby agrees to save, defend, indemnify and hold Plan and BCBSA harmless from and against all claims, damages, liabilities and costs of every kind, nature and description which may arise as a result of Controlled Affiliate's rendering of health care services under the Licensed Marks.
7. LICENSE TERM
The license granted by this Agreement shall remain in effect for a period of one (1) year and shall be automatically extended for additional one (1) year periods upon evidence satisfactory to the Plan and BCBSA that Controlled Affiliate meets the then applicable quality control standards, unless one of the parties hereto notifies the other party of the termination hereof at least sixty (60) days prior to expiration of any license period.
This Agreement may be terminated by the Plan or by BCBSA for cause at any time provided that Controlled Affiliate has been given a reasonable opportunity to cure and shall not effect such a cure within thirty (30) days of receiving written notice of the intent to terminate (or commence a cure within such thirty day period and continue diligent efforts to complete the cure if such curing cannot reasonably be completed within such thirty day period). By way of example and not for purposes of limitation, Controlled Affiliate's failure to abide by the quality control provisions of Paragraph 2, above, shall be considered a proper ground for cancellation of this Agreement.




This Agreement and all of Controlled Affiliate’s rights hereunder shall
immediately terminate without any further action by any party or entity in the event that:
A. Controlled Affiliate shall no longer comply with Standard No. 1 (Organization and Governance) of Exhibit A or, following an opportunity to cure, with the remaining quality control provisions of Exhibit A, as it may be amended from time-to-time; or
B. Plan ceases to be authorized to use the Licensed Marks; or
C. Appropriate dues for Controlled Affiliate pursuant to item 8 hereof, which are the royalties for this License Agreement are more than sixty (60) days in arrears to BCBSA.
Upon termination of this Agreement for cause or otherwise, Controlled Affiliate agrees that it shall immediately discontinue all use of the Licensed Marks including any use in its trade name.
In the event of any disagreement between Plan and BCBSA as to whether grounds exist for termination or as to any other term or condition hereof, the decision of BCBSA shall control, subject to provisions for mediation or mandatory dispute resolution in effect between the parties.
Upon termination of this Agreement, Licensed Controlled Affiliate shall immediately notify all of its customers that it is no longer a licensee of the Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association and provide instruction on how the customer can contact the Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association or a designated licensee to obtain further information on securing coverage. The written notification required by this paragraph shall be in writing and in a form approved by the Association. The Association shall have the right to audit the terminated entity's books and records to verify compliance with this paragraph.
8. DUES
Controlled Affiliate will pay to BCBSA a fee for this license in accordance with the following formula:
An annual fee of five thousand dollars ($5,000) per license, plus
.05% of gross revenue per year from branded group products, plus
.5% of gross revenue per year from branded individual products plus
.14% of gross revenue per year from branded individual annuity products.





The foregoing percentages shall be reduced by one-half where both a BLUE CROSS® and BLUE SHIELD® license are issued to the same entity. In the event that any License period is greater or less than one (1) year, any
amounts due shall be prorated. Royalties under this formula will be
calculated, billed and paid in arrears.
Plan will promptly and timely transmit to BCBSA all dues owed by Controlled Affiliate as determined by the above formula and if Plan shall fail to do so, Controlled Affiliate shall pay such dues directly.
9. JOINT VENTURE
Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as creating a joint venture, partnership, agency or employment relationship between Plan and Controlled Affiliate or between either and BCBSA.
9A . VOTING
For all provisions of this Agreement referring to voting, the term ‘Plans’ shall mean all entities licensed under the Blue Cross License Agreement and/or the Blue Shield License Agreement, and in all votes of the Plans under this Agreement the Plans shall vote together. For weighted votes of the Plans, the Plan shall have a number of votes equal to the number of weighted votes (if any) that it holds as a Blue Cross Plan plus the number of weighted votes (if any) that it holds as a Blue Shield Plan. For all other votes of the Plans, the Plan shall have one vote. For all questions requiring an affirmative three-fourths weighted vote of the Plans, the requirement shall be deemed satisfied with a lesser weighted vote unless the greater of: (i) 6/52 or more of the Plans (rounded to the nearest whole number, with 0.5 or multiples thereof being rounded to the next higher whole number) fail to cast weighted votes in favor of the question; or (ii) three (3) of the Plans fail to cast weighted votes in favor of the question. Notwithstanding the foregoing provision, if there are thirty-nine (39) Plans, the requirement of an affirmative three-fourths weighted vote shall be deemed satisfied with a lesser weighted vote unless four (4) or more Plans fail to cast weighted votes in favor of the question.
10. NOTICES AND CORRESPONDENCE
Notices regarding the subject matter of this Agreement or breach or termination thereof shall be in writing and shall be addressed in duplicate to the last known address of each other party, marked respectively to the attention of its President and, if any, its General Counsel.
Amended as of November 20, 1997




11.      COMPLETE AGREEMENT
This Agreement contains the complete understandings of the parties in relation to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may only be amended by a writing executed by all parties.
12. SEVERABILITY
If any term of this Agreement is held to be unlawful by a court of competent jurisdiction, such finding shall in no way effect the remaining obligations of the parties hereunder and the court may substitute a lawful term or condition for any unlawful term or condition so long as the effect of such substitution is to provide the parties with the benefits of this Agreement.
13. NONWAIVER
No waiver by BCBSA of any breach or default in performance on the part of the Controlled Affiliate or any other licensee of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or default in performance of said terms, covenants or conditions.
14. GOVERNING LAW
This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Illinois.
Amended as of June 16, 2005




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this License Agreement to be executed, effective as of the date of last signature written below.
BLUE CROSS AND BLUE SHIELD ASSOCIATION
By:     
Date:
    
 
Controlled Affiliate
By:                                     
Date:
                                
Plan
By:                                     
Date:
                                




EXHIBIT A
CONTROLLED AFFILIATE LICENSE STANDARDS
LIFE INSURANCE COMPANIES
Page 1 of 2
PREAMBLE
The standards for licensing Life Insurance Companies (Life and Health Insurance companies, as defined by state statute) are established by BCBSA and are subject to change from time-to-time upon the affirmative vote of three-fourths (3/4) of the Plans and three-fourths (3/4) of the total weighted vote of all Plans. Each Licensed Plan is required to use a standard controlled affiliate license form provided by BCBSA and to cooperate fully in assuring that the licensed Life Insurance Company maintains compliance with the license standards.
An organization meeting the following standards shall be eligible for a license to use the Licensed Marks within the service area of its sponsoring Licensed Plan to the extent and the manner authorized under the Controlled Affiliate License applicable to Life Insurance Companies and the principal license to the Plan.
Standard 1 - Organization and Governance
The LIC shall be organized and operated in such a manner that it is controlled by a licensed Plan or Plans which have, directly or indirectly: 1) not less than 51% of the voting control of the LIC; and 2) the legal ability to prevent any change in the articles of incorporation, bylaws or other establishing or governing documents of the LIC with which it does not concur; and 3) operational control of the LIC.
If the LIC is a mutual company, the Plan or its designee(s) shall have and maintain, in lieu of the requirements of items 1 and 2 above, proxies representing at least 51% of the votes at any policyholder meeting and shall demonstrate that there is no reason to believe such proxies shall be revoked by sufficient policyholders to reduce such percentage below 51%.
Standard 2 - State Licensure
The LIC must maintain unimpaired licensure or certificate of authority to operate under applicable state laws as a life and health insurance company in each state in which the LIC does business.
Standard 3 - Records and Examination
The LIC and its sponsoring licensed Plan(s) shall maintain and furnish, on a timely and accurate basis, such records and reports regarding the LIC as may be required in order to establish compliance with the license agreement.





EXHIBIT A
CONTROLLED AFFILIATE LICENSE STANDARDS
LIFE INSURANCE COMPANIES
Page 2 of 2
LIC and its sponsoring licensed Plan(s) shall permit BCBSA to examine the
affairs of the LIC and shall agree that BCBSA's board may submit a written report to the chief executive officer(s) and the board(s) of directors of the sponsoring Plan(s).
Standard 4 - Mediation
The LIC and its sponsoring Plan(s) shall agree to use the then-current BCBSA mediation and mandatory dispute resolution processes, in lieu of a legal action between or among another licensed controlled affiliate, a licensed Plan or BCBSA.
Standard 5 - Financial Responsibility
The LIC shall maintain adequate financial resources to protect its customers and meet its business obligations.
Standard 6 - Cooperation with Affiliate License Performance Response Process Protocol
The LIC and its Sponsoring Plan(s) shall cooperate with BCBSA’s Board of Directors and its Brand Enhancement & Protection Committee in the
administration of the Affiliate License Performance Response Process Protocol (ALPRPP) and in addressing LIC compliance problems identified thereunder.





CONTROLLED AFFILIATE
TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT
FOR LIFE AND DISABILTY INSURANCE PRODUCTS
This Agreement by and among Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association
("BCBSA") and _____________________    , (“Life and Disability Controlled
Affiliate”) which is a company offering life and disability insurance products
owned and controlled by    ,    ,
______________     ( individually, “Sponsoring Plan” and when referred to
collectively, “Sponsoring Plans”).
Whereas, BCBSA is the owner of the BLUE CROSS and BLUE SHIELD word and design service marks and any derivatives thereof (“Licensed Marks”);
Whereas, each Sponsoring Plan is licensed separately by BCBSA to use one or more of the Licensed Marks in a particular Service Area;
Whereas, the Sponsoring Plans and the Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate desire that the latter be entitled to use the appropriate Licensed Marks in connection with life and disability insurance products in some or all of such Sponsoring Plans’ Service Areas and in the Service Areas of other Regular Member Plans, as defined in the BCBSA By-laws, (“Blue Plans”) consistent with the terms of this Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. GRANT OF LICENSE
A.    Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, BCBSA
hereby grants to the Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate the limited right to use the Licensed Marks in connection with and only in connection with the following life and disability insurance products authorized by state law: (1) Group: Term Life, Long Term Disability, Whole Life, Benefit Life, Universal Life; (2)
Individual: Term Life, Whole Life, Dependent Life, Spouse Life; (3)
Other: Disability Income, Short Term Disability, Long Term Disability, Income Replacement; and (4) such other life and disability products approved by BCBSA in writing (“Licensed Products”) in the Service Areas served by the Sponsoring Plans or in the Service Area or Areas of one or more other licensed Blue Plans, provided that such Blue Plans have consented to such use as authorized by this Agreement. Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate may not use the Licensed Marks in its legal or trade name.




B. Notwithstanding that the license granted to Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate is a license to use all of the Licensed Marks, Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate may only use those of the Licensed Marks in the Service Area of a Sponsoring Plan or other consenting Blue Plan as described below that such Plan is authorized to use as a Blue Plan pursuant to its separate license agreements with BCBSA.
C. Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate may use the Licensed Marks in the Service Areas of Sponsoring Plans or in the Service Area of a Blue Plan that is not a signatory to this Agreement only after such Sponsoring Plan(s) or non-signatory Blue Plan consents to such use by executing a written consent in substantially the same form as the Consent Agreement attached as Exhibit B.
D. The following provisions apply with respect to Consent Agreements once such agreements have been fully and properly executed:
(1) All sales, marketing and advertising materials developed by and proposed for use by Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate in the Service Area of Sponsoring Plan or consenting Blue Plan (hereinafter, such consenting Sponsoring Plan or consenting Blue Plan collectively referred to “Consenting Plan(s)”) must clearly identify the Consenting Plan (for example, a statement on such materials that reads “This product is offered with the cooperation of Blue Cross and/or Blue Shield of [Geography]”);
(2) To the extent the Consenting Plan has separate divisions or other Affiliates that use the Licensed Marks in distinct geographic areas within its Service Area, consent obtained under this Agreement may be limited to one or more of such specific geographic areas as specified by the Consenting Plan in its signed Consent Agreement. For purposes of this entire Agreement, all references to the Service Area of a Sponsoring Plan, Blue Plan or Consenting Plan may include the entire Service Area or a distinct geographic area within such Service Area as specified in this Section 1 D (2);
(3) Where BCBSA has licensed two or more Blue Plans to use the same Licensed Marks in the same Service Area, in addition to the requirements set forth in Section D (1) above, the sales, marketing and advertising materials referenced in such section above must be communicated to the Consenting Plan’s existing and prospective accounts through or with the approval of such Consenting Plan, and the personnel of such Consenting Plan must actively participate in all sales and marketing activities conducted by Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate in the same Service Area, including participating in meetings (whether in-person or via telephone, video or internet conference) with both existing and prospective accounts of the Consenting Plan;




(4) Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate shall be entitled to use in a Service Area only those Licensed Marks that the Consenting Plan has been granted by BCBSA the license to use under its Blue Plan license agreements (for example, if a Consenting Plan is licensed to use only the Blue Cross Marks in its Service Area, the materials used by Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate in that Service Area may only contain or reference the Blue Cross Marks and not the Blue Shield Marks).
(5) If a Consent Agreement is terminated, Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate shall, unless BCBSA and the Consenting Plan agree in their sole discretion to a phase out in writing, immediately (i) cease all use of the Licensed Marks, including in connection with any and all sales and marketing of the Licensed Products in the Service Area where consent has been terminated, and (ii) notify its customers that it is no longer a licensee and provide instruction on how the customer can contact BCBSA or a designated licensee to obtain further information on securing coverage. The notification required by this paragraph shall be in writing and in form approved by BCBSA.
2. QUALITY CONTROL
A. Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate agrees to use the Licensed Marks only in relation to the sale, marketing and administration of the Licensed Products and further agrees to be bound by the conditions regarding quality control shown in Exhibit A and the Guidelines to Administer the
Standards for Trademark License Agreement for Life and Disability Insurance Products attached thereto.
B. Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate agrees that BCBSA may, from time-to-time, upon reasonable notice, review and inspect the manner and method of Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate's rendering of service and use of the Licensed Marks.
C. Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate agrees that it will provide on an annual basis (or more often if reasonably required by BCBSA) a report to BCBSA demonstrating Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate's compliance with the requirements of this Agreement including but not limited to the quality control provisions of Exhibit A.
D. As used herein, a Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate is defined as: An entity organized and operated in such a manner that it is 100% owned and controlled by Sponsoring Plans. Absent written approval by BCBSA of an alternative method of control, control shall mean the legal authority, directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries: (a) to select members of the Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate's governing body having not less than 100% voting control thereof; (b) to exercise operational control with respect to the governance





thereof; and (c) to prevent any change in its articles of incorporation, bylaws or other governing documents deemed inappropriate. In addition, a Sponsoring Plan or Plans shall own at least 100% of any for profit Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate.
3. SERVICE MARK USE
Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate shall at all times make proper service mark use of the Licensed Marks and shall ensure all uses of the Licensed Marks comply with the BCBSA Brand Regulations, as amended by BCBSA from time to time. Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate recognizes and agrees that all use of the Licensed Marks by Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate shall inure to the benefit of BCBSA.
4. SUBLICENSING AND ASSIGNMENT
The license hereby granted to Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate to use the Licensed Marks is and shall be personal to Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate and shall not be assignable by any act of the Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate, directly or indirectly, without the written consent of BCBSA. Said license shall not be assignable by operation of law, nor shall Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate mortgage or part with possession or control of this license or any right hereunder, and the Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate shall have no right to grant any sublicense to use the Licensed Marks.
5. INFRINGEMENTS
Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate shall promptly notify BCBSA of any suspected acts of infringement, unfair competition or passing off which may occur in relation to the Licensed Marks. Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate shall not be entitled to require BCBSA to take any actions or institute any proceedings to prevent infringement, unfair competition or passing off by third parties. Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate agrees to render to BCBSA, free of charge, all reasonable assistance in connection with any matter pertaining to the protection of the Licensed Marks by BCBSA. BCBSA shall have sole control of the defense and resolution of any claim of infringement brought or threatened by others.
6. LIABILITY INDEMNIFICATION
Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate hereby agrees to save, defend, indemnify and hold BCBSA harmless from and against all claims, damages, liabilities and costs of every kind, nature and description which may arise as a result of Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate's conduct.





7. LICENSE TERM
A. The license granted by this Agreement shall remain in effect for a
period of one (1) year and shall be automatically extended for additional one (1) year periods, unless either BCBSA or Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate notifies the other party in writing of the termination hereof at least sixty (60) days prior to expiration of any license period.
B. This Agreement may be terminated by BCBSA for cause at any time provided that Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate has been given a reasonable opportunity to cure and shall not effect such a cure within thirty (30) days of receiving written notice of the intent to terminate (or commence a cure within such thirty day period and continue diligent efforts to complete the cure if such curing cannot reasonably be completed within such thirty day period). By way of example and not for purposes of limitation, Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate's failure to abide by the conditions regarding use of the Licensed Marks set forth in Section 1 of this Agreement or the quality control provisions of Section 2 (other than with respect to Section 2 D which is subject to immediate termination as stated in Section 7 C (1) below) shall be considered proper grounds for termination of this Agreement.
C. This Agreement and all of Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate's
rights hereunder shall immediately terminate without any further action by any party or entity in the event that:
(1) Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate shall no longer comply with Section 2 D (or Standard No. 1 (Organization and Governance) of Exhibit A); or
(2) Any Sponsoring Plan ceases to be authorized to use the Licensed Marks; or
(3) Appropriate fees for Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement are more than sixty (60) days in arrears to BCBSA.
Upon termination of this Agreement for cause or otherwise, Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate agrees that it shall immediately discontinue all use of the Licensed Marks.
In the event of any disagreement between Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate and BCBSA as to whether grounds exist for termination or as to any other term or condition hereof, the decision of BCBSA shall control, subject to provisions for mediation or mandatory dispute resolution in effect between the parties.





Upon termination of this Agreement, Licensed Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate shall immediately notify all of its customers that it is no longer a licensee of BCBSA and provide instruction on how the customer can contact BCBSA or a designated licensee to obtain further information on securing coverage. The notification required by this paragraph shall be in writing and in a form approved by BCBSA. BCBSA shall have the right to audit the terminated entity's books and records to verify compliance with this paragraph.
8. ROYALTIES
Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate will pay to BCBSA a fee for this license in accordance with the following formula:
An annual fee of five thousand dollars ($5,000) per license, plus
.05% of gross revenue per year from group products sold under the Licensed Marks, plus
.5% of gross revenue per year from individual products sold under the Licensed Marks
In the event that any license period is greater or less than one (1) year, any amounts due shall be prorated. Royalties under this formula will be calculated, billed and paid in arrears.
Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate will promptly and timely transmit to BCBSA all fees owed by Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate as determined by the above formula.
9. JOINT VENTURE
Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as creating a joint venture, partnership, agency or employment relationship between any Sponsoring Plan and Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate or between among them and/or BCBSA.
10. VOTING
For all provisions of this Agreement referring to voting, the term ‘Plans’ shall mean all entities licensed under the Blue Cross License Agreement and/or the Blue Shield License Agreement, and in all votes of the Plans under this Agreement the Plans shall vote together. For weighted votes of the Plans, the Plan shall have a number of votes equal to the number of weighted votes (if any) that it holds as a Blue Cross Plan plus the number of weighted votes (if any) that it holds as a Blue Shield Plan. For all other votes of the Plans, the





Plan shall have one vote. For all questions requiring an affirmative three-fourths weighted vote of the Plans, the requirement shall be deemed satisfied with a lesser weighted vote unless the greater of: (i) 6/52 or more of the Plans (rounded to the nearest whole number, with 0.5 or multiples thereof being rounded to the next higher whole number) fail to cast weighted votes in favor of the question; or (ii) three (3) of the Plans fail to cast weighted votes in favor of the question. Notwithstanding the foregoing provision, if there are thirty-nine (39) Plans, the requirement of an affirmative three-fourths weighted vote shall be deemed satisfied with a lesser weighted vote unless four (4) or more Plans fail to cast weighted votes in favor of the question.
11. NOTICES AND CORRESPONDENCE
Notices regarding the subject matter of this Agreement or breach or termination thereof shall be in writing and shall be addressed in duplicate to the last known address of each other party, marked respectively to the attention of its President and, if any, its General Counsel.
12. COMPLETE AGREEMENT
This Agreement contains the complete understandings of the parties in relation to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may only be amended by: (a) a writing signed by all parties; or (b) a writing approved by the affirmative vote of three-fourths of the Blue Plans and three-fourths of the total then current weighted vote of all the Blue Plans as officially recorded by the BCBSA Corporate Secretary. Upon such adoption by the Blue Plans, this Agreement and all other Trademark License Agreements for Life and Disability Insurance Products then in effect shall simultaneously be amended.
13. SEVERABILITY
If any term of this Agreement is held to be unlawful by a court of competent jurisdiction, such finding shall in no way affect the remaining obligations of the parties hereunder and the court may substitute a lawful term or condition for any unlawful term or condition so long as the effect of such substitution is to provide the parties with the benefits of this Agreement.
14. NONWAIVER
No waiver by BCBSA of any breach or default in performance on the part of the Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate or any other licensee of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or default in performance of said terms, covenants or conditions.
15. GOVERNING LAW
This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Illinois.




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this License Agreement to be executed, effective as of the date of last signature written below.
BLUE CROSS AND BLUE SHIELD ASSOCIATION
By:     
Date:
    

Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate:
By:          
Date:
         
Sponsoring Plan:
By:          
Date:
         
Name:     

Sponsoring Plan:
By:          
Date:
         
Name:     
[Add other Sponsoring Plans as necessary]




EXHIBIT A
LICENSE STANDARDS APPLICABLE TO TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT FOR LIFE AND DISABILITY INSURANCE PRODUCTS Page 1 of 2
Standard 1 - Organization and Governance
Any Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate licensed under the Trademark License Agreement for Life and Disability Insurance Products (“licensee”) shall be organized and operated in such a manner that it is an entity organized and operated in such a manner that it is 100% owned and controlled by Sponsoring Plans. Absent written approval by BCBSA of an alternative method of control, control shall mean the legal authority, directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries: (a) to select members of the Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate's governing body having not less than 100% voting control thereof; (b) to exercise operational control with respect to the governance thereof; and (c) to prevent any change in its articles of incorporation, bylaws or other governing documents deemed inappropriate. In addition, a Sponsoring Plan or Plans shall own at least 100% of any for profit Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate.
Standard 2 - State Licensure
The licensee must maintain unimpaired licensure or certificate of authority to operate under applicable state laws as a life company in each state in which the licensee does business.
Standard 3 - Records and Examination
The licensee shall maintain and furnish, on a timely and accurate basis, such records and reports regarding the licensee as may be required in order to establish compliance with the Agreement. The licensee shall permit BCBSA to examine the affairs of the licensee and shall agree that BCBSA's board may submit a written report to the chief executive officer(s) and the board(s) of directors of the Sponsoring Plan(s).
Standard 4 - Mediation
The licensee, its Sponsoring Plan(s) and all consenting Blue Plans shall agree to use the then-current BCBSA mediation and mandatory dispute resolution processes, in lieu of a legal action between or among another licensed Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate, a Sponsoring Plan and or consenting Blue Plan or BCBSA.






EXHIBIT A
LICENSE STANDARDS APPLICABLE TO TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT FOR LIFE AND DISABILITY INSURANCE PRODUCTS Page 2 of 2
Standard 5 - Financial Responsibility
The licensee shall maintain adequate financial resources to protect its customers and meet its business obligations.
Standard 6 - Cooperation with BCBSA Governance
The licensee shall cooperate with BCBSA’s Board of Directors and its Brand Enhancement & Protection Committee in the administration of and in addressing licensee compliance problems that may be identified in connection with the operation or administration of the Trademark License Agreement for Life and Disability Insurance Products.






EXHIBIT B
CONSENT AGREEMENT
This Consent Agreement is made and entered into by and among the
undersigned Blue Plan, and_________________________    (“Life and Disability
Controlled Affiliate”), and the Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association (“BCBSA”)
and shall be deemed effective on____________________________    (“Effective Date”).
Whereas, BCBSA owns the Blue Cross and Blue Shield word and design service marks and any derivative mark thereof (the “Brands”);
Whereas, the undersigned Blue Plan is licensed to use one or more of the Brands within a specific geographic area (“Service Area”);
Whereas Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate is licensed by BCBSA to use one or more of the Brands to offer life and disability insurance products (“Products”) as defined and authorized in the Trademark License Agreement for Life and Disability Insurance Products (“Life and Disability License Agreement”);
Whereas neither the Blue Plan nor its affiliates offer the Products under any of the Brands in such Blue Plan’s Service Area or portion thereof where Blue Plan has consented to sale of the Products by Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate; and
Whereas BCBSA and the undersigned Blue Plan desire to consent to Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate’s use of the Brands in Blue Plan’s Service Area consistent with the terms of the Life and Disability License Agreement and this Consent Agreement.
Now, therefore, in consideration of the obligations and conditions stated in this Agreement, Blue Plan, Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate and BCBSA agree as follows:
1.
Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate may market, sell, administer and
underwrite the Products in Blue Plan’s Service Area under the Brands licensed to Blue Plan in such Service Area subject to the terms of this Consent Agreement, the Life and Disability License Agreement and Blue Plan’s license agreement(s) with BCBSA. Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate’s rights under the Brands to offer the Products under the Brands are limited to offering the Products only under the Brand(s) licensed to the consenting Blue Plan.
2.
Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate shall work with the undersigned
Blue Plan to develop a written sales and marketing agreement that identifies the relationship between it and Blue Plan for the sales,






marketing and customer service for the Products. The term of the sales and marketing agreement shall be the same as the term of this Consent Agreement.
3.
All sales, marketing and advertising materials developed by and proposed for use by Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate in a consenting Blue Plan’s Service Area must clearly identify the consenting Blue Plan (for example, a statement on such materials that reads “This product is offered with the cooperation of Blue Cross and/or Blue Shield of [Geography]”);
4.
Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate may use the Brands to sell the Products in the following Service Area or portion thereof as designated by Blue Plan:
____________________________________________________________
5.
If two or more Blue Plans to use the same Licensed Marks in the same Service Area, Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate shall work with the consenting Blue Plan in the following manner: (a) the sales, marketing and advertising materials must be communicated to the consenting Blue Plan’s existing and prospective accounts through or with the approval of such Blue Plan, and (b) the personnel of such Blue Plan must actively participate in all sales and marketing activities conducted by Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate in the same Service Area, including participating in meetings (whether in-person or via telephone, video or internet conference) with both existing and prospective accounts of the consenting Blue Plan;
6.
Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate shall be entitled to use in a Service Area only those Licensed Marks that the consenting Blue Plan has been granted by BCBSA the license to use under its license agreement (for example, if a consenting Blue Plan is licensed to use only the Blue Cross Marks in its Service Area, the materials used by Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate in that Service Area may only contain or reference the Blue Cross Marks and not the Blue Shield Marks).
7.
If this Consent Agreement is terminated, Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate shall, unless each BCBSA and the Blue Plan agree in their sole discretion to a phase out in writing, immediately (i) cease all use of the Licensed Marks, including in connection with any and all sales and marketing of the Licensed Products in the Service Area where consent has been terminated, and (ii) notify its customers that it is no longer a licensee of BCBSA and provide instruction on how the customer can contact BCBSA or a designated licensee to obtain further information on securing coverage. The notification required by this paragraph shall be in writing and in form approved by BCBSA.






8.    The term of this Consent Agreement shall be one year from the
Effective Date. Unless either Blue Plan or Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate provides the other party with written notice of its desire not to renew this Consent Agreement at least 60 days prior to expiration of the term or any extended term or unless terminated as provided in Paragraph 9 below, this Consent Agreement shall automatically renew for subsequent one year periods.
9.    This Consent Agreement may be terminated as follows:
A. Upon mutual written consent of Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate and Blue Plan;
B. By Blue Plan or Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate upon 60 days advance written notice to the non-terminating party and BCBSA; or
C. By Blue Plan immediately if Life and Disability Controlled Affiliate does not comply with this Consent Agreement or the sales protocol agreement.
10.    This Consent Agreement shall automatically terminate if Blue Plan’s
primary licensee agreement terminates for any reason or if the Life and Disability License Agreement terminates for any reason.
Agreed and Accepted by:
[Blue Plan]:
By:_________________________________________    
Title: _________________________________________    
BLUE CROSS AND BLUE SHIELD ASSOCIATION:
By:_________________________________________    
Title:_________________________________________    
LIFE AND DISABILITY CONTROLLED AFFILIATE:
By:_________________________________________    
Title : _________________________________________






Exhibit 1B
BLUE SHIELD
CONTROLLED AFFILIATE LICENSE AGREEMENT
APPLICABLE TO REGIONAL MEDICARE ADVANTAGE PPO PRODUCTS
(Adopted by Member Plans at their September 18, 2015)
This Agreement by and among Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association
("BCBSA") and_________    (“Controlled Affiliate"), a Controlled Affiliate of the Blue
Cross Plan(s), known as_____________     ("Controlling Plans"), each of which is also a
Party signatory hereto.
WHEREAS, BCBSA is the owner of the BLUE SHIELD and BLUE SHIELD Design service marks;
WHEREAS, under the Medicare Modernization Act, companies may apply to and be awarded a contract by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) to offer Medicare Advantage PPO products in geographic regions designated by CMS (hereafter “regional MAPPO products”).
WHEREAS, some of the CMS-designated regions include the Service Areas, or portions thereof, of more than one Plan.
WHEREAS, the Controlling Plans and Controlled Affiliate desire that the latter be entitled to use the BLUE SHIELD and BLUE SHIELD Design service marks (collectively the "Licensed Marks") as service marks and be entitled to use the term BLUE SHIELD in a trade name ("Licensed Name") to offer regional MAPPO products in a region that includes the Service Areas, or portions thereof, of more than one Controlling Plan;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1.     GRANT OF LICENSE
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, BCBSA hereby grants to Controlled Affiliate the right to use the Licensed Marks and Name in connection with, and only in connection with the sale, marketing and administration of regional MAPPO products and related services.
This grant of rights is non-exclusive and is limited to the following states:
__________________    (the “Region”). Controlled Affiliate may use the Licensed






Marks and Name in its legal name on the following conditions: (i) the legal name must be approved in advance, in writing, by BCBSA; (ii) Controlled Affiliate shall not do business outside the Region under any name or mark except business conducted in the Service Area of a Controlling Plan provided that Controlled Affiliate is separately licensed by BCBSA to use the Licensed Marks and Name in connection with health care plans and related services in the Service Area of such Controlling Plan; and (iii) Controlled Affiliate shall not use the Licensed Marks and Name, or any derivative thereof, as part of any name or symbol used to identify itself in any securities market. Controlled Affiliate may use the Licensed Marks and Name in its Trade Name only with the prior, written, consent of BCBSA.
2. QUALITY CONTROL
A. Controlled Affiliate agrees to use the Licensed Marks and Name only in connection with the licensed services and further agrees to be bound by the conditions regarding quality control shown in attached Exhibit A as they may be amended by BCBSA from time-to-time.
B. Controlled Affiliate agrees to comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws.
C. Controlled Affiliate agrees that it will provide on an annual basis (or more often if reasonably required by the Controlling Plans or by BCBSA) a report or reports to the Controlling Plans and BCBSA demonstrating Controlled Affiliate's compliance with the requirements of this Agreement including but not limited to the quality control provisions of this paragraph and the attached Exhibit A.
D. Controlled Affiliate agrees that the Controlling Plans and/or BCBSA may, from time-to-time, upon reasonable notice, review and inspect the manner and method of Controlled Affiliate's rendering of service and use of the Licensed Marks and Name.
E. As used herein, a Controlled Affiliate is defined as an entity organized and operated in such a manner, that it meets the following requirements:
(1) Controlled Affiliate is owned or controlled by two or more Controlling Plans;
(2) Each Controlling Plan is authorized pursuant to a separate Blue Shield License Agreement to use the Licensed Marks in a geographic area in the Region and every geographic area in the Region is so licensed to at least one of the Controlling Plans; and





(3)    The Controlling Plans must have the legal authority directly or indirectly
through wholly-owned subsidiaries:
(a) to select members of the Controlled Affiliate’s governing body having not less than 100% voting control thereof;
(b) to prevent any change in the articles of incorporation, bylaws or other establishing or governing documents of the Controlled Affiliate with which the Controlling Plans do not concur;
(c) to exercise control over the policy and operations of the Controlled Affiliate; and
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in (a) through (c) hereof, the Controlled Affiliate’s establishing or governing documents must also require written approval by each of the Controlling Plans before the Controlled Affiliate can:
(i) change its legal and/or trade names;
(ii)
change the geographic area in which it operates (except such approval shall not be required with respect to business of the Controlled Affiliate conducted under the Licensed Marks within the Service Area of one of the Controlling Plans pursuant to a separate controlled affiliate license agreement with BCBSA sponsored by such Controlling Plan);
(iii)
change any of the type(s) of businesses in which it engages (except such approval shall not be required with respect to business of the Controlled Affiliate conducted under the Licensed Marks within the Service Area of one of the Controlling Plans pursuant to a separate controlled affiliate license agreement with BCBSA sponsored by such Controlling Plan);
(iv)
take any action that any Controlling Plan or BCBSA reasonably believes will adversely affect the Licensed Marks and Name.
In addition, the Controlling Plans directly or indirectly through wholly owned subsidiaries shall own 100% of any for-profit Controlled Affiliate.






3. SERVICE MARK USE
A. Controlled Affiliate recognizes the importance of a comprehensive national network of independent BCBSA licensees which are committed to strengthening the Licensed Marks and Name. The Controlled Affiliate further recognizes that its actions within the Region may affect the value of the Licensed Marks and Name nationwide.
B. Controlled Affiliate shall at all times make proper service mark use of the Licensed Marks and Name, including but not limited to use of such symbols or words as BCBSA shall specify to protect the Licensed Marks and Name and shall comply with such rules (generally applicable to Controlled Affiliates licensed to use the Licensed Marks and Name) relative to service mark use, as are issued from time-to-time by BCBSA. Controlled Affiliate recognizes and agrees that all use of the Licensed Marks and Name by Controlled Affiliate shall inure to the benefit of BCBSA.
C. Controlled Affiliate may not directly or indirectly use the Licensed Marks and Name in a manner that transfers or is intended to transfer in the Region the goodwill associated therewith to another mark or name, nor may Controlled Affiliate engage in activity that may dilute or tarnish the unique value of the Licensed Marks and Name.
D. Controlled Affiliate shall use its best efforts to promote and build the value of the Licensed Marks and Name in connection with the sale, marketing and administration of regional MAPPO products and related services.
4.     SUBLICENSING AND ASSIGNMENT
Controlled Affiliate shall not, directly or indirectly, sublicense, transfer, hypothecate, sell, encumber or mortgage, by operation of law or otherwise, the rights granted hereunder and any such act shall be voidable at the sole option of any Controlling Plan or BCBSA. This Agreement and all rights and duties hereunder are personal to Controlled Affiliate.






5. INFRINGEMENT
Controlled Affiliate shall promptly notify the Controlling Plans and the Controlling Plans shall promptly notify BCBSA of any suspected acts of infringement, unfair competition or passing off that may occur in relation to the Licensed Marks and Name. Controlled Affiliate shall not be entitled to require the Controlling Plans or BCBSA to take any actions or institute any proceedings to prevent infringement, unfair competition or passing off by third parties. Controlled Affiliate agrees to render to the Controlling Plans and BCBSA, without charge, all reasonable assistance in connection with any matter pertaining to the protection of the Licensed Marks and Name by BCBSA.
6. LIABILITY INDEMNIFICATION
Controlled Affiliate and the Controlling Plans hereby agree to save, defend, indemnify and hold BCBSA harmless from and against all claims, damages, liabilities and costs of every kind, nature and description (except those arising solely as a result of BCBSA's negligence) that may arise as a result of or related to Controlled Affiliate's rendering of services under the Licensed Marks and Name.
7. LICENSE TERM
A. Except as otherwise provided herein, the license granted by this Agreement shall remain in effect for a period of one (1) year and shall be automatically extended for additional one (1) year periods unless terminated pursuant to the provisions herein.
B. This Agreement and all of Controlled Affiliate's rights hereunder shall immediately terminate without any further action by any party or entity in the event that: (i) any one of the Controlling Plans ceases to be authorized to use the Licensed Marks and Name; or (ii) pursuant to Paragraph 15(a)(x) of the Blue Shield License Agreement any one of the Controlling Plans ceases to be authorized to use the Licensed Names and Marks in the Region.
C. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, this license to use the Licensed Marks and Name may be forthwith terminated by the Controlling Plans or the affirmative vote of the majority of the Board of Directors of BCBSA present and voting at a special meeting expressly called by BCBSA for the purpose on ten (10) days written notice to the Controlling Plans advising of the specific matters at issue and granting the Controlling Plans an opportunity to be heard and to present their response to the Board for: (1) failure to comply with any applicable minimum capital or liquidity requirement under the quality control standards of this Agreement; or (2) failure to comply with the "Organization and Governance" quality control standard of this Agreement; or (3) impending financial insolvency; or (4) failure to comply with any of the applicable requirements of Standards 2, 3, 4, or 5 of attached Exhibit A; or (5) the pendency of any action instituted against the
Controlled Affiliate seeking its dissolution or liquidation of its assets or seeking






appointment of a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for any of its property or business or seeking the declaration or establishment of a trust for any of its property or business, unless this Controlled Affiliate License Agreement has been earlier terminated under paragraph 7(E); or (6) such other reason as is determined in good faith immediately and irreparably to threaten the integrity and reputation of BCBSA, the Plans (including the Controlling Plans), any other licensee including Controlled Affiliate and/or the Licensed Marks and Name.
D. Except as otherwise provided in Paragraphs 7(B), 7(C) or 7(E) herein, should Controlled Affiliate fail to comply with the provisions of this Agreement and not cure such failure within thirty (30) days of receiving written notice thereof (or commence a cure within such thirty day period and continue diligent efforts to complete the cure if such curing cannot reasonably be completed within such thirty day period) BCBSA or the Controlling Plans shall have the right to issue a notice that the Controlled Affiliate is in a state of noncompliance. If a state of noncompliance as aforesaid is undisputed by the Controlled Affiliate or is found to exist by a mandatory dispute resolution panel and is uncured as provided above, BCBSA shall have the right to seek judicial enforcement of the Agreement or to issue a notice of termination thereof. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, any disputes as to the termination of this License pursuant to Paragraphs 7(B), 7(C) or 7(E) of this Agreement shall not be subject to mediation and mandatory dispute resolution. All other disputes between or among BCBSA, any of the Controlling Plans and/or Controlled Affiliate shall be submitted promptly to mediation and mandatory dispute resolution. The mandatory dispute resolution panel shall have authority to issue orders for specific performance and assess monetary penalties. Except, however, as provided in Paragraphs 7(B) and 7(E) of this Agreement, this license to use the Licensed Marks and Name may not be finally terminated for any reason without the affirmative vote of a majority of the present and voting members of the Board of Directors of BCBSA.
E. This Agreement and all of Controlled Affiliate's rights hereunder shall immediately terminate without any further action by any party or entity in the event that:
(1) Controlled Affiliate shall no longer comply with item 2(E) above;
(2) Appropriate dues, royalties and other payments for Controlled Affiliate pursuant to paragraph 9 hereof, which are the royalties for this License Agreement, are more than sixty (60) days in arrears to BCBSA; or
(3) Any of the following events occur: (i) a voluntary petition shall be filed by Controlled Affiliate seeking bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement with creditors or other relief under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or any other law governing insolvency or debtor relief, or (ii) an involuntary petition or proceeding shall be filed against Controlled Affiliate seeking bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement with creditors or other relief under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or any other law governing insolvency or debtor relief and such petition or






proceeding is consented to or acquiesced in by Controlled Affiliate or is not dismissed within sixty (60) days of the date upon which the petition or other document commencing the proceeding is served upon the Controlled Affiliate, or (iii) an order for relief is entered against Controlled Affiliate in any case under the bankruptcy laws of the United States, or Controlled Affiliate is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent as those terms are defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in the State of Illinois by any court of competent jurisdiction, or (iv) Controlled Affiliate makes a general assignment of its assets for the benefit of creditors, or (v) any government or any government official, office, agency, branch, or unit assumes control of Controlled Affiliate or delinquency proceedings (voluntary or involuntary) are instituted, or (vi) an action is brought by Controlled Affiliate seeking its dissolution or liquidation of its assets or seeking the appointment of a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for any of its property or business, or (vii) an action is instituted by any governmental entity or officer against Controlled Affiliate seeking its dissolution or liquidation of its assets or seeking the appointment of a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for any of its property or business and such action is consented to or acquiesced in by Controlled Affiliate or is not dismissed within one hundred thirty (130) days of the date upon which the pleading or other document commencing the action is served upon the Controlled Affiliate, provided that if the action is stayed or its prosecution is enjoined, the one hundred thirty (130) day period is tolled for the duration of the stay or injunction, and provided further, that the Association’s Board of Directors may toll or extend the 130 day period at any time prior to its expiration, or (viii) a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for any of Controlled Affiliate's property or business is appointed or the Controlled Affiliate is ordered dissolved or liquidated. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, a declaration or a request for declaration of the existence of a trust over any of the Controlled Affiliate’s property or business shall not in itself be deemed to constitute or seek appointment of a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for purposes of subparagraphs 7(E)(3)(vii) and (viii) of this Agreement.
F. Upon termination of this Agreement for cause or otherwise, Controlled Affiliate agrees that it shall immediately discontinue all use of the Licensed Marks and Name, including any use in its trade name, except to the extent that it continues to be authorized to use the Licensed Marks within the Service Area of one of the Controlling Plans pursuant to a separate controlled affiliate license agreement with BCBSA sponsored by such Controlling Plan.
G. Upon termination of this Agreement, Controlled Affiliate shall immediately notify all of its customers to whom it provides products or services under the Licensed Marks pursuant to this Agreement that it is no longer a licensee of BCBSA and, if directed by the Association’s Board of Directors, shall provide instruction on how the customer can contact BCBSA or a designated licensee to obtain further information on securing coverage. The notification required by this paragraph shall be in writing and in a form approved by BCBSA. The BCBSA shall






have the right to audit the terminated entity's books and records to verify compliance with this paragraph.
H.    In the event this Agreement terminates pursuant to 7(B) hereof, upon
termination of this Agreement the provisions of Paragraph 7(G) shall not apply and the following provisions shall apply, except that, in the event that Controlled Affiliate is separately licensed by BCBSA to use the Licensed Marks in the Service Area of a Controlling Plan and termination of this Agreement is due to a partial termination of such Controlling Plan’s license pursuant to Paragraph 15(a)(x)(ii) of the Blue Shield License Agreement, the notices, national account listing, payment, and audit right listed below shall be applicable solely with respect to the Region and the geographic area for which the Controlling Plan’s license to use the Licensed Names and Marks is terminated:
(1) The Controlled Affiliate shall send a notice through the U.S. mails, with first class postage affixed, to all individual and group customers, providers, brokers and agents of products or services sold, marketed, underwritten or administered by the Controlled Affiliate under the Licensed Marks and Name. The form and content of the notice shall be specified by BCBSA and shall, at a minimum, notify the recipient of the termination of the license, the consequences thereof, and instructions for obtaining alternate products or services licensed by BCBSA. This notice shall be mailed within 15 days after termination.
(2) The Controlled Affiliate shall deliver to BCBSA within five days of a
request by BCBSA a listing of national accounts in which the Controlled Affiliate is involved (in a control, participating or servicing capacity), identifying the national account and the Controlled Affiliate’s role therein.
(3) Unless the cause of termination is an event respecting BCBSA stated
in paragraph 15(a) or (b) of the Plan’s license agreement with BCBSA to use the Licensed Marks and Name, the Controlled Affiliate, the Controlling Plans, and any other Licensed Controlled Affiliates of the Controlling Plans shall be jointly liable for payment to BCBSA of an amount equal to $25 multiplied by the number of Licensed Enrollees of the Controlled Affiliate; provided that if any Plan other than a Controlling Plan is permitted by BCBSA to use marks or names licensed by BCBSA in a geographic area in the Region, the payment for Licensed Enrollees in such geographic area shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Licensed Enrollees of the Controlled Affiliate, the Controlling Plans, and any other Licensed Controlled Affiliates of the Controlling Plans in such geographic area and the denominator of which is the total number of Licensed Enrollees in such geographic area. Licensed Enrollee means each and every person and covered dependent who is enrolled as an individual or member of a group receiving products or services sold, marketed or administered under marks or names licensed by BCBSA as determined at the earlier of (i) the end of the last fiscal year of the terminated entity which ended prior to termination or (ii) the fiscal year which ended before any transactions causing the termination began. Notwithstanding the






foregoing, the amount payable pursuant to this subparagraph H. (3) shall be due only to the extent that, in BCBSA’s opinion, it does not cause the net worth of the Controlled Affiliate, the Controlling Plans or any other Licensed Controlled Affiliates of the Controlling Plans to fall below 100% of the Health Risk-Based Capital formula, or its equivalent under any successor formula, as set forth in the applicable financial responsibility standards established by BCBSA (provided such equivalent is approved for purposes of this subparagraph by the affirmative vote of three-fourths of the Plans and three-fourths of the total then current weighted vote of all the Plans); measured as of the date of termination, and adjusted for the value of any transactions not made in the ordinary course of business. This payment shall not be due in connection with transactions exclusively by or among Plans (including the Controlling Plans) or their affiliates, including reorganizations, combinations or mergers, where the BCBSA Board of Directors determines that the license termination does not result in a material diminution in the number of Licensed Enrollees or the extent of their coverage. In the event that the Controlled Affiliate’s license is reinstated by BCBSA or is deemed to have remained in effect without interruption by a court of competent jurisdiction, BCBSA shall reimburse the Controlled Affiliate (and/or the Controlling Plans or their other Licensed Controlled Affiliates, as the case may be) for payments made under this subparagraph 7.H.(3) only to the extent that such payments exceed the amounts due to BCBSA pursuant to paragraph 7.K. and any costs associated with reestablishing the terminated Controlling Plan’s Service Area or the Region, including any payments made by BCBSA to a Plan or Plans (including the other Controlling Plans), or their Licensed Controlled Affiliates, for purposes of replacing the Controlled Affiliate.
(4) BCBSA shall have the right to audit the books and records of the
Controlled Affiliate, the Controlling Plans, and any other Licensed Controlled Affiliates of the Controlling Plans to verify compliance with this paragraph 7.H.
(5) As to a breach of 7.H.(1), (2), (3) or (4), the parties agree that the
obligations are immediately enforceable in a court of competent jurisdiction. As to a breach of 7.H.(1), (2) or (4) by the Controlled Affiliate, the parties agree there is no adequate remedy at law and BCBSA is entitled to obtain specific performance.
I. BCBSA shall be entitled to enjoin the Controlled Affiliate or any related
party in a court of competent jurisdiction from entry into any transaction which would result in a termination of this Agreement unless a Controlling Plan’s license from BCBSA to use the Licensed Marks and Names has been terminated pursuant to 10(d) of such Controlling Plan’s license agreement upon the required 6 month written notice.
J. BCBSA acknowledges that it is not the owner of assets of the
Controlled Affiliate.
K. In the event this Agreement terminates and is subsequently reinstated
by BCBSA or is deemed to have remained in effect without interruption by a court of competent jurisdiction, the Controlled Affiliate, the Controlling Plans, and any other






Licensed Controlled Affiliates of the Controlling Plans shall be jointly liable for reimbursing BCBSA the reasonable costs incurred by BCBSA in connection with the termination and the reinstatement or court action, and any associated legal proceedings, including but not limited to: outside legal fees, consulting fees, public relations fees, advertising costs, and costs incurred to develop, lease or establish an interim provider network. Any amount due to BCBSA under this subparagraph may be waived in whole or in part by the BCBSA Board of Directors in its sole discretion.
8. DISPUTE RESOLUTION
The parties agree that any disputes between or among them or between or among any of them and one or more Plans or Controlled Affiliates of Plans that use in any manner the Blue Shield and Blue Shield Marks and Name are subject to the
Mediation and Mandatory Dispute Resolution process attached to and made a part of each Controlling Plan’s License from BCBSA to use the Licensed Marks and Name as Exhibit 5 as amended from time-to-time, which documents are incorporated herein by reference as though fully set forth herein.
9. LICENSE FEE
Controlled Affiliate will pay to BCBSA a fee for this License determined pursuant to the formula(s) set forth in Exhibit B.
10. JOINT VENTURE
Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as creating a joint venture, partnership, agency or employment relationship between the Controlling Plans and Controlled Affiliate or between either and BCBSA.
11. NOTICES AND CORRESPONDENCE
Notices regarding the subject matter of this Agreement or breach or termination thereof shall be in writing and shall be addressed in duplicate to the last known address of each other party, marked respectively to the attention of its President and, if any, its General Counsel.
12. COMPLETE AGREEMENT
This Agreement contains the complete understandings of the parties in relation to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may only be amended by the affirmative vote of three-fourths of the Plans and three-fourths of the total then current weighted vote of all the Plans as officially recorded by the BCBSA Corporate Secretary.






13. SEVERABILITY
If any term of this Agreement is held to be unlawful by a court of competent jurisdiction, such findings shall in no way affect the remaining obligations of the parties hereunder and the court may substitute a lawful term or condition for any unlawful term or condition so long as the effect of such substitution is to provide the parties with the benefits of this Agreement.
14. NONWAIVER
No waiver by BCBSA of any breach or default in performance on the part of Controlled Affiliate or any other licensee of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or default in performance of said terms, covenants or conditions.
14A. VOTING
For all provisions of this Agreement referring to voting, the term ‘Plans’ shall mean all entities licensed under the Blue Cross License Agreement and/or the Blue Shield License Agreement, and in all votes of the Plans under this Agreement the Plans shall vote together. For weighted votes of the Plans, the Plan shall have a number of votes equal to the number of weighted votes (if any) that it holds as a Blue Cross Plan plus the number of weighted votes (if any) that it holds as a Blue Shield Plan. For all other votes of the Plans, the Plan shall have one vote. For all questions requiring an affirmative three-fourths weighted vote of the Plans, the requirement shall be deemed satisfied with a lesser weighted vote unless the greater of: (i) 6/52 or more of the Plans (rounded to the nearest whole number, with 0.5 or multiples thereof being rounded to the next higher whole number) fail to cast weighted votes in favor of the question; or (ii) three (3) of the Plans fail to cast weighted votes in favor of the question. Notwithstanding the foregoing provision, if there are thirty-nine (39) Plans, the requirement of an affirmative three-fourths weighted vote shall be deemed satisfied with a lesser weighted vote unless four (4) or more Plans fail to cast weighted votes in favor of the question.
15. GOVERNING LAW
This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Illinois.
16. HEADINGS
The headings inserted in this agreement are for convenience only and shall have no bearing on the interpretation hereof.






IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this License Agreement to be executed and effective as of the date of last signature written below.
Controlled Affiliate:
By:                                     
Date:
                                    
Controlling Plan:
By:     
Date:
    
Controlling Plan:
By:          
Date:
         
BLUE CROSS AND BLUE SHIELD ASSOCIATION
By:     
Date:     
    






EXHIBIT A
CONTROLLED AFFILIATE LICENSE STANDARDS APPLICABLE TO REGIONAL MEDICARE
ADVANTAGE PPO PRODUCTS
September 2015
PREAMBLE
The standards for licensing Controlled Affiliates for Medicare Advantage PPO Products are established by BCBSA and are subject to change from time-to-time upon the affirmative vote of three-fourths (3/4) of the Plans and three-fourths (3/4) of the total weighted vote. Each Controlling Plan is required to use a standard Controlled Affiliate license form provided by BCBSA and to cooperate fully in assuring that the licensed Controlled Affiliate maintains compliance with the license standards.
Standard 1 - Organization and Governance
A Controlled Affiliate is defined as an entity organized and operated in such a manner, that it meets the following requirements:
(1) Controlled Affiliate is owned or controlled by two or more Controlling Plans;
(2) Each Controlling Plan is authorized pursuant to a separate Blue Shield License Agreement to use the Licensed Marks in a geographic area in the Region and every geographic area in the Region is so licensed to at least one of the Controlling Plans; and
(3) The Controlling Plans must have the legal authority directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries:
(a) to select members of the Controlled Affiliate’s governing body
having not less than 100% voting control thereof;
(b) prevent any change in the articles of incorporation, bylaws or
other establishing or governing documents of the Controlled Affiliate with which the Controlling Plans do not concur;
(c) exercise control over the policy and operations of the Controlled
Affiliate; and






EXHIBIT A (continued)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in (a) through (c) hereof, the Controlled Affiliate’s establishing or governing documents must also require written approval by each of the Controlling Plans before the Controlled Affiliate can:
(i)
change its legal and/or trade names;
(ii)
change the geographic area in which it operates (except such approval shall not be required with respect to business of the Controlled Affiliate conducted under the Licensed Marks within the Service Area of one of the Controlling Plans pursuant to a separate controlled affiliate license agreement with BCBSA sponsored by such Controlling Plan);
(iii)
change any of the type(s) of businesses in which it
engages (except such approval shall not be required with respect to business of the Controlled Affiliate conducted under the Licensed Marks within the Service Area of one of the Controlling Plans pursuant to a separate controlled affiliate license agreement with BCBSA sponsored by such Controlling Plan);
(iv)
take any action that any Controlling Plan or BCBSA
reasonably believes will adversely affect the Licensed Marks and Name.
In addition, the Controlling Plans directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries shall own 100% of any for-profit Controlled Affiliate.
Standard 2 - Financial Responsibility
A Controlled Affiliate shall be operated in a manner that provides reasonable financial assurance that it can fulfill all of its contractual obligations to its customers.
Standard 3 - State Licensure/Certification
A Controlled Affiliate shall maintain appropriate and unimpaired licensure and certifications.






EXHIBIT A (continued)
Standard 4 - Certain Disclosures
A Controlled Affiliate shall make adequate disclosure in contracting with third parties and in disseminating public statements of:
a. the structure of the Blue Cross and Blue Shield System; and
b. the independent nature of every licensee.
Standard 5 - Reports and Records for Controlled Affiliates
A Controlled Affiliate and/or its Controlling Plans shall furnish, on a timely and accurate basis, reports and records relating to these Standards and the License Agreements between BCBSA and Controlled Affiliate.
Standard 6 - Best Efforts
During each year, a Controlled Affiliate shall use its best efforts to promote and build the value of the Blue Shield Marks.
Standard 7 - Participation in Certain National Programs
A Controlled Affiliate shall effectively and efficiently participate in certain national programs from time to time as may be adopted by Member Plans for the purposes of providing ease of claims processing for customers receiving benefits outside of the Controlled Affiliate’s service area.
National program requirements include:
a. Inter-Plan Teleprocessing System (ITS); and
b. Inter-Plan Medicare Advantage Program.
Standard 8 - Participation in Master Business Associate Agreement
Controlled Affiliates shall comply with the terms of the Business Associate Agreement for Blue Cross and Blue Shield Licensees to the extent they perform the functions of a business associate or subcontractor to a business associate, as defined by the Business Associate Agreement.
Amended as of November 15, 2007





EXHIBIT B
ROYALTY FORMULA FOR SECTION 9 OF THE
CONTROLLED AFFILIATE LICENSE AGREEMENTS
APPLICABLE TO REGIONAL MEDICARE ADVANTAGE PPO PRODUCTS
Controlled Affiliate will pay BCBSA a fee for this license in accordance with the following formula:
An amount equal to its pro rata share of each Controlling Plan dues payable to BCBSA computed with the addition of the Controlled Affiliate's members using the Marks on regional MAPPO products and related services as reported on the Quarterly Enrollment Report with BCBSA. The payment by each Controlling Plan of its dues to BCBSA, including that portion described in this paragraph, will satisfy the requirement of this paragraph, and no separate payment will be necessary.





Amended as of June 14, 2007





Exhibit 1C
BLUE SHIELD
CONTROLLED AFFILIATE LICENSE AGREEMENT
APPLICABLE TO REGIONAL MEDICARE PART D PRESCRIPTION DRUG PLAN
PRODUCTS
(Adopted by Member Plans at their September 18, 2015 meeting)
This Agreement by and among Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association
("BCBSA") and_________    (“Controlled Affiliate"), a Controlled Affiliate of the Blue
Cross Plan(s), known as______________     ("Controlling Plans"), each of which is also a
Party signatory hereto.
WHEREAS, BCBSA is the owner of the BLUE SHIELD and BLUE SHIELD Design service marks;
WHEREAS, under the Medicare Modernization Act, companies may apply to and be awarded a contract by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) to offer Medicare Part D Prescription Drug Plan products in geographic regions designated by CMS (hereafter “regional PDP products”).
WHEREAS, some of the CMS-designated regions include the Service Areas, or portions thereof, of more than one Plan.
WHEREAS, the Controlling Plans and Controlled Affiliate desire that the latter be entitled to use the BLUE SHIELD and BLUE SHIELD Design service marks (collectively the "Licensed Marks") as service marks and be entitled to use the term BLUE SHIELD in a trade name ("Licensed Name") to offer regional PDP products in a region that includes the Service Areas, or portions thereof, of more than one Controlling Plan;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1.     GRANT OF LICENSE
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, BCBSA hereby grants to Controlled Affiliate the right to use the Licensed Marks and Name in connection with, and only in connection with the sale, marketing and administration of regional PDP products and related services.
This grant of rights is non-exclusive and is limited to the following states:
___________________    (the “Region”). Controlled Affiliate may use the Licensed






Marks and Name in its legal name on the following conditions: (i) the legal name must be approved in advance, in writing, by BCBSA; (ii) Controlled Affiliate shall not do business outside the Region under any name or mark except business conducted in the Service Area of a Controlling Plan provided that Controlled Affiliate is separately licensed by BCBSA to use the Licensed Marks and Name in connection with health care plans and related services in the Service Area of such Controlling Plan; and (iii) Controlled Affiliate shall not use the Licensed Marks and Name, or any derivative thereof, as part of any name or symbol used to identify itself in any securities market. Controlled Affiliate may use the Licensed Marks and Name in its Trade Name only with the prior, written, consent of BCBSA.
2. QUALITY CONTROL
A. Controlled Affiliate agrees to use the Licensed Marks and Name only in connection with the licensed services and further agrees to be bound by the conditions regarding quality control shown in attached Exhibit A as they may be amended by BCBSA from time-to-time.
B. Controlled Affiliate agrees to comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws.
C. Controlled Affiliate agrees that it will provide on an annual basis (or more often if reasonably required by the Controlling Plans or by BCBSA) a report or reports to the Controlling Plans and BCBSA demonstrating Controlled Affiliate's compliance with the requirements of this Agreement including but not limited to the quality control provisions of this paragraph and the attached Exhibit A.
D. Controlled Affiliate agrees that the Controlling Plans and/or BCBSA may, from time-to-time, upon reasonable notice, review and inspect the manner and method of Controlled Affiliate's rendering of service and use of the Licensed Marks and Name.
E. As used herein, a Controlled Affiliate is defined as an entity organized and operated in such a manner, that it meets the following requirements:
(1) Controlled Affiliate is owned or controlled by two or more Controlling Plans;
(2) Each Controlling Plan is authorized pursuant to a separate Blue Shield License Agreement to use the Licensed Marks in a geographic area in the Region and every geographic area in the Region is so licensed to at least one of the Controlling Plans; and





(3)    The Controlling Plans must have the legal authority directly or
indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries:
(a) to select members of the Controlled Affiliate’s governing body
having not less than 100% voting control thereof;
(b) to prevent any change in the articles of incorporation, bylaws or
other establishing or governing documents of the Controlled Affiliate with which the Controlling Plans do not concur;
(c) to exercise control over the policy and operations of the
Controlled Affiliate; and
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in (a) through (c) hereof, the Controlled Affiliate’s establishing or governing documents must also require written approval by each of the Controlling Plans before the Controlled Affiliate can:
(i)
change its legal and/or trade names;
(ii)
change the geographic area in which it operates (except
such approval shall not be required with respect to business of the Controlled Affiliate conducted under the Licensed Marks within the Service Area of one of the Controlling Plans pursuant to a separate controlled affiliate license agreement with BCBSA sponsored by such Controlling Plan);
(iii)
change any of the type(s) of businesses in which it
engages (except such approval shall not be required with respect to business of the Controlled Affiliate conducted under the Licensed Marks within the Service Area of one of the Controlling Plans pursuant to a separate controlled affiliate license agreement with BCBSA sponsored by such Controlling Plan);
(iv)
take any action that any Controlling Plan or BCBSA
reasonably believes will adversely affect the Licensed Marks and Name.
In addition, the Controlling Plans directly or indirectly through wholly owned subsidiaries shall own 100% of any for-profit Controlled Affiliate.






3.      SERVICE MARK USE
A. Controlled Affiliate recognizes the importance of a comprehensive national network of independent BCBSA licensees which are committed to strengthening the Licensed Marks and Name. The Controlled Affiliate further recognizes that its actions within the Region may affect the value of the Licensed Marks and Name nationwide.
B. Controlled Affiliate shall at all times make proper service mark use of the Licensed Marks and Name, including but not limited to use of such symbols or words as BCBSA shall specify to protect the Licensed Marks and Name and shall comply with such rules (generally applicable to Controlled Affiliates licensed to use the Licensed Marks and Name) relative to service mark use, as are issued from time-to-time by BCBSA. Controlled Affiliate recognizes and agrees that all use of the Licensed Marks and Name by Controlled Affiliate shall inure to the benefit of BCBSA.
C. Controlled Affiliate may not directly or indirectly use the Licensed Marks and Name in a manner that transfers or is intended to transfer in the Region the goodwill associated therewith to another mark or name, nor may Controlled Affiliate engage in activity that may dilute or tarnish the unique value of the Licensed Marks and Name.
D. Controlled Affiliate shall use its best efforts to promote and build the value of the Licensed Marks and Name in connection with the sale, marketing and administration of regional PDP products and related services.
4.     SUBLICENSING AND ASSIGNMENT
Controlled Affiliate shall not, directly or indirectly, sublicense, transfer, hypothecate, sell, encumber or mortgage, by operation of law or otherwise, the rights granted hereunder and any such act shall be voidable at the sole option of any Controlling Plan or BCBSA. This Agreement and all rights and duties hereunder are personal to Controlled Affiliate.
5.     INFRINGEMENT
Controlled Affiliate shall promptly notify the Controlling Plans and the Controlling Plans shall promptly notify BCBSA of any suspected acts of infringement, unfair competition or passing off that may occur in relation to the Licensed Marks and Name. Controlled Affiliate shall not be entitled to require the Controlling Plans or BCBSA to take any actions or institute any proceedings to prevent infringement, unfair competition or passing off by third parties. Controlled Affiliate agrees to render to the Controlling Plans and BCBSA, without charge, all reasonable assistance in connection with any matter pertaining to the protection of the Licensed Marks and Name by BCBSA.






6. LIABILITY INDEMNIFICATION
Controlled Affiliate and the Controlling Plans hereby agree to save, defend, indemnify and hold BCBSA harmless from and against all claims, damages, liabilities and costs of every kind, nature and description (except those arising solely as a result of BCBSA's negligence) that may arise as a result of or related to Controlled Affiliate's rendering of services under the Licensed Marks and Name.
7. LICENSE TERM
A. Except as otherwise provided herein, the license granted by this Agreement shall remain in effect for a period of one (1) year and shall be automatically extended for additional one (1) year periods unless terminated pursuant to the provisions herein.
B. This Agreement and all of Controlled Affiliate's rights hereunder shall immediately terminate without any further action by any party or entity in the event that: (i) any one of the Controlling Plans ceases to be authorized to use the Licensed Marks and Name; or (ii) pursuant to Paragraph 15(a)(x) of the Blue Shield License Agreement any one of the Controlling Plans ceases to be authorized to use the Licensed Names and Marks in the Region.
C. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, this license to use the Licensed Marks and Name may be forthwith terminated by the Controlling Plans or the affirmative vote of the majority of the Board of Directors of BCBSA present and voting at a special meeting expressly called by BCBSA for the purpose on ten (10) days written notice to the Controlling Plans advising of the specific matters at issue and granting the Controlling Plans an opportunity to be heard and to present their response to the Board for: (1) failure to comply with any applicable minimum capital or liquidity requirement under the quality control standards of this Agreement; or (2) failure to comply with the "Organization and Governance" quality control standard of this Agreement; or (3) impending financial insolvency; or (4) failure to comply with any of the applicable requirements of Standards 2, 3, 4, or 5 of attached Exhibit A; or (5) the pendency of any action instituted against the Controlled Affiliate seeking its dissolution or liquidation of its assets or seeking appointment of a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for any of its property or business or seeking the declaration or establishment of a trust for any of its property or business, unless this Controlled Affiliate License Agreement has been earlier terminated under paragraph 7(E); or (6) such other reason as is determined in good faith immediately and irreparably to threaten the integrity and reputation of BCBSA, the Plans (including the Controlling Plans), any other licensee including Controlled Affiliate and/or the Licensed Marks and Name.
D. Except as otherwise provided in Paragraphs 7(B), 7(C) or 7(E) herein, should Controlled Affiliate fail to comply with the provisions of this Agreement and not cure such failure within thirty (30) days of receiving written notice thereof (or commence a cure within such thirty day period and continue diligent efforts to






complete the cure if such curing cannot reasonably be completed within such thirty day period) BCBSA or the Controlling Plans shall have the right to issue a notice that the Controlled Affiliate is in a state of noncompliance. If a state of noncompliance as aforesaid is undisputed by the Controlled Affiliate or is found to exist by a mandatory dispute resolution panel and is uncured as provided above, BCBSA shall have the right to seek judicial enforcement of the Agreement or to issue a notice of termination thereof. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, any disputes as to the termination of this License pursuant to Paragraphs 7(B), 7(C) or 7(E) of this Agreement shall not be subject to mediation and mandatory dispute resolution. All other disputes between or among BCBSA, any of the Controlling Plans and/or Controlled Affiliate shall be submitted promptly to mediation and mandatory dispute resolution. The mandatory dispute resolution panel shall have authority to issue orders for specific performance and assess monetary penalties. Except, however, as provided in Paragraphs 7(B) and 7(E) of this Agreement, this license to use the Licensed Marks and Name may not be finally terminated for any reason without the affirmative vote of a majority of the present and voting members of the Board of Directors of BCBSA.
E.    This Agreement and all of Controlled Affiliate's rights hereunder shall
immediately terminate without any further action by any party or entity in the event that:
(1) Controlled Affiliate shall no longer comply with item 2(E) above;
(2) Appropriate dues, royalties and other payments for Controlled Affiliate pursuant to paragraph 9 hereof, which are the royalties for this License Agreement, are more than sixty (60) days in arrears to BCBSA; or
(3) Any of the following events occur: (i) a voluntary petition shall be filed by Controlled Affiliate seeking bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement with creditors or other relief under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or any other law governing insolvency or debtor relief, or (ii) an involuntary petition or proceeding shall be filed against Controlled Affiliate seeking bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement with creditors or other relief under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or any other law governing insolvency or debtor relief and such petition or proceeding is consented to or acquiesced in by Controlled Affiliate or is not dismissed within sixty (60) days of the date upon which the petition or other document commencing the proceeding is served upon the Controlled Affiliate, or (iii) an order for relief is entered against Controlled Affiliate in any case under the bankruptcy laws of the United States, or Controlled Affiliate is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent as those terms are defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in the State of Illinois by any court of competent jurisdiction, or (iv) Controlled Affiliate makes a general assignment of its assets for the benefit of creditors, or (v) any government or any government official, office, agency, branch, or unit assumes control of Controlled Affiliate or delinquency proceedings (voluntary or involuntary) are instituted, or (vi) an action is brought by Controlled Affiliate seeking its dissolution or liquidation of its assets or seeking the appointment of a trustee, interim





trustee, receiver or other custodian for any of its property or business, or (vii) an action is instituted by any governmental entity or officer against Controlled Affiliate seeking its dissolution or liquidation of its assets or seeking the appointment of a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for any of its property or business and such action is consented to or acquiesced in by Controlled Affiliate or is not dismissed within one hundred thirty (130) days of the date upon which the pleading or other document commencing the action is served upon the Controlled Affiliate, provided that if the action is stayed or its prosecution is enjoined, the one hundred thirty (130) day period is tolled for the duration of the stay or injunction, and provided further, that the Association’s Board of Directors may toll or extend the 130 day period at any time prior to its expiration, or (viii) a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for any of Controlled Affiliate's property or business is appointed or the Controlled Affiliate is ordered dissolved or liquidated. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, a declaration or a request for declaration of the existence of a trust over any of the Controlled Affiliate’s property or business shall not in itself be deemed to constitute or seek appointment of a trustee, interim trustee, receiver or other custodian for purposes of subparagraphs 7(E)(3)(vii) and (viii) of this Agreement.
F. Upon termination of this Agreement for cause or otherwise, Controlled Affiliate agrees that it shall immediately discontinue all use of the Licensed Marks and Name, including any use in its trade name, except to the extent that it continues to be authorized to use the Licensed Marks within the Service Area of one of the Controlling Plans pursuant to a separate controlled affiliate license agreement with BCBSA sponsored by such Controlling Plan.
G. Upon termination of this Agreement, Controlled Affiliate shall immediately notify all of its customers to whom it provides products or services under the Licensed Marks pursuant to this Agreement that it is no longer a licensee of BCBSA and, if directed by the Association’s Board of Directors, shall provide instruction on how the customer can contact BCBSA or a designated licensee to obtain further information on securing coverage. The notification required by this paragraph shall be in writing and in a form approved by BCBSA. The BCBSA shall have the right to audit the terminated entity's books and records to verify compliance with this paragraph.
H. In the event this Agreement terminates pursuant to 7(B) hereof, upon termination of this Agreement the provisions of Paragraph 7(G) shall not apply and the following provisions shall apply, except that, in the event that Controlled Affiliate is separately licensed by BCBSA to use the Licensed Marks in the Service Area of a Controlling Plan and termination of this Agreement is due to a partial termination of such Controlling Plan’s license pursuant to Paragraph 15(a)(x)(ii) of the Blue Shield License Agreement, the notices, national account listing, payment, and audit right listed below shall be applicable solely with respect to the Region and the geographic area for which the Controlling Plan’s license to use the Licensed Names and Marks is terminated:






(1) The Controlled Affiliate shall send a notice through the U.S. mails, with first class postage affixed, to all individual and group customers, providers, brokers and agents of products or services sold, marketed, underwritten or administered by the Controlled Affiliate under the Licensed Marks and Name. The form and content of the notice shall be specified by BCBSA and shall, at a minimum, notify the recipient of the termination of the license, the consequences thereof, and instructions for obtaining alternate products or services licensed by BCBSA. This notice shall be mailed within 15 days after termination.
(2) The Controlled Affiliate shall deliver to BCBSA within five days of a request by BCBSA a listing of national accounts in which the Controlled Affiliate is involved (in a control, participating or servicing capacity), identifying the national account and the Controlled Affiliate’s role therein.
(3) Unless the cause of termination is an event respecting BCBSA stated in paragraph 15(a) or (b) of the Plan’s license agreement with BCBSA to use the Licensed Marks and Name, the Controlled Affiliate, the Controlling Plans, and any other Licensed Controlled Affiliates of the Controlling Plans shall be jointly liable for payment to BCBSA of an amount equal to $25 multiplied by the number of Licensed Enrollees of the Controlled Affiliate; provided that if any Plan other than a Controlling Plan is permitted by BCBSA to use marks or names licensed by BCBSA in a geographic area in the Region, the payment for Licensed Enrollees in such geographic area shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Licensed Enrollees of the Controlled Affiliate, the Controlling Plans, and any other Licensed Controlled Affiliates of the Controlling Plans in such geographic area and the denominator of which is the total number of Licensed Enrollees in such geographic area. Licensed Enrollee means each and every person and covered dependent who is enrolled as an individual or member of a group receiving products or services sold, marketed or administered under marks or names licensed by BCBSA as determined at the earlier of (i) the end of the last fiscal year of the terminated entity which ended prior to termination or (ii) the fiscal year which ended before any transactions causing the termination began. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount payable pursuant to this subparagraph H. (3) shall be due only to the extent that, in BCBSA’s opinion, it does not cause the net worth of the Controlled Affiliate, the Controlling Plans or any other Licensed Controlled Affiliates of the Controlling Plans to fall below 100% of the Health Risk-Based Capital formula, or its equivalent under any successor formula, as set forth in the applicable financial responsibility standards established by BCBSA (provided such equivalent is approved for purposes of this subparagraph by the affirmative vote of three-fourths of the Plans and three-fourths of the total then current weighted vote of all the Plans); measured as of the date of termination, and adjusted for the value of any transactions not made in the ordinary course of business. This payment shall not be due in connection with transactions exclusively by or among Plans (including the Controlling Plans) or their affiliates, including reorganizations, combinations or mergers, where the BCBSA Board of Directors determines that the license






termination does not result in a material diminution in the number of Licensed Enrollees or the extent of their coverage. In the event that the Controlled Affiliate’s license is reinstated by BCBSA or is deemed to have remained in effect without interruption by a court of competent jurisdiction, BCBSA shall reimburse the Controlled Affiliate (and/or the Controlling Plans or their other Licensed Controlled Affiliates, as the case may be) for payments made under this subparagraph 7.H.(3) only to the extent that such payments exceed the amounts due to BCBSA pursuant to paragraph 7.K. and any costs associated with reestablishing the terminated Controlling Plan’s Service Area or the Region, including any payments made by BCBSA to a Plan or Plans (including the other Controlling Plans), or their Licensed Controlled Affiliates, for purposes of replacing the Controlled Affiliate.
(4) BCBSA shall have the right to audit the books and records of the
Controlled Affiliate, the Controlling Plans, and any other Licensed Controlled Affiliates of the Controlling Plans to verify compliance with this paragraph 7.H.
(5) As to a breach of 7.H.(1), (2), (3) or (4), the parties agree that the
obligations are immediately enforceable in a court of competent jurisdiction. As to a breach of 7.H.(1), (2) or (4) by the Controlled Affiliate, the parties agree there is no adequate remedy at law and BCBSA is entitled to obtain specific performance.
I. BCBSA shall be entitled to enjoin the Controlled Affiliate or any related
party in a court of competent jurisdiction from entry into any transaction which would result in a termination of this Agreement unless a Controlling Plan’s license from BCBSA to use the Licensed Marks and Names has been terminated pursuant to 10(d) of such Controlling Plan’s license agreement upon the required 6 month written notice.
J. BCBSA acknowledges that it is not the owner of assets of the
Controlled Affiliate.
K. In the event this Agreement terminates and is subsequently reinstated
by BCBSA or is deemed to have remained in effect without interruption by a court of competent jurisdiction, the Controlled Affiliate, the Controlling Plans, and any other Licensed Controlled Affiliates of the Controlling Plans shall be jointly liable for reimbursing BCBSA the reasonable costs incurred by BCBSA in connection with the termination and the reinstatement or court action, and any associated legal proceedings, including but not limited to: outside legal fees, consulting fees, public relations fees, advertising costs, and costs incurred to develop, lease or establish an interim provider network. Any amount due to BCBSA under this subparagraph may be waived in whole or in part by the BCBSA Board of Directors in its sole discretion.






8. DISPUTE RESOLUTION
The parties agree that any disputes between or among them or between or among any of them and one or more Plans or Controlled Affiliates of Plans that use in any manner the Blue Shield and Blue Shield Marks and Name are subject to the Mediation and Mandatory Dispute Resolution process attached to and made a part of each Controlling Plan’s License from BCBSA to use the Licensed Marks and Name as Exhibit 5 as amended from time-to-time, which documents are incorporated herein by reference as though fully set forth herein.
9. LICENSE FEE
Controlled Affiliate will pay to BCBSA a fee for this License determined pursuant to the formula(s) set forth in Exhibit B.
10. JOINT VENTURE
Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as creating a joint venture, partnership, agency or employment relationship between the Controlling Plans and Controlled Affiliate or between either and BCBSA.
11. NOTICES AND CORRESPONDENCE
Notices regarding the subject matter of this Agreement or breach or termination thereof shall be in writing and shall be addressed in duplicate to the last known address of each other party, marked respectively to the attention of its President and, if any, its General Counsel.
12. COMPLETE AGREEMENT
This Agreement contains the complete understandings of the parties in relation to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may only be amended by the affirmative vote of three-fourths of the Plans and three-fourths of the total then current weighted vote of all the Plans as officially recorded by the BCBSA Corporate Secretary.
13. SEVERABILITY
If any term of this Agreement is held to be unlawful by a court of competent jurisdiction, such findings shall in no way affect the remaining obligations of the parties hereunder and the court may substitute a lawful term or condition for any unlawful term or condition so long as the effect of such substitution is to provide the parties with the benefits of this Agreement.






14. NONWAIVER
No waiver by BCBSA of any breach or default in performance on the part of Controlled Affiliate or any other licensee of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or default in performance of said terms, covenants or conditions.
14A.      VOTING
For all provisions of this Agreement referring to voting, the term ‘Plans’ shall mean all entities licensed under the Blue Cross License Agreement and/or the Blue Shield License Agreement, and in all votes of the Plans under this Agreement the Plans shall vote together. For weighted votes of the Plans, the Plan shall have a number of votes equal to the number of weighted votes (if any) that it holds as a Blue Cross Plan plus the number of weighted votes (if any) that it holds as a Blue Shield Plan. For all other votes of the Plans, the Plan shall have one vote. For all questions requiring an affirmative three-fourths weighted vote of the Plans, the requirement shall be deemed satisfied with a lesser weighted vote unless the greater of: (i) 6/52 or more of the Plans (rounded to the nearest whole number, with 0.5 or multiples thereof being rounded to the next higher whole number) fail to cast weighted votes in favor of the question; or (ii) three (3) of the Plans fail to cast weighted votes in favor of the question. Notwithstanding the foregoing provision, if there are thirty-nine (39) Plans, the requirement of an affirmative three-fourths weighted vote shall be deemed satisfied with a lesser weighted vote unless four (4) or more Plans fail to cast weighted votes in favor of the question.
15. GOVERNING LAW
This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Illinois.
16. HEADINGS
The headings inserted in this agreement are for convenience only and shall have no bearing on the interpretation hereof.






IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this License Agreement to be executed and effective as of the date of last signature written below.
Controlled Affiliate:
By:     
Date:
    
Controlling Plan:
By:          
Date:
         
Controlling Plan:
By:          
Date:
         
BLUE CROSS AND BLUE SHIELD ASSOCIATION
By:     
Date:
    






EXHIBIT A
CONTROLLED AFFILIATE LICENSE STANDARDS APPLICABLE TO REGIONAL MEDICARE
PART D PRESCRIPTION DRUG PLAN PRODUCTS September 2015
PREAMBLE
The standards for licensing Controlled Affiliates for Medicare Part D Prescription Drug Plan Products are established by BCBSA and are subject to change from time-to-time upon the affirmative vote of three-fourths (3/4) of the Plans and three-fourths (3/4) of the total weighted vote. Each Controlling Plan is required to use a standard Controlled Affiliate license form provided by BCBSA and to cooperate fully in assuring that the licensed Controlled Affiliate maintains compliance with the license standards.
Standard 1 - Organization and Governance
A Controlled Affiliate is defined as an entity organized and operated in such a manner, that it meets the following requirements:
(1) Controlled Affiliate is owned or controlled by two or more Controlling Plans;
(2) Each Controlling Plan is authorized pursuant to a separate Blue Shield License Agreement to use the Licensed Marks in a geographic area in the Region and every geographic area in the Region is so licensed to at least one of the Controlling Plans; and
(3) The Controlling Plans must have the legal authority directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries:
(a) to select members of the Controlled Affiliate’s governing body
having not less than 100% voting control thereof;
(b) prevent any change in the articles of incorporation, bylaws or
other establishing or governing documents of the Controlled Affiliate with which the Controlling Plans do not concur;
(c) exercise control over the policy and operations of the Controlled
Affiliate; and






EXHIBIT A (continued)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in (a) through (c) hereof, the Controlled Affiliate’s establishing or governing documents must also require written approval by each of the Controlling Plans before the Controlled Affiliate can:
(i)
change its legal and/or trade names;
(ii)
change the geographic area in which it operates (except
such approval shall not be required with respect to business of the Controlled Affiliate conducted under the Licensed Marks within the Service Area of one of the Controlling Plans pursuant to a separate controlled affiliate license agreement with BCBSA sponsored by such Controlling Plan);
(iii)
change any of the type(s) of businesses in which it
engages (except such approval shall not be required with respect to business of the Controlled Affiliate conducted under the Licensed Marks within the Service Area of one of the Controlling Plans pursuant to a separate controlled affiliate license agreement with BCBSA sponsored by such Controlling Plan);
(iv)
take any action that any Controlling Plan or BCBSA
reasonably believes will adversely affect the Licensed Marks and Name.
In addition, the Controlling Plans directly or indirectly through wholly-owned subsidiaries shall own 100% of any for-profit Controlled Affiliate.
Standard 2 - Financial Responsibility
A Controlled Affiliate shall be operated in a manner that provides reasonable financial assurance that it can fulfill all of its contractual obligations to its customers.
Standard 3 - State Licensure/Certification
A Controlled Affiliate shall maintain appropriate and unimpaired licensure and certifications.





EXHIBIT A (continued)
Standard 4 - Certain Disclosures
A Controlled Affiliate shall make adequate disclosure in contracting with third parties and in disseminating public statements of:
a. the structure of the Blue Cross and Blue Shield System; and
b. the independent nature of every licensee.
Standard 5 - Reports and Records for Controlled Affiliates
A Controlled Affiliate and/or its Controlling Plans shall furnish, on a timely and accurate basis, reports and records relating to these Standards and the License Agreements between BCBSA and Controlled Affiliate.
Standard 6 - Best Efforts
During each year, a Controlled Affiliate shall use its best efforts to promote and build the value of the Blue Shield Marks.
Standard 7 - Participation in Master Business Associate Agreement
Controlled Affiliates shall comply with the terms of the Business Associate Agreement for Blue Cross and Blue Shield Licensees to the extent they perform the functions of a business associate or subcontractor to a business associate, as defined by the Business Associate Agreement.






EXHIBIT B
ROYALTY FORMULA FOR SECTION 9 OF THE
CONTROLLED AFFILIATE LICENSE AGREEMENTS
APPLICABLE TO REGIONAL MEDICARE PART D PRESCRIPTION DRUG PLAN PRODUCTS
Controlled Affiliate will pay BCBSA a fee for this license in accordance with the following formula:
An amount equal to its pro rata share of each Controlling Plan dues payable to BCBSA computed with the addition of the Controlled Affiliate's members using the Marks on regional PDP products and related services as reported on the Quarterly Enrollment Report with BCBSA. The payment by each Controlling Plan of its dues to BCBSA, including that portion described in this paragraph, will satisfy the requirement of this paragraph, and no separate payment will be necessary.





Amended as of June 14, 2007





EXHIBIT 2
Membership Standards Page 1 of 5
Preamble
The Membership Standards apply to all organizations seeking to become or to continue as Regular Members of the Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association. Any organization seeking to become a Regular Member must be found to be in substantial compliance with all Membership Standards at the time membership is granted and the organization must be found to be in substantial compliance with all Membership Standards for a period of two (2) years preceding the date of its application. If Membership is sought by an entity which controls or is controlled by one or more Plans, such compliance shall be determined on the basis of compliance by such Plan or Plans.
The Regular Member Plans shall have authority to interpret these Standards.
A Regular Member Plan that operates as a “Shell Holding Company” is defined as an entity that assumes no underwriting risk and has less than 1% of the consolidated enterprise assets (excludes investments in subsidiaries) and less than 5% of the consolidated enterprise net general and administrative expenses.
A Regular Member Plan that operates as a “Hybrid Holding Company” is defined as an entity that assumes no underwriting risk and has either more than 1% of the consolidated enterprise assets (excludes investments in subsidiaries) or more than 5% of the consolidated enterprise net general and administrative expenses.
Standard 1:    A Plan shall maintain a governing Board, which shall control the
Plan and ensure that the Plan follows appropriate practices of corporate governance. A Plan's Board shall not be controlled by any special interest group, shall make an annual determination that a majority of its directors are independent, and shall act in the best interest of its Corporation and its customers. The Board shall be composed of a majority of persons other than providers of health care services, who shall be known as public members. A public member shall not be an employee of or have a financial interest in a health care provider, nor be a member of a profession which provides health care services.
Amended as of March 15, 2007





EXHIBIT 2
Membership Standards
Page 2 of 5
Standard 2:    A Plan shall furnish to the Association on a timely and accurate
basis reports and records relating to compliance with these Standards and the License Agreements between the Association and the Plans. Such reports and records are the following:
A.
BCBSA Membership Information Request;
B.
Biennial trade name and service mark usage material, including disclosure material under Standard 7;
C.
Changes in the governance of the Plan, including changes in a Plan's Charter, Articles of Incorporation, or Bylaws, changes in a Plan's Board composition, or changes in the identity of the Plan's Principal Officers;
D.
Quarterly Financial Report, Semi-annual “Health Risk-Based Capital (HRBC) Report” as defined by the NAIC, Annual Budget, Annual Certified Audit Report, Insurance Department Examination Report, Annual Statement filed with State Insurance Department (with all attachments), Plan, Subsidiary and Affiliate Report; and
Plans that are a Shell Holding Company as defined in the Preamble hereto are required to furnish only a calendar year-end “Health Risk-Based Capital (HRBC) Report” as defined by the NAIC.









Amended as of November 17, 2011





EXHIBIT 2
Membership Standards Page 3 of 5
E.
Quarterly Enrollment Report, Quarterly Member Touchpoint Measures Index (MTM) through 12/31/2011, and Semiannual MTM Index starting 1/1/2012 and thereafter.
For purposes of MTM reporting only, a Plan shall file a separate MTM report for each Geographic Market.
Standard 3:    A Plan shall be operated in a manner that provides
reasonable financial assurance that it can fulfill its contractual obligations to its customers.
Standard 4:    A Plan shall be operated in a manner responsive to customer
needs and requirements.
Standard 5:    A Plan shall effectively and efficiently participate in each
national program as from time to time may be adopted by the Member Plans for the purposes of providing portability of membership between the Plans and ease of claims processing for customers receiving benefits outside of the Plan's Service Area.
Such programs are applicable to Blue Cross and Blue Shield Plans, and include:
A.
Inter-Plan Teleprocessing System (ITS);
B.
BlueCard Program;
C.
National Account Programs;
D.
Business Associate Agreement for Blue Cross and Blue Shield Licensees, effective April 14, 2003; and
E.
Inter-Plan Medicare Advantage Program.





Amended as of November 21, 2014





EXHIBIT 2
Membership Standards Page 4 of 5
Standard 6:    In addition to requirements under the national programs listed
in Standard 5: Participation in National Programs, a Plan shall take such action as required to ensure its financial performance in programs and contracts of an inter-Plan
nature or where the Association is a party.
Standard 7:    A Plan shall make adequate disclosure in contracting with
third parties and in disseminating public statements of (i) the structure of the Blue Cross and Blue Shield System, (ii) the independent nature of every Plan, and (iii) the Plan's financial condition.
Standard 8:    A Plan shall cooperate with the Association's Board of
Directors and its Brand Enhancement & Protection Committee in the administration of the Plan Performance Response Process and in addressing Plan performance problems identified thereunder.
Standard 9:    A Plan shall obtain a rating of its financial strength from an
independent rating agency approved by the Association's Board of Directors for such purpose.
Standard 10:    Notwithstanding any other provision in this License
Agreement, during each year, a Plan and its Controlled Affiliate(s) engaged in providing licensable services (excluding Life Insurance and Charitable Foundation Services) shall use their best efforts to promote and build the value of the Blue Shield Marks.
Standard 11:    Neither a Plan nor any Larger Controlled Affiliate shall cause
or permit an entity other than a Plan or a Licensed Controlled Affiliate thereof to obtain control of the Plan or Larger Controlled Affiliate or to acquire a substantial portion of its assets related to licensable services.
Amended as of June 16, 2005





EXHIBIT 2
Membership Standards Page 5 of 5
Standard 12:    No provider network, or portion thereof, shall be rented or
otherwise made available to a National Competitor if the Licensed Marks or Names are used in any way with such network.
A provider network may be rented or otherwise made available, provided there is no use of the Licensed Marks or Names with respect to the network being rented.
Standard 13:    Each Plan shall operate in a manner to reasonably: 1) protect
the security and confidentiality of Personally Identifiable Information (PII) and Protected Health Information (PHI); 2) protect the Brands from reputational damage; and 3) cooperate with BCBSA and other Plans if a data security incident or data breach occurs.
Amended as of June 18, 2015





EXHIBIT 3
GUIDELINES WITH RESPECT TO USE OF
LICENSED NAME AND MARKS IN CONNECTION WITH NATIONAL ACCOUNTS
Page 1 of 3
1. The strength of the Blue Cross/Blue Shield National Accounts mechanism, and the continued provision of cost effective, quality health care benefits to National Accounts, are predicated on locally managed provider networks coordinated on a national scale in a manner consistent with effective service to National Account customers and consistent with the preservation of the integrity of the Blue Cross/Blue Shield system and the Licensed Marks. These guidelines shall be interpreted in keeping with such ends.
2. A National Account is an entity with employee and/or retiree locations in more than one Plan's Service Area. Unless otherwise agreed, a National Account is deemed located in the Service Area in which the corporate headquarters of the National Account is located. A local plant, office or division headquarters of an entity may be deemed a separate National Account when that local plant, office or division headquarters 1) has employee locations in more than one Service Area, and 2) has independent health benefit decision-making authority for the employees working at such local plant, office or division headquarters and for employees working at other locations outside the Service Area. In such a case, the local plant, office or division headquarters is a National Account that is deemed located in the Service Area in which such local plant, office or division headquarters is located. The Control Plan of a National Account is the Plan in whose Service Area the National Account is located. A participating ("Par") Plan is a Plan in whose Service Area the National Account has employee and/or retiree locations, but in which the National Account is not located. In the event that a National Account parent company consolidates health benefit-decision making for itself and its wholly-owned subsidiary companies, the parent company and the subsidiary companies shall be considered one National Account. The Control Plan for such a National Account shall be the Plan in whose Service Area the parent company headquarters is located.
3. The National Account Guidelines enunciated herein below shall be applicable only with respect to the business of new National Accounts acquired after January 1, 1991.
4. Control Plans shall utilize National Account identification cards complying with
then currently effective BCBSA graphic standards in connection with all National Accounts business to facilitate administration thereof, to minimize subscriber and provider confusion, and to reflect a commitment to cooperation among Plans.
Amended as of June 12, 2003





Exhibit 3 Page 2 of 3
5. Disputes among Plans and/or BCBSA as to the interpretation or implementation of these Guidelines or as to other National Accounts issues shall be submitted to mediation and mandatory dispute resolution as provided in the License Agreement. For two years from the effective date of the License Agreement, however, such disputes shall be subject to mediation only, with the results of such mediation to be collected and reported in order to establish more definitive operating parameters for National Accounts business and to serve as ground rules for future binding dispute resolution.
6. The Control Plan may use the BlueCard Program (as defined by IPPC) to deliver benefits to employees and non-Medicare eligible retirees in a Participating Plan’s service area if an alternative arrangement with the Participating Plan cannot be negotiated. The Participating Plan’s minimum servicing requirement for those employees and non-Medicare retirees in its service area is to deliver benefits using the BlueCard Program. Account delivery is subject to the policies, provisions and procedures of the BlueCard Program.
7. For provider payments in a Participating Plan’s area (on non-BlueCard claims),
payment to the provider may be made by the Participating Plan or the Control Plan at the Participating Plan's option. If the Participating Plan elects to pay the provider, it may not withhold payment of a claim verified by the Control Plan or its designated processor, and payment must be in conformity with service criteria established by the Board of Directors of BCBSA (or an authorized committee thereof) to assure prompt payment, good service and minimum confusion with providers and subscribers. The Control Plan, at the Participating Plan's request, will also assure that measures are taken to protect the confidentiality of the data pertaining to provider reimbursement levels and profiles.










Amended as of June 14, 1996





Exhibit 3 Page 3 of 3

8. The Control Plan, in its financial agreements with a National Account, is expected to reasonably reflect the aggregate amount of differentials passed along to the Control Plan by all Participating Plans in a National Account.
9. Other than in contracting with health care providers or soliciting such contracts in areas contiguous to a Plan's Service Area in order to serve its subscribers or those of its licensed Controlled Affiliate residing or working in its Service Area, a Control Plan may not use the Licensed Marks and/or Name, as a tag line or otherwise, to negotiate directly with providers outside its Service Area.































Amended as of March 13, 2003





EXHIBIT 4
GOVERNMENT PROGRAMS AND CERTAIN OTHER USES
Page 1 of 14
1. A Plan and its licensed Controlled Affiliate may use the Licensed Marks and Name in bidding on and executing a contract to serve a Government Program, and in thereafter communicating with the Government concerning the Program. With respect, however, to such contracts entered into after the 1st day of January, 1991, the Licensed Marks and Name will not be used in communications or transactions with beneficiaries or providers in the Government Program located outside a Plan's Service Area, unless the Plan can demonstrate to the satisfaction of BCBSA's governing body that such a restriction on use of the Licensed Marks and Name will jeopardize its ability to procure the contract for the Government Program. As to both existing and future contracts for Government Programs, Plans will discontinue use of the Licensed Marks and Name as to beneficiaries and Providers outside their Service Area as expeditiously as circumstances reasonably permit. Effective January 1, 1995, except as provided in the first sentence above, all use by a Plan of the Licensed Marks and Name in Government Programs outside of the Plan's Service Area shall be discontinued. Incidental communications outside a Plan's Service Area with resident or former resident beneficiaries of the Plan, and other categories of necessary incidental communications approved by BCBSA, are not prohibited. For purposes of this Paragraph 1, the term “Government Programs” shall mean Medicare Part A, Medicare Part B and other non-risk government programs.
2. In connection with activity otherwise in furtherance of the License
Agreement, a Plan and its Controlled Affiliates that are licensed to use the Licensed Marks and Name in its Service Area pursuant to the Controlled Affiliate License Agreements authorized in clauses a) through c) of Paragraph 2 of the Plan’s License Agreement with BCBSA may use the Licensed Marks and Name outside the Plan’s Service Area in the following circumstances which are deemed legitimate and necessary and not likely to cause consumer confusion:
2.1    Common Business Communications
a.
sending letterhead, envelopes, and similar items solely for administrative purposes (e.g., not for purposes of marketing, advertising, promoting, selling or soliciting the sale of health care plans and related services);
b.
distributing business cards other than in marketing and selling;
c.
advertising in publications or electronic media solely to persons for employment;

Amended as of June 19, 2014





EXHIBIT 4 Page 2 of 14
2.2    Marketing Spillover
a.
advertising in print, electronic or other media which serve, as a substantial market, the Service Area of the Plan or licensed Controlled Affiliate, provided that no Plan or Controlled Affiliate may advertise outside its Service Area on the national broadcast and cable networks and that advertisements in national print media are limited to the smallest regional edition encompassing the Service Area;
b.
advertising by direct mail where the addressee's zip code plus 4 includes, at least in part, the Plan's Service Area or that of a licensed Controlled Affiliate;
2.3    Provider Contracting
a.
contracting with health care providers or soliciting such contracts in areas contiguous to the Plan's Service Area in order to serve its subscribers or those of such licensed Controlled Affiliates residing or working in its service area;
b.
issuing a small sign containing the legal name or trade name of the Plan or such licensed Controlled Affiliates for display by a provider to identify the latter as a participating provider of the Plan or Controlled Affiliate;
c.
negotiating rates with a health care provider for services to a specific member, provided that all of the following conditions are met:
(1)
the health care provider does not have a contract, applicable to the services rendered or to be rendered, with the Licensee (or any of the Licensees in the case of overlapping Service Areas) in whose Service Area the health care provider is located; and
(2)
the Plan or Controlled Affiliate reasonably determines that the member did/does not have a reasonable opportunity to access a participating provider whose contract applies to the services rendered or to be rendered; and
(3)
at least one of the following circumstances exists:
Amended as of June 19, 2014





EXHIBIT 4
Page 3 of 14
(i)
the member received emergency services and the Plan or Controlled Affiliate knows or reasonably anticipates that the charges on the claim will meet or exceed $5,000; or
(ii)
a provider, in consultation pre- or post- treatment with the Plan or Controlled Affiliate, makes/made a treatment recommendation or referral to a non-par provider or to a par provider whose contract does not apply to the services to be rendered; or
(iii)
the member inadvertently accessed a non-par provider or non-contracted services in the course of receiving services from a par provider (e.g., the member sees a non-par consulting specialist in a participating hospital); and
(4)    the Licensee (and in the case of overlapping Service Areas, all
of the Licensees) in whose Service Area the health care provider is located consent(s) in advance.
d.    contracting with a pharmacy management organization (“Pharmacy
Intermediary”) to gain access to a national or regional pharmacy network to provide self-administered prescription drugs to deliver a pharmacy benefit for all of the Plan’s or licensed Controlled Affiliate’s members nationwide, provided, however, that the Pharmacy Intermediary may not use the Licensed Marks or Name in contracting with the pharmacy providers in such network;
Amended as of June 19, 2014





EXHIBIT 4
Page 4 of 14
e.
contracting with the corporate owner of a national or regional retail pharmacy chain to gain access to the pharmacies in the chain to provide self-administered prescription drugs to deliver a pharmacy benefit for all of the Plan’s or licensed Controlled Affiliate’s members nationwide, provided that (1) the Plan and the Controlled Affiliate may not contract directly with pharmacists or pharmacy stores outside the Plan’s Service Area, and (2) neither the Plan’s or the Controlled Affiliate’s name nor the Licensed Marks or Name may be posted or otherwise displayed at or by any pharmacy store outside the Plan’s Service Area;
f.
contracting with a dental management organization (“Dental Intermediary”) to gain access to a national or regional dental network to deliver a routine dental benefit for all of the Plan’s or licensed Controlled Affiliate’s members nationwide, provided, however, that the Dental Intermediary may not use the Licensed Marks or Name in contracting with the dental providers in such network;
g.
contracting with a vision management organization (“Vision Intermediary”) to gain access to a national or regional vision network to deliver a routine vision benefit for all of the Plan’s or licensed Controlled Affiliate’s members nationwide, provided, however, that the Vision Intermediary may not use the Licensed Marks or Name in contracting with the vision providers in such network;
h.
contracting with an independent clinical laboratory for analysis and clinical assessment of specimens that are collected within the Plan’s Service Area;
i.
contracting with a durable medical equipment or home medical equipment company for durable medical equipment and supplies and home medical equipment and supplies that are shipped to a location within the Plan’s Service Area;
j.
contracting with a specialty pharmaceutical company for non-routine biological therapeutics that are ordered by a health care professional located within the Plan’s Service Area;





EXHIBIT 4 Page 5 of 14
k.
contracting with a company that operates provider sites in the Plan’s Service Area, provided that the contract is solely for services rendered at a site (e.g., hospital, mobile van) that is within the Plan’s Service Area;
l.
contracting with a company that makes health care professionals available in the Plan’s Service Area (e.g., traveling home health nurse), provided that the contract is solely for services rendered by health care professionals who are located within the Plan’s Service Area.
2.4    Services to National Accounts
a.    in conjunction with contracting with a National Account as Control
Licensee or Alternate Control Licensee (as those terms are defined in the Inter-Plan Programs Policies and Provisions (“IP Policies”)) to offer Blue-branded Health Coverage to the National Account, offering Blue-branded Health and Wellness Programs to all members of the National Account, including members who have not enrolled in the Blue-branded Health Coverage (“non-Blue Health Coverage members”), provided that:
(i)
the Plan and/or Licensed Controlled Affiliate has no contact or interaction with providers outside of the Plan’s Service Area, except as specifically provided in the IP Policies and in 2.4(b); and
(ii)
if in accordance with IP Policies another Licensee is soliciting or servicing under the Brands a local plant, office or division of the account that is outside of the Plan’s Service Area, the Plan and/or licensed Controlled Affiliate may not offer Blue-branded Health and Wellness Programs to any employees working at such local plant, office or division without the consent of such other Licensee; and
(iii)
if the Plan and/or licensed Controlled Affiliate provides an information card to the non-Blue Health Coverage members, the card may not display the Symbols in the masthead, must contain a prominent disclosure conveying that it is not a health insurance card, and otherwise must be designed so that it is dissimilar to a Blue member identification card.
Amended as of March 26, 2015





EXHIBIT 4 Page 6 of 14
For purposes of this subparagraph a, the following definitions apply:
“Health and Wellness Program” shall mean a program that includes
at least one of the following elements or a related element:
– Health Risk Assessment and/or Preventive Screenings
– Exercise and Fitness Programs
– Health and Wellness Events (e.g., attendance at a health fair, a 5K
walk)
– Nutrition and Weight Management
– Health Education (e.g., smoking cessation classes)
– Prenatal and Parenting Education
– Disease or Chronic Condition Management
The above listing is intended to represent examples of the types of programs that may be offered, and other programs, including those offered through different media such as the internet or telephonically, may also be deemed Health and Wellness programs.
“Health Coverage” shall mean providing or administering medical, surgical, hospital, major medical, or catastrophic coverage, or any HMO, PPO, POS or other managed care plan for the foregoing services.
2.4    Services to National Accounts (continued)
b.    as part of a Health and Wellness Program that is otherwise compliant
with Brand Regulation 4.11.4(a), contracting with a health and wellness organization to gain access to providers to deliver a discrete health and wellness event (“Event”) held at a National Account’s worksite outside of the Licensee’s Service Area, provided that:
(i) the services delivered at the Event are limited to fingerstick screenings for cholesterol and glucose, seasonal flu immunizations, blood pressure measurements, body mass index measurements, and other routine screenings, immunizations and measurements; and
(ii) neither such services nor their costs are applied as claims against any benefit plan; and
(iii) the Event is presented during one or more limited periods during a benefit year and is available to all employees at the worksite.
Amended as of March 26, 2015





EXHIBIT 4 Page 7 of 14
c.    in conjunction with contracting with a National Account as Control
Licensee or Alternate Control Licensee to offer Blue-branded Health Coverage to the National Account, performing the Eligibility and Enrollment functions of HR administration for all benefit plans offered by the National Account to its members, including benefit plans that are not underwritten or administered by the Plan, provided that:
(i)
in performing such functions, the Plan and/or licensed Controlled Affiliate does not use the Brands in any communications with health care providers outside of the Plan’s Service Area, and otherwise limits its use of the Brands outside of the Service Area to communications with the account’s members, the other benefit plan providers with which the account has contracted and other reasonably necessary communications to perform such functions; and
(ii)
if in accordance with IP Policies another Licensee is soliciting or servicing under the Brands a local plant, office or division of the account that is outside of the Plan’s Service Area, the Plan and/or licensed Controlled Affiliate may not perform Eligibility and Enrollment functions for employees working at such local plant, office or division without the consent of such other Licensee;
For purposes of this subparagraph b, the following definitions apply: “Health Coverage” has the meaning set forth in subparagraph 2.4.a.









Amended as of March 26, 2015





EXHIBIT 4
Page 8 of 14
“Eligibility” means services that manage the account’s eligibility data and determine or process determinations relating to eligibility for benefit plans offered by the account to its employees, including such services as:

monitoring and auditing data to ensure that only entitled
individuals are enrolled in each such benefit plan;
review of eligibility documentation (e.g. marriage licenses, birth certificates, student status verification letters, employment records);
identification of key member segments such as over-age dependents, part-time employees, employees reaching certain milestones (e.g. Medicare-eligible, retirees);
termination of coverage for those individuals found to be ineligible for coverage under a benefit plan, and, if applicable, generation of a COBRA event; and
management of “hour-banking” for union environments in which union members can bank hours to remain eligible for benefits.
“Enrollment” means services that enroll eligible individuals and their spouses/dependents or terminate or change their enrollment in the account’s benefit plans on an ongoing basis and during open enrollment periods, including such services as:
the coordination of each step in open enrollment process from project planning and system set-up to the generation of confirmation statements;
ongoing enrollment support for new hires and changes due to life events and work status adjustments;
evidence of insurability (EOI) administration for life and disability coverage;
transmission of eligibility/enrollment information to the account’s benefit plan providers;
review and reconciliation of error reports received from the account’s benefit plan providers; and
transmission of information to the account’s payroll system (e.g., benefit deductions, employee demographic data).

Amended as of March 26, 2015






EXHIBIT 4 Page 9 of 14
2.5 Knowledge Sharing
a.
submitting scholarly articles authored or co-authored by the Plan or Controlled Affiliate or its respective employees for publication in peer-reviewed journals;
b.
permitting an internal representative of the Licensee (e.g., officer, employee) to speak or present at a conference or symposium outside of the Licensee’s Service Area regarding either (i) healthcare financing, administration, delivery or policy, or (ii) topics within the representative’s functional discipline or expertise at the Licensee, for which the event sponsor will issue communications to promote, administer, and/or recap the event that will identify the Licensee’s representative as a participant. The communications outside of the Licensee’s Service Area that mention the Licensee’s representative shall be limited to materials and digital media provided to attendees, on-site signage, advertising in relevant trade publications, direct mail and email to attendees and prospective attendees, and the sponsor’s website, Participation in any conference or symposium outside of the Licensee’s Service Area may not be for the purpose of marketing or selling products or services.
If the Licensee’s representative wishes to use the Brands in any manner, including use in his/her title, when participating as a speaker or presenter outside of the Licensee’s Service Area about a topic that is not related to healthcare financing, administration, delivery, or policy, or to topics within the representative’s functional discipline or expertise at the Licensee, the Licensee must notify BCBSA and receive prior approval from BCBSA before participating.
Amended as of March 26, 2015





EXHIBIT 4 Page 10 of 14

2.6     Other Uses
a.
entering into a license agreement between and among BCBSA, the Plan and a debit card issuer located outside the Plan’s Service Area, and entering into a corresponding operating agreement or agreements, in order to offer a debit card bearing the Licensed Marks and Name to eligible persons as defined by the aforementioned license agreement;
b.
appearing in communications issued by an independent third party to recognize outstanding performance of the Plan or Controlled Affiliate or a member of the Plan’s or Controlled Affiliate’s senior management as part of an established program of the third party for which the Plan has provided information to be considered for the recognition, provided that such use complies with regulations of general application specifically prescribed by BCBSA from time to time;
c.
to identify itself as being a joint sponsor of an event, program or activity along with other Plans or such Plans’ licensed Controlled Affiliates, provided that such use complies with regulations of general application specifically prescribed by BCBSA from time to time;
d.
hosting meetings or events (collectively, “events”) in Washington, D.C. related to policy and business issues in the Licensee’s Service Area, or hosting events in conjunction with the assemblies or conventions of national political parties. Such events may not involve marketing or selling products or services. Use of the Brands outside the Licensee’s Service Area in connection with such events shall be limited to materials and digital media provided to attendees and prospective attendees and onsite signage. For any such events in Washington, D.C. that are open to attendees other than government officials or their staffs, or are briefings open to all Congressional staff, or are otherwise likely to receive media coverage, the Licensee is required to provide advance notice to BCBSA. For events hosted outside of Washington, D.C. in conjunction with the assemblies or conventions of national political parties, the Licensee is required to provide advance notice to BCGSA and to the local Plan;




Amended as of March 26, 2015





EXHIBIT 4 Page 11 of 14
e.    permitting an affiliate that is not licensed to use the Licensed Marks to
identify its corporate relationship with the Plan, provided that such use complies with regulations of general application specifically prescribed by BCBSA from time to time.
3.     In connection with activity otherwise in furtherance of the License Agreement, a Controlled Affiliate that is licensed to use the Licensed Marks and Name pursuant to a Controlled Affiliate License Agreement authorized in clauses d) or e) of Paragraph 2 of the Plan’s License Agreement with BCBSA may use the Licensed Marks and Name outside the Region (as that term is defined in such respective Controlled Affiliate License Agreements) in the following circumstances which are deemed legitimate and necessary and not likely to cause consumer confusion:
a.
sending letterhead, envelopes, and similar items solely for administrative purposes (e.g., not for purposes of marketing, advertising, promoting, selling or soliciting the sale of health care plans and related services);
b.
distributing business cards other than in marketing and selling;
c.
contracting with health care providers or soliciting such contracts in areas contiguous to the Region in order to serve its subscribers residing in the Region, provided that the Controlled Affiliate may not use the names of any of its Controlling Plans in connection with such contracting unless the provider is located in a geographic area that is also contiguous to such Controlling Plan’s Service Area;
d.
issuing a small sign containing the legal name or trade name of the Controlled Affiliate for display by a provider to identify the latter as a participating provider of the Controlled Affiliate, provided that the Controlled Affiliate may not use the names of any of its Controlling Plans on such signs unless the provider is located in a geographic area that is also contiguous to such Controlling Plan’s Service Area;
e.
advertising in publications or electronic media solely to persons for employment;



Amended as of March 26, 2015





EXHIBIT 4
Page 12 of 14
f.
advertising in print, electronic or other media which serve, as a substantial market, the Region, provided that the Controlled Affiliate may not advertise outside its Region on the national broadcast and cable networks and that advertisements in national print media are limited to the smallest regional edition encompassing the Region, and provided further that any such advertising by the Controlled Affiliate may not reference the name of any of its Controlling Plans unless the respective Controlling Plan is authorized under paragraph 2 of this Exhibit 4 to advertise in such media;
g.
advertising by direct mail where the addressee's zip code plus 4 includes, at least in part, the Region, provided that such advertising by the Controlled Affiliate may not reference the name of any of its Controlling Plans unless the respective Controlling Plan is authorized under paragraph 2 of this Exhibit 4 to send direct mail to such zip code plus 4.
h.
[Intentionally left blank, pending review by the Inter-Plan Programs Committee of the applicability of the case management rule to such Controlled Affiliates.]
i.
contracting with a pharmacy management organization (“Pharmacy Intermediary”) to gain access to a national or regional pharmacy network to provide self-administered prescription drugs to deliver a pharmacy benefit for the Controlled Affiliate’s regional Medicare Advantage PPO or regional Medicare Part D Prescription Drug members enrolled under the Licensed Marks pursuant to such respective Controlled Affiliate License Agreements, provided, however, that the Pharmacy Intermediary may not use the Licensed Marks or Name in contracting with the pharmacy providers in such network;
j.
contracting with the corporate owner of a national or regional retail pharmacy chain to gain access to the pharmacies in the chain to provide self-administered prescription drugs to deliver a pharmacy benefit to the Controlled Affiliate’s regional Medicare Advantage PPO or regional Medicare Part D Prescription Drug members enrolled under the Licensed Marks pursuant to such respective






EXHIBIT 4
Page 13 of 14
Controlled Affiliate License Agreements, provided that (1) the Controlled Affiliate may not contract directly with pharmacists or pharmacy stores outside the Region, and (2) neither the Controlled Affiliate’s name nor the Licensed Marks or Name may be posted or otherwise displayed at or by any pharmacy store outside the Region;
k.
contracting with a dental management organization (“Dental
Intermediary”) to gain access to a national or regional dental network to deliver a routine dental benefit for the Controlled Affiliate’s regional Medicare Advantage PPO members enrolled under the Licensed Marks pursuant to such Controlled Affiliate License Agreement, provided, however, that the Dental Intermediary may not use the Licensed Marks or Name in contracting with the dental providers in such network;
l.
contracting with a vision management organization (“Vision Intermediary”) to gain access to a national or regional vision network to deliver a routine vision benefit for the Controlled Affiliate’s regional Medicare Advantage members enrolled under the Licensed Marks pursuant to such Controlled Affiliate License Agreement, provided, however, that the Vision Intermediary may not use the Licensed Marks or Name in contracting with the vision providers in such network;
m.
contracting with an independent clinical laboratory for analysis and
clinical assessment of specimens that are collected within the Controlled Affiliate’s Region;
n.
contracting with a durable medical equipment or home medical
equipment company for durable medical equipment and supplies and home medical equipment and supplies that are shipped to a location within the Controlled Affiliate’s Region;
o.
contracting with a specialty pharmaceutical company for non-routine
biological therapeutics that are ordered by a health care professional located within the Region;
p.
contracting with a company that operates provider sites in the Region,
provided that the contract is solely for services rendered at a site (e.g., hospital, mobile van) that is within the Region;





EXHIBIT 4 Page 14 of 14
q.    contracting with a company that makes health care professionals
available in the Region (e.g., traveling home health nurse), provided that the contract is solely for services rendered by health care professionals who are located within the Region.
4.
BCBSA shall retain the right to use the Licensed Marks in conjunction with the Federal Employee Program and with any other national offering made to federal employees pursuant to the Federal Employees Health Benefits Program (FEHBP), including the right to license such use to its vendors, but only in the following manner.
a.
the Licensed Marks may only be used by BCBSA with the term “Federal Employee Program”, “Federal”, “FEP”, or similar language identifying the program as a benefit program for federal employees;
b.
the Licensed Marks may not be used by BCBSA with the name(s) of a specific Plan or Plans and;
c.
any use by BCBSA in conjunction with a new national FEHBP
program proposed after the enactment of this amendment will require the approval of the BCBSA Board of Directors.
5. Where required by applicable state or local law or regulation, a Plan or its licensed Controlled Affiliate may submit documents that contain the Brands to, and file forms that contain the Brands with, state or local regulators in a state not included in its Service Area, provided that it gives reasonable advance notice to the local Plan of its intent to submit such documents or file such forms. Notwithstanding, in no event may a Plan or its licensed Controlled Affiliate use the Brands to register, or to obtain or maintain a license, a certificate of authority, or an equivalent document authorizing it to act as a risk-bearing entity or third party administrator in a state not included in its Service Area. If the local Plan advises BCBSA that it believes its License Agreement has been or would be violated by any submission or filing, BCBSA shall determine whether such submission or filing is required by state or local law or regulation and violates the License Agreement, subject to the Plan’s or licensed Controlled Affiliate’s rights to obtain an independent review of such determination under Paragraph 9(a) and Exhibit 5 of its License Agreement or Paragraph 8 of the Controlled Affiliate License. For purposes of this paragraph, “local Plan” is defined as each Plan whose Service Area includes all or part of the state in which the foregoing applicable state or local law or regulation has been enacted.
Amended as of March 26, 2015





EXHIBIT 5
Page 1 of 23
MEDIATION AND MANDATORY DISPUTE RESOLUTION (MMDR) RULES
The Blue Cross and Blue Shield Plans ("Plans") and the Blue Cross Blue Shield Association ("BCBSA") recognize and acknowledge that the Blue Cross and Blue Shield system is a unique nonprofit and for-profit system offering cost effective health care financing and services. The Plans and BCBSA desire to utilize Mediation and Mandatory Dispute Resolution (“MMDR”) to avoid expensive and time-consuming litigation that may otherwise occur in the federal and state judicial systems. Even MMDR should be viewed, however, as methods of last resort, all other procedures for dispute resolution having failed. Except as otherwise provided in the License Agreements, the Plans, their Controlled Affiliates and BCBSA agree to submit all disputes to MMDR pursuant to these Rules and in lieu of litigation.
1.     Initiation of Proceedings
A. Pre-MMDR Efforts
Before filing a Complaint to invoke the MMDR process, the CEO of a complaining party, or his/her designated representative, shall undertake good faith efforts with the other side(s) to try to resolve any dispute.
B. Complaint
To commence a proceeding, the complaining party (or parties) shall provide by certified mail, return receipt requested, a written Complaint to the BCBSA Corporate Secretary (which shall also constitute service on BCBSA if it is a respondent) and to any Plan(s) and/or Controlled Affiliate(s) named therein. The Complaint shall contain:
i.
identification of the complaining party (or parties) requesting the proceeding;
ii.
identification of the respondent(s);
iii.
identification of any other persons or entities who are interested in a resolution of the dispute;
iv.
a full statement describing the nature of the dispute;
v.
identification of all of the issues that are being submitted for resolution;

Amended as of November 21, 1996






EXHIBIT 5 Page 2 of 23
vi.
the remedy sought;
vii.
a statement as to whether the complaining party (or parties) elect(s) first to pursue Mediation;
viii.
any request, if applicable, that the matter be handled on an expedited basis and the reasons therefor; and
ix.
a statement signed by the CEO of the complaining party affirming that the CEO has undertaken efforts, or has directed efforts to be undertaken, to resolve the dispute before resorting to the MMDR process.
The complaining party (or parties) shall file and serve with the Complaint copies of all documents which the party (or parties) intend(s) to offer at the Arbitration Hearing and a statement identifying the witnesses the party (or parties) intend(s) to present at the Hearing, along with a summary of each witness' expected testimony.
C.     Answer
Within twenty (20) days after receipt of the Complaint, each respondent shall serve on BCBSA and on the complaining party (or parties):
i.
a full Answer to the aforesaid Complaint;
ii.
a statement of any Counterclaims against the complaining party (or parties), providing with respect thereto the information specified in Paragraph 1.B., above;
iii.
a statement as to whether the respondent elects to first pursue Mediation; and
iv.
any request, if applicable, that the matter be handled on an expedited basis and the reasons therefor.
The respondent(s) shall file and serve with the Answer or by the date of the Initial Conference set forth in Paragraph 3.C., below, copies of all documents which the respondent(s) intend(s) to offer at the Arbitration Hearing and a statement identifying the witnesses the party (or parties) intend(s) to present at the Hearing, along with a summary of each witness' expected testimony.


Amended as of September 20, 2007





EXHIBIT 5 Page 3 of 23
D.     Reply To Counterclaim
Within ten (10) days after receipt of any Counterclaim, the complaining party (or parties) shall serve on BCBSA and on the responding party (or parties) a Reply to the Counterclaim. Such Reply must provide the same information required by Paragraph 1.C., above.
2.     Mediation
To facilitate the mediation of disputes between or among BCBSA, the Plans and/or their Controlled Affiliates, the BCBSA Board has provided for Mediation under these Rules. Mediation may be pursued in lieu of or in an effort to obviate the Mandatory Dispute Resolution process, and all parties are strongly urged, but not required, to exhaust the mediation procedure provided for herein. In the event any party refuses to proceed with Mediation, the parties shall proceed immediately to Mandatory Dispute Resolution, as provided in Section 3.
A. Selection of Mediators
If all parties agree to pursue Mediation, they shall promptly attempt to agree upon: (i) the number of mediators desired, not to exceed three mediators; and (ii) the selection of experienced mediator(s) from an independent entity to mediate all disputes set forth in the Complaint and Answer (and Counterclaim and Reply, if any). In the event the parties are unable to agree upon the selection or number of mediators, both within five (5) days of the service of the Answer or Reply to Counterclaim, whichever is later, the BCBSA Corporate Secretary shall immediately refer the matter to a nationally recognized professional ADR organization (such as CPR or JAMS) for mediation by a single mediator to be selected by the ADR organization.
B. Binding Decision
Before the Mediation Hearing described below, the BCBSA Corporate Secretary shall contact the parties to determine whether they wish to be bound by any recommendation of the selected mediator(s) for resolution of the disputes. If all wish to be bound, the Corporate Secretary will send appropriate documentation to them for their signatures before the Mediation Hearing begins.


Amended as of September 20, 2007





EXHIBIT 5 Page 4 of 23
C.     Mediation Procedure
The Mediator(s) shall apply the mediation procedures and processes provided for herein (not the rules of the ADR organization with which they are affiliated) and shall promptly advise the parties of a scheduled Mediation Hearing date. Unless a party requests an expedited procedure, or unless all parties to the proceeding agree to one or more extensions of time, the Mediation Hearing set forth below shall be completed within forty (40) days of BCBSA's receipt of the Complaint. The selected mediator(s), unless the parties otherwise agree, shall adhere to the following procedure:
i.
Each party must be represented by its CEO or other representative who has been delegated full authority to resolve the dispute. However, parties may send additional representatives as they see fit.
ii.
Each party will be given one-half hour to present its case, beginning with the complaining party (or parties), followed by the other party or parties. The parties are free to structure their presentations as they see fit, using oral statements or direct examination of witnesses. However, neither cross-examination nor questioning of opposing representatives will be permitted. At the close of each presentation, the selected mediator(s) will be given an opportunity to ask questions of the presenters and witnesses. All parties must be present throughout the Mediation Hearing. The selected mediator(s) may extend the time allowed for each party's presentation at the Mediation Hearing. The selected mediator(s) may meet in executive session, outside the presence of the parties, or may meet with the parties separately, to discuss the controversy.
iii.
After the close of the presentations, the parties will attempt to negotiate a settlement of the dispute. If the parties desire, the selected mediators, or any one or more of the selected mediator(s), will sit in on the negotiations.
Amended as of September 20, 2007





EXHIBIT 5 Page 5 of 23
iv.
After the close of the presentations, the selected mediator(s) may meet privately to agree upon a recommendation for resolution of the dispute which would be submitted to the parties for their consideration and approval. If the parties have previously agreed to be bound by the results of this procedure, this recommendation shall be binding upon the parties.
v.
The purpose of the Mediation Hearing is to assist the parties to settle their grievances short of mandatory dispute resolution. As a result, the Mediation Hearing has been designed to be as informal as possible. Rules of evidence shall not apply. There will be no transcript of the proceedings, and no party may make a tape recording of the Mediation Hearing.
vi.
In order to facilitate a free and open discussion, the Mediation proceeding shall remain confidential. A "Stipulation to Confidentiality" which prohibits future use of settlement offers, all position papers or other statements furnished to the selected mediator(s), and decisions or recommendations in any Mediation proceeding shall be executed by each party.
vii.
Upon request of the selected mediator(s), or one of the parties, BCBSA staff may also submit documentation at any time during the proceedings.
D.     Notice of Termination of Mediation
If the Mediation cannot be completed within the prescribed or agreed time period due to the lack of cooperation of any party, as determined by the selected mediator(s), or if the Mediation does not result in a final resolution of all disputes at the Mediation Hearing or within ten (10) days after the Mediation Hearing, any party or any one of the selected mediator(s) shall so notify the BCBSA Corporate Secretary, who shall promptly issue a Notice of Termination of Mediation to all parties, to the selected mediator(s), and to the MDR Administrator. Such notice shall serve to bring the Mediation to an end and to initiate Mandatory Dispute Resolution. Upon agreement of all parties and the mediator(s), the Mediation process may continue at the same time the MDR process is invoked. In such case, the Notice of Termination of Mediation described above serves to initiate the MDR proceeding, but does not terminate mediation proceedings, which may proceed simultaneous with the MDR proceeding.

Amended as of September 20, 2007





EXHIBIT 5 Page 6 of 23
3.     Mandatory Dispute Resolution (MDR)
If any party elects not to first pursue Mediation, or if a Notice of Termination of Mediation is issued as set forth in Paragraph 2.D., above, then the unresolved disputes set forth in any Complaint and Answer (and Counterclaim and Reply, if any) shall be subject to mandatory binding arbitration (herein referred to as “MDR”).
A. MDR Administrator
The Administrator for purposes of Mandatory Arbitration shall be an independent nationally recognized entity such as CPR or JAMS, specializing in alternative dispute resolution. In the event the parties pursued Mediation with CPR, JAMS or a similar organization, that organization also shall serve as the MDR Administrator, unless all parties notify the BCBSA Corporate Secretary in writing within two (2) days of receiving the Notice of Termination of Mediation that they wish to pursue MDR with another nationally recognized organization serving as MDR Administrator.
In the event the parties (i) did not pursue Mediation, (ii) pursued mediation with a Mediator not affiliated with an ADR organization that offers a panel of arbitrators, or (iii) all parties that pursued Mediation notified the BCBSA Corporate Secretary that they wish to have an MDR Administrator that is different from the organization with which their mediator was affiliated, they shall promptly attempt to agree on a nationally recognized ADR entity that supplies a panel of arbitrators. If they reach such agreement within five (5) days of the Notice of Termination of Mediation or receipt of the Answer or Reply to Counterclaim (whichever is later), the parties shall promptly inform the BCBSA Corporate Secretary of their agreed upon ADR organization. In the event the parties are unable to reach agreement on an MDR Administrator within that timeframe, the BCBSA Corporate Secretary shall immediately refer the matter to CPR, JAMS or a similar organization for MDR.
Any person who served as a Mediator shall not serve as an arbitrator for the same or similar dispute for purposes of MDR.
B. Rules for MDR
The rules controlling all aspects of MDR shall be exclusively those provided for herein. The rules promulgated or otherwise used by the MDR Administrator organization shall not apply.

Amended as of September 20, 2007





EXHIBIT 5 Page 7 of 23
C. Initial Conference
Within seven (7) days after a Notice of Termination has issued, or the matter has otherwise been referred to an MDR Administrator, or within five (5) days after the time for filing and serving the Answer or Reply to any Counterclaim (whichever is later) if the parties elect first not to mediate, the parties shall confer with the Administrator to discuss selecting a dispute resolution panel ("the Panel"). This conference (the “Initial Conference”) may be by telephone. The parties are encouraged to agree to the composition of the Panel and to present that agreement to the Administrator at the Initial Conference. If the parties do not agree on the composition of the Panel by the time of the Initial Conference, or by any extension thereof agreed to by all parties and the Administrator, then the Panel Selection Process set forth in subparagraph D, below, shall be followed.
D. Panel Selection Process
The Administrator shall designate, prior to the Initial Conference, at least seven potential arbitrators. Each party shall be permitted to strike any designee for cause and the Administrator shall determine the sufficiency thereof in its sole discretion. The Administrator will designate a replacement for any designee so stricken. Each party shall then be permitted one peremptory strike from the list of designees. The Administrator shall set the dates for exercising all strikes, which shall be set to encourage the prompt selection of arbitrators.
After the parties exercise any designee strikes for cause and their peremptory strike against any designee of their choice, the parties shall each rank the remaining panel members in order of preference and provide the Administrator, without serving on any other party, their ranked list. The Administrator shall not disclose any party’s ranked list to members of the panel or to other parties.
From the remaining designees, and after considering opportunities to maximize, so far as possible, the collectively stated arbitrator preferences provided by the parties on their ranked lists, the Administrator shall select a three member Panel. The Panel Selection Process shall be completed no later than ten (10) days after the Initial Conference.
Each Arbitrator shall be compensated at his or her normal hourly rate or, in the absence of an established rate, at a reasonable hourly rate to be promptly fixed by the Administrator for all time spent in connection with the proceedings and shall be reimbursed for any travel and other reasonable expenses.

Amended as of September 20, 2007





EXHIBIT 5 Page 8 of 23
E.     Duties Of The Arbitrators
The Panel shall promptly designate a Presiding Arbitrator for the purposes reflected below, but shall retain the power to review and modify any ruling or other action of said Presiding Arbitrator. Each Arbitrator shall be an independent Arbitrator, shall be governed by the Code of Ethics for Arbitrators in Commercial Disputes, and shall at or prior to the commencement of any Arbitration Hearing take an oath to that effect. Each Arbitrator shall promptly disclose in writing to the Panel and to the parties any circumstances, whenever arising, that might cause doubt as to such Arbitrator's compliance, or ability to comply, with said Code of Ethics, and, absent resignation by such Arbitrator, the remaining Arbitrators shall determine in their sole discretion whether the circumstances so disclosed constitute grounds for disqualification and for replacement. With respect to such circumstances arising or coming to the attention of a party after an Arbitrator's selection, a party may likewise request the Arbitrator's resignation or a determination as to disqualification by the remaining Arbitrators. With respect to a sole Arbitrator, the determination as to disqualification shall be made by the Administrator.
There shall be no ex parte communication between the parties or their counsel and any member of the Panel.
F. Panel's Jurisdiction And Authority
The Panel's jurisdiction and authority shall extend to all disputes between or among the Plans, their Controlled Affiliates, and/or BCBSA, except for those disputes excepted from these MMDR procedures as set forth in the License Agreements.
With the exception of punitive or treble damages, the Panel shall have full authority to award the relief it deems appropriate to resolve the parties' disputes, including monetary awards and injunctions, mandatory or prohibitory. The Panel has no authority to award punitive or treble damages except that the Panel may allocate or assess responsibility for punitive or treble damages assessed by another tribunal. Subject to the above limitations, the Panel may, by way of example, but not of limitation:


Amended as of September 20, 2007





EXHIBIT 5 Page 9 of 23
i.
interpret or construe the meaning of any terms, phrase or provision in any license between BCBSA and a Plan or a Controlled Affiliate relating to the use of the BLUE CROSS® or BLUE SHIELD® service marks.
ii.
determine whether BCBSA, a Plan or a Controlled Affiliate has violated the terms or conditions of any license between the BCBSA and a Plan or a Controlled Affiliate relating to the use of the BLUE CROSS® or BLUE SHIELD® service marks.
iii.
decide challenges as to its own jurisdiction.
iv.
issue such orders for interim relief as it deems appropriate pending Hearing and Award in any Arbitration.
It is understood that the Panel is expected to resolve issues based on governing principles of law, preserving to the maximum extent legally possible the continued integrity of the Licensed Marks and the BLUE CROSS/BLUE SHIELD system. The Panel shall apply federal law to all issues which, if asserted in the United States District Court, would give rise to federal question jurisdiction, 28 U.S.C. § 1331. The Panel shall apply Illinois law to all issues involving interpretation, performance or construction of any License Agreement or Controlled Affiliate License Agreement unless the agreement otherwise provides. As to other issues, the Panel shall choose the applicable law based on conflicts of law principles of the State of Illinois.
G.     Administrative Conference
Within five (5) days of the Panel being selected, the Presiding Arbitrator shall confer with the parties and the other members of the Panel and shall schedule, in writing, a conference in which the parties and the Panel shall participate (the “Administrative Conference”). The Administrative Conference shall take place no later than fifteen (15) days after the Panel is selected. At the Administrative Conference the parties and the Panel shall discuss the scheduling of the Arbitration Hearing and any other matter appropriate to be considered, including but not limited to: any written discovery in the form of requests for production of documents or requests to admit facts; the identity of any witness whose deposition a party may desire and a showing of exceptional good cause for the taking
Amended as of September 20, 2007






EXHIBIT 5 Page 10 of 23
of any such deposition; the desirability of bifurcation or other separation of the issues; the need for and the type of record of conferences and hearings, including the need for transcripts; the need for expert witnesses and how expert testimony should be presented; the appropriateness of motions to dismiss and/or for full or partial summary judgment; consideration of stipulations; the desirability of presenting any direct testimony in writing; and the necessity for any on-site inspection by the Panel. If the parties agree, the Administrative Conference may be by telephone.
H.     Discovery
i.
Requests for Production of Documents : All requests for the production of documents must be served no later than five (5) days after the date of the Initial Conference. Within twenty (20) days after receipt of a request for production of documents, a party shall (a) serve responses and objections to the request, (b) produce all responsive, non-privileged documents to the requesting party, and (c) to the extent any responsive documents are withheld on the grounds of attorney-client privilege or work product, produce a log identifying such documents in the manner specified in Fed. R. Civ. P. 26(b)(5). If, after reviewing a privilege log, the requesting party believes attorney-client privilege or work product protection was improperly claimed by the producing party with respect to any document, the requesting party may ask the Presiding Arbitrator to conduct an in-camera inspection of the same. With respect to documentary and other discovery produced in any MDR proceeding by BCBSA, the fact that a party’s CEO or other senior officers may serve on the BCBSA Board of Directors, BCBSA Board Committees or other BCBSA work groups, task forces and the like, shall not be a basis for defeating an otherwise valid claim of attorney-client privilege or work product protection over such documentary or other discovery materials by BCBSA.
ii.
Requests for Admissions : Requests for Admissions may be served up to twenty-one (21) days prior to the discovery cut-off set by the Presiding Arbitrator. A party served with Requests For Admissions must respond within twenty (20) days of receipt of said request. The good faith use of and response to Requests for Admissions is encouraged, and the Panel shall have full discretion, with reference to the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, in awarding appropriate sanctions with respect to abuse of the procedure.
Amended as of September 20, 2007





EXHIBIT 5 Page 11 of 23
iii.
Depositions: As a general rule, the parties will not be permitted to take party or non-party deposition testimony for discovery
purposes. The Presiding Arbitrator, in his or her sole discretion, shall have the authority to permit a party to take such deposition testimony upon a showing of exceptional good cause. The parties will be permitted to take de bene esse deposition 1 testimony to the fullest extent permitted by law of any witness who cannot be compelled to testify at the Arbitration Hearing. No deposition, for discovery purposes or otherwise, shall exceed three (3) hours, excluding objections and colloquy of counsel. Depositions may be recorded in any manner recognized by the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure and the parties shall specify in each notice of deposition or request for permission to take deposition testimony the manner in which such deposition shall be recorded.
iv.
Expert witness(es) : If a party intends to present the testimony of an expert witness during the oral hearing, it shall provide all other parties with a written statement setting forth the information
required to be provided by Fed. R. Civ. P. 26(a)(2)(B) ten (10) days prior to the discovery cut-off set by the Presiding Arbitrator. If a party intends to present the testimony of a rebuttal expert witness during the Arbitration Hearing, it shall provide all other parties with a written statement setting forth the information required to be provided by Fed. R. Civ. P. 26(a)(2)(B) within twenty (20) days after the date on which the written statement of the expert witness whose testimony is to be rebutted was produced.
v.
Discovery cut-off : The Presiding Arbitrator shall determine the date on which the discovery period will end, but the discovery period shall not exceed thirty (30) days from the date of the Administrative Conference without the agreement of all parties.
Amended as of September 20, 2007
_____________________________
1 As used in these Rules, “de bene esse deposition” means a deposition that is not taken for discovery purposes, but is taken for the purposes of reading part or all of the deposition transcript into the record at the Arbitration Hearing, to the extent permitted b the Panel, because the witness cannot be compelled to testify at the Arbitration Hearing or has exercised a right provided under these Rules to provide deposition testminoy in lieu of testimony at the Arbitration Hearing.





EXHIBIT 5
Page 12 of 23
vi.
Additional discovery : Any additional discovery will be at the discretion of the Presiding Arbitrator.
vii.
Discovery Disputes: Any discovery disputes shall be raised by motion to the Presiding Arbitrator, who is authorized to resolve all such disputes, and whose resolution will be binding on the parties unless modified by the Arbitration Panel. Prior to raising any discovery dispute with the Presiding Arbitrator, the parties shall meet and confer, telephonically or in person, in an attempt to resolve or narrow the dispute. If a party refuses to comply with a decision resolving a discovery dispute, the Panel, in keeping with Fed. R. Civ. P. 37, may refuse to allow that party to support or oppose designated claims or defenses, prohibit that party from introducing designated matters into evidence or, in extreme cases, decide an issue submitted for resolution adversely to that party.
viii.
Extensions: The time for responding to discovery requests may be extended by the Presiding Arbitrator for good and sufficient cause shown. Any request for such an extension shall be made in writing.
I.     Panel Suggested Settlement/Mediation
At any point during the proceedings, the Panel at the request of any party or on its own initiative, may suggest that the parties explore settlement and that they do so at or before the conclusion of the Arbitration Hearing, and the Panel shall give such assistance in settlement negotiations as the parties may request and the Panel may deem appropriate. Alternatively, the Panel may direct the parties to endeavor to mediate their disputes as provided above, or to explore a mini-trial proceeding, or to have an independent party render a neutral evaluation of the parties’ respective positions. The Panel shall enter such sanctions as it deems appropriate with respect to any party failing to pursue in good faith such Mediation or other alternate dispute resolution methods.
Amended as of September 20, 2007





EXHIBIT 5 Page 13 of 23
J. Subpoenas on Third Parties
Pursuant to, and consistent with, the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 9 et seq ., and subject to Paragraph 3.G(iii) above, a party may request the issuance of a subpoena on any third party, including but not limited to any third party Blue Plan or any officer, employee or director of a third party Blue Plan, to compel deposition testimony or the production of documents, and, if good and sufficient cause is shown, the Panel shall issue such a subpoena.
K. Arbitration Hearing
An Arbitration Hearing will be held within thirty (30) days after the Administrative Conference if no discovery is taken, or within thirty (30) days after the close of discovery, unless all parties and the Panel agree to extend the Arbitration Hearing date, or unless the parties agree in writing to waive the Arbitration Hearing. The parties may mutually agree on the location of the Arbitration Hearing. If the parties fail to agree, the Arbitration Hearing shall be held in Chicago, Illinois, or at such other location determined by the Presiding Arbitrator to be most convenient to the participants. The Panel will determine the date(s) and time(s) of the Arbitration Hearing(s) after consultation with all parties and shall provide reasonable notice thereof to all parties or their representatives.
L. Arbitration Hearing Memoranda
Twenty (20) days prior to the Arbitration Hearing, each party shall submit to the other party (or parties) and to the Panel an Arbitration Hearing Memorandum which sets forth the applicable law and any argument as to any relevant issue. The Arbitration Hearing Memorandum will supplement, and not repeat, the allegations, information and documents contained in or with the Complaint, Answer, Counterclaim and Reply, if any. Ten (10) days prior to the Arbitration Hearing, each party shall submit to each other party a list of all expert and fact witnesses (but not including rebuttal fact witness) that such party intends to have testify at the Arbitration Hearing and a brief summary of the testimony each such witness is expected to give. In addition, no later than five (5) days prior to the Arbitration, each party may submit to each other party and to the Panel a Response Arbitration Hearing Memorandum which sets forth any response to another party's Arbitration Hearing Memorandum.
Amended as of September 20, 2007






EXHIBIT 5 Page 14 of 23
M.     Notice For Testimony
Ten (10) days prior to the Arbitration Hearing, any party may serve a Notice on any other party (or parties) requesting the attendance at the Arbitration Hearing of any officer, employee or director of the other party (or parties) for the purpose of providing noncumulative testimony. If a party fails to produce one of its officers, employees or directors whose noncumulative testimony during the Arbitration Hearing is reasonably requested by an adverse party, the Panel may refuse to allow that party to support or oppose designated claims or defenses, prohibit that party from introducing designated matters into evidence or, in extreme cases, decide an issue submitted for mandatory dispute resolution adversely to that party; provided, however, that a party may refuse to produce a director to testify if, within two (2) days of receiving a notice requesting the attendance of such director at the Arbitration Hearing, the party agrees to make the director available for a de bene esse deposition at a mutually convenient time at any location within fifty (50) miles of the director’s primary residence chosen by the party requesting the director’s testimony. This Rule may not be used for the purpose of burdening or harassing any party, and the Presiding Arbitrator may impose such orders as are appropriate so as to prevent or remedy any such burden or harassment.
Pursuant to, and consistent with, the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 9 et seq. , twenty (20) days or more prior to the Arbitration Hearing, a party may request the issuance of a subpoena on any third party, including but not limited to any third party Blue Plan, BCBSA or any officer, employee or director of a third party Blue Plan or BCBSA for the purpose of providing noncumulative testimony at the Arbitration Hearing, and, if good and sufficient cause is shown, the Panel shall issue such a subpoena; provided however, that a director of a third party Blue Plan or BCBSA may refuse to testify if, within two (2) days of receiving a subpoena requesting the attendance of such director at the Arbitration Hearing, the director agrees to make him/herself available for a de bene esse deposition at a mutually convenient time at any location within fifty (50) miles of the director’s primary residence chosen by the party requesting the director’s testimony. Each Blue Plan agrees to waive, on its own behalf and on behalf of its directors and officers, any objection it otherwise might have to any such subpoena based on service, venue or extraterritoriality.
Amended as of September 20, 2007





EXHIBIT 5 Page 15 of 23
N.     Arbitration Hearing Procedures
i.
Attendance at Arbitration Hearing : Any person having a direct interest in the proceeding is entitled to attend the Arbitration Hearing. The Presiding Arbitrator shall otherwise have the power to require the exclusion of any witness, other than a party or other essential person, during the testimony of any other witness. It shall be discretionary with the Presiding Arbitrator to determine the propriety of the attendance of any other person.
ii.
Confidentiality : The Panel and all parties shall maintain the privacy of the Arbitration Proceeding. The parties and the Panel shall treat the Arbitration Hearing and any discovery or other proceedings or events related thereto, including any award resulting therefrom, as confidential except as otherwise necessary in connection with a judicial challenge to or enforcement of an award or unless otherwise required by law.
iii.
Stenographic Record : Any party, or if the parties do not object, the Panel, may request that a stenographic or other record be made of any Arbitration Hearing or portion thereof. The costs of the recording and/or of preparing the transcript shall be borne by the requesting party and by any party who receives a copy thereof. If the Panel requests a recording and/or a transcript, the costs thereof shall be borne equally by the parties.
iv.
Oaths : The Panel may require witnesses to testify under oath or affirmation administered by any duly qualified person and, if requested by any party, shall do so.
v.
Order of Arbitration Hearing : An Arbitration Hearing shall be opened by the recording of the date, time, and place of the Arbitration Hearing, and the presence of the Panel, the parties, and their representatives, if any. The Panel may, at the beginning of the Arbitration Hearing, ask for statements clarifying the issues involved.
Amended as of September 20, 2007





EXHIBIT 5
Page 16 of 23
Unless otherwise agreed, the complaining party (or parties) shall then present evidence to support their claim(s). The respondent(s) shall then present evidence supporting their defenses and Counterclaims, if any. The complaining party (or parties) shall then present evidence supporting defenses to the Counterclaims, if any, and rebuttal.
Witnesses for each party shall submit to questions by adverse parties and/or the Panel.
The Panel has the discretion to vary these procedures, but shall afford a full and equal opportunity to all parties for the presentation of any material and relevant evidence.
vi.
Evidence : The parties may offer such evidence as is relevant and material to the dispute and shall produce such evidence as the Panel may deem necessary to an understanding and resolution of the dispute. Unless good cause is shown, as determined by the Panel or agreed to by all other parties, no party shall be permitted to offer evidence at the Arbitration Hearing which was not disclosed prior to the Arbitration Hearing by that party. The Panel may receive and consider the evidence of witnesses by affidavit upon such terms as the Panel deems appropriate.
The Panel shall be the judge of the relevance and materiality of the evidence offered, and conformity to legal rules of evidence, other than enforcement of the attorney-client privilege and the work product protection, shall not be necessary. The Federal Rules of Evidence shall be considered by the Panel in conducting the Arbitration Hearing but those rules shall not be controlling. All evidence shall be taken in the presence of the Panel and all of the parties, except where any party is in default or has waived the right to be present.
Settlement offers by any party in connection with Mediation or MDR proceedings, decisions or recommendations of the selected mediators, and a party's position papers or statements furnished to the selected mediators shall not be admissible evidence or considered by the Panel without the consent of all parties.





EXHIBIT 5 Page 17 of 23
vii. Closing of Arbitration Hearing : The Presiding Arbitrator shall specifically inquire of all parties whether they have any further proofs to offer or witnesses to be heard. Upon receiving negative replies or if he or she is satisfied that the record is complete, the Presiding Arbitrator shall declare the Arbitration Hearing closed with an appropriate notation made on the record. Subject to being reopened as provided below, the time within which the Panel is required to make the award shall commence to run, in the absence of contrary agreement by the parties, upon the closing of the Arbitration Hearing.
With respect to complex disputes, the Panel may, in its sole discretion, defer the closing of the Arbitration Hearing for a period of up to thirty (30) days after the presentation of proofs in order to permit the parties to submit post-hearing briefs and argument, as the Panel deems appropriate, prior to making an award.
For good cause, the Arbitration Hearing may be reopened for up to thirty (30) days on the Panel's initiative, or upon application of a party, at any time before the award is made
O.     Awards
An Award must be in writing and shall be made promptly by the Panel and, unless otherwise agreed by the parties or specified by law, no later than thirty (30) days from the date of closing the Arbitration Hearing. If all parties so request, the Award shall contain findings of fact and conclusions of law. The Award, and all other rulings and determinations by the Panel, may be by a majority vote.
Parties shall accept as legal delivery of the Award the placing of the Award or a true copy thereof in the mail addressed to a party or its representative at its last known address or personal service of the Award on a party or its representative.
Awards are binding only on the parties to the Arbitration and are not binding on any non-parties to the Arbitration and may not be used or cited as precedent in any other proceeding.



Amended as of September 20, 2007





EXHIBIT 5 Page 18 of 23
After the expiration of twenty (20) days from initial delivery, the Award (with corrections, if any) shall be final and binding on the parties, and the parties shall undertake to carry out the Award without delay.
Proceedings to confirm, modify or vacate an Award shall be conducted in conformity with and controlled by the Federal Arbitration Act. 9 U.S.C. § 1, et seq .
P.     Return of Documents
Within sixty (60) days after the Award and the conclusion of any judicial proceedings with respect thereto, each party and the Panel shall return any documents produced by any other party, including all copies thereof. If a party receives a discovery request in any other proceeding which would require it to produce any documents produced to it by any other party in a proceeding hereunder, it shall not produce such documents without first notifying the producing party and giving said party reasonable time to respond, if appropriate, to the discovery request.
4.     Miscellaneous
A.     Expedited Procedures
Any party to a Mediation may direct a request for an expedited Mediation Hearing to the Chairman of the Mediation Committee, to the selected Mediators, and to all other parties at any time. The Chairman of the Mediation Committee, or at his or her direction, the then selected Mediators, shall grant any request which is supported by good and sufficient reasons. If such a request is granted, the Mediation shall be completed within as short a period as practicable, as determined by the Chairman of the Mediation Committee or, at his or her direction, the then selected Mediators.
Any party to an Arbitration may direct a request for expedited proceedings to the Administrator, to the Panel, and to all other parties at any time. The Administrator, or the Presiding Arbitrator if the Panel has been selected, shall grant any such request which is supported by good and sufficient reasons. If such a request is granted, the Arbitration shall be completed within as short a time as practicable, as determined by the Administrator and/or the Presiding Arbitrator.






EXHIBIT 5 Page 19 of 23
B.     Temporary or Preliminary Injunctive Relief
Any party may seek temporary or preliminary injunctive relief with the filing of a Complaint or at any time thereafter. If such relief is sought prior to the time that an Arbitration Panel has been selected, then the Administrator shall select a single Arbitrator who is a lawyer who has no interest in the subject matter of the dispute, and no connection to any of the parties, to hear and determine the request for temporary or preliminary injunction. If such relief is sought after the time that an Arbitration Panel has been selected, then the Arbitration Panel will hear and determine the request. The request for temporary or preliminary injunctive relief will be determined with reference to the temporary or preliminary injunction standards set forth in Fed. R. Civ. P. 65.
C. Defaults and Proceedings in the Absence of a Party
Whenever a party fails to comply with the MDR Rules in a manner deemed material by the Panel, the Panel shall fix a reasonable time for compliance and, if the party does not comply within said period, the Panel may enter an Order of default or afford such other relief as it deems appropriate. Arbitration may proceed in the event of a default or in the absence of any party who, after due notice, fails to be present or fails to obtain an extension. An Award shall not be made solely on the default or absence of a party, but the Panel shall require the party who is present to submit such evidence as the Panel may require for the making of findings, determinations, conclusions, and Awards.
D. Notice
Each party shall be deemed to have consented that any papers, notices, or process necessary or proper for the initiation or continuation of a proceeding under these rules or for any court action in connection therewith may be served on a party by mail addressed to the party or its representative at its last known address or by personal service, in or outside the state where the MDR proceeding is to be held.
The Corporate Secretary and the parties may also use facsimile transmission, telex, telegram, or other written forms of electronic communication to give the notices required by these rules.






EXHIBIT 5 Page 20 of 23
E.     Expenses
The expenses of witnesses shall be paid by the party causing or requesting the appearance of such witnesses. All expenses of the MDR proceeding, including compensation, required travel and other reasonable expenses of the Panel, and the cost of any proof produced at the direct request of the Panel, shall be borne equally by the parties and shall be paid periodically on a timely basis, unless they agree otherwise or unless the Panel in the Award assesses such expenses, or any part thereof against any party (or parties). In exceptional cases, the Panel may award reasonable attorneys' fees as an item of expense, and the Panel shall promptly determine the amount of such fees based on affidavits or such other proofs as the Panel deems sufficient.
F. Disqualification or Disability of A Panel Member
In the event that any Arbitrator of a Panel with more than one Arbitrator should become disqualified, resign, die, or refuse or be unable to perform or discharge his or her duties after the commencement of MDR but prior to the rendition of an Award, and the parties are unable to agree upon a replacement, the remaining Panel member(s):
i.
shall designate a replacement, subject to the right of any party to challenge such replacement for cause.
ii.
shall decide the extent to which previously held hearings shall be repeated.
If the remaining Panel members consider the proceedings to have progressed to a stage as to make replacement impracticable, the parties may agree, as an alternative to the recommencement of the Mandatory Dispute Resolution process, to resolution of the dispute by the remaining Panel members.
In the event that a single Arbitrator should become disqualified, resign, die, or refuse or be unable to perform or discharge his or her duties after the commencement of MDR but prior to the rendition of an Award, and the parties are unable to agree upon a replacement, the Administrator shall appoint a successor, subject to the right of any party to challenge such successor for cause, and the successor shall decide the extent to which previously held proceedings shall be repeated.






EXHIBIT 5 Page 21 of 23
G.     Extensions of Time
Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 3.H.(viii), any time limit set forth in these Rules may be extended upon agreement of the parties and approval of: (1) the Mediator if the proceeding is then in Mediation; (2) the Administrator if the proceeding is in Arbitration, but no Arbitration Panel has been selected; or (3) the Arbitration Panel, if the proceeding is in Arbitration and the Arbitration Panel has been selected.
H. Intervention
The Plans, their Controlled Affiliates, and BCBSA, to the extent subject to MMDR pursuant to their License Agreements, shall have the right to move to intervene in any pending Arbitration. A written motion for intervention shall be made to: (1) the Administrator, if the proceeding is in Arbitration, but no Arbitration Panel has been selected; or (2) the Arbitration Panel, if the proceeding is in Arbitration and the Arbitration Panel has been selected. The written motion for intervention shall be delivered to the BCBSA Corporate Secretary (which shall also constitute service on the BCBSA if it is a respondent) and to any Plan(s) and/or Controlled Affiliate(s) which are parties to the proceeding. Any party to the proceeding can submit written objections to the motion to intervene. The motion for intervention shall be granted upon good cause shown. Intervention also may be allowed by stipulation of the parties to the Arbitration proceeding. Intervention shall be allowed upon such terms as the Arbitration Panel decides.
I. BCBSA Assistance In Resolution of Disputes
The resources and personnel of the BCBSA may be requested by any member Plan at any time to try to resolve disputes with another Plan.
J. Neutral Evaluation
The parties can voluntarily agree at any time to have an independent party render a neutral evaluation of the parties’ respective positions.

Amended as of September 20, 2007





EXHIBIT 5 Page 22 of 23
K.     Recovery of Attorney Fees and Expenses
i.     Motions to Compel
Nothwithstanding any other provisions of these Rules, any Party subject to the License Agreements (for purposes of this Section K and all of its subsections only hereinafter referred to collectively and individually as a “Party”) that initiates a court action or administrative proceeding solely to compel adherence to these Rules shall not be determined to have violated these Rules by initiating such action or proceeding.
ii      Recovery of Fees, Expenses and Costs
The Arbitration Panel may, in its sole discretion, award a Party its reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses and costs associated with a filing to compel adherence to these Rules and/or reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses and costs incurred in responding to an action filed in violation of these Rules; provided, however, that neither fees, expenses, nor costs shall be awarded by the Arbitration Panel if the Party from which the award is sought can demonstrate to the Arbitration panel, in its sole discretion, that it did not violate these Rules or that it had reasonable grounds for believing that its action did not violate these Rules.
iii     Requests for Reimbursement
For purposes of this Section K, any Party may request reimbursement of fees, expenses and/or costs by submitting said request in writing to the Arbitration Panel at any time before an award is delivered pursuant to Paragraph 3.O above, with a copy to the Party from which reimbursement is sought, explaining why it is entitled to such reimbursement. The Party from which reimbursement is sought shall have twenty (20) days to submit a response to such request to the Arbitration Panel with a copy to the Party seeking reimbursement.


Amended as of September 20, 2007





EXHIBIT 5 Page 23 of 23
L.     Calculation of Time and Deadlines
In computing any period of time prescribed or allowed under these rules, the day of the act or event from which the designated period of time begins to run shall not be included. The last day of the period so computed shall be included, unless it is a Saturday, a Sunday, or a legal holiday, in which event the period runs until the end of the next day which is not one of the aforementioned days. When the period of time prescribed is less than six (6) days, intermediate Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays shall be excluded in the computation. As used in this rule, “legal holiday” includes New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Columbus Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day and any other day appointed as a holiday by the President or the Congress of the United States.
Amended as of September 20, 2007




Exhibit 21
Legal Name
 
State
American Imaging Management, Inc. (d/b/a AIM Specialty Health)
 
Illinois
AMERIGROUP Community Care of New Mexico, Inc.
 
New Mexico
AMERIGROUP Corporation (d/b/a AMERIGROUP CORPORATION; AGP Corporation; AMGP; AMGP Corporation; AMGP Missouri, Inc.; Amerigroup)
 
Delaware
AMERIGROUP Florida, Inc. (d/b/a AMERIGROUP Community Care)
 
Florida
Amerigroup Insurance Company
 
Texas
Amerigroup Iowa, Inc.
 
Iowa
Amerigroup Kansas, Inc.
 
Kansas
AMERIGROUP Louisiana, Inc. (d/b/a AMERIGROUP Community Care)
 
Louisiana
AMERIGROUP Maryland, Inc. (d/b/a AMERIGROUP Community Care)
 
Maryland
AMERIGROUP Nevada, Inc. (d/b/a AMERIGROUP Community Care)
 
Nevada
AMERIGROUP New Jersey, Inc. (d/b/a AMERIGROUP Community Care)
 
New Jersey
AMERIGROUP Ohio, Inc. (d/b/a AMERIGROUP Community Care)
 
Ohio
Amerigroup Services, Inc.
 
Virginia
AMERIGROUP Tennessee, Inc. (d/b/a AMERIGROUP Community Care)
 
Tennessee
AMERIGROUP Texas, Inc. (d/b/a AMERIGROUP Community Care)
 
Texas
AMERIGROUP Washington, Inc.
 
Washington
AMGP Georgia Managed Care Company, Inc. (d/b/a AMERIGROUP; AMERIGROUP Community Care; AMERIGROUP Georgia; AMGP Georgia)
 
Georgia
Anthem Blue Cross Life and Health Insurance Company
 
California
Anthem Financial, Inc.
 
Delaware
Anthem Health Insurance Company of Nevada
 
Nevada
Anthem Health Plans of Kentucky, Inc. (d/b/a Anthem Blue Cross and Blue Shield)
 
Kentucky
Anthem Health Plans of Maine, Inc. (d/b/a Anthem Blue Cross and Blue Shield and Associated Hospital Service)
 
Maine
Anthem Health Plans of New Hampshire, Inc. (d/b/a Anthem Blue Cross and Blue Shield)
 
New Hampshire
Anthem Health Plans of Virginia, Inc. (d/b/a Anthem Blue Cross and Blue Shield)
 
Virginia
Anthem Health Plans, Inc. (d/b/a Anthem Blue Cross and Blue Shield)
 
Connecticut
Anthem Holding Corp. (d/b/a Anthem Properties, Inc.)
 
Indiana
Anthem Insurance Companies, Inc. (d/b/a Anthem Blue Cross and Blue Shield)
 
Indiana
Anthem Kentucky Managed Care Plan, Inc. (d/b/a Anthem Blue Cross and Blue Shield Medicaid)
 
Kentucky
Anthem Life & Disability Insurance Company
 
New York
Anthem Life Insurance Company
 
Indiana
Anthem Southeast, Inc.
 
Indiana
Anthem UM Services, Inc.
 
Indiana
Anthem Workers' Compensation, LLC
 
Indiana
Arcus Enterprises, Inc.
 
Delaware
ARCUS HealthyLiving Services, Inc.
 
Indiana
Associated Group, Inc.
 
Indiana
ATH Holding Company, LLC
 
Indiana
Better Health, Inc.
 
Florida
Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Georgia, Inc. (d/b/a Anthem Blue Cross and Blue Shield)
 
Georgia
Blue Cross Blue Shield Healthcare Plan of Georgia, Inc. (d/b/a Anthem Blue Cross and Blue Shield)
 
Georgia




Legal Name
 
State
Blue Cross Blue Shield of Wisconsin (d/b/a Anthem Blue Cross and Blue Shield)
 
Wisconsin
Blue Cross of California (d/b/a Anthem Blue Cross)
 
California
Blue Cross of California Partnership Plan, Inc.(d/b/a Anthem Blue Cross Partnership Plan)
 
California
CareMore Health Group, Inc.
 
Delaware
CareMore Health Plan
 
California
CareMore Health Plan of Arizona, Inc.
 
Arizona
CareMore Health Plan of Georgia, Inc.
 
Georgia
CareMore Health Plan of Nevada
 
Nevada
CareMore Health Plan of Texas, Inc.
 
Texas
CareMore Health System
 
California
CareMore Holdings, Inc.
 
Delaware
CareMore IPA of New York, LLC
 
New York
CareMore Medical Management Company, a California Limited Partnership
 
California
CareMore Services Company, LLC
 
Indiana
CareMore, LLC
 
Indiana
Cerulean Companies, Inc.
 
Georgia
Claim Management Services, Inc.(d/b/a Anthem Blue Cross and Blue Shield)
 
Wisconsin
Community Insurance Company (d/b/a Anthem Blue Cross and Blue Shield)
 
Ohio
Compcare Health Services Insurance Corporation (d/b/a Anthem Blue Cross and Blue Shield)
 
Wisconsin
Crossroads Acquisition Corp.
 
Delaware
DeCare Analytics, LLC
 
Minnesota
DeCare Dental Health International, LLC
 
Minnesota
DeCare Dental Insurance Ireland, Ltd.
 
Ireland
DeCare Dental Networks, LLC
 
Minnesota
DeCare Dental, LLC
 
Minnesota
DeCare Operations Ireland, Limited
 
Ireland
DeCare Systems Ireland, Limited
 
Ireland
Designated Agent Company, Inc. (d/b/a Access Insurance Agency, Inc.)
 
Kentucky
EHC Benefits Agency, Inc.
 
New York
Empire HealthChoice Assurance, Inc. (d/b/a Empire Blue Cross; Empire Blue Cross Blue Shield)
 
New York
Empire HealthChoice HMO, Inc. (d/b/a Empire Blue Cross HMO; Empire Blue Cross Blue Shield HMO)
 
New York
Forty-Four Forty-Four Forest Park Redevelopment Corporation
 
Missouri
Golden West Health Plan, Inc.
 
California
Government Health Services, LLC
 
Wisconsin
Greater Georgia Life Insurance Company (d/b/a Anthem Life)
 
Georgia
Health Core, Inc.
 
Delaware
Health Management Corporation (d/b/a LiveHealth Online; HMC of Virginia; Health Management of Virginia)
 
Virginia
Health Ventures Partner, L.L.C.
 
Illinois
HealthKeepers, Inc.
 
Virginia
HealthLink HMO, Inc. (d/b/a HealthLink HMO)
 
Missouri
HealthLink, Inc.
 
Illinois
HealthPlus HP, LLC (d/b/a Empire BlueCross BlueShield HealthPlus)
 
New York
Healthy Alliance Life Insurance Company (d/b/a Anthem Blue Cross and Blue Shield)
 
Missouri
HMO Colorado, Inc. (d/b/a HMO Colorado; HMO Nevada)
 
Colorado




Legal Name
 
State
HMO Missouri, Inc. (d/b/a Amerigroup Missouri; Anthem Blue Cross and Blue Shield)
 
Missouri
Imaging Management Holdings, LLC
 
Delaware
Imaging Providers of Texas
 
Texas
Matthew Thornton Health Plan, Inc.
 
New Hampshire
Meridian Resource Company, LLC
 
Wisconsin
National Government Services, Inc. (d/b/a NGS of Indiana)
 
Indiana
National Telehealth Network, LLC
 
Delaware
Park Square Holdings, Inc.
 
California
Park Square I, Inc.
 
California
Park Square II, Inc.
 
California
PHP Holdings, Inc.
 
Florida
R & P Realty, Inc.
 
Missouri
Resolution Health, Inc. (d/b/a Delaware Resolution Health, Inc.)
 
Delaware
RightCHOICE Managed Care, Inc. (d/b/a RightCHOICE Benefit Administrators; Anthem Blue Cross and Blue Shield)
 
Delaware
Rocky Mountain Hospital and Medical Service, Inc.(d/b/a Anthem Blue Cross and Blue Shield)
 
Colorado
SellCore, Inc. (d/b/a SellCore Insurance Services, Inc.)
 
Delaware
Simply Healthcare Holdings, Inc.
 
Florida
Simply Healthcare Plans, Inc. (d/b/a Clear Health Alliance)
 
Florida
Southeast Services, Inc.
 
Virginia
State Sponsored Business UM Services, Inc.
 
Indiana
The Anthem Companies of California, Inc.
 
California
The Anthem Companies, Inc.
 
Indiana
Tidgewell Associates, Inc.
 
Maryland
TrustSolutions, LLC
 
Wisconsin
UNICARE Health Plan of West Virginia, Inc.
 
West Virginia
UNICARE Health Plans of Texas, Inc.
 
Texas
UNICARE Illinois Services, Inc.
 
Illinois
UniCare Life & Health Insurance Company
 
Indiana
UNICARE National Services, Inc.
 
Delaware
UniCare Specialty Services, Inc.
 
Delaware
UtiliMED IPA, Inc.
 
New York
WellPoint Acquisition, LLC
 
Indiana
WellPoint Behavioral Health, Inc.
 
Delaware
WellPoint California Services, Inc.
 
Delaware
WellPoint Dental Services, Inc.
 
Delaware
WellPoint Holding Corp.
 
Delaware
WellPoint Information Technology Services, Inc.
 
California
WellPoint Insurance Services, Inc.
 
Hawaii
WellPoint Military Care Corporation
 
Indiana
WellPoint Partnership Plan, LLC
 
Illinois
WPMI (Shanghai) Enterprise Service Co., Ltd.
 
China
WPMI, LLC
 
Delaware




Exhibit 23

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:
 
 
 
Form S-8 No. 333-73516 and Form S-8 No. 333-110503 pertaining to the Anthem 2001 Stock Incentive Plan;
 
 
Form S-8 No. 333-84906 and Form S-8 No. 333-129334 pertaining to the Anthem 401(k) Plan;
 
 
Form S-8 No. 333-159830 pertaining to the Anthem Incentive Compensation Plan;
 
 
Form S-8 No. 333-156099 pertaining to the Anthem, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan;
 
 
Form S-8 No. 333-185675 pertaining to the AMERIGROUP Corporation 2009 Equity Incentive Plan;
 
 
Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Form S-3 No. 333-200749 pertaining to the Anthem, Inc. registration of senior debt securities, subordinated debt securities, preferred stock, common stock, depositary shares, warrants, rights, stock purchase contracts and stock purchase units; and
 
 
Form S-4 No. 333-207218 pertaining to the Anthem, Inc. registration of shares of common stock and the joint Proxy Statement of Anthem, Inc. and Cigna Corporation

of our report dated February 19, 2016 , with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Anthem, Inc., and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Anthem, Inc., included in its Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2015 .


/S/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Indianapolis, Indiana
February 19, 2016



Exhibit 31.1


CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
RULE 13a-14(a) AND RULE 15d-14(a) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT RULES,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Joseph R. Swedish, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Anthem, Inc.;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d)
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
a)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
 
 
 
Date: February 19, 2016
 
/s/ JOSEPH R. SWEDISH
 
 
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer




Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
RULE 13a-14(a) AND RULE 15d-14(a) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT RULES,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Wayne S. DeVeydt, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Anthem, Inc.;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d)
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
a)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
Date: February 19, 2016
 
/s/ WAYNE S. DEVEYDT
 
 
     Executive Vice President and
     Chief Financial Officer




Exhibit 32.1


CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Anthem, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Joseph R. Swedish, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
/s/ JOSEPH R. SWEDISH
 
Joseph R. Swedish
 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
February 19, 2016
 




Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Anthem, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Wayne S. DeVeydt, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
/s/ WAYNE S. DEVEYDT
 
Wayne S. DeVeydt
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
February 19, 2016